Ec PDF

B ENGINE
EC
SECTION
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM C
E
CONTENTS
QG18DE (ULEV) TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ............................................ 81 F
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................... 81
INDEX FOR DTC ...................................................... 21 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................. 86
Alphabetical Index .................................................. 21 Fail-safe Chart ........................................................ 87 G
DTC No. Index ....................................................... 23 Basic Inspection ..................................................... 88
PRECAUTIONS ........................................................ 27 Symptom Matrix Chart ............................................ 93
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System Engine Control Component Parts Location ............ 97
(SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- H
Circuit Diagram ..................................................... 103
SIONER ................................................................ 27 ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 105
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 105
A/T .......................................................................... 27 CONSULT-II Function ........................................... 113 I
Precautions ............................................................ 27 Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ....................... 125
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ................ 30 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
PREPARATION ......................................................... 31 . 126 J
Special Service Tools ............................................. 31 Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 32 Mode ..................................................................... 131
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .................................. 33 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE. 133
System Diagram ..................................................... 33 K
Description ............................................................ 133
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................... 34 Testing Condition .................................................. 133
System Chart ......................................................... 35 Inspection Procedure ............................................ 133
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System .................... 36 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 134 L
Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................... 38 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................... 39 DENT ....................................................................... 137
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Description ............................................................ 137 M
Speed) .................................................................... 39 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 137
CAN communication .............................................. 40 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM ................... 138
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE .............................. 42 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 138
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................... 42 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 139
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Component Inspection .......................................... 144
Adjustment ............................................................. 43 DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE. 145
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning ...... 52 Description ............................................................ 145
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ................ 53 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 145
Idle Air Volume Learning ........................................ 53 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 145
Fuel Pressure Check .............................................. 56 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 146
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ............ 58 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 147
Introduction ............................................................ 58 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ..................................... 148
Two Trip Detection Logic ........................................ 58 Description ............................................................ 148
Emission-related Diagnostic Information ................ 59 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................... 72 . 148
OBD System Operation Chart ................................ 76 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 149
Revision: May 2004 EC-1 2003 Sentra

DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 149 .186
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 150 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 186
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER ..................... 151 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 186
Description ............................................................ 151 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 188
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 189
. 151 Component Inspection .......................................... 192
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 151 Removal and Installation ....................................... 192
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 151 DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR ...................................... 193
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 153 Component Description ........................................ 193
Component Inspection .......................................... 156 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 193
Removal and Installation ...................................... 156 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 194
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ..................... 157 Component Inspection .......................................... 194
Description ............................................................ 157 Removal and Installation ....................................... 195
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR ........................................ 196
. 157 Component Description ........................................ 196
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 157 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 196
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 157 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 196
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 159 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 197
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 160 Component Inspection .......................................... 197
Component Inspection .......................................... 162 DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ................. 199
Removal and Installation ...................................... 162 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 199
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR ..................................... 163 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 199
Component Description ........................................ 163 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 199
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Inspection .......................................... 200
. 163 Removal and Installation ....................................... 200
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 163 DTC P0132 HO2S1 ................................................. 201
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 163 Component Description ........................................ 201
Overall Function Check ........................................ 165 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 166 .201
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ......................... 171 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 203
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 173 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 174 .207
Component Inspection .......................................... 176 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 207
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 177 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 208
Component Description ........................................ 177 Overall Function Check ......................................... 209
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 177 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 210
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 177 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 211
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 178 Component Inspection .......................................... 214
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 179 Removal and Installation ....................................... 215
Component Inspection .......................................... 180 DTC P0134 HO2S1 ................................................. 216
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 181 Component Description ........................................ 216
Component Description ........................................ 181 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 181 .216
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 182 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 216
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 183 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 217
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 184 Overall Function Check ......................................... 217
Component Inspection .......................................... 185 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 219
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................ 186 Component Inspection .......................................... 221
Component Description ........................................ 186 Removal and Installation ....................................... 222
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

DTC P0138 HO2S2 ................................................. 223 FIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE ..................... 267
Component Description ........................................ 223 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 267 A
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 267
. 223 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 267
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 223 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 268 EC
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 224 DTC P0327, P0328 KS ........................................... 273
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 225 Component Description ........................................ 273
Component Inspection ......................................... 228 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 273 C
Removal and Installation ...................................... 229 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 274
DTC P0139 HO2S2 ................................................. 230 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 275
Component Description ........................................ 230 Component Inspection .......................................... 276 D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Removal and Installation ...................................... 276
. 230 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .......................... 277
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 230 Component Description ........................................ 277 E
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 230 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Overall Function Check ........................................ 231 . 277
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 233 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 277
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 234 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 277 F
Component Inspection ......................................... 236 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 279
Removal and Installation ...................................... 237 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 280
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION. 238 Component Inspection .......................................... 282 G
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 238 Removal and Installation ...................................... 282
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 238 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ..................... 283
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 240 Component Description ........................................ 283 H
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION. 245 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 283
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 245 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 284
I
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 245 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 285
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 247 Component Inspection .......................................... 287
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 248 Removal and Installation ...................................... 288
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR ...................................... 251 DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION . 289 J
Component Description ........................................ 251 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 289
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 251 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 289
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 251 Overall Function Check ........................................ 290 K
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 253 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 291
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 254 DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 294
Component Inspection ......................................... 255 System Description ............................................... 294 L
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR ......................... 256 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 294
Component Description ........................................ 256 Overall Function Check ........................................ 295
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 256 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 297 M
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 256 DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 301
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 257 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 301
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 258 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 302
Component Inspection ......................................... 259 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 304
Removal and Installation ...................................... 259 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOL-
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ........................... 260 UME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...................... 311
Component Description ........................................ 260 Description ............................................................ 311
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 260 . 311
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 260 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 312
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 260 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 312
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 262 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 313
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 263 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 314
Component Inspection ......................................... 266 Component Inspection .......................................... 316
Remove and Installation ....................................... 266 DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS- VALVE ..................................................................... 317
Component Description ........................................ 317

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Overall Function Check ......................................... 361
. 317 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 362
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 317 DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM ....................................... 363
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 317 Description ............................................................ 363
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 319 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 363
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 320 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 363
Component Inspection .......................................... 322 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 364
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM ....................................... 365
SENSOR .................................................................. 324 Description ............................................................ 365
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 365
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 324 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR ...................................... 367
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 367
SENSOR .................................................................. 330 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 368
. 330 DTC P0605 ECM ..................................................... 372
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 330 Component Description ........................................ 372
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 333 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 373
Component Inspection .......................................... 337 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY ........................ 375
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 338 Component Description ........................................ 375
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 340 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 376
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 346 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 377
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 346 DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR ..................................... 379
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 354 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 379
Component Description ........................................ 354 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 380
Removal and Installation ...................................... 355 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..... 385
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 356 Description ............................................................ 385
Component Description ........................................ 356 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 356 .385
Overall Function Check ........................................ 356 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 386
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR .......... 359 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 388
Component Description ........................................ 359 Component Inspection .......................................... 389
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 359 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 360 ACTUATOR ............................................................. 390
Removal and Installation ...................................... 360 Component Description ........................................ 390
DTC P0500 VSS ...................................................... 361 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 390
Description ............................................................ 361 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 390
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 361 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 391
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 361 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL

FUNCTION .............................................................. 392 DTC P1147 HO2S2 ................................................. 428
Description ........................................................... 392 Component Description ........................................ 428 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 392 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 392 . 428
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 393 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 428 EC
Component Inspection ......................................... 397 Overall Function Check ........................................ 429
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 432 C
RELAY .................................................................... 399 Component Inspection .......................................... 434
Component Description ........................................ 399 Removal and Installation ...................................... 435
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ................ 436 D
. 399 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 436
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 399 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 436
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 399 Overall Function Check ........................................ 436 E
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 402 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ........ 438
Component Inspection ......................................... 403 System Description ............................................... 438
Removal and Installation ...................................... 403 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode F
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ........ 404 . 438
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 404 Overall Function Check ........................................ 439 G
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 404 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 441
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 406 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 449 H
Component Inspection ......................................... 407 Component Inspection .......................................... 450
Removal and Installation ...................................... 408 DTC P1225 TP SENSOR ........................................ 451
DTC P1143 HO2S1 ................................................. 409 Component Description ........................................ 451
I
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 451
. 409 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 452
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 409 Removal and Installation ...................................... 452 J
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 410 DTC P1226 TP SENSOR ........................................ 453
Overall Function Check ........................................ 410 Component Description ........................................ 453
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................411 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 453 K
Component Inspection ......................................... 413 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 453
Removal and Installation ...................................... 414 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 454
DTC P1144 HO2S1 ................................................. 415 Removal and Installation ...................................... 454 L
Component Description ........................................ 415 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................ 455
. 415 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 455
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 415 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 456 M
Overall Function Check ........................................ 416 DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 417 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ............................... 460
Component Inspection ......................................... 419 Description ............................................................ 460
Removal and Installation ...................................... 420 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC P1146 HO2S2 ................................................. 421 . 460
. 421 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 462
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 421 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 464
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 421 Component Inspection .......................................... 466
Overall Function Check ........................................ 422 DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 423 VALVE ..................................................................... 468
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 424 Component Description ........................................ 468
Component Inspection ......................................... 426 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Removal and Installation ...................................... 427 . 468
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................

Component Inspection .......................................... 472 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 514
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ................ 474 Component Inspection .......................................... 517
Component Description ........................................ 474 Removal and Installation ....................................... 517
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P2135 TP SENSOR ........................................ 518
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 474 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 474 .518
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 476 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 518
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ...................... 481 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 521
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Remove and Installation ....................................... 524
. 481 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ...................................... 525
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 481 Component Description ........................................ 525
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 481 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 483 .525
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ..... 491 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 528
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 491 Component Inspection .......................................... 534
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 491 Removal and Installation ....................................... 534
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 492 IGNITION SIGNAL .................................................. 535
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH ...................................... 493 Component Description ........................................ 535
Component Description ........................................ 493 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 536
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 541
. 493 Component Inspection .......................................... 545
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 493 INJECTOR ............................................................... 547
Overall Function Check ........................................ 494 Component Description ........................................ 547
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................. 497 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 548
Description ............................................................ 497 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 550
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 497 FUEL PUMP ............................................................ 553
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 497 Description ............................................................ 553
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ......................... 503 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 555
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Removal and Installation ....................................... 558
. 503 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .................. 559
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 503 Description ............................................................ 559
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 507 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ................................ 564
Component Inspection .......................................... 509 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Removal and Installation ...................................... 510 .564
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ......................... 511 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 565
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .......................................... 570

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode PREPARATION ....................................................... 612
. 570 Special Service Tools ........................................... 612 A
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 571 Commercial Service Tools .................................... 613
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 572 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................ 614
Component Inspection ......................................... 577 System Diagram ................................................... 614 EC
ASCD INDICATOR ................................................. 579 Vacuum Hose Drawing ......................................... 615
Component Description ........................................ 579 System Chart ........................................................ 616
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ................... 617
. 579 Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................. 619 C
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 580 Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................. 620
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 581 Fuel Cut Control (at No Load & High Engine Speed). 620
DATA LINK CONNECTOR ..................................... 582 CAN communication ............................................. 621 D
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 582 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................. 623
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ..................... 583 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................. 623
Description ........................................................... 583 Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio E
Component Inspection ......................................... 586 Adjustment ............................................................ 624
Removal and Installation ...................................... 587 Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning .... 634
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage ..................... 587 Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ............... 634
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY Idle Air Volume Learning ...................................... 635 F
(ORVR) .................................................................... 590 Fuel Pressure Check ............................................ 637
System Description .............................................. 590 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .......... 639
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 591 Introduction ........................................................... 639 G
Component Inspection ......................................... 593 Two Trip Detection Logic ...................................... 639
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ............... 596 Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............. 640
Description ........................................................... 596 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ......................... 653 H
Inspection ............................................................. 596 OBD System Operation Chart .............................. 656
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD). 598 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .......................................... 661
System Description .............................................. 598 Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................. 661
I
Component Description ........................................ 599 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 666
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 600 Fail-safe Chart ...................................................... 668
Fuel Pressure ....................................................... 600 Basic Inspection ................................................... 669
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................. 600 Symptom Matrix Chart .......................................... 674 J
Mass Air Flow Sensor .......................................... 600 Engine Control Component Parts Location .......... 678
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ................... 600 Circuit Diagram ..................................................... 684
Fuel Pump ............................................................ 600 ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 686 K
Injector ................................................................. 600 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 686
Resistor ................................................................ 600 CONSULT-II Function ........................................... 694
Throttle Control Motor .......................................... 600 Generic Scan Tool (GST) ..................................... 709 L
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater ......................... 600 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Calculated Load Value ......................................... 600 . 710
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................ 601 Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Valve ........ 601 Mode ..................................................................... 714 M
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater ......................... 601 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE. 716
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ....................... 601 Description ............................................................ 716
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor ............................ 601 Testing Condition .................................................. 716
Inspection Procedure ............................................ 716
QG18DE (SULEV) Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 717
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
INDEX FOR DTC .................................................... 602 DENT ....................................................................... 720
Alphabetical Index ................................................ 602 Description ............................................................ 720
DTC No. Index ..................................................... 604 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 720
PRECAUTIONS ...................................................... 608 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM ................... 721
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 721
(SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 722
SIONER .............................................................. 608 DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE. 728
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and Description ............................................................ 728
A/T ........................................................................ 608 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 728
Precautions .......................................................... 608 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 728
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ...............611

Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 729 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 767
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ..................................... 731 Component Inspection .......................................... 771
Description ............................................................ 731 Remove and Installation ....................................... 771
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR ...................................... 772
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ..................... 734 Component Inspection .......................................... 773
Description ............................................................ 734 Removal and Installation ....................................... 774
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR ........................................ 775
Component Inspection .......................................... 739 DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ................. 778
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR ..................................... 740 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 778
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 743 .780
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ......................... 748 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 782
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 755 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 788
Component Description ........................................ 755 Overall Function Check ......................................... 788
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 757 Component Inspection .......................................... 793
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 758 Removal and Installation ....................................... 794
Component Inspection .......................................... 759 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION.795
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 760 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 795
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 762 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION.802
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................ 765 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 805
Component Description ........................................ 765 DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR ...................................... 809
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Description ........................................ 809
. 765 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 809
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 765 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 809

Component Inspection ......................................... 813 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 853 A
Removal and Installation ...................................... 813 Overall Function Check ........................................ 853
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR ......................... 814 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 854
Component Description ........................................ 814 DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 858 EC
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 814 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 858
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 814 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 859
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 816 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOL- C
Component Inspection ......................................... 817 UME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...................... 867
Removal and Installation ...................................... 817 Description ............................................................ 867
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ........................... 818 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode D
Component Description ........................................ 818 . 867
. 818 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 868 E
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 821 Removal and Installation ...................................... 872 F
Component Inspection ......................................... 824 DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
Removal and Installation ...................................... 824 VALVE ..................................................................... 873
DTC P0300 - P0304 NO. 4 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE, Component Description ........................................ 873 G
MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE ............................ 825 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 825 . 873
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 826 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 873 H
DTC P0327, P0328 KS ........................................... 832 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 875
Component Description ........................................ 832 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 876
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 832 Component Inspection .......................................... 878
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 832 DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 833 SENSOR ................................................................. 880
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 834 Component Description ........................................ 880 J
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .......................... 836 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 880 K
Component Description ........................................ 836 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 881
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 882
. 836 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 883 L
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 836 Component Inspection .......................................... 885
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 836 DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 838 SENSOR ................................................................. 886
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 839 Component Description ........................................ 886 M
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ..................... 842 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 886
Component Description ........................................ 842 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 887
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 844 DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 893
Component Inspection ......................................... 847 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 893
Removal and Installation ...................................... 847 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 894
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION. 848 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 895
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 848 DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 901
Overall Function Check ........................................ 849 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 902
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 850 Overall Function Check ........................................ 903
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................ 852 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 904
System Description .............................................. 852

DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 910 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY ........................ 936
Component Description ........................................ 910 Component Description ........................................ 936
On Board Diagnostic Logic ................................... 910 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 936
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 912 DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR ..................................... 940
Component Description ........................................ 912 Component Description ........................................ 940
On Board Diagnostic Logic ................................... 912 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Overall Function Check ........................................ 912 .940
Removal and Installation ...................................... 913 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 941
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR .......... 914 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 942
On Board Diagnostic Logic ................................... 914 Component Inspection .......................................... 946
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 914 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..... 947
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 915 Description ............................................................ 947
Removal and Installation ...................................... 915 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC P0500 VSS ...................................................... 916 .948
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 916 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 948
Overall Function Check ........................................ 916 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 950
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM ....................................... 918 Removal and Installation ....................................... 951
Description ............................................................ 918 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 918 ACTUATOR ............................................................. 952
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM ....................................... 920 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 952
Description ............................................................ 920 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 953
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 920 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 920 FUNCTION .............................................................. 954
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 921 Description ............................................................ 954
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR ...................................... 922 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 954
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 955
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 922 Component Inspection .......................................... 959
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 922 Removal and Installation ....................................... 960
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 923 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 924 RELAY ..................................................................... 961
Component Inspection .......................................... 926 Component Description ........................................ 961
DTC P0605 ECM ..................................................... 927 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Description ........................................ 927 .961
DTC P1031, P1032 A/F SENSOR HEATER ........... 930 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 964
Description ............................................................ 930 Component Inspection .......................................... 965
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ......... 966
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 932 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 967
Component Inspection .......................................... 935 Component Inspection .......................................... 969
Removal and Installation ...................................... 935 Removal and Installation ....................................... 970

DTC P1132 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE .................. 971 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1013
Component Description ........................................ 971 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ..........................1021 A
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Inspection .........................................1022
. 971 DTC P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................1024
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 971 Component Description .......................................1024 EC
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 971 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1024
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 973 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1024
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 974 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1025
Removal and Installation ...................................... 975 Removal and Installation .....................................1025 C
DTC P1137 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL DTC P1226 TP SENSOR .......................................1026
POSITION SENSOR ............................................... 976 Component Description .......................................1026
Component Description ........................................ 976 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1026 D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1026
. 976 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1027
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 976 Removal and Installation .....................................1027 E
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 977 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ...............1028
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 978 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1028
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 980 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1028
Removal and Installation ...................................... 983 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1029 F
DTC P1138 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE .................. 984 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1030
Description ........................................................... 984 DTC P1271 A/F SENSOR ......................................1033
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Description .......................................1033 G
. 985 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 985 1033
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 985 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1033 H
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 988 Overall Function Check .......................................1034
Removal and Installation ...................................... 991 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1036
I
DTC P1146 HO2S2 ................................................. 992 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1037
Component Description ........................................ 992 Removal and Installation .....................................1038
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P1272 A/F SENSOR ......................................1039
. 992 Component Description .......................................1039 J
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 992 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 993 1039
Overall Function Check ........................................ 993 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1039 K
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 996 Overall Function Check .......................................1040
Component Inspection ......................................... 998 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1042 L
Removal and Installation ...................................... 999 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1043
DTC P1147 HO2S2 ................................................1000 Removal and Installation .....................................1044
Component Description .......................................1000 DTC P1273 A/F SENSOR ......................................1045
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Description .......................................1045 M
1000 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1000 1045
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1001 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1045
Overall Function Check .......................................1001 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1045
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1003 Overall Function Check .......................................1046
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1004 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1048
Component Inspection ........................................1006 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1049
Removal and Installation .....................................1007 Removal and Installation .....................................1051
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ...............1008 DTC P1274 A/F SENSOR ......................................1052
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1008 Component Description .......................................1052
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......1009 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
System Description .............................................1009 1052
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1052
1009 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1052
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1010 Overall Function Check .......................................1053
Overall Function Check .......................................1010 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1055
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1012

Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1056 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1099
Removal and Installation .....................................1058 Component Inspection .........................................1101
DTC P1276 A/F SENSOR ......................................1059 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .....................1102
Component Description .......................................1059 Component Description .......................................1102
1059 1102
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1059 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1102
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1059 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1103
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1062 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1106
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1063 Component Inspection .........................................1111
Removal and Installation .....................................1064 DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ....1113
DTC P1278 A/F SENSOR ......................................1065 Component Description .......................................1113
Component Description .......................................1065 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1113
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1113
1065 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1114
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1065 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH ......................................1115
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1066 Component Description .......................................1115
Overall Function Check .......................................1067 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1068 1115
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1069 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1115
Removal and Installation .....................................1072 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1115
DTC P1279 A/F SENSOR ......................................1073 Overall Function Check ........................................1116
Component Description .......................................1073 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1117
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1118
1073 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................1119
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1073 Description ...........................................................1119
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1073 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Overall Function Check .......................................1074 1119
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1076 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1119
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1077 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1119
Removal and Installation .....................................1080 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1120
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1121
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..............................1081 Component Inspection .........................................1123
Description ...........................................................1081 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ........................1125
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Description .......................................1125
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1082 1125
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1083 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1126
Component Inspection .........................................1087 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1129
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL Component Inspection .........................................1131
VALVE ....................................................................1089 Removal and Installation ......................................1131
Component Description .......................................1089 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ........................1132
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Description .......................................1132
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1091 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1133
Component Inspection .........................................1093 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1136
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ...............1095 Component Inspection .........................................1139
Component Description .......................................1095 Removal and Installation ......................................1139
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P2135 TP SENSOR .......................................1140
1095 Component Description .......................................1140
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1095 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1095 1140
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1097 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1140

DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1141 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1202
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1142 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1203 A
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1143 DATA LINK CONNECTOR .....................................1204
Component Inspection ........................................1146 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1204
Removal and Installation .....................................1146 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ....................1205 EC
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ....................................1147 Description ...........................................................1205
Component Description .......................................1147 Component Inspection .........................................1208
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Removal and Installation .....................................1209
1147 How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage .....................1209 C
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1147 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1148 (ORVR) ...................................................................1212
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1149 System Description ..............................................1212 D
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1151 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1213
Component Inspection ........................................1155 Component Inspection .........................................1215
Removal and Installation .....................................1155 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ..............1218 E
IGNITION SIGNAL .................................................1156 Description ...........................................................1218
Component Description .......................................1156 Component Inspection .........................................1218
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1157 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)1220
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1162 System Description ..............................................1220 F
Component Inspection ........................................1166 Component Description .......................................1221
Removal and Installation .....................................1167 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...1222
INJECTOR .............................................................1168 Fuel Pressure ......................................................1222 G
Component Description .......................................1168 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................1222
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Mass Air Flow Sensor ..........................................1222
1168 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ..................1222 H
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1169 Fuel Pump ...........................................................1222
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1170 Injector .................................................................1222
Component Inspection ........................................1173 Resistor ...............................................................1222
I
Removal and Installation .....................................1173 Throttle Control Motor ..........................................1222
FUEL PUMP ..........................................................1174 Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater ...................1222
System Description .............................................1174 Calculated Load Value .........................................1223
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................1223 J
1174 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater ........................1223
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1175 Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ......................1223
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1176 Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor ...........................1223 K
Component Inspection ........................................1179
Removal and Installation .....................................1179 QR25DE
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ................1180 L
Description ..........................................................1180 INDEX FOR DTC ....................................................1224
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1181 Alphabetical Index ...............................................1224
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1182 DTC No. Index .....................................................1227
Removal and Installation .....................................1184 PRECAUTIONS .....................................................1230 M
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ...............................1185 Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
1185 SIONER ..............................................................1230
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1186 On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1187 A/T .......................................................................1230
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ........................................1192 Precaution ...........................................................1230
Component Description .......................................1192 Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .............1233
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode PREPARATION ......................................................1234
1192 Special Service Tools ..........................................1234
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1193 Commercial Service Tools ...................................1234
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1194 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...............................1236
Component Inspection ........................................1199 System Diagram ..................................................1236
ASCD INDICATOR ................................................1201 Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................1237
Component Description .......................................1201 System Chart .......................................................1238
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ..................1239
1201 Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................1241
Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................1242

Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1354
Speed) .................................................................1242 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1354
CAN communication ............................................1243 DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER ..................... 1356
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................1244 Description ...........................................................
1356
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................1244 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio 1356
Adjustment ...........................................................1245 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1356
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning ...1255 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1356
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ..............1255 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1358
Idle Air Volume Learning .....................................1255 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1359
Fuel Pressure Check ...........................................1257 Component Inspection ......................................... 1361
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .........1260 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1361
Introduction ..........................................................1260 DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ..................... 1362
Two Trip Detection Logic .....................................1260 Description ...........................................................
1362
Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............1261 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System NATS) 1362
1275 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1362
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................1275 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1362
OBD System Operation Chart .............................1278 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1364
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .........................................1284 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1365
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................1284 Component Inspection ......................................... 1367
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..............................1288 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1367
Fail-safe Chart .....................................................1290 DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR .................................... 1368
Basic Inspection ..................................................1291 Component Description ....................................... 1368
Symptom Matrix Chart .........................................1295 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Engine Control Component Parts Location .........1300 1368
Circuit Diagram ....................................................1305 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1368
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ..........1307 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1368
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1307 Overall Function Check ........................................ 1370
CONSULT-II Function ..........................................1316 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1371
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ......................1329 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1372
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Inspection ......................................... 1374
1331 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1374
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ........................ 1375
Mode ....................................................................1334 Component Description ....................................... 1375
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE1337 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Description ...........................................................1337 1375
Testing Condition .................................................1337 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1375
Inspection Procedure ...........................................1337 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1375
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1338 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1377
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1378
DENT ......................................................................1341 Component Inspection ......................................... 1380
Description ...........................................................1341 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1380
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1341 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 1381
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM ..................1342 Component Description ....................................... 1381
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1342 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1381
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1345 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1381
Component Inspection .........................................1349 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1383
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE1350 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1384
Description ...........................................................1350 Component Inspection ......................................... 1385
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1350 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1385
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1350 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ......................... 1386
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1351 Component Description ....................................... 1386
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1352 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1386
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ....................................1353 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1387
Description ...........................................................1353 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1388
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1389
1353 Component Inspection ......................................... 1390
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1354 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1390

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ..........................1391 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1425
Component Description .......................................1391 Component Inspection .........................................1426 A
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Removal and Installation .....................................1427
1391 DTC P0138 HO2S2 ................................................1428
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1391 Component Description .......................................1428 EC
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1393 1428
Component Inspection ........................................1396 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1428 C
Removal and Installation .....................................1397 Overall Function Check .......................................1429
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR ....................................1398 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1430
Description ..........................................................1398 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1431 D
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1398 Component Inspection .........................................1432
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1398 Removal and Installation .....................................1434
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1399 DTC P0139 HO2S2 ................................................1435 E
Removal and Installation .....................................1400 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR ......................................1401 1435
Component Description .......................................1401 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1435 F
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1401 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1435
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1401 Overall Function Check .......................................1436
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1402 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1437 G
Removal and Installation .....................................1403 Component Inspection .........................................1440
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ...............1404 Removal and Installation .....................................1441 H
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1404 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION1442
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1404 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1442
I
Component Inspection ........................................1405 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1444
Removal and Installation .....................................1405 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1445
DTC P0132 HO2S1 ................................................1406 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION1449
Component Description .......................................1406 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1449 J
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1449
1406 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1451
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1406 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1452 K
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1407 DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR .....................................1455
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1408 Component Description .......................................1455
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1409 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1455 L
Component Inspection ........................................1410 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1455
Removal and Installation .....................................1411 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1456
DTC P0133 HO2S1 ................................................1412 Component Inspection .........................................1456
Component Description .......................................1412 Removal and Installation .....................................1456 M
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR .........................1457
1412 Component Description .......................................1457
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1412 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1457
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1413 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1457
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1415 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1459
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1416 Component Inspection .........................................1460
Component Inspection ........................................1418 Removal and Installation .....................................1460
Removal and Installation .....................................1420 DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE
DTC P0134 HO2S1 ................................................1421 ENRICHMENT PROTECTION ...............................1461
Component Description .......................................1421 System Description ..............................................1461
1421 1461
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1421 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1462
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1422 Overall Function Check .......................................1462
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1424 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1466

Main 12 Causes of Overheating ..........................1473 UME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..................... 1521
Component Inspection .........................................1474 Description ........................................................... 1521
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ...........................1475 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Description .......................................1475 1521
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1522
1475 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1522
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1475 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1523
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1475 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1524
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1477 Component Inspection ......................................... 1526
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1478 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1526
Component Inspection .........................................1480 DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
Removal and Installation .....................................1480 VALVE .....................................................................
1527
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS- Component Description ....................................... 1527
FIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE ....................1481 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1481 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1527
DTC P0327, P0328 KS ...........................................1486 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1529
Component Description .......................................1486 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1530
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1486 Component Inspection ......................................... 1532
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1486 DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1487 SENSOR ................................................................. 1534
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1488 Component Description ....................................... 1534
Component Inspection .........................................1489 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Removal and Installation .....................................1489 1534
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .........................1490 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1534
Component Description .......................................1490 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1534
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1536
1490 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1537
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1490 DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1491 SENSOR ................................................................. 1540
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ....................1496 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1540
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1497 Component Inspection ......................................... 1546
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1498 DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................ 1547
Component Inspection .........................................1500 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1547
Removal and Installation .....................................1501 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1547
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION1502 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1549
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1502 DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................ 1555
Overall Function Check .......................................1503 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1556
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1504 Overall Function Check ........................................ 1557
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................1507 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1558
System Description ..............................................1507 DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ...................... 1564
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1507 Component Description ....................................... 1564
Overall Function Check .......................................1508 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1564
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1509 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1565
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................1513 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1566
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1513 Remove and Installation ...................................... 1568
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1514 DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ...................... 1569
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOL-

On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1569 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1601
Overall Function Check .......................................1569 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1602 A
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR .........1571 Component Inspection .........................................1603
Component Description .......................................1571 Removal and Installation .....................................1603
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1571 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL EC
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1571 ACTUATOR ............................................................1604
Removal and Installation .....................................1574 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1604 C
DTC P0500 VSS ....................................................1575 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1605
Description ..........................................................1575 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1575 FUNCTION .............................................................1606 D
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1575 Description ...........................................................1606
Overall Function Check .......................................1575 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1606
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1576 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1606 E
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM ......................................1579 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1608
Description ..........................................................1579 Component Inspection .........................................1612
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1579 Remove and Installation ......................................1612 F
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1579 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1580 RELAY ....................................................................1613
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM ......................................1581 Component Description .......................................1613 G
Description ..........................................................1581 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1581 1613
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1581 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1613 H
DTC P0605 ECM ...................................................1583 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1615
Component Description .......................................1583 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1616
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1583 Component Inspection .........................................1617
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1583 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ........1618
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1584 Component Description .......................................1618
DTC P0650 MIL .....................................................1586 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1618 J
Component Description .......................................1586 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1618
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1586 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1619
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1586 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1620 K
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1587 Component Inspection .........................................1621
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1588 Remove and Installation ......................................1622
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY ......................1590 DTC P1143 HO2S1 ................................................1623 L
Component Description .......................................1590 Component Description .......................................1623
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1590 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1591 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1623 M
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR ....................................1594 Overall Function Check .......................................1624
1594 Removal and Installation .....................................1628
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1594 DTC P1144 HO2S1 ................................................1629
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1596 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1597 1629
Component Inspection ........................................1599 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1629
Removal and Installation .....................................1599 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1630
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...1600 Overall Function Check .......................................1630
1600 Removal and Installation .....................................1634
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1600 DTC P1146 HO2S2 ................................................1635

DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1635 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1679
Overall Function Check .......................................1636 DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1637 VALVE .....................................................................
1680
DTC P1147 HO2S2 ................................................1642 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1680
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1642 DTC P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
Overall Function Check .......................................1643 VALVE .....................................................................
1687
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1645 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Inspection .........................................1647 1687
Removal and Installation .....................................1648 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1687
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ...............1649 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1687
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1649 Overall Function Check ........................................ 1689
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1649 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1690
Overall Function Check .......................................1649 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1691
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1650 Component Inspection ......................................... 1693
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE .......1651 DTC P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................ 1695
System Description ..............................................1651 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1695
1651 Overall Function Check ........................................ 1697
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1652 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1698
Overall Function Check .......................................1652 DTC P1464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ...................... 1704
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1655 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1704
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ..........................1662 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1704
Component Inspection .........................................1663 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1705
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................1664 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1706
Component Description .......................................1664 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1706
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1664 DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE1707
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1664 Description ........................................................... 1707
Remove and Installation ......................................1665 1707
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR .......................................1666 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1707
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1667 Component Inspection ......................................... 1712
Remove and Installation ......................................1667 DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE1714
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ...............1668 Description ........................................................... 1714
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1668 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1669 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1714
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME Overall Function Check ........................................ 1715
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..............................1672 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1717
Description ...........................................................1672 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1718
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Inspection ......................................... 1721
1672 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ............... 1723
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1673 Component Description ....................................... 1723

1723 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR .......................................1763
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1723 Component Description .......................................1763 A
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1725 1763
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1727 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1763 EC
Component Inspection ........................................1728 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1763
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ....................1730 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1765
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Inspection .........................................1768 C
1730 Remove and Installation ......................................1769
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1730 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ....................................1770
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1730 Component Description .......................................1770 D
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1732 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1733 1770
Component Inspection ........................................1738 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1770 E
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ...1740 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1770
Component Description .......................................1740 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1772
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1740 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1773
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1740 Component Inspection .........................................1775 F
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1741 Remove and Installation ......................................1776
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH .....................................1742 IGNITION SIGNAL .................................................1777
Component Description .......................................1742 Component Description .......................................1777 G
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Wiring Diagram ....................................................1778
1742 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1783
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1742 Component Inspection .........................................1786 H
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1742 Removal and Installation .....................................1787
Overall Function Check .......................................1743 VIAS .......................................................................1788
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1744 Description ...........................................................1788
I
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ...............................1746 1789
Description ..........................................................1746 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1790
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1792 J
1746 Component Inspection .........................................1795
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1746 Removal and Installation .....................................1795
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1746 INJECTOR CIRCUIT ..............................................1796 K
Component Inspection ........................................1750 1796 L
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR .......................1751 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1797
1751 Removal and Installation .....................................1801 M
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1751 START SIGNAL .....................................................1802
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1753 1802
Remove and Installation ......................................1756 FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT ...........................................1806
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR .......................1757 Description ...........................................................1806
Component Description .......................................1757 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1806
1757 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1807
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1757 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1808
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1757 Component Inspection .........................................1810
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1759 Removal and Installation .....................................1810
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1760 POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ....1811
Remove and Installation ......................................1762 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1811

Wiring Diagram ....................................................1812 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM .................... 1846
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1814 Description ........................................................... 1846
Component Inspection .........................................1815 Component Inspection ......................................... 1849
Removal and Installation .....................................1815 How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage ..................... 1850
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .................1816 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY
Component Description .......................................1816 (ORVR) ...................................................................1852
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1817 System Description .............................................. 1852
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1818 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1853
Removal and Installation .....................................1820 Component Inspection ......................................... 1855
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ...............................1821 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ............... 1858
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Description ........................................................... 1858
1821 Component Inspection ......................................... 1858
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1822 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)1860
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1827 System Description .............................................. 1860
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .........................................1833 Component Description ....................................... 1861
Component Description .......................................1833 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ... 1862
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Fuel Pressure ....................................................... 1862
1833 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................. 1862
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1834 Calculated Load Value ......................................... 1862
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1835 Mass Air Flow Sensor .......................................... 1862
ASCD INDICATOR .................................................1841 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................ 1862
Component Description .......................................1841 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ................... 1862
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater ......................... 1862
1841 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater ......................... 1862
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1842 Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ...................... 1862
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1843 Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) .................... 1862
DATA LINK CONNECTOR .....................................1845 Throttle Control Motor .......................................... 1862
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1845 Injector .................................................................
1863
Fuel Pump ............................................................ 1863

INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
INDEX FOR DTC PFP:00024
A
Alphabetical Index UBS001C1
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, EC
U1001. Refer to EC-145, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE".
: Applicable : Not applicable
DTC*1 C
Items MIL
CONSULT-II Trip Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms) lighting up
ECM*3
GST*2
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 0731 2 AT-136 D
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 0732 2 AT-141
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 0733 2 AT-146
E
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 0734 2 AT-151
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 0744 2 AT-164
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 1 EC-503 F
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 1 EC-503
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 1 EC-511
G
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 1 EC-511
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 1 EC-525
ASCD BRAKE SW P1572 1572 1 EC-481 H
ASCD SW P1564 1564 1 EC-474
ASCD VHL SPD SEN P1574 1574 1 EC-491
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 0710 2 AT-121
I
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 2 EC-497

CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000 1 EC-145 J
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001 2 EC-145
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 2 EC-277
CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 1148 1 EC-436 K
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT P0340 0340 2 EC-283
CTP LEARNING P1225 1225 2 EC-451
L
CYL1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 2 EC-267
CYL2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 2 EC-267 M
ECM P0605 0605 1 or 2 or EC-372
ECM BACK UP/CIRC P1065 1065 2 EC-375
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0117 0117 1 EC-181
ECT SENSOR P0125 0125 1 EC-193
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 1 EC-438
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 0725 2 AT-132
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 1 or 2 EC-390
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 1 EC-392
ETC MOT P1128 1128 1 EC-404
ETC MOT PWR P1124 1124 1 EC-399

INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC*1
Items MIL
2 ECM*3
GST*
ETC MOT PWR P1126 1126 1 EC-399
EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 0455 2 EC-338
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 0441 2 EC-294
EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 0442 2 EC-301
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 0452 2 EC-324
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 0456 2 EC-346
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0182 0182 2 EC-256
FTT SENSOR P0181 0181 2 EC-251
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 0460 2 EC-354
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 0461 2 EC-356
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0462 0462 2 EC-359
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 2 EC-238
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 2 EC-245
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 2 EC-201
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 0133 2 EC-207
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 2 EC-216
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 1143 2 EC-409
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 1144 2 EC-415
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 2 EC-151
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 2 EC-151
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 2 EC-223
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 2 EC-230
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 1146 2 EC-421
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 1147 2 EC-428
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 2 EC-157
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 2 EC-157
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 0112 2 EC-177
IAT SENSOR P0127 0127 2 EC-196
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 2 EC-148
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 2 EC-385
ISC SYSTEM P0506 0506 2 EC-363
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 2 EC-273
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 0745 2 AT-174
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0101 0101 1 EC-163

INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC*1
Items MIL A
ECM*3
GST*2
MAF SENSOR P1102 1102 1 EC-379 EC
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 2 EC-267
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER
TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
No DTC Flashing*6 Flashing*6 EC-73
C
P0000 0000
TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 1760 2 AT-194 D
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 2 EC-493
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 0705 2 AT-116
E
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 2 EC-311
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P1444 1444 2 EC-460 F
PW ST P SEN/CIRC P0550 0550 2 EC-367
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P1229 1229 1 EC-455
SFT SOL A/CIRC P0750 0750 1 AT-180
G
SFT SOL B/CIRC P0755 0755 1 AT-184
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 0740 2 AT-160 H
THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 0128 2 EC-199
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 1705 1 AT-188
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 1 EC-260 I
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 1 EC-260
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 1 EC-186
J
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 1 EC-186
PT SENSOR P2135 2135 1 EC-518
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 2 EC-289 K
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT P0720*5 0720 2 AT-127
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500*5 0500 2 EC-361 L

VENT CONTROL VALVE P0447 0447 2 EC-317
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. M
*2: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.
*3: Is Diagnostic Test Mode-II (self-diagnostic results), there numbers are controlled by NISSAN.
*4: These DTCs are displayed with CONSULT-II only.
*5: The MIL illuminates when both the Revolution sensor signal and the Vehicle speed sensor signal meet the fail-safe condition at
the same time.
*6: When engine is running.
DTC No. Index UBS001C2
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,

INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC*1
Items MIL
2 ECM*3
GST*
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING
No DTC Flashing*6 MAY BE REQUIRED.
Flashing*6 EC-73
U1000 1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 1 EC-145

U1001 1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 2 EC-145
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING
P0000 0000
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 2 EC-148
P0031 0031 HO2S1 HTR (B1) 2 EC-151
P0032 0032 HO2S1 HTR (B1) 2 EC-151
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 EC-157
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 EC-157
P0101 0101 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT 1 EC-163
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT 2 EC-177
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT 1 EC-181
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC 1 EC-186
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC 1 EC-186
P0125 0125 ECT SENSOR 1 EC-193
P0127 0127 IAT SENSOR 2 EC-196
P0128 0128 THERMSTAT FNCTN 2 EC-199
P0132 0132 HO2S1 (B1) 2 EC-201
P0133 0133 HO2S1 (B1) 2 EC-207
P0134 0134 HO2S1 (B1) 2 EC-216
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) 2 EC-223
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) 2 EC-230
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 2 EC-238
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 2 EC-245
P0181 0181 FTT SENSOR 2 EC-251
P0182 0182 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT 2 EC-256
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC 1 EC-260
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC 1 EC-260
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE 2 EC-267
P0301 0301 CYL1 MISFIRE 2 EC-267
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 2 EC-273

INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC*1
Items MIL A
ECM*3
GST*2
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT 2 EC-277 EC
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT 2 EC-283
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 2 EC-289
P0441 0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON 2 EC-294 C
P0442 0442 EVAP SMALL LEAK 2 EC-301
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V 2 EC-311
D
P0447 0447 VENT CONTROL VALVE 2 EC-317
P0452 0452 EVAP SYS PRES SEN 2 EC-324 E
P0453 0453 EVAP SYS PRES SEN 2 EC-330
P0455 0455 EVAP GROSS LEAK 2 EC-338
F
P0456 0456 EVAP VERY SML LEAK 2 EC-346
P0460 0460 FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH 2 EC-354
P0461 0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 EC-356 G
P0462 0462 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC 2 EC-359
H
P0500* 5 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC 2 EC-361
P0506 0506 ISC SYSTEM 2 EC-363
P0507 0507 ISC SYSTEM 2 EC-365 I
P0550 0550 PW ST P SEN/CIRC 2 EC-367
P0605 0605 ECM 1 or 2 or EC-372
J
P0705 0705 PNP SW/CIRC 2 AT-116
P0710 0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC 2 AT-121
P0720*5 0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT 2 AT-127 K

P0725 0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG 2 AT-132
P0731 0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN 2 AT-136
L
P0732 0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN 2 AT-141
P0733 0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN 2 AT-146
P0734 0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN 2 AT-151 M
P0740 0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC 2 AT-160
P0744 0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN 2 AT-164
P0745 0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC 2 AT-174
P0750 0750 SFT SOL A/CIRC 1 AT-180
P0755 0755 SFT SOL B/CIRC 1 AT-184
P1065 1065 ECM BACK UP/CIRC 2 EC-375
P1102 1102 MAF SENSOR 1 EC-379
P1111 1111 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 2 EC-385
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR 1 or 2 EC-390
P1122 1122 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC 1 EC-392
P1124 1124 ETC MOT PWR 1 EC-399
P1126 1126 ETC MOT PWR 1 EC-399
P1128 1128 ETC MOT 1 EC-404

INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC*1
Items MIL
2 ECM*3
GST*
P1143 1143 HO2S1 (B1) 2 EC-409
P1144 1144 HO2S1 (B1) 2 EC-415
P1146 1146 HO2S2 (B1) 2 EC-421
P1147 1147 HO2S2 (B1) 2 EC-428
P1148 1148 CLOSED LOOP-B1 1 EC-436
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP 1 EC-438
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING 2 EC-451
P1229 1229 SENSOR POWER/CIRC 1 EC-455
P1564 1564 ASCD SW 1 EC-474
P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW 1 EC-481
P1574 1574 ASCD VHL SPD SEN 1 EC-491
P1705 1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T 1 AT-188
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT 2 EC-493
P1760 1760 O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC 2 AT-194
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT 2 EC-497
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 EC-503
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 EC-503
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 EC-511
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 EC-511
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR 1 EC-518
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR 1 EC-525
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*3: Is Diagnostic Test Mode-II (self-diagnostic results), there numbers are controlled by NISSAN.
*4: These DTCs are displayed with CONSULT-II only.
*5: The MIL illuminates when both the Revolution sensor signal and the Vehicle speed sensor signal meet the fail-safe condition at
the same time.

PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001
A
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER UBS001C3
The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along EC
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual. C
WARNING:
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. D
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section. E
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors. F
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T UBS001C4
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the G
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any H
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MIL to light up.
Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, I
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-
locking type harness connector. J
For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-46, "HARNESS CONNECTOR" .
Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit. K
Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system,
etc. L
Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precautions UBS001C5
M
Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative
battery terminal. Failure to do so may damage the ECM
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition
switch is turned off.
Before removing parts, turn off ignition switch and then dis-
connect battery ground cable.
SEF706Y

PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Do not disassemble ECM.
If a battery terminal is disconnected, the memory will return
to the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is dis-
connected. However, this is not an indication of a problem.
Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
PBIB1164E
When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it

securely with a lever as far as it will go, as shown at left.
BBIA0138E
When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM
pin terminals when connecting pin connectors.
Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A Poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge)
voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in
damage to ICs.
Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in)
away from adjacent harness, to prevent a engine control SEF291H
system malfunctions due to receiving external noise,

degraded operation of ICs, etc.
Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
Before replacing ECM, perform Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly.
Refer to EC-105, "ECM Terminals and Reference Value" .
MEF040D

PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform
Overall Function Check or DTC Confirmation Proce- A
dure.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Func-
EC
tion Check should be a good result if the repair is com-
pleted.
SEF217U
D
When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never
allow the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and E
damage the ECM power transistor.
Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor. F
Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of deter-
gent.
Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause seri- G
ous problems.
Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS). H
SEF348N
K
Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.

Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque. L
PBIB1218E

PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unneces-
sarily.
Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
SEF709Y
When installing C.B., ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure

to observe the following as it may adversely affect elec-
tronic control systems depending on installation location.
Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic
control units.
Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-
wave ratio can be kept smaller.
SEF708Y
Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis UBS001C6
When you read Wiring diagrams, refer to the following:

GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams"
PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" for power distribution circuit
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
GI-10, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES"
GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"

PREPARATION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
PREPARATION PFP:00002
A
Special Service Tools UBS001C7
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
EC
(Kent-Moore No.) Description
Tool name
KV10117100 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sen-
(J36471-A) sor 1 with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut C
Heated oxygen sensor wrench
NT379
KV10114400 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sen- E

(J-38365) sor 2
Heated oxygen sensor wrench a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
NT636
G
Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve open-
(J-45356) ing pressure
NT815
I
KV109E0010 Measuring the ECM signals with a circuit
(J-46209) tester
Break-out box J
K
S-NT825

(J-45819) tester L
Y-cable adapter
S-NT826

PREPARATION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Commercial Service Tools UBS001C8
Tool name Description

Leak detector Locating the EVAP leak
i.e.: (J41416)
NT703
EVAP service port adapter Applying positive pressure through EVAP ser-
i.e.: (J41413-OBD) vice port
NT704
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner Reconditioning the exhaust system threads

i.e.: (J-43897-18) before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use
(J-43897-12) with anti-seize lubricant shown below.
a: J-43897-18 18 mm with 1.5 mm pitch
dia., for Zirconia Oxygen Sensor
b: J-43897-12 12 mm with 1.25 mm pitch
dia., for Titania Oxygen Sensor
NT778
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning

i.e.: (PermatexTM 133AR or equiva- tool when reconditioning exhaust system
lent meeting MIL specification MIL-A- threads.
907)
NT779

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:23710
A
System Diagram UBS001C9
EC
PBIB1055E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Vacuum Hose Drawing UBS001CA
PBIB1056E
Refer to EC-33, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
System Chart UBS001CB
A
Input (Sensor) ECM Function Output (Actuator)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel injection & mixture ratio control Injectors
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Distributor ignition system Power transistor EC
Mass air flow sensor Intake valve timing control sole-
Engine coolant temperature sensor Intake valve timing control
noid valve
Heated oxygen sensor 1 C
Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay*4
Ignition switch
Malfunction indicator lamp
Throttle position sensor On board diagnostic system
(On the instrument panel)
PNP switch D
Heated oxygen sensor 1 and 2 heater con-
Air conditioner switch Heated oxygen sensor heater
trol
Knock sensor
EVAP canister purge volume con-
EVAP control system pressure sensor EVAP canister purge flow control E
trol solenoid valve
1
Fuel tank temperature sensor* Cooling fan control Cooling fan relays
Battery voltage Air conditioning cut control Air conditioner relay
Power steering pressure sensor F
ASCD vehicle speed control Electric throttle control actuator
Vehicle speed signal*2
Intake air temperature sensor
G
Heated oxygen sensor 2*3
TCM (Transmission control module)*2
Electrical load H
Fuel level sensor*1 *2 EVAP canister vent control
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS for EVAP system
Refrigerant pressure sensor valve
ASCD steering switch I
ASCD brake switch
ASCD clutch switch
Accelerator pedal position sensor J
Stop lamp switch
*1: These sensors are not used to control the engine system. They are used only for the on board diagnosis.
*2: These input signals are sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. K
*3: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*4: These output signals are sent form the ECM through CAN communication line.
L

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System UBS001CC
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

ECM func-
Sensor Input Signal to ECM Actuator
tion
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*3 and piston position
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Acceletor pedal position sensor Acceletor pedal position
Fuel injec-
PNP switch Gear position tion & mix-
Injector
ture ratio
Vehicle speed signal*2 Vehicle speed
control
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition
Electrical load Electrical load signal
Battery Battery voltage*3
Power steering pressure sensor Power steering operation
1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Heated oxygen sensor 2*
*1: Under normal conditions, this sensor is not for engine control operation.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the camshaft position sensor and the mass air flow
sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
During warm-up
When starting the engine
During acceleration
Hot-engine operation
When selector lever is changed from N to D (A/T models only)
High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
During deceleration
During high engine speed operation
During high vehicle speed operation
Extremely high engine coolant temperature

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
A
EC
SEF503Y D
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses a heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor if the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the E
injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about the heated oxygen
sensor 1, refer to EC-201 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel
mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition. F
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst. Even if the switching characteristics
of the heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the
heated oxygen sensor 2. G
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion. H
Deceleration and acceleration
Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit I
Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
High engine coolant temperature
J
During warm-up
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL K
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close
to the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as L
originally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot film) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
M
then computed in terms of injection pulse duration to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
Fuel trim refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
Short term fuel trim is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN com-
pared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and
an increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
Long term fuel trim is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
SEF337W
Two types of systems are used.

Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The four injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds.
Electronic Ignition (EI) System UBS001CD

ECM func-
tion
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*2 and piston position

Throttle position sensor Throttle position Ignition
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position timing con- Power transistor
trol
Knock sensor Engine knocking
PNP switch Gear position
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-
fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine. The ignition tim-
ing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown
above.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and
camshaft position sensor (PHASE) signal. Computing this informa-
tion, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
e.g., N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
ABTDC
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the
SEF742M
ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
At starting
During warm-up A
At idle
At low battery voltage
EC
During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. C
If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The
ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
D
Air Conditioning Cut Control UBS001CE

ECM func-
Sensor Input Signal to ECM Actuator E
tion
Vehicle speed signal*2 Vehicle speed F

Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal
PNP switch Neutral position
Air condi- G
tioner cut Air conditioner relay
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) control
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*1
H
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure I
*2: Signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
J
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
K
When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
When cranking the engine.
At high engine speeds. L
When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
When engine speed is excessively low. M
When the refrigerant pressure is excessively high or low.
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) UBS001CF

ECM func-
tion

Fuel cut
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Injectors
control
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 2,500 rpm with no load, (for example, in Neutral and engine speed over 2,500
rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 2,000 rpm, then fuel cut is cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-36, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
System" .
CAN communication UBS003PF
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
A/T MODELS
System Diagram
LKIA0132E
Input/Output Signal Chart

T: Transmit R: Receive
Signals ECM TCM Combination meter
Accelerator pedal position signal T R
Output shaft revolution signal R T
A/T self-diagnosis signal R T
Closed throttle position signal T R
Wide open throttle position signal T R
Stop lamp switch signal R T
Overdrive control switch signal R T
O/D OFF indicator signal T R
Engine speed signal T R
Engine coolant temperature signal T R
Vehicle speed signal R T
Fuel level sensor signal R T
Malfunction indicator lamp signal T R
ADCD SET lamp signal T R
ASCD CRUISE lamp signal T R

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
M/T MODELS
System Diagram A
EC
D
LKIA0133E

T: Transmit R: Receive E
Signals ECM Combination meter
F
Fuel level sensor signal R T G
ASCD SET lamp signal T R
H

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE PFP:00018
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check UBS001CG
IDLE SPEED
Using CONSULT-II
Check idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF058Y
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
Method A
1. Slide the harness protector off ignition coil No.1 to clear the wires.
2. Attach timing light to the wires as shown in the figure.
3. Check ignition timing.
BBIA0134E
Method B
1. Remove No. 1 ignition coil.
BBIA0154E
2. Connect No. 1 ignition coil and No. 1 spark plug with suitable
high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this
wire.
BBIA0135E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
EC
SEF166Y
D
G
BBIA0211E
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment UBS006DO
PREPARATION H
1. Make sure that the following parts are in good order.
Battery
Ignition system
I
Engine oil and coolant levels
Fuses
J
ECM harness connector
Vacuum hoses
Air intake system K

(Oil filler cap, oil level gauge, etc.)
Fuel pressure
Engine compression L
Throttle valve
Evaporative emission system
2. On air conditioner equipped models, checks should be carried out while the air conditioner is OFF. M
3. On automatic transmission equipped models, when checking idle rpm, ignition timing and mixture ratio,
checks should be carried out while shift lever is in N position.
4. When measuring CO percentage, insert probe more than 40 cm (15.7 in) into tail pipe.
5. Turn off headlamp, heater blower, rear window defogger.
6. Keep front wheels pointed straight ahead.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
OVERALL INSPECTION SEQUENCE
PBIB1054E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
A
1. INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance. EC
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
Harness connectors for improper connections
Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut C
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
Hoses and ducts for leaks
D
Air cleaner clogging
Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
Headlamp switch is OFF. SEF983U
Air conditioner switch is OFF.

Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F
Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge. G
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF976U
J
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. L
M
SEF977U
2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
>> GO TO 3.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
SEF978U
3. Read idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.

M/T: 650 50 rpm
A/T: 800 50 rpm (in P or N position)
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
M/T: 650 50 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-52, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 5.
5. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 6.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING A
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4. C
7. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN

D
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. E
M/T: 650 50 rpm
F
Without CONSULT-II
2. Check idle speed. G
M/T: 650 50 rpm
A/T: 800 50 rpm (in P or N position) H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8. I
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following. J
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-283 .
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-277 .
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace. L
2. GO TO 4.
9. CHECK ECM FUNCTION M

Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a incident, but this is
the rarely the case.)
>> GO TO 4.
10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING

1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
M/T: 7 5 BTDC
A/T: 18 5 BTDC (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 19.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 20.
NG >> GO TO 11.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 12.

>> GO TO 13.
13. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14.
2. GO TO 4.

With CONSULT-II
M/T: 650 50 rpm
Without CONSULT-II
M/T: 650 50 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 17.
15. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN

M/T: 7 5 BTDC
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 16.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
16. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION A
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-39, "TIMING CHAIN" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. EC
NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4.
C
Check the following.
D
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4. F
18. CHECK ECM FUNCTION

Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a incident, but this is G
H
>> GO TO 4.
19. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 SIGNAL

I
With CONSULT-II
2. See HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode. J
3. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (The engine is
warmed up to normal operating temperature.), check that the
monitor fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5 times K
during 10 seconds.
1 time: RICH LEAN RICH
L
2 times: RICH LEAN RICH LEAN RICH
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END M
NG (Monitor does not fluctuate.)>>GO TO 21.
NG (Monitor fluctuates less than 5 times.)>>GO TO 28. SEF820Y
20. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 1) SIGNAL

Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine and set ECM to Self-diagnostic mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor). Refer to EC-73,
"HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
2. Start engine and run it at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
3. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (The engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.),
check that the MIL comes on more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (MIL does not come on)>>GO TO 21.
NG (MIL comes on less than 5 times)>>GO TO 28.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
21. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HARNESS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery ground cable.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and heated oxygen sensor 1 terminal 1. Refer to Wir-
ing Diagram, EC-201 .
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace harness between ECM and heated oxygen sensor 1.
2. GO TO 4.

1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
>> GO TO 23.

>> GO TO 24.

Refer to EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 25.
Yes (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 26.
2. GO TO 4.
25. CHECK CO%

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points the middle of gauge.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Select ENG COOLANT TEMP in ACTIVE TEST mode.
4. Set ENG COOLANT TEMP to 5C (41F) by touching DWN
and Qd.
5. Start engine and rev it (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times
under no-load, then run engine at idle speed.
6. Check CO%.
Idle CO: 3 11% and engine runs smoothly.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 28.
NG >> GO TO 27.
SEF172Y

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
26. CHECK CO% A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of gauge.
EC
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
4. Connect a resistor (4.4 k) between terminals of engine coolant
C
temperature sensor harness connector.
D
6. Check CO%.
7. After checking CO%, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect the E
resistor from the terminals of engine coolant temperature sensor
harness connector, and then connect engine coolant tempera-
ture sensor harness connector to engine coolant temperature SEF982UA
F
sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 28. G
NG >> GO TO 27.
27. RECONNECT HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HARNESS CONNECTOR H

2. Reconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
I
>> GO TO 31.
28. REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 J
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace heated oxygen sensor 1 on the malfunctioning bank. K
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 29.

Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 30. L

M
With CONSULT-II
2. See HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode.
check that the monitor fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 31.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Set ECM to Self-diagnostic mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor). Refer to EC-73, "HOW TO
SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 31.

Check fuel pressure regulator and repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC-56, "Fuel Pressure Check" .
Check mass air flow sensor and its circuit, and repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC-163 , EC-171
and EC-379 .
Check injector and its circuit, and repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC-547 .
Check engine coolant temperature sensor and its circuit, and repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC-
181 and EC-193 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 33.
2. GO TO 32.
32. ERASE UNNECESSARY DTC

After this inspection, unnecessary DTC might be displayed.
Erase the stored memory in ECM and TCM. Refer to EC-71, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAG-
NOSTIC INFORMATION" and AT-40, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" .
>> GO TO 4.

Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a problem, but this is
>> GO TO 4.
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning UBS006E7
DESCRIPTION
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accel-
erator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF wait at least 10 seconds.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning UBS006E8
DESCRIPTION A
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve
by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected. EC
OPERATION PROCEDURE
C
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
D
Idle Air Volume Learning UBS006E9
DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the spe- E
cific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification. F
PREPARATION
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment. G
Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle)
Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100C (158 - 212F)
H
PNP switch: ON
Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
On models with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light only small I
lamps.
Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
J
Vehicle speed: Stopped
Transmission: Warmed-up
For models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until FLUID TEMP SE in DATA MONITOR mode of A/T
system indicates less than 0.9V. K
For models without CONSULT-II, drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
L
With CONSULT-II
2. Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . M
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Select IDLE AIR VOL LEARN in WORK SUPPORT mode.
SEF217Z

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. Touch START and wait 20 seconds.
SEF454Y
7. Make sure that CMPLT is displayed on CONSULT-II screen. If

CMPLT is not displayed, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be
carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the inci-
dent by referring to the Diagnostic Procedure below.
8. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle
speed and ignition timing are within the specifications.
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed MT: 65050 rpm
AT: 80050 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing MT: 75 BTDC MBIB0238E
AT: 185 BTDC (in P or N position)
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
2. Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL goes off.
10. Start engine and let it idle.
11. Wait 20 seconds.
SEC897C

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications. A
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed MT: 65050 rpm
EC
AT: 80050 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing MT: 75 BTDC
AT: 185 BTDC (in P or N position)
C
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, the result will be incomplete. In this case,
find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE D
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows:
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2. Check PCV valve operation. E
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condi-
tion are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident. F
It is useful to perform EC-133, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the
incident and perform Idle air volume learning all over again: G
Engine stalls.
Erroneous idle.
H

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Fuel Pressure Check UBS001CJ
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because B15 models do not have fuel return system.
With CONSULT-II
2. Perform FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE in WORK SUPPORT
mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
PEF823K
Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel pump fuse.
2. Start engine.
pressure.
LEC298
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

NOTE:
When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.
Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.
Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/
C switch, etc.). Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine loads and
changes in manifold vacuum.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-56 .
2. Install the fuel pressure gauge into the fuel line as shown in the
figure.
3. Turn ignition switch ON, and check for fuel leakage.
4. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
5. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51
psi)
6. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step.
7. Check the following. BBIA0137E
Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
Fuel filter for clogging

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Fuel pump
Fuel pressure regulator for clogging A
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
If NG, repair or replace.
EC

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM PFP:00028
Introduction UBS001CK
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Emission-related diagnostic information SAE Mode
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Mode 3 of SAE J1979
Freeze Frame data Mode 2 of SAE J1979
System Readiness Test (SRT) code Mode 1 of SAE J1979
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Mode 7 of SAE J1979
1st Trip Freeze Frame data
Test values and Test limits Mode 6 of SAE J1979
Calibration ID Mode 9 of SAE J1979
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
X: Applicable : Not applicable
Freeze Frame 1st trip Freeze
DTC 1st trip DTC SRT code Test value
data Frame data
CONSULT-II X X X X X
GST X X*1 X X X
ECM X X*2
*1: 1st trip DTCs for self-diagnoses concerning SRT items cannot be shown on the GST display.
*2: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-87 .)
Two Trip Detection Logic UBS001CL
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The trip in the Two Trip Detection Logic means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
MIL DTC 1st trip DTC
1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip
Items
Lighting Lighting display- display- display- display-
Blinking Blinking ing ing ing ing
up up
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) DTC: P0300 - P0304 is X X X
being detected
damage) DTC: P0300 - P0304 X X
has been detected
One trip detection diagnoses (Refer
X X
to EC-21 .)
Except above X X X
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting MIL up when there is
NG on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5-trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by
means of operating fail-safe function.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit and demands the driver to
repair the trouble. A
Engine operating in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.
Emission-related Diagnostic Information UBS001CM

EC
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS
DTC*1 *2 Test value/ Test C

Items
CONSULT-II SRT code limit 1st trip DTC Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms) ECM
GST (GST only)
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*4 EC-145 D

CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*4 X EC-145
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FUR-
E
THER TESTING MAY BE P0000 0000
REQUIRED.
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 X EC-148
F
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 X X X*2 EC-151
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 X X X*2 EC-151
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 X X X*2 EC-157 G
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 X X X*2 EC-157
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0101 0101 EC-163
H
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 0112 X EC-177 I
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0113 0113 X EC-177
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0117 0117 EC-181
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0118 0118 EC-181 J
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 EC-186
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 EC-186
K
ECT SENSOR P0125 0125 EC-193
IAT SENSOR P0127 0127 X EC-196
THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 0128 X EC-199 L
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 X X X*3 EC-201
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 0133 X X X*3 EC-207 M

HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 X X X*3 EC-216
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 X X X*3 EC-223
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 X X 3 EC-230

X*
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 X EC-238
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 X EC-245
FTT SENSOR P0181 0181 X EC-251
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0182 0182 X EC-256
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0183 0183 X EC-256
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 EC-260
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 EC-260
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 X EC-267
CYL1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 X EC-267

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC*1 *2 Test value/ Test
Items
CONSULT-II SRT code limit 1st trip DTC Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms) ECM
GST (GST only)

KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 X EC-273
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 X EC-273
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 X EC-277
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT P0340 0340 X EC-283
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 X X X*3 EC-289
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 0441 X X 3 EC-294

X*
EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 0442 X X X*3 EC-301
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 X EC-311
VENT CONTROL VALVE P0447 0447 X EC-317
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 0452 X EC-324
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0453 0453 X EC-330
EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 0455 X X*3 EC-338
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 0456 X*4 X X*3 EC-346

FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 0460 X EC-354
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 0461 X EC-356
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0462 0462 X EC-359
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0463 0463 X EC-359
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500 0500 X EC-361
ISC SYSTEM P0506 0506 X EC-363
ISC SYSTEM P0507 0507 X EC-365
PW ST P SEN/CIRC P0550 0550 X EC-367
ECM P0605 0605 X EC-372
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 0705 X AT-116
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 0710 X AT-121
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT P0720 0720 X AT-127
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 0725 X AT-132
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 0731 X AT-136
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 0732 X AT-141
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 0733 X AT-146
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 0734 X AT-151
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 0740 X AT-160
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 0744 X AT-164
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 0745 X AT-174
SFT SOL A/CIRC P0750 0750 AT-180
SFT SOL B/CIRC P0755 0755 AT-184
ECM BACK UP/CIRC P1065 1065 X EC-375
MAF SENSOR P1102 1102 EC-379
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 X EC-385
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 X EC-390

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC*1 *2 Test value/ Test
Items
SRT code limit 1st trip DTC Reference page
A
(CONSULT-II screen terms) CONSULT-II
ECM (GST only)
GST
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 EC-392
EC
ETC MOT PWR P1124 1124 EC-399
ETC MOT P1128 1128 EC-404 C
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 1143 X X X*3 EC-409
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 1144 X X X*3 EC-415

D
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 1146 X X 3 EC-421
X*
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 1147 X X X*3 EC-428
E
CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 1148 EC-436
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 EC-438
CTP LEARNING P1225 1225 X EC-451 F
CTP LEARNING P1226 1226 X EC-453
G
VENT CONTROL VALVE P1446 1446 X EC-468
ASCD SW P1564 1564 EC-474
ASCD BRAKE SW P1572 1572 EC-481 H
ASCD VHL SPD SEN P1574 1574 EC-491
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 1705 AT-188
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 X EC-493 I
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 1760 X AT-194
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 X EC-497
J
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 EC-503
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 EC-511 K
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 EC-518
L
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 EC-525
*2: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012
M
*3: These are not displayed with GST.
*4: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in EC-71, "HOW
TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-59 . These items are required by legal reg-
ulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are
also displayed on CONSULT-II.
1st trip DTC is specified in Mode 7 of SAE J1979. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the MIL and
therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehi-
cle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step II, refer to EC-82 . Then perform DTC Confirmation Proce-
dure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated, the item
requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-II
With GST
CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P1148, P1706, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST does not indicate whether the malfunction
is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-II can identify
malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunc-
tion is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times
the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be 0.
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
SEC745C
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA

The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, throttle valve operating angle,
base fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For
details, see EC-117 .
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data.
Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire DTC: P0300 - P0304
1
Fuel Injection System Function DTC: P0171, P0172
2 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
3 1st trip freeze frame data

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated A
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
EC
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem- C
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-71, "HOW TO ERASE EMIS-
SION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE D
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Mode 1 of SAE J1979.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com- E
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating INCMP, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to CMPLT.
F
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate CMPLT for each application system. Once set as CMPLT, the SRT status remains
CMPLT until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's G
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate INCMP for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate INCMP if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem- H
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates CMPLT for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates INCMP for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested. I
NOTE:
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates CMPLT for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (CMPLT) and J
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to CMPLT.
SRT item Perfor-
(CONSULT-II indica- mance Pri- Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to CMPLT Corresponding DTC No.
tion) ority*
CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420
EVAPORATIVE SYS- 1 EVAP control system P0442
TEM
2 EVAP control system P0456
EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441
HO2S 2 Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0132
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0133
HO2S HTR 2 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater P0031, P0032
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0037, P0038
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-II.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
SRT Set Timing
SRT is set as CMPLT after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is A
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
Example EC
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) (1) OK (2) (2) C
P0402 OK (1) (1) (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) (2) (2)
D
SRT of EGR CMPLT CMPLT CMPLT CMPLT
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) (1) (1) (1)
P0402 (0) (0) OK (1) (1) E
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) (2) (2)
SRT of EGR INCMP INCMP CMPLT CMPLT
F
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK
P0402
NG G
P1402 NG NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC H
1st trip DTC 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR INCMP INCMP INCMP CMPLT
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK. I
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will J
indicate CMPLT. Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
CMPLT at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. Case 2 above
K
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indi-
cate CMPLT. Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as INCMP is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state L
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary of each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons:
The SRT will indicate CMPLT at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result. M
The emissions inspection requires CMPLT of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to CMPLT of SRT, the self-diagno-
sis memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate INCMP.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as CMPLT together with the DTC (s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates CMPLT.
SRT Service Procedure
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating INCMP, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
SEF170Z
*1 EC-62 *2 EC-66 *3 EC-67
How to Display SRT Code

With CONSULT-II
Selecting SRT STATUS in DTC CONFIRMATION mode with
CONSULT-II.
For items whose SRT codes are set, a CMPLT is displayed on the
CONSULT-II screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set,
INCMP is displayed.
SEF935Z

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
With GST A
Selecting Mode 1 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
A sample of CONSULT-II display for SRT code is shown below.
INCMP means the self-diagnosis is incomplete and SRT is not set. CMPLT means the self-diagnosis is
EC
complete and SRT is set.
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each C
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
With CONSULT-II
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table D
on EC-64 .
Without CONSULT-II
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The E
driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Driving Pattern
PBIB1053E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driv-
ing habits, etc. A
Zone A refers to the range where the time required, for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the
shortest.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed
EC
within zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
Sea level
C
Flat road
Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30C (68 - 86F)
Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. D
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30C (68 - 86F)], diag-
nosis may also be performed.
Pattern 1: E
The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of 10 to 35C (14 to 95F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminals 73 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than F
70C (158F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminals 73 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0C (32F) (where the voltage
between the ECM terminal 107 and ground is less than 4.1V).
G
Pattern 2:
When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be con-
ducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended. H
Pattern 3:
The driving pattern outlined in *2 must be repeated at least 3 times.
Pattern 4: I
Tests are performed after the engine has been operated for at least 17 minutes.
The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again. J
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again. K
*2: Operate the vehicle in the following driving pattern.
1. Decelerate vehicle to 0 km/h (0 MPH) and let engine idle.
2. Repeat driving pattern shown below at least 10 times. L
During acceleration, hold the accelerator pedal as steady as
possible.
M
SEF414S
*3: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.

Suggested Transmission Gear Position for A/T Models
Set the selector lever in the D position with the overdrive switch turned ON.
Suggested upshift speeds for M/T models
Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions relate to fuel
economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions, the weather
and individual driving habits.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
For normal acceleration in low altitude For quick acceleration in low altitude areas and high
areas [less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]: altitude areas [over 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
Gear change ACCEL shift point km/h (MPH) km/h (MPH)
1st to 2nd 24 (15) 25 (15)
2nd to 3rd 40 (25) 40 (25)
3rd to 4th 65 (40) 65 (40)
4th to 5th 75 (45) 75 (45)
Suggested Maximum Speed in Each Gear

Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.
Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed (shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the high-
est gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road condi-
tions to ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause
engine damage or loss of vehicle control.
Gear km/h (MPH)
1st 48 (30)
2nd 84 (52)
3rd 128 (80)
4th
5th
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-II)
The following is the information specified in Mode 6 of SAE J1979.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
Items for which these data (test value and test limit) are displayed are the same as SRT code items (13 test
items).
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be dis-
played on the GST screen.
Test value (GST display)
SRT item Self-diagnostic test item Test limit Application
TID CID
CATALYST Three way catalyst function 02H 81H Min. X
EVAP control system (Small leak) 05H 03H Max. X
EVAP SYSTEM
EVAP control system purge flow monitoring 06H 83H Min. X
09H 04H Max. X
0AH 84H Min. X
Heated oxygen sensor 1 0BH 04H Max. X
0CH 04H Max. X
HO2S 0DH 04H Max. X
19H 86H Min. X
1AH 86H Min. X
Heated oxygen sensor 2
1BH 06H Max. X
1CH 06H Max. X
29H 08H Max. X
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
2AH 88H Min. X
HO2S HTR
2DH 0AH Max. X
2EH 8AH Min. X

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
How to Erase DTC ( With CONSULT-II) A
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-21 ), skip steps 2 through 4.
EC
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least
10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Turn CONSULT-II ON and touch A/T.
C
3. Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS.
4. Touch ERASE. [The DTC in the TCM (Transmission control module) will be erased.] Then touch BACK
twice.
D
5. Touch ENGINE.
7. Touch ERASE. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.) E
If DTCs are displayed for both ECM and TCM (Transmission control module), they need to be erased indi-
vidually from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
F
WCIA0365E
How to Erase DTC ( With GST)

NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-21 ), skip step 2.
2. Perform SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-II) in AT section titled TROUBLE
DIAGNOSIS, Self-diagnosis. (The engine warm-up step can be skipped when performing the diagnosis
only to erase the DTC.)

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. Select Mode 4 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
How to Erase DTC ( No Tools)
1. If the ignition switch stays "ON" after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch "OFF" once.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it "ON" (engine stopped) again.
3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-73, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost after
approx. 24 hours.
The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
Diagnostic trouble codes
1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
Freeze frame data
1st trip freeze frame data
System readiness test (SRT) codes
Test values
Others
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) UBS006C3
DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON with-
out the engine running. This is a bulb check.
If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-27, "WARNING LAMPS" .
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
SEF217U
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION

The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions.
Diagnostic Test KEY and ENG. Function Explanation of Function
Mode Status
Mode I Ignition switch in BULB CHECK This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown,
ON position open circuit, etc.).
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit.
Engine stopped
Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is

WARNING detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip
detection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver
that a malfunction has been detected.
The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MIL in
the 1st trip.
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)
One trip detection diagnoses

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Mode Status A
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
ON position RESULTS
EC
Engine stopped
C
Engine running HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 This function allows the fuel mixture condition (lean or D
MONITOR rich), monitored by heated oxygen sensor 1, to be read.
NG on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as F
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit and demands the driver to G
repair the trouble.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
H
MIL Flashing without DTC
If the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, MIL may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM diag-
nostic test mode, EC-73, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" . I
How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are described later, EC-
73, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
J
1. Diagnostic trouble codes
2. 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
3. Freeze frame data K
4. 1st trip freeze frame data
5. System readiness test (SRT) codes
6. Test values L
7. Others
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
M
NOTE:
has a malfunction.
Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts
blinking.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
PBIB0092E
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor)

1. Set the ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-73, "How to Set Diagnostic
Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
2. Start Engine.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-73, "How to Set Diagnostic Test
Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I BULB CHECK
In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI-
27, "WARNING LAMPS" .
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I MALFUNCTION WARNING
MIL Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected.
OFF No malfunction.
These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are
displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These uniden-

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
tified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-II or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to
read a code. A
EC
SEF952W
G
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The zero is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
H
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF. I
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no
malfunction. (See EC-21, "INDEX FOR DTC" )
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results) J
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to EC-
If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory after approx 24 hours. K
Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR L
In this mode, the MIL displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated
oxygen sensor 1.
MIL Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas Air fuel ratio feedback control condition M
ON Lean
Closed loop system
OFF Rich
*Remains ON or OFF Any condition Open loop system
*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop.
To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until
engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load conditions. Then make sure that the
MIL comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no-load.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
OBD System Operation Chart UBS001CO
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-58, "Two Trip Detection
Logic" .
The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when
the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting,
the counter will reset.
The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A)
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and
Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times
(driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The TIME in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other
MIL (goes off) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
display)
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
*1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
(clear)
For details about patterns B and C under Fuel Injection System and Misfire, see EC-78 .
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see EC-80 .
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR MIS-
FIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM A
EC
SEF392S
*1: When the same malfunction is *2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips, 3 times (pattern B) without any mal- detected in two consecutive trips, the
MIL will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) the 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip vehicle is driven once (pattern C)
freeze frame data will be cleared. without the same malfunction after
DTC is stored in ECM.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORA-
TION>, FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART)
<Driving Pattern C>
Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) 375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) (10.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70C (158F), T should be lower than 70C (158F).
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70C (158F), T should be higher than or
equal to 70C (158F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80C (176F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70C
(158F)
The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above.
The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above is satisfied without the same malfunction.
The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.
The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR
MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM A
EC
SEF393S
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and vehicle is driven once (pattern B)
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) the 1st trip freeze frame data will be without the same malfunction.
*7: When the same malfunction is
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY
DETERIORATION>, FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
<Driving Pattern A>
AEC574
The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
<Driving Pattern B>
The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PFP:00004
A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction UBS001CP
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con- EC
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen-
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac- C
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
MEF036D
E
It is much more difficult to diagnose a incident that occurs intermit-

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are F
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace-
ment of good parts.
G
SEF233G
I
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-82 . J
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under K
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the exam-
ple on next page should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first. L
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electroni-
SEF234G
cally controlled engine vehicle.
M

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart
SEF510ZE
*1: EC-87 *2: If time data of SELF-DIAG *3: If the incident cannot be duplicated,
RESULTS is other than 0 or 1t, refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAG-
refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAG- NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- DENT" .
DENT" .
*4: If the on board diagnostic system *5: If the malfunctioning part cannot be *6: EC-68
cannot be performed, check main found, refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE
power supply and ground circuit. DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
Refer to EC-138, "POWER SUPPLY INCIDENT" .
CIRCUIT FOR ECM" .
*7: EC-133

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Description for Work Flow
STEP DESCRIPTION
A
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
STEP I
EC-84, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" .
EC
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or Generic Scan Tool) the (1st trip)
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) and the (1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the code and the data. (Refer to EC-
71 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip) freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III &
IV. C
STEP II
If the incident cannot verified, perform EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer.
(The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-93 .)
Also check related service bulletins for information. D
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II
STEP III to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results. E
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
Try to detect the (1st trip) Diagnostic Trouble Code by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
Check and read the (1st trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or GST. F
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)
mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV
G
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st
trip) DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall function check is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV. H
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to trouble diagnosis for DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-88 .) If CONSULT-II is available,
STEP V
perform DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to the TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS SPECIFI-
I
CATION VALUE. (If malfunction is detected, proceed to REPAIR/REPLACE.) Then perform inspections according
to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-93 .)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts. J
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-105 , EC-126 .
K
STEP VI
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to GI-26, "How to Per-
form Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" . L
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
DENT" .
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and M
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident
STEP VII is still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM
and TCM (Transmission control module). (Refer toEC-71, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" and AT-40, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" .)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the malfunction indicator lamp to come
on steady or blink and DTC to be detected. Examples:
Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. SEF907L
Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel
to evaporate into the atmosphere.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Worksheet Sample
A
EC
MTBL0017

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC Inspection Priority Chart UBS001CQ
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 and/or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-145, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE".
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
Priority Detected items (DTC)
1 U1000, U1001 CAN communication
P0101, P0102, P0103, P1102 Mass air flow sensor
P0112, P0113, P0127 Intake air temperature sensor
P0117, P0118, P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P1225, P1226, P2135 Throttle position sensor
P0128 Thermostat function
P0181, P0182, P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor
P0327, P0328 Knock sensor
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0460, P0461, P0462, P0463 Fuel level sensor
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
P0605 ECM
P0705 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
P1229 Sensor power supply
P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
2 P0031, P0032 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P0037, P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0132, P0133, P0134, P1143, P1144 Heated oxygen sensor 1
P0138, P0139, P1146, P1147 Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
P0444, P0445, P1444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
P0447, P1446, P1448 EVAP canister vent control valve
P0452, P0453 EVAP system pressure sensor
P0550 Power steering pressure sensor
P0710-P0725, P0740-P0755, P1705, P1760 A/T related sensors and solenoid valves
P1065 ECM power supply
P112 Electric throttle control function
P1124, P1126, P1128 Electric throttle control actuator
P1805 Brake switch
3 P0011 Intake valve timing control
P0171, P0172 Fuel injection system function
P0300-P0304 Misfire
P0420 Three way catalyst function
P0442, P0455, P0456 EVAP control system
P0506, P0507 Idle speed control system
P0731-P0734 A/T function
P1111 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P1121 Electric throttle control
P1148 Closed loop control
P1217 Engine over temperature
P1564 ASCD steering switch
P1572 ASCD brake switch
P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Fail-safe Chart UBS006C4
A
When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut. EC
P0103
P1102
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning C
P0118 ture sensor circuit ignition switch ON or START.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-
Condition D
II display)
Just as ignition switch is turned
40C (104F)
ON or Start
E
More than approx. 4 minutes after
80C (176F)
ignition ON or Start
40 - 80C (104 - 176F)
Except as shown above F
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cool-
ing fan operates while engine is running.
G
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
P0123 in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the nor-
P0223 mal condition. H
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor.
P1121 Electric throttle control actu- While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops,
ator the engine stalls.
(ECM detect the throttle The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000
I
valve is stuck open.) rpm or more.
P1122 Electric throttle control func- ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
tion fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. J
P1124 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1126 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1128 ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a K
Throttle control motor
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. L
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
P2123 sensor in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the nor- M
P2128 mal condition.
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting MIL up when
there is NG on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected
as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by
means of operating fail-safe function.
repair the trouble.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Basic Inspection UBS006DP
1. INSPECTION START
scheduled maintenance.
Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.

Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
indicator points the middle of gauge.
SEF976U
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF977U
>> GO TO 3.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED A
With CONSULT-II
EC
E
SEF978U

M/T: 650 50 rpm F
SEF058Y
I
Without CONSULT-II
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-load, then run engine at idle speed for about J
1 minute.
K
M/T: 650 50 rpm
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING M
1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 5.

>> GO TO 6.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 7.
2. GO TO 4.

With CONSULT-II
M/T: 650 50 rpm
Without CONSULT-II
M/T: 650 50 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
2. GO TO 4.

>> GO TO 4.

M/T: 7 5 BTDC
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 11.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
11. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING A
1. Stop engine.
EC
>> GO TO 12.
12. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING C

D
>> GO TO 13.
13. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING E

F
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. G
2. GO TO 4.
14. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN H

With CONSULT-II
I
M/T: 650 50 rpm
A/T: 800 50 rpm (in P or N position) J
Without CONSULT-II
K
M/T: 650 50 rpm
A/T: 800 50 rpm (in P or N position) L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 17. M

M/T: 7 5 BTDC
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 16.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
16. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
2. GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
2. GO TO 4.

>> GO TO 4.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Symptom Matrix Chart UBS001CT
SYSTEM ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM A

SYMPTOM
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

EC
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

C
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference D
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
E
F
Warranty symptom code A A A A A H
AA AB AE AF AJ AK AL
C D G H M A
Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-553 G
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-56
Injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-547
H
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-583
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-596
tem I
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 EC-88
EC-390, EC-
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
392 J
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-88
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-535
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 EC-138
K
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 MTC-19

1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. L
(continued on next page)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) cir-
2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-277
cuit
2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-283
circuit
EC-163,EC-
Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 171 ,EC-
379
EC-201,EC-
207 ,EC-
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 216 ,EC-
409 ,EC-
415
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-181,
1 1 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2
circuit EC-193
EC-186,EC-
260 ,EC-
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 451 ,EC-
453 ,,EC-
518
EC-455,EC-
Accelerator pedal position sensor cir-
3 2 1 2 2 503 EC-511
cuit
, EC-525
Intake valve timing control system 3 3 3 3 3 EC-385
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-361
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-273
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-372
PNP switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-493
Power steering pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 3 EC-367
Electrical load signal circuit 3 3 EC-564
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
SYSTEM ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
SYMPTOM
A

EC


C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
Warranty symptom code A A A A A H F

C D G H M A
Fuel Fuel tank FL-7,EM-19
5 G
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5
Vapor lock
5
Valve deposit H
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Low octane)

Air Air duct I
Air cleaner
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor throttle J
body) 5 5 5 5 5 5
5 5 5 5 EC-390,EC-
Electric throttle control actuator
392 K
Air leakage from intake manifold/

Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery SC-4 L
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Generator circuit SC-22
Starter circuit 3 SC-9
1
M
Flywheel/Drive plate/Signal plate 6 EM-67
PNP switch MT-13 or AT-
4
116

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code A A A A A H
C D G H M A
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-52
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-67
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve Timing chain EM-39
mecha-
Camshaft EM-26
nism 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Intake valve
3 EM-52
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-12,EX-3
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil fil- EM-16,LU-8
tion ter/Oil gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 ,LU-7 ,LU-4
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-5
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap CO-13
Thermostat 5 CO-11
Water pump CO-9
Water gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 CO-6
Cooling fan 5 EC-438
Coolant level (low)/Contaminated
CO-7
coolant

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Engine Control Component Parts Location UBS001CU
EC
BBIA0146E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
BBIA0142E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
EC
BBIA0143E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
BBIA0144E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
EC
BBIA0145E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
PBIB1217E
BBIA0194E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Circuit Diagram UBS001CV
EC
BBWA0271E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
BBWA0272E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout UBS001CW
EC
MBIB0045E D
ECM Terminals and Reference Value UBS001CX
PREPARATION E
1. ECM is located in the right side of the cowl top (behind the strut
tower).
2. Remove ECM harness connector.
F
H
BBIA0191E
3. When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen it with I

levers as far as they will go as shown at right.
4. Connect a bread-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST)
between the ECM and ECM harness connector. J
Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
BBIA0138E L
ECM INSPECTION TABLE
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. M
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
1 B ECM ground Engine ground
Idle speed
Throttle control motor power BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 R/W [Ignition switch ON]
supply (11 - 14V)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
Engine stopped
4 P Shift lever position is D (A/T model)
(Close)
Shift lever position is 1st (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal is releasing
PBIB0534E
0 - 14V
Engine stopped
5 L Shift lever position is D (A/T model)
(Open)
Accelerator pedal is depressing
PBIB0533E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Intake valve timing control

11 G/Y MBIB0052E
solenoid valve
7 - 10V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed 2,500 rpm
PBIB0532E
[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.0V
Power steering pressure Steering wheel is being turned
12 P
sensor [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8V
Steering wheel is not being turned
Approximately 3.0V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0527E
Crankshaft position sensor
13 Y
(POS)
Approximately 3.0V
[Engine is running]
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB0528E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
1.0 - 4.0V
EC
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed C
PBIB0525E
Camshaft position sensor
14 W/R D
(PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running] E
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
F
PBIB0526E
[Engine is running]
15 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5V
Idle speed G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
H
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
I
22 G/B Injector No. 3
PBIB0529E
23 R/B Injector No. 1
41 L/B Injector No. 4 BATTERY VOLTAGE J
42 Y/B Injector No. 2
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
K
Warm-up condition
L
PBIB0530E
Approximately 7.0V
M
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm
24 G/W
heater
PBIB0519E

Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met. 0 - 1.0V
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle
25 W/B
heater for one minute under no load
EVAP control system pres-
32 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 1.8 - 4.8V
sure sensor
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Intake air temperature
34 Y/G [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with
sensor
intake air temperature.
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
35 G Heated oxygen sensor 1 Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
EVAP canister purge

45 GY/L volume control solenoid PBIB0050E
valve
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More
than 100 seconds after starting engine)
PBIB0520E
Sensor power supply

47 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)
48 R/W Sensors power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
Sensor power supply
49 R/Y (Refrigerant pressure [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
sensor)
Engine stopped
Shift lever position is D (A/T model) More than 0.36V
Accelerator pedal fully released
50 W Throttle position sensor 1
Engine stopped
Shift lever position is D (A/T model) Less than 4.75V
Accelerator pedal fully depressed

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition 1.0 - 1.7V EC
Idle speed
51 L/R Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition 1.5 - 2.1V C
0 - 0.1V
D
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
E
Idle speed
61 L/W Ignition signal No. 3

PBIB0521E
62 BR Ignition signal No. 1 F
80 GY/R Ignition signal No. 4
0 - 0.2V
81 PU Ignition signal No. 2
[Engine is running] G
Warm-up condition
H
PBIB0522E
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground I
66 R Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground J
67 B/W Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Mass air flow sensor)
Idle speed
Sensor power supply
K
68 G/R (Power steering pressure [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
sensor)
L
Engine stopped
M
69 G Throttle position sensor 2
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
70 L Refrigerant pressure sensor Both A/C switch and blower switch are 1.0 - 4.0V
ON
(Compressor operates.)
Engine coolant temperature
73 BR/W [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with
sensor
engine coolant temperature.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm after the follow-
74 R/L Heated oxygen sensor 2 ing conditions are met. 0 - Approximately 1.0V
and 4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle
for one minute under no load.
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
78 B Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
Idle speed
Sensor ground [Engine is running]

82 B/Y (Accelerator pedal position Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sensor 1) Idle speed

83 G (Accelerator pedal position Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Electrical load signal Lighting switch is 2ND position (11 - 14V)
84 PU
(Headlamp signal) [Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
Lighting switch is OFF
85 LG DATA link connector
CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected. (11 - 14V)
86 Y CAN communication line [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 2.3V

[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Cooling fan is not operating (11 - 14V)
89 LG/B Cooling fan relay (High)
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
Cooling fan is high speed operating
Sensor power supply
90 R (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 R/G (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
sensor 2)
94 L CAN communication line [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 2.8V
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Electrical load signal Heater fan switch ON
96 Y/G
(Heater fan signal) [Engine is running]
Approximately 5V
Heater fan switch OFF
Cooling fan is not operating. (11 - 14V)
97 LG/R Cooling fan relay (Low)
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
Cooling fan is operating.
Engine stopped 0.28 - 0.48V
Accelerator pedal position Accelerator pedal fully released
98 R/B
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
Engine stopped More than 2.0V

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 4.0V
ASCD steering switch is OFF. EC
Approximately 0V
CRUISE switch is ON.
C
99 W/R ASCD steering switch Approximately 1V
CANCEL switch is ON.
Approximately 2V D
COAST/SET switch is ON.
Approximately 3V
ACCEL/RESUME switch is ON. E
Approximately 0V
Brake pedal fully released
101 R/G Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE F
Brake pedal fully depressed (11 - 14V)

Approximately 0V G
Gear position is P or N
A/T models
102 G/OR PNP switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) H
Except the above gear position M/T models
Approximately 5V
BATTERY VOLTAGE I
[Ignition switch OFF]
104 P Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch ON] 0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch ON] J
106 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON] K
L
Fuel tank temperature sen-
107 OR [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with fuel
sor
tank temperature.
[Ignition switch ON] M
Approximately 0V
Brake pedal is depressed
108 P/L ASCD brake switch
Brake pedal is fully released (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch OFF] 0V

109 B/R Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch
111 W/G ECM relay (Self shut-off) OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
5 seconds passed after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch OFF

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
For 1 second after turning ignition switch
0 - 1.0V
ON
113 B/P Fuel pump relay [Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
More than 1 second after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch ON.
115 B [Engine is running]

ECM ground Engine ground
116 B Idle speed
EVAP canister vent control BATTERY VOLTAGE
117 L/Y [Ignition switch ON]
valve (11 - 14V)
119 R/G BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
120 R/G (11 - 14V)
Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
121 W/L [Ignition switch OFF]
(Buck-up) (11 - 14V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CONSULT-II Function UBS001CY
FUNCTION A
Diagnostic test mode Function
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
Work support
indications on the CONSULT-II unit. EC
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self-diagnostic results
can be read and erased quickly.*1
C
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Input/Output specification of the Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the other
Data monitor (SPEC)
data monitor items can be read.
D
CAN diagnostic support
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
monitor
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active test
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
E
DTC & SRT confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
Function test This mode is used to inform customers of their vehicle condition of periodic maintenance.
F
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
*1 The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
Diagnostic trouble codes G
Freeze frame data
1st trip freeze frame data H
Test values
I
Others

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
SELF-DIAGNOS- DTC & SRT CON-
TIC RESULTS DATA FIRMATION
Item WORK DATA
MONI- ACTIVE DTC
SUP- FREEZE MONI- SRT
TOR TEST WORK
PORT DTC*1 FRAME TOR STA-
(SPEC) SUP-
DATA*2 TUS
PORT
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) X X
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) X X
Mass air flow sensor X X X
Engine coolant temperature sensor X X X X X
Heated oxygen sensor 1 X X X X X
Heated oxygen sensor 2 X X X X X
Vehicle speed sensor X X X X
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS
Throttle position sensor X X X

Fuel tank temperature sensor X X X X
EVAP control system pressure sen-
X X X
sor
Intake air temperature sensor X X X X
INPUT
Knock sensor X
Air conditioner switch X X
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch X X X
Power steering pressure sensor X X X
Battery voltage X X
Load signal X X
Fuel level sensor X X X
Stop lamp switch X X X
ASCD steering switch X X X
ASCD brake switch X X X
Accelerator pedal position sensor X X X
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Injectors X X X
Power transistor (Ignition timing) X X X X
Throttle control motor relay X X X

Throttle control motor X
X X X X X
trol solenoid valve
Air conditioner relay X X
OUTPUT
Fuel pump relay X X X X

Cooling fan relay X X X X
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater X X X X
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater X X X X
EVAP canister vent control valve X X X X
Intake valve timing control solenoid
X X X X
valve
Calculated load value X X X
X: Applicable

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data A
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-62, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME
DATA" .
CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE EC

2. Connect CONSULT-II to data link connector, which is located
under LH dash panel near the fuse box cover. C
LEC297
F
4. Touch START (NISSAN BASED VHCL).
I
BCIA0029E
5. Touch ENGINE. J
M
SEF995X
6. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service

procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.
PBIB2308E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING START DUR- When releasing fuel pressure
ING IDLING. from fuel line
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE When learning the idle air volume
WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN
ECM.
SELF-LEARNING CONT THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL When clearing the coefficient of
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- self-learning control value
FICIENT.
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN When detecting EVAP vapor leak
ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE point of EVAP system
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS.
IGN SW ON
ENGINE NOT RUNNING
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0C (32F).
NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYS-
TEM
TANK FUEL TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0C (32F).
WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING EVAP SYS-
TEM CLOSE
WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE
UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULT-
II WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRIATE
INSTRUCTION.
NOTE:
WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-II MAY DISPLAY
BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY,
EVEN IN USING CHARGED BATTERY.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
TARGET IGNITION TIMING ADJ* IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition
timing
After adjustment, confirm tar-
get ignition timing with a timing
light.
If once the TARGET IDLE
RPM ADJ has been done, the
Idle Air Volume Learning proce-
dure will not be completed.
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE
Self Diagnostic Item A
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS INDEX (See EC-21 .)
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data EC
Freeze frame data
Description
item*1
DIAG TROUBLE C
The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer to
CODE
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS INDEX, EC-21 .)
[PXXXX]
Fuel injection system status at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
D
One mode in the following is displayed.
FUEL SYS-B1 MODE 2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
MODE 3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enrichment)
MODE 4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control E
MODE 5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
CAL/LD VALUE [%] The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP [C] F
The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [F]
Short-term fuel trim at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
S-FUEL TRIM-B1 [%] The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel G
schedule.
Long-term fuel trim at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRIM-B1 [%] The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule H
than short-term fuel trim.
ENGINE SPEED
The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[rpm] I
VEHICLE SPEED
The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
B/FUEL SCHDL J
The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE [C]
The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [F] K
*1: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
DATA MONITOR MODE

L
Monitored Item
: Applicable
ECM
MAIN M
Monitored item INPUT
SIG- Description Remarks
[Unit] SIG-
NALS
NALS
Accuracy becomes poor if engine
Indicates the engine speed computed speed drops below the idle rpm.
from the signals of the crankshaft posi-
ENG SPEED [rpm] If the signal is interrupted while the
tion sensor (POS) and camshaft posi-
tion sensor (PHASE). engine is running, an abnormal
value may be indicated.
The signal voltage of the mass air flow When the engine is stopped, a
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V]
sensor is displayed. certain value is indicated.
Base fuel schedule indicates the fuel
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into

[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board cor-
rection.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
ECM
MAIN
[Unit] SIG-
NALS
NALS
When the engine is stopped, a
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio certain value is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] feedback correction factor per cycle is This data also includes the data
indicated. for the air-fuel ratio learning con-
trol.
When the engine coolant tempera-
The engine coolant temperature (deter- ture sensor is open or short-cir-
COOLAN TEMP/S mined by the signal voltage of the cuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode.

[C] or [F] engine coolant temperature sensor) is The engine coolant temperature
displayed. determined by the ECM is dis-
played.
The signal voltage of the heated oxygen
HO2S1 (B1) [V]
sensor 1 is displayed.
HO2S2 (B1) [V]
Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 sig- After turning ON the ignition

nal during air-fuel ratio feedback control: switch, RICH is displayed until
RICH ... means the mixture became air-fuel mixture ratio feedback
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) rich, and control is being affected control begins.

[RICH/LEAN] toward a leaner mixture. When the air-fuel ratio feedback is
LEAN ... means the mixture became clamped, the value just before the
lean, and control is being affected clamping is displayed continu-
toward a rich mixture. ously.
Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 sig-
nal:
RICH ... means the amount of oxygen
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) after three way catalyst is relatively When the engine is stopped, a

[RICH/LEAN] small. certain value is indicated.
LEAN ... means the amount of oxygen
after three way catalyst is relatively
large.
VHCL SPEED SE The vehicle speed computed from the

[km/h] or [mph] vehicle speed signal is displayed.
BATTERY VOLT The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-

[V] played.
ACCEL SEN 1 [V] The accelerator pedal position sensor
ACCEL SEN 2 [V] signal voltage is displayed.
THRTL SEN 1 [V] The throttle position sensor signal volt-

THRTL SEN 2 [V] age is displayed.
The fuel temperature (determined by the

FUEL T/TEMP SE
signal voltage of the fuel tank tempera-
[C] or [F]
ture sensor) is displayed.
The intake air temperature (determined
INT/A TEMP SE
by the signal voltage of the intake air
[C] or [F]
temperature sensor) is indicated.
EVAP SYS PRES The signal voltage of EVAP control sys-

[V] tem pressure sensor is displayed.
FUEL LEVEL SE The signal voltage of the fuel level sen-

[V] sor is displayed.
After starting the engine, [OFF] is
START SIGNAL Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
displayed regardless of the starter
[ON/OFF] starter signal.
signal.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
ECM
MAIN
Monitored item INPUT A
[Unit] SIG-
NALS
NALS
Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] com- EC
CLSD THL POS
puted by ECM according to the acceler-
[ON/OFF]
ator pedal position sensor signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air
AIR COND SIG
conditioner switch as determined by the
C
[ON/OFF]
air conditioner signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
P/N POSI SW
park/neutral position (PNP) switch sig- D
[ON/OFF]
nal.
[ON/OFF] condition of the power steer-
PW/ST SIGNAL ing oil pressure switch as determined by E

[ON/OFF] the power steering oil pressure signal is
indicated.
electrical load signal.
F
ON ... Rear window defogger switch is
LOAD SIGNAL
ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd posi-
[ON/OFF]
tion. G
OFF ... Both rear window defogger
switch and lighting switch are OFF.
IGNITION SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from igni-
H
[ON/OFF] tion switch.
HEATER FAN SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the

[ON/OFF] heater fan switch signal.
I
BRAKE SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the

[ON/OFF] stop lamp switch signal.
Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse When the engine is stopped, a
INJ PULSE-B1 J
width compensated by ECM according certain computed value is indi-
[msec]
to the input signals. cated.
IGN TIMING Indicates the ignition timing computed When the engine is stopped, a

[BTDC] by ECM according to the input signals. certain value is indicated. K
Calculated load value indicates the
CAL/LD VALUE [%] value of the current airflow divided by
peak airflow. L
Indicates the mass airflow computed by
MASS AIRFLOW
ECM according to the signal voltage of
[gm/s]
the mass air flow sensor.
M
Indicates the EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve control value
PURG VOL C/V computed by the ECM according to the
[%] input signals.
The opening becomes larger as the
value increases.
INT/V TIM (B1) Indicates [CA] of intake camshaft
[CA] advanced angle.
The control condition of the intake valve
timing control solenoid valve (deter-
mined by ECM according to the input
signals) is indicated.
INT/V SOL (B1) [%]
ON ... intake valve timing control is oper-
ating.
OFF ... Intake valve timing control is not
operating.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
ECM
MAIN
[Unit] SIG-
NALS
NALS
The air conditioner relay control condi-
AIR COND RLY
tion (determined by ECM according to
[ON/OFF]
the input signals) is indicated.
Indicates the fuel pump relay control
FUEL PUMP RLY
condition determined by ECM according
[ON/OFF]
to the input signals.
The control condition of the EVAP canis-
ter vent control valve (determined by
VENT CONT/V ECM according to the input signals) is
[ON/OFF] indicated.
ON ... Closed
OFF ... Open
Indicates the throttle control motor relay
THRTL RELAY
control condition determined by the
[ON/OFF]
ECM according to the input signals.
Indicates the condition of the cooling fan
(determined by ECM according to the
COOLING FAN input signals).
[HI/LOW/OFF] HI ... High speed operation
LOW ... Low speed operation
OFF ... Stop
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
oxygen sensor 1 heater determined by
[ON/OFF]
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF]
Display the condition of idle air volume
learning
YET ... Idle air volume learning has not
IDL A/V LEARN
been performed yet.
[YET/CMPLT/
CMPLT ... Idle air volume learning has
INCMP]
already been performed successfully.
INCMP ... Idle air volume learning has
not been performed successfully.
TRVL AFTER MIL
Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
[km] or [mile]
Indicates the heated oxygen sensor 1
O2SEN HTR DTY
heater control value computed by the
[%]
AC PRESS SEN The signal voltage from the refrigerant
[V] pressure sensor is displayed.
The vehicle speed computed from the
VHCL SPEED SE
vehicle speed signal sent from TCM is
[km/h] or [mph]
displayed.
SET VHCL SPD
The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
MAIN SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
[ON/OFF] CRUISE switch signal.
CANCEL SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CAN-
[ON/OFF] CEL switch signal.
RESUME/ACC SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
[ON/OFF] ACCEL/RES switch signal.
SET SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
[ON/OFF] COAST/SET switch signal.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
ECM
MAIN
[Unit] SIG-
NALS
NALS
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from EC
BRAKE SW1 SW
ASCD brake switch signal, and ASCD
[ON/OFF]
clutch switch signal (M/T models).
BRAKE SW2 SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop
[ON/OFF] lamp switch signal.
C
Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.

NON ... Vehicle speed is maintained at
the ASCD set speed. D
VHCL SPD CUT
CUT ...Vehicle speed increased to
[NON/CUT]
excessively high compared with the
ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation
is cut off. E
the ASCD set speed. F
LO SPEED CUT
CUT ...Vehicle speed decreased to
[NON/CUT]
excessively low compared with the
is cut off. G
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D
AT OD MONITOR
according to the input signal from the
[ON/OFF]
TCM. H
AT OD CANCEL Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D
[ON/OFF] cancel signal sent from the TCM.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of I
CRUISE LAMP
CRUISE lamp determined by the ECM
[ON/OFF]
according to the input signals.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET J
SET LAMP
lamp determined by the ECM according
[ON/OFF]
Voltage [V]
K
Frequency Only # is displayed if item is
[msec], [Hz] or [%] unable to be measured.
DUTY-HI Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse Figures with #s are temporary
width measured by the probe.
L
ones. They are the same figures
DUTY-LOW as an actual piece of data which
PLS WIDTH-HI was just previously measured.
PLS WIDTH-LOW M
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE
Monitored Item
X: Applicable
ECM
Main
Monitored item [Unit] input Description Remarks
signals
signals
Indicates the engine speed computed
ENG SPEED [rpm] from the signal of the camshaft position
sensor (PHASE).
The signal voltage of the mass air flow When engine is running, specification
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V]
sensor specification is displayed. range is indicated.
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into When engine is running, specification
[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board cor- range is indicated.
rection.
When engine is running, specification
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed- range is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] back correction factor per cycle is indi-
cated. This data also includes the data for the
air-fuel ratio learning control.
ACTIVE TEST MODE

Test Item
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
Engine: Return to the original Harness and connector
FUEL INJEC- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
Fuel injectors
TION Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
tion using CONSULT-II. Heated oxygen sensor 1
Engine: Return to the original

trouble condition
IGNITION TIM- If trouble symptom disappears, see
Timing light: Set Adjust initial ignition timing
ING CHECK ITEM.
Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-II.
Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine. Harness and connector
A/C switch OFF Compression
POWER BAL- Shift lever: Injectors
Engine runs rough or dies.
ANCE N (A/T models) Power transistor
Neutral (M/T models) Spark plugs
Cut off each injector signal one at Ignition coils
a time using CONSULT-II.
Ignition switch: ON Harness and connector

COOLING FAN* Turn the cooling fan ON and Cooling fan moves and stops. Cooling fan motor
OFF using CONSULT-II. Cooling fan relay

ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sor
perature using CONSULT-II. Fuel injectors
Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
FUEL PUMP Fuel pump relay makes the operat- Harness and connector
RELAY Turn the fuel pump relay ON ing sound. Fuel pump relay
and OFF using CONSULT-II
and listen to operating sound.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
A
Engine: After warming up, run
engine at 1,500 rpm.
PURG VOL Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to Harness and connector
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. Solenoid valve EC
opening percent using CON-
SULT-II.
FUEL/T TEMP C
Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-II.
SEN
stopped)
VENT CON- Solenoid valve makes an operating Harness and connector D
TROL/V Turn solenoid valve ON and sound. Solenoid valve
OFF with the CONSULT-II and
listen to operating sound.
E
Harness and connectors
V/T ASSIGN trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
ANGLE CHECK ITEM. Intake valve timing control sole-
Change intake valve timing using
noid valve
CONSULT-II. F
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-II while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE

G
SRT Status Mode
For details, refer to EC-63, "SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE" .
SRT Work Support Mode H
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
DTC Work Support Mode
I
Test mode Test item Condition Reference page
PURG FLOW P0441 EC-294
EVAPORATIVE SYS- EVAP SML LEAK P0442 EC-301 J

TEM EVAP V/S LEAK P0456 EC-346
PURG VOL CN/V P1444 EC-460
K
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 EC-207
Refer to corresponding
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 EC-216
HO2S1 trouble diagnosis for DTC.
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 EC-409 L
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 EC-415
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 EC-230
M
HO2S2 HO2S2 (B1) P1146 EC-421
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 EC-428
REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE (RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)

Description
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by
touching SETTING in DATA MONITOR mode.
1. AUTO TRIG (Automatic trigger):
The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen in
real time.
In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be
displayed if the malfunction is detected by ECM.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, MONITOR
in DATA MONITOR screen is changed to Recording Data ...
xx% as shown at left, and the data after the malfunction detec-
tion is recorded. Then when the percentage reached 100%, SEF707X

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
REAL-TIME DIAG screen is displayed. If STOP is touched on the screen during Recording Data ...
xx%, REAL-TIME DIAG screen is also displayed.
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the recording speed can be changed by TRIG-
GER POINT and Recording Speed. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL.
2. MANU TRIG (Manual trigger):
DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed automatically on CONSULT-II screen even
though a malfunction is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a malfunction is detected.
Operation
1. AUTO TRIG
While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to
select DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected.
While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components
and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st trip
DTC will be displayed. (Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" ,
Incident Simulation Tests.)
2. MANU TRIG
If the malfunction is displayed as soon as DATA MONITOR is selected, reset CONSULT-II to MANU
TRIG. By selecting MANU TRIG you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further
diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
SEF714Y

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function UBS001CZ
DESCRIPTION A
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has
8 different functions explained on the next page.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol. EC
The name GST or Generic Scan Tool is used in this service man-
ual.
C
D
SEF139P
FUNCTION E
This mode gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs
MODE 1 READINESS TESTS
and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information. F
This mode gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by ECM during
MODE 2 (FREEZE DATA) the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-62, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP
FREEZE FRAME DATA" .
G
This mode gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored
MODE 3 DTCs
by ECM.
This mode can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes: H
Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 1)
Clear diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 3)
MODE 4 CLEAR DIAG INFO Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (MODE 1) I
Clear freeze frame data (MODE 2)
Reset status of system monitoring test (MODE 1)
Clear on board monitoring test results (MODE 6 and 7) J
This mode accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific com-
MODE 6 (ON BOARD TESTS)
ponents/systems that are not continuously monitored.
This mode enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-related pow- K
MODE 7 (ON BOARD TESTS) ertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving condi-
tions.
This mode can close EVAP system in ignition switch ON position (Engine stopped). L
When this mode is performed, following parts can be opened or closed.
EVAP canister vent control valve open
In the following conditions, this mode cannot function.
M
Low ambient temperature
MODE 8
Low battery voltage
Engine running
Ignition switch OFF
Low fuel temperature
Too much pressure is applied to EVAP system
This mode enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle information such
MODE 9 (CALIBRATION ID)
as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.
GST INSPECTION PROCEDURE


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. Connect GST to data link connector. (Data link connector is
located under LH dash panel near the fuse box cover.)
LEC297

4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in
the operation manual.
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.)
SEF398S
5. Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service proce-

dure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the
tool maker.
SEF416S
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001D0
Remarks:
Specification data are reference values.
Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
(i.e., Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING. Specification data might be displayed even when ignition
timing is not adjusted to specification. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the input signals from the
camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.)
If the real-time diagnosis results are NG, and the on board diagnostic system results are OK, when diagnosing the mass air flow sen-
sor, first check to see if the fuel pump control circuit is normal.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Tachometer: Connect
Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CON- CONSULT-II value.
SULT-II value.
Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 1.7V
Air conditioner switch: OFF
MAS A/F SE-B1 Shift lever:

N (A/T models) 2,500 rpm 1.5 - 2.4V
Neutral (M/T models)
No-load

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
A
Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 1.6 msec
B/FUEL SCHDL Shift lever:

N (A/T models) 2,000 rpm 0.7 - 1.3 msec
EC
No-load
Maintaining engine speed at C
A/F ALPHA-B1 Engine: After warming up 53 - 155%
2,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S Engine: After warming up More than 70C (158F)
Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at
D
HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
2,000 rpm
Engine: After warming up
Keeping the engine speed
E
between 3,500 and 4,000 Revving engine from idle to
HO2S2 (B1) 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm for one minute and at 3,000 rpm quickly
idle for one minute under no F
load
LEAN RICH
Maintaining engine speed at
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Engine: After warming up Changes more than 5 times
2,000 rpm G
during 10 seconds.
between 3,500 and 4,000 Revving engine from idle to H
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) LEAN RICH
idle for one minute under no
load
I
Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
the CONSULT-II value CONSULT-II value
BATTERY VOLT Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V J
Accelerator pedal: Fully
0.65 - 0.87V
Ignition switch: ON released
ACCEL SEN1
(engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully K
More than 4.3V
depressed
0.56 - 0.96V
Ignition switch: ON released L
ACCEL SEN2*
(engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully
More than 4.0V
depressed
Accelerator pedal: Fully M
Ignition switch: ON More than 0.36V
THRTL SEN1 released
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN2* Accelerator pedal: Fully
Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Less than 4.75V
depressed
EVAP SYS PRES Ignition switch: ON Approx. 1.8 - 4.8V
START SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON START ON OFF ON OFF
ON
released
CLSD THL POS Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly
OFF
depressed
A/C switch OFF OFF
Engine: After warming up,
AIR COND SIG A/C switch ON
idle the engine ON
(Compressor operates)
Shift lever P or N ON
P/N POSI SW Ignition switch: ON
Except above OFF

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Steering wheel in neutral posi-
Engine: After warming up, tion OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL (forward direction)
idle the engine
The steering wheel is turned ON
Rear window defogger switch is
ON and/or lighting switch is in ON
LOAD SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON 2nd.
OFF
OFF and lighting switch is OFF.
IGNITION SW Ignition switch: ON OFF ON OFF
Engine: After warming up, Heater fan is operating. ON

HEATER FAN SW
idle the engine Heater fan is not operating OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
INJ PULSE-B1 Shift lever:

N (A/T models) 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 3.2 msec
No-load
Engine: After warming up M/T: 75 BTDC
Idle
Air conditioner switch: OFF A/T: 185BTDC
IGN TIMING Shift lever:

N (A/T models)
2,000 rpm More than 25 BTDC
No-load
Engine: After warming up Idle 20.0 - 35.5%
CAL/LD VALUE Shift lever:

N (A/T models) 2,500 rpm 12.0 - 27.0%
No-load
Engine: After warming up Idle 1.4 - 4.0 gm/s
MASS AIRFLOW Shift lever:

N (A/T models) 2,500 rpm 5.0 - 10.0 gm/s
No-load
Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
PURG VOL C/V Shift lever:

N (A/T models) 2,000 rpm
No-load
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: OFF ON OFF ON
Ignition switch is turned to ON (Operates for 5 seconds)
Engine running and cranking ON
FUEL PUMP RLY
When engine is stopped (stops in 1.0 seconds)
Except as shown above OFF
THRTL RELAY Ignition switch: ON ON

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
A
Engine: After warming up Idle 5 - 5CA
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
INT/V TIM (B1) Neutral (M/T models) When revving engine up to EC
Approx. 0 - 30CA
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm quickly
No-load
Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2% C
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
INT/V SOL (B1) Neutral (M/T models) When revving engine up to
Approx. 0% - 50% D
2,000 rpm quickly
No-load
VENT CONT/V Ignition switch: ON OFF E
Engine coolant temperature is
OFF
94C (201F) or less
After warming up engine, idle Engine coolant temperature is F
COOLING FAN the engine. between 95C (203F) and LOW
Air conditioner switch: OFF 104C (219F)
Engine coolant temperature is G
HIGH
105C (221F) or more
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ON
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm H
HO2S1 HTR (B2)
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions
are met. I
HO2S2 HTR (B1) Engine: After warming up ON
HO2S2 HTR (B2) Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for
one minute and at idle for one minute under no load J
VEHICLE SPEED
the CONSULT-II value. CONSULT-II value K
Vehicle has traveled after MIL 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL Ignition switch: ON
has turned ON. (0 - 40,723 mile)
Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than L
O2SEN HTR DTY 80C (176F) Approx. 40%
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Approx. 0V M
AC PRESS SEN Engine: Idle
1.0 - 4.0V
VEH SPEED SE
the CONSULT-II value. CONSULT-II value
The preset vehicle speed is dis-
SET VHCL SPD Engine: Running ASCD: Operating.
played.
CRUISE switch: Depressed ON
MAIN SW Ignition switch: ON
CRUISE switch: Released OFF
CANCEL switch: Depressed ON
CANCEL SW Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released OFF
ACCEL/RES switch:
ON
RESUME/ACC SW Ignition switch: ON Depressed
ACCEL/RES switch: Released OFF

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
COAST/SET switch:
ON
SET SW Ignition switch: ON Depressed
COAST/SET switch: Released OFF
Brake pedal and clutch pedal
ON
(M/T): Fully released
BRAKE SW1 Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal
OFF
(M/T): Slightly depressed
CRUISE lamp: Illuminated ON
CRUISE LAMP Ignition switch: ON
CRUISE lamp: Not illuminated OFF
SET lamp: Illuminated ON
SET LAMP Ignition switch: ON
SET lamp: Not illuminated OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from
ECM terminals voltage signal.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode UBS001D1
A
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in DATA MONITOR mode.
CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN1, THRTL SEN1
Below is the data for CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN1, and THRTL SEN1 when depressing the accelerator EC
pedal with the ignition switch ON and with selector lever in D position (A/T models) or with shift lever in 1st
position (M/T models).
The signal of ACCEL SEN1 and THRTL SEN1 should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise
C
after CLSD THL/P SW is changed from ON to OFF.
PBIB0198E
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL POS SEN, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1 G
Below is the data for ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1) and
INJ PULSE-B1 when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine to nor-
mal operating temperature. H
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
SEF241Y

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
PBIB0668E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE PFP:00031
A
Description UBS001D2
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in DATA MONITOR (SPEC)
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of engine control system. When the value in DATA MONITOR EC
(SPEC) mode is within the SP value, the engine control system is confirmed OK. When the value in DATA
MONITOR (SPEC) mode is NOT within the SP value, the engine control system may have one or more mal-
functions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the engine control system, but will not light the C
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor- D
rection.)
A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air/fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle.)
MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor.) E
Testing Condition UBS001D3
Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles) F

2
Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm , 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
Atmosphere temperature: 20 - 30C (68 - 86F)
G
Transmission: Warmed-up *1
Electrical load: Not applied *2 H
Engine speed: Idle
*1: For A/T models, after the engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until FLUID
TEMP SE (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates less than 0.9V. For M/T models, drive vehicle for 5 I
minutes after the engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.
*2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, and lighting switch are OFF. Cooling fans are not
operating. Steering wheel straight ahead.
J
Inspection Procedure UBS001D4
NOTE:
Perform DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode in maximum scale display. K
1. Perform Basic Inspection. Refer to EC-88 .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select B/FUEL SCHDL, A/F ALPHA-B1, and MAS A/F SE-B1 in DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode L
with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-134, "Diagnostic Procedure" . M
SEF601Z

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001D5
SEF613ZD

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
EC
SEF768Z

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
SEF615ZA

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT PFP:00006
A
Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC
complaint often do not recur on DTC (1st trip) visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occur-
rences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may
not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the
specific malfunctioning area. C
COMMON I/I REPORT SITUATIONS
STEP in Work Flow Situation
D
II The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than 0 or 1t.
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV (1st trip) DTC data does not appear during the DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. E
VI The TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.

F
1. INSPECTION START
G
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-71, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA-
TION" .
H
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS I

Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis
for an Electrical Incident" , CIRCUIT INSPECTION, Ground Inspection.
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
K
3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , INCIDENT SIMULATION L
TEST.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. M
4. CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS

Refer to GI-23, "How to Check Terminal" , HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS, How to Check Enlarged Con-
tact Spring of Terminal.
OK or NG
NG >> Repair or replace connector.

POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM PFP:24110
Wiring Diagram UBS001D8
BBWA0771E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
Idle speed
109 B/R Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE D
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch OFF] 0 - 1.0V E
ECM relay For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
111 W/G
(Self shut-off) [Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
5 seconds passed after turning ignition switch F
(11 - 14V)
OFF

116 B Idle speed G
119 W Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE
120 W ECM (11 - 14V)
Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE H
ECM (Back-up) (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006GB

I
1. INSPECTION START
Start engine.
J
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 9. K
No >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 109 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester. M
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
MBIB0015E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Harness connectors M19, E108
Harness connectors E9, F47
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

Harness connectors F26, M58
Joint connector-1
Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A
1. Disconnect ECM relay.
EC
D
BBIA0100E
2. Check voltage between ECM relay terminals 1 and 6 and E

ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7. G
SEF420X
H

I
10A fuse J
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and battery
K
8. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and ECM relay terminal 2.
M
OK or NG
OK >> Go to EC-535, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
9. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
drop approximately 0V.
MBIB0016E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 10.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO 12.
10. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

BBIA0100E
2. Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 3 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
SEF860T

Harness for open or short between ECM relay and

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
12. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V A
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ECM relay terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
13. CHECK ECM RELAY

Refer to EC-144, "Component Inspection" . E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace ECM relay. F
14. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II

G
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and engine ground. H
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16. J
NG >> GO TO 15.

K
Joint connector-1 L
M
16. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS001DA
ECM RELAY
1. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between ECM relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Condition Continuity
12V direct current supply between ter-
Yes
minals 1 and 2
OFF No
SEC202BC

DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710
A
Description UBS003PG
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec- EC
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. C
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003PH
D
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
U1000*1 ECM can not communicate to other control

1000*1 Harness or connectors
units. E
CAN communication line (CAN communication line is open or
U1001*2 ECM can not communicate for more than the shorted).
specified time.
1001*2
*1: This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. F
*2: The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003PI

G
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-147, "Diagnostic Procedure" . H

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003PJ
BBWA0274E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003PK
A
Go to LAN-3, "CAN COMMUNICATION" .
EC

DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL PFP:23796
Description UBS0057H
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Engine speed
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Intake valve Intake valve timing control
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature timing control solenoid valve
Vehicle speed signal* Vehicle speed

*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
MBIB0121E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0057I

Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
INT/V TIM (B1) Neutral (M/T models) When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
Approx. 0 - 30CA
quickly
No-load
Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
INT/V SOL (B1) Neutral (M/T models) When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
Approx. 0% - 50%
quickly
No-load

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0057J
A
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Detecting condition Possible cause
P0011 Intake valve timing con- There is a gap between angle of target and Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC
0011 trol performance phase-control angle. Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
portion of the camshaft
C
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode D
Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0057K E

CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE: F
If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P1111, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1111. See
EC-385, "DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE" .
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and G
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at H
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode I
with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture. J
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive sec-
onds.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. K
VHCL SPEED SE 100 - 120 km/h (63 - 75 MPH)
ENG SPEED 2,000 - 4,000 rpm
PBIB0164E
L
COOLAN TEMP/S 60 - 120C (140 - 248F)
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 3.38 msec
A/T models: D position M
Selector lever
M/T models: 5th position
4. Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-150, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
6. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED 1,700 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 105C (176 - 194F)
Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0057L
1. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)

Refer to EC-282, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
2. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
3. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)

Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
PBIB0565E

For wiring diagram refer to EC-279, "Wiring Diagram" for CKP sensor (POS) and EC-284, "Wiring Diagram"
for CMP sensor (PHASE).
>> INSPECTION END

DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER PFP:22690
A
Description UBS003TA
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Heated oxygen sensor 1
Engine coolant tempera- heater control C
Engine coolant temperature sensor
ture
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine D
is started.
OPERATION
E
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 ON F
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003TB
Specification data are reference values. G

ON H
HO2S1 HTR (B1) Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80C
I
O2SEN HTR DTY (176F) Approx. 40%
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003TC J

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
K
The current amperage in the heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0031 range.
sensor 1 heater open or shorted.)
0031 (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to L
control circuit low
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1 Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater
heater.)
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal Harness or connectors M
P0032 range.
sensor 1 heater shorted.)
0032 (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to
control circuit high
heater.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003TD
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode
with CONSULT-II.
4. Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-154, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
6. Select MODE 3 with GST.
7. If DTC is detected, go to EC-154, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
When using GST, DTC Confirmation Procedure should be performed twice as much as when
using CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis.
Therefore, using CONSULT-II is recommended.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003TE
EC
BBWA0772E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 7.0V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition.
Heated oxygen sen- Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
24 G/W
sor 1 heater
PBIB0519E

Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003TF
1. CHECK HO2S1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

BBIA0149E
4. Check voltage between HO2S1 terminal 3 and ground with

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0112E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Harness connectors E9, F47 EC
15A fuse
C
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair harness or connectors. D

3. CHECK HO2S1 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 24 and HO2S1 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. F

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER

Refer to EC-156, "Component Inspection" . I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
J
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

K
>> INSPECTION END L

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS003TG
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER

1. Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals as follows.
Terminal No. Resistance
2 and 3 2.3 - 4.3 at 25C (77F)
1 and 2, 3, 4
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)
2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard sur-
face such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-
18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
SEF249Y
Removal and Installation UBS003TH
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER PFP:226A0
A
Description UBS006C5
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator EC
Engine speed
Heated oxygen sensor 2 C
Engine coolant tempera- Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Engine coolant temperature sensor heater control
ture
D
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION E
Above 3,600 OFF
F
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
ON
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for
G
one minute and at idle for one minute under no load
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS006C6
Specification data are reference values. H

Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
I
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for one minute
and at idle for one minute under no load
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006C7

K
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor Harness or connectors

P0037 (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Heated oxygen sensor 2 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. L
0037 circuit is open or shorted.)
heater control circuit low (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
(Bank 1)
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater

P0038 M
Heated oxygen sensor 2 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
0038 circuit is shorted.)
heater control circuit high (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM
(Bank 1)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006C8
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for one minute.
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
2. Turn ignition switch OFFand wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
load.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS006C9
EC
BBWA0773E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the follow-
ing conditions are met. 0 - 1.0V
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
Heated oxygen sensor 2 4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle for one
25 W/B
heater minute under no load
Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006CA
1. CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

BBIA0175E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0112E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Harness connectors E9, F47 EC
15A fuse
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
J
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.

K
>> INSPECTION END L

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS006CB
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

2 and 3 2.3 - 4.3 at 25C (77F)
1 and 2, 3, 4
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
SEF249Y
Removal and Installation UBS006CC

Refer to EX-3, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .

DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR PFP:22680
A
Component Description UBS003PL
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It mea-
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake EC
flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electric current from
the ECM. The temperature of the hot film is controlled by the ECM a
certain amount. The heat generated by the hot film is reduced as the
intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss. C
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to maintain
the temperature of the hot film as air flow increases. The ECM
detects the air flow by means of this current change. D
SEC266C
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003PM

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
Shift lever: G
MAS A/F SE-B1
N (A/T models) 2,500 rpm 1.5 - 2.4V
No-load H
CAL/LD VALUE Shift lever: I

N (A/T models) 2,500 rpm 12.0 - 27.0%
No-load
J
MASS AIRFLOW Shift lever: K

No-load
L
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003PN
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

M
NOTE:
If DTC P0101 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-455, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY".
Harness or connectors
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM (The sensor circuit is open or
A) shorted.)
under light load driving condition.
Mass air flow sensor cir- Mass air flow sensor
P0101
cuit range/performance Harness or connectors
0101
problem (The sensor circuit is open or
A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM shorted.)
B)
under heavy load driving condition.
Intake air leaks
Mass air flow sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003PO
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE:
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
NOTE:
If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch ON)
instead of running engine at idle speed.
With CONSULT-II
4. Run engine for at least 10 seconds at idle speed.
.
SEF174Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
With CONSULT-II
If engine cannot be started, go to EC-167, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
4. Check the voltage of MAS A/F SE-B1 with DATA MONITOR.
5. Increases engine speed to about 4,000 rpm.
6. Monitor the linear voltage rise in response to engine speed
increases.
If NG, go to EC-167, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
SEF243Y

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
onds. A
ENG SPEED More than 2,000 rpm
THRTL SEN 1 More than 3V
EC
Selector lever Suitable position
Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will help C
Driving location
maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-167, "Diagnostic Procedure" PBIB0199E
. D
Overall Function Check UBS003PP

E
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
With GST F
3. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with MODE 1. G
4. Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in
response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
5. If NG, go to EC-167, "Diagnostic Procedure" . H
SEF534P J

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003PQ
BBWA0774E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
48 R/W Sensors' power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V C
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition 1.0 - 1.7V
Idle speed D
[Engine is running]
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm E
[Engine is running]
67 B/W Mass air flow sensor ground Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
F
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V G
BATTERY VOLTAGE H
switch OFF
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON] I
120 R/G (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003PR
1. INSPECTION START J
Which malfunction (A or B) is duplicated?

A or B K
A >> GO TO 3.
B >> GO TO 2.
L
2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
Air duct M
Vacuum hoses
Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Reconnect the parts.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 4.
BBIA0155E
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.
BBIA0150E
3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminals 2, 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Terminal Voltage
2 Approximately 5V
4 Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0076E

Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM relay
>> Repair harness or connectors.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and engine ground. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. D
NG >> GO TO 7.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART E

Joint connector-1
F
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and TCM
G
8. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H
1. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 51.
I
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 9.
K
9. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.
M
>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS003PS
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 51 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 1.0
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.0 - 1.7
operating temperature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
1.5 - 2.1
normal operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm* 1.0 - 1.7 to Approx. 4.0
PBIB1059E
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
Perform steps 2 and 3 again.
5. If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot film for damage or dust.
6. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR PFP:22680
A
Component Description UBS003PU
SEC266C
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003PV

Shift lever: G
MAS A/F SE-B1
N (A/T models) 2,500 rpm 1.5 - 2.4V
No-load H

N (A/T models) 2,500 rpm 12.0 - 27.0%
No-load
J

No-load
L
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003PW
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

M
NOTE:
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0102 low input is sent to ECM when engine is running. Intake air leaks
P0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0103 high input is sent to ECM.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003PX
NOTE:
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
With CONSULT-II
3. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
SEF058Y
With GST
With CONSULT-II
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
SEF058Y
With GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003PY
EC
BBWA0774E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
48 R/W [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003PZ
1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.

Air duct
Vacuum hoses
Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

>> GO TO 4.
BBIA0155E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector.
EC
D
BBIA0150E
3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminals 2, 4 and ground E

Terminal Voltage
2 Approximately 5V
F
4 Battery voltage
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0076E H

Check the following. I
J
6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. L
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and engine ground.
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

Joint connector-1

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
8. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS003Q0

1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
1.0 - 1.7
temperature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.5 - 2.1
PBIB1059E
*: Check for liner voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF.
b. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
c. Perform steps 2 and 3 again.

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR PFP:22630
A
Component Description UBS003Q2
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to EC
the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise. C
SEC266C
E
<Reference data>
Intake air
Voltage* V Resistance k F
temperature C (F)
10 (14) 4.43 7.9 - 9.3
25 (77) 3.32 1.9 - 2.1 G
80 (176) 1.23 0.31 - 0.37
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 34
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground. H
CAUTION: SEF012P
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output

voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM termi- I
nals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003Q3
J
P0112 Intake air temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0112 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM. K
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0113 Intake air temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is Intake air temperature sensor
0113 sensor circuit high input sent to ECM.
L
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003Q4
NOTE:
M
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003Q5
BBWA0775E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003Q6
1. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor EC
is built-into) harness connector.
C
BBIA0150E
E
4. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 5 and ground.

Voltage: Approximately 5V F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. G
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
H
PBIB0066E
I
2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
J
K
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
M
Joint connector-1
Harness for open or short between TCM and intake air temperature sensor
Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air temperature sensor
4. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS003Q7
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals 3 and
5 under the following conditions.
Intake air temperature C (F) Resistance k
25 (77) 1.9 - 2.1
2. If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
SEC266C
SEF012P

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR PFP:22630
A
Component Description UBS001EF
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the EC
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases. C
SEF594K
E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature Voltage* Resistance
F
C (F) V k
10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9 G
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 73 H
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P
CAUTION:
I
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may lead to ECM's
transistor damage. Use ground other than ECM, such as engine ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006GC
J
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause K
Name
Engine coolant
P0117 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
temperature sen-
0117 sent to ECM.
sor circuit low input Harness or connectors L
Engine coolant (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0118 temperature sen- An excessively high voltage from the sensor is Engine coolant temperature sensor
0118 sor circuit high sent to ECM.
M
input

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch ON
or START.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-II display)
Engine coolant temper- Just as ignition switch is turned ON or Start 40C (104F)
ature sensor circuit More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
80C (176F)
Start
40 - 80C (104 - 176F)
Except as shown above
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while engine is running.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001EI
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001EJ
EC
BBWA0776E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001EK
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor (ECTS) harness
connector.
BBIA0151E
4. Check voltage between ECTS terminal 1 and ground with CON-

SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.
PBIB0080E
2. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

2. Check harness continuity between ECTS terminal 2 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

Harness for open or short between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor
Harness for open or short between TCM (Transmission control module) and engine coolant temperature
sensor.
Joint connector-1
4. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Perform EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END EC
Component Inspection UBS001EL
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR C

Check resistance as shown in the figure.
F
SEF152P
<Reference data> G
Temperature C (F) Resistance k
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
H
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
I
If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
SEF012P J
Removal and Installation UBS001EM
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

K
Refer to EM-12, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
Component Description UBS003ZS
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003ZT

Ignition switch: ON
THRTL SEN1 Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN2*
Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003ZU

P0122 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor Harness or connectors
0122 2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (The TP sensor 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
P0123 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sen- Electric throttle control actuator
0123 2 circuit high input sor 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2)
Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003ZV
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. A
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
EC
D
SEF058Y
WITH GST E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003ZW
BBWA1380E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply C
Engine stopped D
Accelerator pedal fully released E
Engine stopped
Shift lever position is D (A/T model) Less than 4.75V F
Sensor ground
Idle speed
H
Engine stopped
I
Engine stopped
Shift lever position is 1st (M/T model) K
Sensor power supply
91 R/G (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V L
sensor 2)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003ZX
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS M

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
BBIA0136E
3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal

1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0082E
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 47.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace open circuit.
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

Harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-186
91 APP sensor terminal 1 EC-511
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-511, "DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 6.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY A
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
3. Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . EC
4. Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
C
>> INSPECTION END
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. E
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. H
I
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 9.
K
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
M
10. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS003ZY
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

4. Set selector lever to D position (A/T models) or 1st position (M/T models).
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 50 (TP sensor 1signal),
69 (TP sensor 2signal) and engine ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
50 Fully released More than 0.36V

(Throttle position sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
69 Fully released Less than 4.75V

(Throttle position sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 0.36V
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next PBIB1060E
step.
Removal and Installation UBS003ZZ
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR


DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR PFP:22630
A
Component Description UBS001EV
NOTE:
If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform EC
trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or P0118, EC-181 .
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant C
mistor decreases as temperature increases. D
SEF594K E
<Reference data>
F
C (F) V k
10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
G
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 H
I
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may lead to ECM's
transistor damage. Use ground other than ECM, such as engine ground.
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001EX

K
Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not Harness or connectors
Insufficient engine cool- practical, even when some time has passed (High resistance in the circuit)
P0125
ant temperature for after starting the engine. L
0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor
closed loop fuel control Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for
closed loop fuel control. Thermostat
M
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001EY
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. Check that COOLAN TEMP/S is above 10C (50F).
If it is above 10C (50F), the test result will be OK. If it is
below 10C (50F), go to following step.
4. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed.
If COOLAN TEMP/S increases to more than 10C (50F)
within 65 minutes, stop engine because the test result will
be OK.
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001F0

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION

When the engine is cooled [lower than 82C (180F)], grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine cool-
ant does not flow.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-11, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001F1

SEF152P

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
<Reference data>
A
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.0 EC
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260

C
SEF012P
D
Removal and Installation UBS001F2

E

DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR PFP:22630
Component Description UBS003QI
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
SEC266C
<Reference data>
Intake air
Voltage* V Resistance k
temperature C (F)
10 (14) 4.43 7.9 - 9.3
25 (77) 3.32 1.9 - 2.1
80 (176) 1.23 0.31 - 0.37
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION: SEF012P

voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM termi-
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003QJ
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is Harness or connectors

P0127 Intake air temperature (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal
0127 too high
from engine coolant temperature sensor. Intake air temperature sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003QK
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90C (194F) A
a. Turn ignition switch ON.
b. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
EC
c. Check the engine coolant temperature.
d. If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90C (194F),
turn ignition switch OFF and cool down engine.
C
Perform the following steps before engine coolant tempera-
ture is above 90C (194F).
D
4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 con- SEF058Y
E
secutive seconds.
WITH GST F
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003QM
G
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
I
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . J
>> INSPECTION END

K
Component Inspection UBS003QN

1. Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor termi-
L
nals 3 and 5 under the following conditions.
SEC266C

[QG18DE (ULEV)]

25 (77) 1.9 - 2.1
sensor).
SEF012P

DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION PFP:21200
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006GD
Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long
enough. EC
This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat stuck open.
C
Thermostat
The engine coolant temperature does not
P0128 Leakage from sealing portion of thermo-
Thermostat function reach to specified temperature even though
0128 stat
the engine has run long enough.
Engine coolant temperature sensor D
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001F5
NOTE: E
TESTING CONDITION: F
For best results, perform at ambient temperature of 10C (14F) or higher.
For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of 10C (14F) to 60C (140F).
WITH CONSULT-II G
1. Replace thermostat with new one. Refer to CO-11, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .
Use only a genuine NISSAN thermostat as a replacement. If an incorrect thermostat is used, the MIL may
come on. H
3. Select COOLAN TEMP/S in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
I
4. Check that the COOLAN TEMP/S is above 60C (140F).
If it is below 60C (140F), go to following step.
If it is above 60C (140F), stop engine and cool down the engine to less than 60C (140F), then retry
from step 1. J
5. Drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following conditions.
VHCL SPEED SE 80 - 120 km/h (50 - 75 MPH) K
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-199, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST L
1. Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
M

OK or NG

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS001F7

SEF152P
<Reference data>
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.0
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
SEF012P
Removal and Installation UBS001F8


DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0132 HO2S1 PFP:22690
A
Component Description UBS003TQ
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the EC
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts C
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003TR I

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION J
HO2S1 (B1) Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
LEAN RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Changes more than 5 times during K
10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003TS
L
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.
SEF301UA
P0132 Heated oxygen sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
0132 1 circuit high voltage sent to ECM.

DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003TT
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
5.
Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.

DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003TU
EC
BBWA0778E

DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION:
TERMI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL NO. COLOR
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sen- 0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodi-
35 G Warm-up condition
sor 1 cally change)
Heated oxygen sen- [Engine is running]

78 B Approximately 0V
sor ground Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003TV
1. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

2. Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 60 Nm (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0149E
2. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 78 HO2S1 ter-
minal 4.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. BBIA0149E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or con-
nectors.
3. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1 terminal 1 and ground.
Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER A
Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
C
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EC-205, "Component Inspection" . D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. E

Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . F
>> INSPECTION END

G
Component Inspection UBS003TW

With CONSULT-II H
2. Select MANU TRIG and adjust TRIGGER POINT to 100% in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-
II. I
3. Select HO2S1 (B1) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1).
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow-
ing steps. J
5. Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.
L
SEF646Y
6. Check the following. M

HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode changes
from RICH to LEAN to RICH 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
HO2S1 (B1) voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
SEF217YA

DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.
The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
CAUTION: MBIB0018E
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been

dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor;
use a new one.
Removal and Installation UBS003TX


DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
A
Component Description UBS003TY

D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003TZ I

Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm
LEAN RICH K
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Engine: After warming up Changes more than 5 times dur-
rpm
ing 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003U0 L

To judge the malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1, this diagnosis
measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal. The time
is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback M
control constant, and heated oxygen sensor 1 temperature index.
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
SEF010V

DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0133 Heated oxygen sensor The response of the voltage signal from the Fuel pressure
0133 1 circuit slow response sensor takes more than the specified time. Injectors
Intake air leaks
Exhaust gas leaks
PCV valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003U1
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform at a temperature above 10C (14F).
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select HO2S1 (B1) P0133 of HO2S1 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
4. Touch START.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.
SEF338Z
6. When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be dis-

played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con-
tinuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 20 to 50 seconds.)
ENG SPEED 1,950 - 3,200 rpm (A/T models)
2,300 - 3,750 rpm (M/T models)
Vehicle speed More than 80 km/h (50 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 3.5 - 12.5 msec (A/T models)
3.0 - 10.0 msec (M/T models)
Selector lever Suitable position SEF339Z
If TESTING is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.

DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
7. Make sure that OK is displayed after touching SELF-DIAG
RESULTS. If NG is displayed, refer to EC-211, "Diagnostic A
Procedure" .
EC
SEF658Y
D
Overall Function Check UBS003U2
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed. E
WITH GST
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 [HO2S1(B1) signal] and engine ground. F
The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more G
than 5 times within 10 seconds.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V H
2 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
times: 0 - 0.3V
4. If NG, go to EC-211, "Diagnostic Procedure" . I
MBIB0018E

DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003U3
BBWA0778E

DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- WIRE EC
NAL NO. COLOR
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen 0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodi-
35 G Warm-up condition C
sensor 1 cally change)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003U4

D
E
>> GO TO 2. F
H
BBIA0155E
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 I

Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
J
>> GO TO 3.
K
L
BBIA0149E
3. CHECK FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAK M

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (Manifold).
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA

With CONSULT-II
2. Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-71, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? BBIA0150E
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or DTC P0172 (Refer to EC-238 or EC-245 ).
No >> GO TO 6.

DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 78 HO2S1 ter- EC
minal 4.
C
OK or NG D
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or con-
nectors. E
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S1 terminal 1. F
G
Continuity should not exist. H
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER J

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 9.
L
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 10.
10. CHECK PCV VALVE

Refer to EC-596, "Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace PCV valve.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.

DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS003U5

With CONSULT-II
II.
ing steps.
SEF646Y
6. Check the following.

SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Without CONSULT-II

DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
stant under no load. A
The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time. EC
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V C

2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
CAUTION: MBIB0018E
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been D

use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor E
Removal and Installation UBS003U6
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 F


DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Description UBS003U7

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts
SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003U8

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm
LEAN RICH
rpm
ing 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003U9
Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is

not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately
0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is
within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks
that this time is not inordinately long.
SEF237U
Heated oxygen sensor Harness or connectors

P0134 The voltage from the sensor is constantly (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
1 circuit no activity
0134 approx. 0.3V.
detected Heated oxygen sensor 1

DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003UA
A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at EC
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. C
WITH CONSULT-II
D
2. Select HO2S1 (B1) P0134 of HO2S1 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch START.
4. Let it idle for at least 3 minutes. E
NOTE:
F
PBIB0544E
5. When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be dis- H

take approximately 10 to 60 seconds.) I
1,850 - 4,100 rpm (M/T models)
J
2 - 10 msec (M/T models)
K
Selector lever Suitable position PBIB0545E

6. Make sure that OK is displayed after touching SELF-DIAG L
RESULTS. If NG is displayed, refer to EC-220, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
M
SEC750C
Overall Function Check UBS003UB
WITH GST

DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 to 0.4V.
4. If NG, go to EC-220, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
MBIB0018E

DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003UC
EC
BBWA0778E

DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION:
TERMI- WIRE
NAL NO. COLOR
[Engine is running]
35 G Warm-up condition
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003UD
1. INSPECTION START
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

BBIA0149E

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 78 HO2S1 terminal 4.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
EC
C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
E
Refer to EC-221, "Component Inspection" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. G

Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . H
>> INSPECTION END

I
Component Inspection UBS003UE

With CONSULT-II J
II. K
ing steps. L
SEF646Y

SEF217YA

DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Without CONSULT-II
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
CAUTION: MBIB0018E

use a new one.
Removal and Installation UBS003UF


DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0138 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description UBS006CD
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. EC
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt- C
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for D
engine control operation.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS006CE

Keeping the engine speed Revving engine from idle to 3,000
HO2S2 (B1) between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V G
rpm quickly
for one minute and at idle for
one minute under no load
Engine: After warming up H
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm LEAN RICH
rpm quickly.
one minute under no load I
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006CF
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time J

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen K
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during
the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
L
SEF305UA M
P0138 Heated oxygen sensor 2 An excessively high voltage from the sensor (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0138 circuit high voltage is sent to ECM.

DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006CG
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
5. Let engine idle for two minutes.
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
load.
load.
8. Select Mode 3 with GST.

DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS006CH
EC
BBWA0779E

DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm after the following
74 R/L Heated oxygen sensor 2 conditions are met. 0 - Approximately 1.0V
4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle for one
minute under no load.
Heated oxygen sensor [Engine is running]

ground Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006CI

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA A
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
C
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
D
E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. F
G
nector.
H
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
I
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? BBIA0150E
J
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-245 .
K
No >> GO TO 3.

L
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 78 and HO2S2
terminal 4.
OK or NG

DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS006CJ

With CONSULT-II
load.
5. Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select
HO2S2 (B1) as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
SEF662Y

DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. Check HO2S2 (B1) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
A
EC
PBIB1196E D
HO2S2 (B1) should be above 0.63V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1) should be below 0.52V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION: E
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread F
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. G
load. H
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 (HO2S2 signal) and engine ground.
I
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this J
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.63V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary. K
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D posi-
tion with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T). L
The voltage should be below 0.52V at least once during this PBIB1197E
procedure.
M
CAUTION:
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Removal and Installation UBS006CK


DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Description UBS006CL

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS006CM

HO2S2 (B1) between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm quickly
rpm quickly.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006CN
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time

longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sen-
sor's voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condi-
tion such as fuel-cut.
SEF302U
P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2 It takes more time for the sensor to respond Heated oxygen sensor 2
0139 circuit slow response between rich and lean than the specified time. Fuel pressure
Injectors
Intake air leaks
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006FL
NOTE:

DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION: A
For better results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30 C (32 to 86 F).
with CONSULT-II. EC
ture.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. C
5. Let engine idle for one minutes. D
6. Make sure that COOLAN TEMP/S indicates more than 70C
(158F). SEF189Y
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when COOLAN E
TEMP/S indication reaches to 70C (158F).
8. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-II. F
I
PBIB0115E
9. Make sure that OK is displayed after touching SELF-DIAG RESULTS.

If NG is displayed, refer to EC-234, "Diagnostic Procedure" . J
If CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED is displayed, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Return to step 1. K
Overall Function Check UBS006FM
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a L
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating. M
load.
4. Let engine idle for one minutes.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 and engine ground.
at least 10 times.
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 sec-
ond during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
PBIB1197E

DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 second during this procedure.

DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS006CQ
EC
BBWA0779E

DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition

ground Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006CR

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
EC
with CONSULT-II.
C
D
E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
G
nector.
H
I
J
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-238 or EC-245 .
K
No >> GO TO 3.

L
terminal 4.
OK or NG

DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS006CS

With CONSULT-II
load.
SEF662Y

DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
A
EC
PBIB1196E D
CAUTION: E
Without CONSULT-II
load. H
I
at least 10 times.
procedure.
sary. K
procedure.
M
CAUTION:
Removal and Installation UBS006CT


DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION PFP:16600
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003UY
With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
ECM
function
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Fuel injec-
Heated oxygen sensors 1 Fuel injectors
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) tion control
Trouble diagnosis
name
Intake air leaks
Fuel injection system does not operate properly. Injectors
P0171 Fuel injection system The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too Exhaust gas leaks
0171 too lean large. Incorrect fuel pressure
(The mixture ratio is too lean.) Lack of fuel
Incorrect PCV hose connection
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003UZ
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CON-
SULT-II.
6. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-241, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
7. If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system
has a malfunction, too.
8. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine
starts, go to EC-241, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not
start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually. SEF215Z
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. A
nector.
5. Select MODE 3 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected. EC
6. Select MODE 4 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
8. Select MODE 7 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be C
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-
241, "Diagnostic Procedure" . BBIA0150E
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system D

has a malfunction.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-241, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually. E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003V0
BBWA0780E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003V1
1. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK A

2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). EC
E
SEC502D
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE G
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace. I
3. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (HO2S1) harness connec-
tor.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. K
terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. L

5. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1 M
terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. BBIA0149E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-56, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-56, "Fuel Pressure Check" .
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Follow the construction of FUEL PRESSURE CHECK.

With CONSULT-II
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check MASS AIR FLOW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
1.4 - 4.0 gm/sec: at idling
5.0 - 10 gm/sec: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
5.0 - 10 gm/sec: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
engine grounds. Refer to EC-163, "DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR" .

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
2. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop. C
E
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II F
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard. G
MEC703B
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-547, "INJECTOR" . K
7. CHECK INJECTOR
1. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. L
3. Disconnect injector harness connectors.
4. Remove injector gallery assembly. Refer to EM-19, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" . M
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
The injector harness connectors should remain connected.
5. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
6. Prepare pans or saucers under each injector.
7. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure that fuel sprays
out from injectors.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each injector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace injectors from which fuel does not spray out.
Always replace O-ring with new ones.
SEF595Q

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003V2
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensors 1. The EC
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic). C
ECM
function
D
E
Trouble diagnosis
name
Fuel injection system does not operate properly. Injectors F
0172 too rich large.
(The mixture ratio is too rich.) Incorrect fuel pressure
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003V3
NOTE: H
WITH CONSULT-II I
J
SULT-II.
K
The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a L
M
8. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-248, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine
does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc. SEF215Z
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
nector.
5. Select MODE 3 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
8. Select MODE 7 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be

has a malfunction.
If engine starts, go to EC-248, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake
air leak visually.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
EC
BBWA0780E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
1. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK

2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

tor.
terminal 1.
5. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

At idling: 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR A
With CONSULT-II
EC
5.0 - 10 gm/sec: at 2,500 rpm C
With GST
D
5.0 - 10 gm/sec: at 2,500 rpm E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. F
6. CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS G
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. H
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine I
speed drop.
K
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II L
1. Start engine.
M
Clicking noise should be heard.
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-547, "INJECTOR" .

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
7. CHECK INJECTOR
1. Remove injector assembly. Refer to EM-19, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
4. Prepare pans or saucers under each injectors.
5. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Make sure fuel does not drip from injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 8.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.

>> INSPECTION END

DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR PFP:22630
A
Component Description UBS003QP
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel tempera-
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from EC
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temper-
ature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases. C
BBIA0132E
E
<Reference data>
Fluid temperature Voltage* Resistance
F
C (F) V k
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90 G
(Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION: H
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. I
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003QQ
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause J
Fuel tank temperature
P0181 sent to ECM, compared with the voltage sig- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sensor circuit range/
0181 nals from engine coolant temperature sensor K
performance Fuel tank temperature sensor
and intake air temperature sensor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003QR

L
NOTE:
M
WITH CONSULT-II
If the result is NG, go to EC-254, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the result is OK, go to following step.
4. Check COOLAN TEMP/S value.
If COOLAN TEMP/S is less than 60C (140F), the result will
be OK.
If COOLAN TEMP/S is above 60C (140F), go to the following
step.
SEF174Y
5. Cool engine down until COOLAN TEMP/S is less than 60C
(140F).

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003QS
EC
BBWA0285E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003QT
1. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness con-
nector.
BBIA0132E
4. Check voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump ter-
minal 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0932E

Harness connectors B3, M16
Harness connectors M59, F27
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
>> Repair harness or connector.
3. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 5 and body ground. Refer
to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connector.
4. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS003QU
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR C

1. Remove fuel level sensor unit.
2. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals 4 and 5 by heating with hot water or heat gun as D
shown in the figure.
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 E
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
PBIB0931E
Removal and Installation UBS003QV

G
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to FL-3, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
H

DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR PFP:22630
Component Description UBS003QW
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
decreases as temperature increases.
BBIA0132E
<Reference data>
C (F) V k
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90
CAUTION:
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003QX
P0182 Fuel tank temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0182 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM.
P0183 Fuel tank temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
Fuel tank temperature sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003QY
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003QZ
EC
BBWA0285E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003R0

nector.
BBIA0132E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0932E

2. Check harness continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 5 and body ground. Refer
to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS003R1

terminals 4 and 5 by heating with hot water or heat gun as D
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 E
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
PBIB0931E
Removal and Installation UBS003R2

G
H

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Description UBS003RB

PBIB0145E
tion.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003RC

Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2* Shift lever:
D (A/T model) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
1st (M/T model)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003RD

P0222 Throttle position sensor 1 An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 Harness or connectors
0222 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (The TP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
P0223 Throttle position sensor 1 An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor Electric throttle control actuator
0223 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1)
(APP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003RE
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. A
EC
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003RF
BBWA1381E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Engine stopped D
Engine stopped
Shift lever position is D (A/T model) Less than 4.75V F
Sensor ground
Idle speed
H
Engine stopped
I
Engine stopped
Shift lever position is 1st (M/T model) K
Sensor power supply
91 R/G (Accelerator pedal posi- [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V L
tion sensor)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003RG

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
BBIA0152E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0082E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-517 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 6.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
C
>> INSPECTION END
D
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 5. E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. G
8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H
I
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 9.
K
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
M
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS003RH

5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 50 (TP sensor 1 signal),
69 (TP sensor 2 signal) and engine ground under the following
conditions.


step.
Remove and Installation UBS003RI


DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
FIRE PFP:00000 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001H5
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate (vary). If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the EC
crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire C
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.

1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage) D
On the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to over-
heating, the MIL will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal every
E
200 engine revolutions for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on. F
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not cause damage to the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL G
will only light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the
crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.
H
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire Improper spark plug
Multiple cylinder misfire. I
0300 detected Insufficient compression
P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire Incorrect fuel pressure
No. 1 cylinder misfires.
0301 detected The injector circuit is open or shorted
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire
J
No. 2 cylinder misfires. Fuel injectors
0302 detected
Intake air leak
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire The ignition signal circuit is open or
0303 detected shorted K
Lack of fuel
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire Drive plate or flywheel
No. 4 cylinder misfires. L
0304 detected Heated oxygen sensor 1
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001H6 M

DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001H7
CAUTION:
NOTE:

FIRE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON, and select DATA MONITOR mode
with CONSULT-II.
4. Start engine again and drive at 1,500 to 3,000 rpm for at least 3
minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
NOTE:
Refer to the freeze frame data for the test driving condi-
tions. SEF058Y
.
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001H8

1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
3. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Discover air leak location and repair.
2. CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING

Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace it.

FIRE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST A
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode.
EC
2. Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary
engine speed drop?
C
PBIB0133E
E
Without CONSULT-II
When disconnecting each injector harness connector one at a time, F
is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine
speed drop?
G
BBIA0176E I
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4. J
No >> GO TO 7.
4. CHECK INJECTOR K
Does each injector make an operating sound at idle?
Yes or No
L
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Check injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-547 .
MEC703B

FIRE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5. CHECK IGNITION SPARK
1. Turn Ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition wire from spark plug.
3. Connect a known-good spark plug to the ignition wire.
4. Place end of spark plug against a suitable ground and crank engine.
5. Check for spark.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
SEF575Q
6. CHECK SPARK PLUGS

Remove the spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace spark plug(s) with standard type
one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-16, "ENGINE
MAINTENANCE (QG18DE ENGINE)" .
SEF156I
7. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE

Refer to EM-52, "CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE" .
Check compression pressure.
Standard: 1,324 kPa (13.5 kg/cm2 , 192 psi)/300 rpm
Minimum: 1,157 kPa (11.8 kg/cm2 , 168 psi)/300 rpm
Difference between each cylinder: 98 kPa (1.0 kg/cm2 , 14 psi)/300 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.

1. Install any parts removed.
3. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure.
Approx. 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51

At idle: psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.

FIRE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Fuel pump and circuit Refer to EC-553, "FUEL PUMP" .
Fuel pressure regulator Refer to EC-56, "Fuel Pressure Check" . EC
Fuel lines.
C
>> Repair or replace.
10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING D
Check the following items. Refer toEC-88, "Basic Inspection" .

E
Items Specifications
M/T: 650 50 rpm
Target idle speed
A/T: 800 50 rpm (in "P" or "N" position) F
M/T: 7 5 BTDC
Ignition timing
A/T: 18 5 BTDC (in "P" or "N" position)
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Adjust ignition timing.
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. J

K
With CONSULT-II
Check MASS AIR FLOW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
at idling: 1.4 - 4.0 gm/sec L
at 2,500 rpm: 5.0 - 10.0 gm/sec
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST. M
at idling: 1.4 - 4.0 gm/sec

at 2,500 5.0 - 10.0 gm/sec
rpm:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
13. CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART

Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-93, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.

FIRE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
14. ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-71, "HOW TO ERASE
>> GO TO 15.

>> INSPECTION END

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS PFP:22060
A
Component Description UBS001H9
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine

knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from EC
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
C
SEF729Y
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006GE
The MIL will not light up for these diagnosis.

Trouble Diagnosis F
DTC No. DTC Detected Condition Possible Cause
Name
P0327 Knock sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0327 low input sent to ECM. G
P0328 Knock sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is Knock sensor
0328 high input sent to ECM.
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001HB
NOTE:
I
TESTING CONDITION:
J
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
K
L
SEF058Y
WITH GST

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001HC
BBWA0782E

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001HD

D
1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
E
3. Check resistance between ECM terminal 15 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
NOTE:
F
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 M.
Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590k [at 20C (68F)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2. H
2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II

I
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 15 and knock
sensor terminal 1. J
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
L
SEF729Y
3. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace knock sensor.

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 5.
BBIA0155E

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001HE
KNOCK SENSOR
2. Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.
NOTE:
Use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 M.
Resistance: 530 - 590 k [at 20C (68F)]
CAUTION:
Discard any knock sensors that have been dropped or physi-
cally damaged. Use only new ones.
BBIA0311E
Removal and Installation UBS001HF
KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-67, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) PFP:23731
A
Component Description UBS001HG
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at EC
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine rev-
olution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth C
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change. D
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
PBIB0562E
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
E
the engine revolution.
BBIA0156E
I
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS006GF

J
Tachometer: Connect
ENG SPEED Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II CONSULT-II value. K
value.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006GG
L
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not detected by the ECM during the first M
few seconds of engine cranking.
The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0335 Crankshaft position
position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM
0335 sensor (POS) circuit Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
while the engine is running.
Signal plate
is not in the normal pattern during engine
running.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001HI
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that the battery voltage is more than 10.5V and the
ignition switch is ON.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
2. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 sec-
onds at idle speed.
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001HJ
EC
BBWA0783E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Crankshaft position PBIB0527E

13 Y
sensor (POS)
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0528E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006FQ

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY A
1. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connec-
tor.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
D
BBIA0156E
3. Check voltage between crankshaft position sensor (POS) termi- E

nal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. G
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF509Y
H

I
Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ECM
Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ECM relay J
K
4. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
L
3. Check harness continuity between crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal and ground.
M
4. Also check harness for and short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 13 and crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK GEAR TOOTH

Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace the signal plate.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS006FR
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)

1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
PBIB0563E
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.

Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance [at 25C (77F)]
3 (+) - 1 (-)
3 (+) - 2 (-) Except 0 or
2 (+) - 1 (-)
6. If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
MBIB0024E
Removal and Installation UBS006FS


DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) PFP:23731
A
Component Description UBS001HN
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction with

intake valve camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft EC
position sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification C
signals.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause D
the gap with the sensor to change.
PBIB0562E
change.
E
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006GH
F
The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
for the first few seconds during engine G
cranking. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0340 Camshaft position sen- Camshaft (Intake)
The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM
0340 sor (PHASE) circuit
during engine running. Starter motor (Refer to SC-9 .)
H
The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-9 .)
pattern during engine running.
Dead (Weak) battery
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001HP

I
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V.
K
WITH CONSULT-II
L
onds at idle speed.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-285, "Diagnostic Procedure" M
.
5. Maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 sec-
onds.
. SEF013Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001HQ
BBWA0784E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
1.0 - 4.0V C
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition D
Idle speed
Camshaft position PBIB0525E E

14 W/R
sensor (PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
F
[Engine is running]
G
PBIB0526E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) H
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001HR
I
1. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Does the engine turn over? J
(Does the starter motor operate?)
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2. K
No >> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" .)

L
M
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0155E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
1. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connec-
tor.
BBIA0161E
3. Check voltage between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) ter-

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF481Y

Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM relay
Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM
5. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

3. Check harness continuity between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 14.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT A
2. Check harness continuity between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to the Wiring Diagram. EC

3. Also check harness for short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. D

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). F

G
Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft I
J
PBIB0565E
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K

>> INSPECTION END L
Component Inspection UBS006FT
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) M

2. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
PBIB0563E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3 (+) - 1 (-)
3 (+) - 2 (-) Except 0 or
2 (+) - 1 (-)
MBIB0024E
Removal and Installation UBS001HT
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)

Refer to EM-39, "TIMING CHAIN" .

DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION PFP:20905
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006CU
The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of heated oxygen

sensors 1 and 2. EC
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase. C
When the frequency ratio of heated oxygen sensors 1 and 2
approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (manifold)
malfunction is diagnosed. D
SEF484YF
Three way catalyst (Manifold) F
Exhaust tube
Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate Intake air leaks
P0420 Catalyst system efficiency properly.
0420 below threshold
Fuel injectors G
Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
enough oxygen storage capacity. Fuel injector leaks
Spark plug
Improper ignition timing H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006CV
NOTE: I
WITH CONSULT-II J
TESTING CONDITION:
Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure.
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below. K
L
load.
4. Let engine idle for one minute. M
5. Select DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION then SRT WORK SUP-
PORT mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Start engine.
7. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecu-
tive minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely.
If INCMP of CATALYST changed to COMPLT, go to step 7
8. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
PBIB0566E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
9. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until
INCMP of CATALYST changes to CMPLT (It will take
approximately 5 minutes).
If not CMPLT, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70C
(158F) and then retest from step 1.
PBIB0567E
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place
(soak the vehicle)
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select COOLAN TEMP/S in
DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring COOLAN TEMP/
S indication on CONSULT-II.
d. When COOLAN TEMP/S indication reaches to 70C(158F),
go to step 3.
SEF013Y
10. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.

11. Confirm that the 1st trip DTC is not detected.
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-291, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF535Z
Overall Function Check UBS006CW
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (Manifold). During this check, a DTC
might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
WITH GST
load.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5. Set voltmeters probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 sig-
nal) and engine ground, and ECM terminal 74 (HO2S2 signal) A
and engine ground.
6. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
EC
MBIB0018E
D
7. Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low)
between ECM terminal 74 and engine ground is very less than
that of ECM terminal 35 and engine ground.
E
Switching frequency ratio = A/B
A: Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching frequency
B: Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching frequency
This ratio should be less than 0.75. F
If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst
does not operate properly. Go to EC-291, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" . G
NOTE: PBIB1197E
If the voltage at terminal 35 does not switch periodically more than 5
times within 10 seconds at step 7, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0133 first. (See EC-211 .)
H
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006CX
1. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM

I
Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. J
2. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK K

2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).
L
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

Check the following items. Refer to EC-88, "Basic Inspection" .
A/T 18 5 BTDC (in P or N position)
Ignition timing
M/T 7 5 BTDC
A/T 800 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Target idle speed
M/T 650 50 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Follow the Basic Inspection.
5. CHECK INJECTORS
1. Refer to Wiring Diagram for Injectors, EC-548 .
2. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 22, 23, 41, 42 and
Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Perform EC-550, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
MBIB0030E

2. Disconnect ignition coil assembly from rocker cover.
3. Connect a known-good spark plug to the ignition coil assembly.
5. Check for spark.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Check ignition coil with power transistor and their circuit.
Refer to EC-535, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
SEF575Q

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
7. CHECK INJECTOR A
2. Remove injector assembly.
Refer to EM-19, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" . EC
4. Turn ignition switch ON. C
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 8. D
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E

F
Trouble is fixed.>>INSPECTION END
Trouble is not fixed.>>Replace three way catalyst (manifold).

DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:14950
System Description UBS001IU
NOTE:
If DTC P0441 is displayed with other DTC such as P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2138 first perform
trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
PBIB1209E
In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions.
Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open to admit purge flow. Purge flow exposes the EVAP con-
trol system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006GI
Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow
are adequate. If not, malfunction is determined.
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve stuck closed
EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
Loose, disconnected or improper con-
EVAP control system does not operate prop- nection of rubber tube
P0441 EVAP control system erly, EVAP control system has a leak between Blocked rubber tube
0441 incorrect purge flow intake manifold and EVAP control system pres-
Cracked EVAP canister
sure sensor.
solenoid valve circuit
Blocked purge port
EVAP canister vent control valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001IX
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
For best results, perform test at a temperature of 0C (32F) or more.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. A
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds.
EC
4. Select PURG FLOW P0441 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC CONFIRMATION mode with CON-
SULT-II.
5. Touch START.
C
If COMPLETED is displayed, go to step 7.
6. When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain
D
the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will take at least 35 seconds.)
Vehicle speed 32 - 120 km/h (20 - 75 MPH) E
ENG SPEED 500 - 3,800 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 8.2 msec
F
Engine coolant temperature More than 70C (158F)
PBIB0826E
If TESTING is not changed for a long time, retry from step 2. J

7. Make sure that OK is displayed after touching SELF-DIAG RESULTS. If NG is displayed, refer to EC-
297, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
K
Overall Function Check UBS001IY
Use this procedure to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow monitoring.
During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed. L
WITH GST
1. Lift up drive wheels.
M
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminals 32 (EVAP control system
pressure sensor signal) and ground.
6. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed
and note it.
7. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1
minute.
Air conditioner switch ON
Headlamp switch ON
Rear window defogger switch ON
PBIB1109E
Engine speed Approx. 3,000 rpm
Gear position Any position other than P, N or R

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
8. Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1V less than the value at idle speed (mea-
sured at step 6) for at least 1 second.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001IZ
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER A

2. Check EVAP canister for cracks. EC
OK or NG
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3. C
NG >> Replace EVAP canister.
2. CHECK PURGE FLOW D
With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge E
volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port and install
vacuum gauge.
2. Start engine and let it idle. F
BBIA0160E H
3. Select PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with

CONSULT-II. I
4. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm.
5. Touch Qd and Qu on CONSULT-II screen to adjust PURG
VOL CONT/V opening and check vacuum existence. J
PURG VOL CONT/V VACUUM
100.0% Should exist
K
0.0% Should not exist
OK or NG PBIB0828E
OK >> GO TO 7. L
NG >> GO TO 4.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CHECK PURGE FLOW
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge
vacuum gauge.
5. Check vacuum gauge indication when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
6. Release the accelerator pedal fully and let idle.
Vacuum should not exist. BBIA0160E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE

2. Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection.
Refer to EC-584, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair it.
5. CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT

1. Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port A and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B .
2. Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port C .
SEF367U
3. Check that air flows freely.

OK or NG
NG >> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port.
SEF368U

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
2. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
D
E
PBIB0828E
7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE F

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. G
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR H

1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness con-
nector.
2. Check connectors for water. I

OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
K
BBIA0157E
9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION L
Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P0452 EC-324 , P0453 EC-330 .
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 10.
10. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING

1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace it.
13. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE

Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 14.

>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001J0
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum.
If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister EC
purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following Vacuum test conditions.
The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve will then be opened to depressurize the EVAP purge line using intake manifold
vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will be closed. C
PBIB1209E I

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
Incorrect fuel filler cap used
Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to
close.
Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
Leak is in line between intake manifold
and EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve.
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister
vent control valve.
EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
leaks
EVAP control system
P0442 EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP control EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
small leak detected
0442 system does not operate properly.
(negative pressure) Loose or disconnected rubber tube
EVAP canister vent control valve and the
circuit
solenoid valve and the circuit
O-ring of EVAP canister vent control
valve is missing or damaged
EVAP canister is saturated with water
Fuel level sensor and the circuit
Refueling control valve
ORVR system leaks
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001J2
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC confirmation procedure.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Perform DTC WORK SUPPORT when the fuel level is between 1/4 to 3/4 full and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
Open engine hood before conducting following procedure.
Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 30C (32 to 86F).
WITH CONSULT-II
4. Check the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70C (32 - 158F)
INT/A TEMP SE: More than 20C (4F)

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5. Select EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II. A
Follow the instruction displayed.
EC
PBIB0829E
NOTE: E
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-88, "Basic Inspection" .
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve F
properly.
6. Make sure that OK is displayed. G

If NG is displayed, refer to EC-304, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
J
SEC763C
WITH GST
NOTE: K
Be sure to read the explanation of Driving Pattern on EC-68 before driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to EC-68, "Driving Pattern" . L
3. Stop vehicle.
M
If SRT of EVAP system is not set yet, go to the following step.
If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.
6. Start engine.
It is not necessary to cool engine down before driving.
7. Drive vehicle again according to the EC-68, "Driving Pattern" .
8. Stop vehicle.
If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-304, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to Diagnostic Procedure for DTC P0441, EC-297 .
If P0441, P0442 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
If SRT of EVAP system is not set, go to step 6.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001J3
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN

2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
SEF915U
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION

Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION

Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE A
1. Wipe valve housing clean.
2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
EC
SEF445Y
E
H
SEF943S
Pres- 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi) I
sure:
Vacuum: 6.0 to 3.4 kPa (0.061 to 0.035 kg/cm2 , 0.87 to 0.48 psi)
J
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL
may come on.
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
L

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pres-
sure pump to EVAP service port securely.
BBIA0160E
SEF916U
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause leaking.
Models with CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6.

Models without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK A
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Select EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE of WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch START and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
C
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
NOTE:
Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
D
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pres-
sure in the system.
E
PEF917U
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak F
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-584, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING"
.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
H
SEF200U I
7. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
J
Without CONSULT-II
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The K
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and
L
EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE:
M
sure in the system.
BBIA0157E
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-584, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE, O-RING AND CIRCUIT
Refer to EC-312, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring or harness/connector.
9. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER

1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 10.
No (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
No (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
PBIB1213E
10. CHECK EVAP CANISTER

Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 11.

EVAP canister for damage
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
4. Touch Qu on CONSULT-II screen to increase PURG VOL
CONT/V opening to 100.0%.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.
PBIB0828E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Stop engine.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. C
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 14. E
14. CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-34, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" . F
OK or NG
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 16. G
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
15. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE H
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. I
valve opening.
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16.
K
L
PBIB0828E
16. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
18. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.

Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-583, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.

>> GO TO 21.
21. CHECK EVAP/ORVR VAPOR LINE

Check EVAP/ORVR vapor line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and
improper connection. For location, refer to EC-590, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)"
.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
22. CHECK SIGNAL LINE AND RECIRCULATION LINE

Check signal line and recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, loose-
ness and improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube.
23. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
24. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

Refer to DI-26, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 25.

>> INSPECTION END

DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
VALVE PFP:14920 A
Description UBS001J5
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2
C
EVAP canister purge D
Battery Battery voltage*2 EVAP canister
volume control solenoid
Throttle position sensor Throttle position purge flow control
valve
Accelerator pedal position sensor Closed throttle position E
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Heated oxygen sensors 1
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

*2: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
G
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass pas-
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is H
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION I
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is J
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
K
SEF337U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001J6 M

PURG VOL C/V Shift lever:

N (A/T models) 2,000 rpm
No-load

VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006GJ
EVAP canister purge volume (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0444 An excessively low voltage signal is sent
control solenoid valve circuit
0444 to ECM through the valve EVAP canister purge volume control
open
solenoid valve
EVAP canister purge volume (The sensor circuit is shorted.)
P0445 An excessively high voltage signal is sent
shorted
solenoid valve
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST

VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001JA
EC
BBWA0785E

VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
EVAP canister purge

PBIB0050E
45 GY/L volume control solenoid
valve
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine)
PBIB0520E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001JB
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR-
CUIT
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
harness connector.
BBIA0162E
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control

solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF206W

VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM relay EC

C
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR-
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 45 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid E
valve terminal 2.
Continuity should exist. F
OK or NG
G
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.
H
With CONSULT-II I
1. Start engine.
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the J
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. K
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0669E
M
5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END

VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS001JC
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition Air passage continuity
(PURG VOL CONT/V value) between A and B
100.0% Yes
0.0% No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Air passage continuity
Condition
between A and B
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No
PBIB0150E

DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE PFP:14935
A
Component Description UBS001JD
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canis-
ter and is used to seal the canister vent. EC
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative C
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened. D
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evapo-
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP
PBIB1263E
Control System diagnoses.
E
H
BBIA0157E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001JE I

J
VENT CONT/V Ignition switch: ON OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006GK

K
P0447 EVAP canister vent con- An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM (The valve circuit is open or shorted.) L
0447 trol valve circuit open through EVAP canister vent control valve.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001JH

M
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001JI
EC
BBWA0291E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
valve (11 - 14V)
120 R/G (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001JJ
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then turn ON.
2. Select VENT CONTROL/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Touch ON/OFF on CONSULT-II screen.
4. Check for operating sound of the valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0834E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
2. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
BBIA0157E
E
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve termi-
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 4.
H
PBIB0080E
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I

Hreness connectors M59, F27 J
Harness connectors M14, B1
Fuse block (J/B) connector E22
15A fuse K
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and fuse
L
5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT M

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 117 and EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001JK
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

With CONSULT-II
1. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
5. Perform VENT CONTROL/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
PBIB1033E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
A
Condition Air passage continuity between A and B
ON No
OFF Yes EC
7. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower.
8. Perform Test No. 5 again. C
PBIB0834E
D
Without CONSULT-II
E
rusted.
PBIB1033E
H
3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
I
No
minals 1 and 2 J
OFF Yes

control valve using an air blower. K
5. Perform Test No. 3 again. PBIB1034E

DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:25085
Component Description UBS003RJ
The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the

purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pres-
sure increases.
BBIA0157E
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003RK

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003RL
EVAP control system Harness or connectors

P0452 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
pressure sensor low
0452 sent to ECM.
input EVAP control system pressure sensor
NOTE:
EC-455.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003RM
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5C (41F) or more.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
EC
5. Make sure that FUEL T/TEMP SE is more than 0C (32F).
C
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-327, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
E
SEF194Y
WITH GST
F
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 107 (Fuel tank tem-
perature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2V.
G
5. Select MODE 7 with GST. H
.
I
PBIB1199E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003RN
BBWA0786E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
EVAP control system pres- C
32 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 4.4V
sure sensor
48 R/W Sensors' power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
[Engine is running] D
67 B/W Sensors' ground Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
Idle speed
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003RO

F
>> GO TO 2. G
I
BBIA0155E
2. CHECK CONNECTOR
J
nector.
2. Check sensor harness connector for water. K
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness connector.
M
BBIA0157E
3. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor
terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0138E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
5. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

Joint connector-1
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and TCM
7. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 32 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.


[QG18DE (ULEV)]
9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. EC
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C

D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS003RP
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR E

1. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.
2. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor from EVAP canister.
Do not reuse the O-ring, replace it with a new one. F
3. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between G

ECM terminal 32 and ground under the following conditions.
Applied vacuum kPa
Voltage V
(mmHg, inHg) H
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8
-26.7 (-200, -7.87) 2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value
I
CAUTION:
Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or PBIB1200E J
pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg).
5. If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
K

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Description UBS003RQ

sure increases.
BBIA0157E
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003RR

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003RS
NOTE:
EC-455.
EVAP control system
P0453 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is EVAP control system pressure sensor
pressure sensor high
0453 sent to ECM.
input EVAP canister vent control valve
EVAP canister
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003RT
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
EC
C
.
D
E
SEF194Y
WITH GST
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-333, "Diagnostic Procedure" H
.
I
PBIB1199E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003RU
BBWA0786E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
sure sensor
Idle speed
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003RV

F
>> GO TO 2. G
I
BBIA0155E
2. CHECK CONNECTOR
J
nector.
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 3.
M
BBIA0157E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0138E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

Joint connector-1
SHORT
2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.


[QG18DE (ULEV)]
9. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING A
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 10.
C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. G
12. CHECK RUBBER TUBE

H
Check obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
I
NG >> Clean rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube.

J
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 16.
L
PBIB1213E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]

>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS003RW
EVAP CONTROL PRESSURE SENSOR A

Do not reuse the O-ring, replace it with a new one. EC
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between C

Applied vacuum kPa
Voltage V
(mmHg, inHg) D
E
CAUTION:
Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or PBIB1200E F
G

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001JT
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off, etc.) in the EVAP system between the fuel tank
and the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
PBIB1209E
close.
solenoid valve.
vent control valve.
EVAP control system has a very large leak EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
P0455 EVAP control system leaks
such as fuel filler cap fell off, EVAP control sys-
0455 gross leak detected
tem does not operate properly. EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
Loose or disconnected rubber tube
circuit
valve is missing or damaged.
Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
ORVR system leaks
CAUTION:
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001JV
A
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC
properly.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. C
TESTING CONDITION:
on flat level surface. D
WITH CONSULT-II E
1. Tighten fuel filler cap securely until ratcheting sound is heard.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
5. Make sure that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70C (32 - 158F) G
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60C (32 - 140F)
with CONSULT-II. H
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to I
PBIB0829E
M
7. Make sure that OK is displayed.
If NG is displayed, select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode with
CONSULT-II and make sure that EVAP GROSS LEAK [P0455]
is displayed. If it is displayed, refer to EC-340, "Diagnostic Pro-
cedure" .
If P0442 is displayed, perform Diagnostic Procedure for DTC
P0442, EC-304 .
SEC763C
WITH GST
NOTE:
1. Start engine.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. Drive vehicle according to EC-68, "Driving Pattern" .
3. Stop vehicle.
6. Start engine.
7. Drive vehicle again according to the EC-68, "Driving Pattern" .
8. Stop vehicle.
If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to Diagnostic Procedure, for DTC P0442, EC-304 .
If P0441, P0442 and P0455 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001JW

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF915U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
1. Wipe clean valve housing.
EC
Pressure:
15.3 - 20.0 kPa
(0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi) C
Vacuum:
6.0 to 3.4 kPa
(0.061 to 0.035 kg/cm2 , 0.87 to 0.48 psi) D
SEF445Y
E
H
SEF943S
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL I
may come on.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. J

K
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks, improper connection or
disconnection.
Refer to EC-583, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM" . L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose. M
>> GO TO 7.

EVAP canister vent control is installed properly.
Refer to EC-587, "Removal and Installation" .
EVAP canister vent control valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
BBIA0160E
SEF916U
NOTE:


[QG18DE (ULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
EC
with CONSULT-II.
C
NOTE:
D
sure in the system.
E
PEF917U
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak F
Refer to EC-584, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING"
.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
H
SEF200U I
J
Without CONSULT-II
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The K
L
NOTE:
M
sure in the system.
BBIA0157E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
SEF200U

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 15.
PBIB0828E
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13.

Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-34, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
PBIB0828E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16. EC
16. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR C

OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 17.
17. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR E

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 18.
G
18. CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE.
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper con-
nection. For location, refer to EC-590, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)" . H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. I

J
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 20.
20. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE L

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 21.

>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003V6
This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small leak
diagnosis.
If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P0456 will be detected.
If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P0442 will be detected.
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.
PBIB1209E
Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent con-
trol valve.
EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
Evaporative emission EVAP system has a very small leak. Loose or disconnected rubber tube
P0456 control system very
0456 small leak (negative EVAP system does not operate prop- EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
pressure check) erly. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve and the circuit
O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is miss-
ing or damaged
ORVR system leaks
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, A
Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. EC
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003V7
NOTE: C
If DTC P0456 is displayed with P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456.
After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and D
TESTING CONDITION:
Open engine hood before conducting following procedure. E
If any of following conditions are met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehi-
cle for more than 1 hour.
Fuel filler cap is removed. F
Refilled or drained the fuel.
EVAP component parts is/are removed.
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. G
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. H
2. Make sure the following conditions are met.
FUEL LEVEL SE: 0.25 - 1.15V
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32C (32 - 90F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35C (32 - 95F) I
INT A/TEMP SE: More than 0C (32F)
If NG, turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle) or refilling/draining
fuel until the output voltage condition of the FUEL LEVEL SE meets within the range above and leave J
the vehicle for more than 1 hour. Then start from step 1).
4. Turn ignition switch ON. K
5. Select EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed. L
PBIB0837E

NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go
to EC-88, "Basic Inspection" .
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve properly.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Overall Function Check UBS003V8
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a
CAUTION:
Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system.
Do not start engine.
Do not exceeded 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi).
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP ser-
vice port.
2. Set the pressure pump and a hose.
3. Also set a vacuum gauge via 3-way connector and a hose.
5. Connect GST and select MODE 8.
6. Using MODE 8 control the EVAP canister vent control valve
(close) and vacuum cut valve bypass valve (open).
7. Apply pressure and make sure the following conditions are sat-
isfied. SEF916U
Pressure to be applied: 2.7 kPa (20 mmHg, 0.79 inHg)

Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP system and the pressure to be dropped:
60 seconds and the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3 mmHg, 0.12 inHg).
If OK, go to next step.
8. Disconnect GST.
11. Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds.
12. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds.
NOTE:
For more information, refer to GST instruction manual.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF915U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. EC
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE C

OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP E
sure pump to EVAP service port securely. F
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
G
BBIA0160E
L
SEF916U
Models with CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6. M


[QG18DE (ULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
2. Select EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE of WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
NOTE:

sure in the system.
PEF917U
Refer to EC-1847, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAW-
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U

Without CONSULT-II
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The
NOTE:

sure in the system.
BBIA0160E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE, O-RING AND CIRCUIT A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. EC
9. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER C

D
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 10.
No (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12. E
PBIB1213E
G
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve attached. H
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12. I
NG >> GO TO 11.
J
EVAP canister for damage K

L
With CONSULT-II M
2. Start engine.
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.
PBIB0828E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 14.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.

>> GO TO 20.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
20. CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE A
nection. For location, refer to EC-590, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)" .
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 21.
C
ness and improper connection. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube. E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23. G
23. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR H

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24. I
24. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J

K
>> INSPECTION END

DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR PFP:25060
Component Description UBS001K1
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level
sensor signal according to the ECM through CAN communication
line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other side is
variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depend-
ing on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
PBIB1218E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006GL
NOTE:
If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
When the vehicle is parked, naturally the fuel level in the fuel tank is stable. It means that output signal of the
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunc-
tion is detected.
Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal Harness or connectors

P0460 Fuel level sensor circuit (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
being varied is sent from the fuel level sensor
0460 noise
to ECM. Fuel level sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001K4
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes.
.
SEF563X
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001K6
1. CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION

EC
Refer to DI-16, "Meter/Gauge Operation and Odo/Trip Meter Segment Check in Diagnosis Mode" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
C
NG >> Follow the instruction of DI-16, "Meter/Gauge Operation and Odo/Trip Meter Segment Check in
Diagnosis Mode" .
2. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT D

OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT F

G
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation UBS006IQ
H
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
I

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
line.
PBIB1218E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006GM
NOTE:
U1001. Refer toEC-145, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE".
Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level.
This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has
been driven.
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does not Harness or connectors
change within the specified range even though
0461 range/performance
the vehicle has been driven a long distance. Fuel level sensor
Overall Function Check UBS001KA
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor function. During this check, a 1st trip
WARNING:
When performing following procedure, be sure to observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-2,
"FUEL SYSTEM" .
TESTING CONDITION:
Before starting overall function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
WITH CONSULT-II
NOTE:
Start from step 11, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/
8 Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-56, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds then turn ON.
6. Select FUEL LEVEL SE in DATA MONITOR mode with CON-
SULT-II.
7. Check FUEL LEVEL SE output voltage and note it.
8. Select FUEL PUMP in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-
II.
9. Touch ON and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-
5/8 Imp gal) and stop it.
10. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
SEF195Y

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
12. Check FUEL LEVEL SE output voltage and confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03V dur-
ing step 7 to 11. A
WITH GST
EC
NOTE:
Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8
Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose. C
D
6. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel tank using proper equipment. E
7. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
9. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies. F

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006IR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
Diagnosis Mode" .
2. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS006IS
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR


DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR PFP:25060
A
Component Description UBS001KB
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to EC
line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other side is C
D
PBIB1218E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006GN
NOTE:
If DTC P0462, P0463 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC F
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-145, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE".
ECM receives two signals from the fuel level sensor circuit.
One is fuel level sensor power supply circuit, and the other is fuel level sensor ground circuit.
This diagnosis indicates the former, to detect open or short circuit malfunction. G
P0462 Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively low voltage is sent from the H
0462 low input sensor is sent to ECM.
P0463 Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively high voltage is sent from the Fuel level sensor
0463 high input sensor is sent to ECM.
I
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001KE
NOTE:
J
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at ignition K
switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
L
3. Wait at least 5 seconds. M
.
SEF195Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001KG

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
Diagnosis Mode" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS006IT
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR


DTC P0500 VSS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0500 VSS PFP:32702
A
Description UBS001KH
NOTE:
If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, EC
The vehicle speed sensor is installed in the transaxle. It contains a pulse generator which provides a vehicle
speed signal to the combination meter. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM through CAN
communication line. C
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006GO
D
(The vehicle speed sensor circuit is open or
shorted) E
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from
P0500
Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM Harness or connectors
0500
even when vehicle is being driven. (The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.) F
Vehicle speed sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001KJ

G
CAUTION:
NOTE: H
TESTING CONDITION:
This procedure may be conducted in the shop with the drive wheels lifted or by driving the vehicle. If a I
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
J
1. Start engine
2. Read VHCL SPEED SE in DATA MONITOR mode with CON-
SULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-II should exceed 10
km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. K
L
5. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
M
onds.
SEF196Y
ENG SPEED 1,800 rpm (A/T models)
2,200 rpm (M/T models)
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70C (158F)
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
Overall Function Check UBS001KK
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
WITH GST

DTC P0500 VSS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001KM
1. CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT

Refer to DI-3, "METERS AND GAUGES" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK COMBINATION METER

Check combination meter function.
Refer to DI-8, "Combination Meter" .
>> INSPECTION END

DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM PFP:23781
A
Description UBS006CY
NOTE:
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. EC
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM. C
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, D
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006CZ E
Idle speed control sys- Electric throttle control actuator F
P0506 The idle speed is less than the target idle
tem RPM lower than
0506 speed by 100 rpm or more. Intake air leak
expected
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006D0

G
NOTE:
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. H
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform Idle Air Volume Learning, EC-53 ,
before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. For the target idle speed, refer to the Service
Data and Specifications (SDS), EC-600 . I
TESTING CONDITION:
J
Always perform the test at a temperature above 10C (14F).
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Open engine hood. K
4. Turn ignition switch ON again and select DATA MONITOR L
5. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-364, "Diagnostic Procedure" M
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2. REPLACE ECM
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace ECM.
>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
A
NOTE:
If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. EC
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM. C
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, D
operation, etc.).
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006D3 E
Idle speed control sys- Electric throttle control actuator F

P0507 The idle speed is more than the target idle
tem RPM higher than Intake air leak
0507 speed by 200 rpm or more.
expected PCV system
G
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and H
before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. For the target idle speed, refer to the Service I
Data and Specifications (SDS), EC-600 .
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. J
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Open engine hood. K
L
4. Turn ignition switch ON again and select DATA MONITOR
M
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
1. CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION

Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. REPLACE ECM
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace ECM.
>> INSPECTION END

DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR PFP:49763
A
Component Description UBS003RX
Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power

steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load. This EC
sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load
into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. The
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the
throttle valve opening angle to increase the engine speed and C
adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.
BBIA0164E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003RY

Steering wheel is in neutral position.
Engine: After warming up, idle OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL (Forward direction)
the engine
Steering wheel is turned. ON G
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003RZ
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis. H

NOTE:
EC-455. I
P0550 Power steering pres- An excessively low or high voltage from the J
0550 sure sensor circuit sensor is sent to ECM.
Power steering pressure sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003S0 K

NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L
WITH CONSULT-II
M
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003S1
BBWA0787E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0.5 - 4.0V
Power steering pressure Steering wheel is being turned.
12 P
0.4 - 0.8V
Steering wheel is not being turned. D
[Engine is running]
Idle speed E
68 G/R Sensors' power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003S2 F

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
>> GO TO 2. H
J
BBIA0155E
2. CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT K

1. Disconnect PSP sensor harness connector.
L
BBIA0164E
3. Check voltage between PSP sensor terminal 1 and ground with

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
in harness connectors.
PBIB0188E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between PSP sensor terminal 3 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

Joint connector-1
Harness for open or short between power steering pressure sensor and ECM
Harness for open or short between power steering pressure sensor and TCM
5. CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 12 and PSP sensor terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
6. CHECK PSP SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace PSP sensor.

>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS003S3
POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR A

3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 12 and ground under the EC
Condition Voltage C
Steering wheel is being turned fully. 0.5 - 4.0V
Steering wheel is not being turned. 0.4 - 0.8V
D
E
MBIB0126E

DTC P0605 ECM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0605 ECM PFP:23710
Component Description UBS001L9
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connector for signal input

and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
PBIB1164E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006GP
This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic.

A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605
Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. ECM
0605
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
Malfunction A
degrees) by the return spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006GQ
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PRO-
CEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no problem on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B,
perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
NOTE:
With CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
With GST

DTC P0605 ECM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
With CONSULT-II A
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
EC
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then
turn ON.
. C
SEF058Y
E
With GST
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C F
With CONSULT-II
G
turn ON.
H
4. Repeat step 3 for, 32 times.
.
I
J
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above. K
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006GR
1. INSPECTION START L
With CONSULT-II
M
2. Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch ERASE.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-372 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
With GST
3. Touch ERASE.
See EC-372 .
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END

DTC P0605 ECM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
>> INSPECTION END

DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY PFP:23710
A
Component Description UBS003S4
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the EC
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air vol-
ume learning value memory, etc.
C
PBIB1164E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003S5
F
P1065 ECM back-up RAM system does not function [ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is
ECM power supply circuit open or shorted.]
1065 properly.
ECM G
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003S6
NOTE: H
WITH CONSULT-II I
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. J
turn ON.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 four times. K
.
L
SEF058Y
M
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003S7
BBWA0294E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE C
(Buck-up) (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003S8

D
1. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. G
NG >> GO TO 2.
H
MBIB0026E

Harness connectors E9, F47 J
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between ECM and battery
K
3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT L

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 4.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
3. Touch ERASE.
See EC-375 .
With GST
3. Touch ERASE.
See EC-375 .
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
5. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
A
Component Description UBS003S9
SEC266C
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003SA

Shift lever: G
MAS A/F SE-B1
N (A/T models) 2,500 rpm 1.5 - 2.4V
No-load H

N (A/T models) 2,500 rpm 12.0 - 27.0%
No-load
J

No-load
L
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003SB

M
NOTE:
EC-455.
P1102 Mass air flow sensor circuit A voltage from the sensor is constantly (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
1102 range/performance problem approx.1.0V when engine is running.
FAIL-SAFE MODE

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003SC
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003SD
EC
BBWA0774E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003SE

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
EC
D
BBIA0150E

Terminal Voltage
2 Approximately 5V
F
4 Battery voltage
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0076E H

J

M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

Joint connector-1.
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM.
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and TCM.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 51 and MAF sensor terminal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS003SF

signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
1.0 - 1.7
temperature.)
1.5 - 2.1
PBIB1059E
4,000 rpm.

DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PFP:23796
A
Description UBS0057M
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Engine speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature timing control solenoid valve C

*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. D
MBIB0121E
J
valve.
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid K
L
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF
pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil M
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB0195E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0057N

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Shift lever: N
INT/V SOL (B1)
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0% - 60%
No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0057O
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM Harness or connectors

P1111 Intake valve timing control (Solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
through intake valve timing control solenoid
1111 solenoid valve circuit
valve. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0057P
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Following the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0057Q
EC
BBWA0788E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
Idle speed
Approximately 7 - 10V
Intake valve timing
11 Y/R
control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0532E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0057R
1. CHECK IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness
connector.
BBIA0148E
4. Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid

valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0192E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTION PART

Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and ECM relay

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CHECK IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 11 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve termi- EC
nal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. D
4. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE E

OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G

H
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS0057S
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE I

1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. J
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 Approximately 8 at 20C (68F) K

1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist)
L
MBIB0027E
M
Removal and Installation UBS0057T
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR PFP:16119
Component Description UBS003SH
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003SI
Electric throttle control actuator does not function
A)
properly due to the return spring malfunction.
Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is
P1121 Electric throttle control B)
not in specified range. Electric throttle control actuator
1121 actuator
ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open.
C) This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection
logic.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction A or B is detected in the two consecutive trips, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and MIL
lights up.
When the malfunction C is detected even in the 1st trip, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle
Malfunction A
position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
Malfunction C
The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003SJ
NOTE:
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be con-
firmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
With CONSULT-II
3. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and
wait at least 2 seconds.
turn ON.
.
SEF058Y
With GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-II A
EC
4. Shift selector lever to N or P position (A/T), Neutral position
(M/T). C
D
SEF058Y
E
With GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003SK
F
1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Remove the intake air duct. G
2. Check if a foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve
and the housing.
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside. I
J
BBIA0178E
2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR K

2. Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . L
>> INSPECTION END M

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION PFP:16119
Description UBS003SM
NOTE:
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121 or 1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121 or
P1126. Refer to EC-390 or EC-399 .
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003SN

(Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted.)
P1122 Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open or
1122 performance problem not operate properly. shorted.)
Throttle control motor relay
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003SO
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003SP
EC
BBWA0789E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Throttle control motor BATTERY VOLTAGE
power supply (11 - 14V)
0 - 14V

Throttle control motor Shift lever position is D (A/T model)
4 P
(Close) Shift lever position is 1st (M/T model)
PBIB0534E
0 - 14V

5 L
(Open) Shift lever position is 1st (M/T model)
PBIB0533E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003SQ

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY SIGNAL CIRCUIT A
Check voltage between ECM terminal 3 and ground under the fol-
lowing conditions with CONSULT-II or tester.
EC
Ignition switch Voltage
OFF Approximately 0V
Battery voltage C
ON
(11 - 14V)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. D
NG >> GO TO 3. MBIB0028E
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E

2. Disconnect throttle control motor relay.
F
BBIA0102E
I
3. Check voltage between throttle control motor relay terminals 2, 5

and ground. J
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0575E
M
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and fuse

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 3 and throttle control motor relay terminal 3.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
6. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Check continuity between ECM terminal 104 and throttle control motor relay terminal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace throttle control motor relay.
8. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Electric throttle control
ECM terminal Continuity
actuator terminal
4 Should exist
3
5 Should not exist
4 Should not exist BBIA0136E
6
5 Should exist

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
9. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY A
1. Remove the intake air duct.
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle C
control actuator inside.
BBIA0178E
E
10. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 12. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. I

J
3. Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . K
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS003SR
L
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
1. Apply 12V direct current between relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5. M
Conditions Continuity
12V direct current supply
Yes
between terminals 1 and 2
No current supply No
3. If NG, replace throttle control motor relay.
PBIB0098E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
2. Check resistance between terminals 3 and 6.
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 [at 25 C (77F)]
3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
PBIB0095E
Removal and Installation UBS003SS


DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY PFP:16119
A
Component Description UBS003ST
Power supply for the Throttle Control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends EC
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
C
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003SU

D
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003SV

E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
P1124 Throttle control motor ECM detects the throttle control motor relay (Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted.)
1124 relay circuit short is stuck ON.
Throttle control motor relay G
P1126 Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open.)
1126 relay circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low.
Throttle control motor relay H
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. I

ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return J
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003SW
K
NOTE:
L
TESTING CONDITION:
M
With CONSULT-II
.
SEF058Y
With GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
With GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003SX
EC
BBWA0790E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003SY
1. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

BBIA0102E

and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0575E

15A fuse

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Check continuity between ECM terminal 104 and throttle control motor relay terminal 1. E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY H

OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 6.

K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS003SZ
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY L

2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5.
M
Yes
PBIB0098E
Removal and Installation UBS006IN


DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR PFP:16119
Component Description UBS003T0
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003T1

P1128 Throttle control motor ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
1128 circuit short ECM and throttle control motor. Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003T2
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003T3
EC
BBWA0791E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 14V

4 P
(Close) Shift lever position is 1st (M/T model)
PBIB0534E
0 - 14V

5 L
(Open) Shift lever position is 1st (M/T model)
PBIB0533E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003T4

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT A
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. EC
C
actuator terminal
4 Should exist D
3
5 Should not exist
6
5 Should exist E

OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR G

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
I
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
K
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. L
M
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS003T5

step.
PBIB0095E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Removal and Installation UBS003T6


DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
A
Component Description UBS003VB

D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003VC I

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm
LEAN RICH K
rpm
ing 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003VD L

To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently
high and whether the lean output is sufficiently low. When both the M
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF300U
The maximum and minimum voltage from the Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P1143 Heated oxygen sensor
sensor are not reached to the specified volt- Fuel pressure
1143 1 lean shift monitoring
ages. Injectors
Intake air leaks

DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003VE
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
4. Touch START.
NOTE:
PBIB0546E

take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
1,450 - 3,200 rpm (M/T models)
Vehicle speed Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)

Procedure" .
SEC769C
Overall Function Check UBS003VF

DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH GST
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 [HO2S1(B1) signal] and engine ground.
3. Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm
constant under no load. EC
The minimum voltage is over 0.1V at least one time.
C
MBIB0018E
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003VG

F
G
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
J
K
Tightening torque:
40 - 60 Nm (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
L
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0149E

DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
Yes or No
No >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

For circuit, refer to EC-203, "Wiring Diagram" .
>> INSPECTION END

DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS003VH
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A

With CONSULT-II
2. Select MANU TRIG and adjust TRIGGER POINT to 100% in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT- EC
II.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow- C
ing steps.
D
SEF646Y
F
from RICH to LEAN to RICH 5 times in 10 seconds. G
HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes below 0.3V at least once. H

I
SEF217YA
SEF648Y M
CAUTION:
Without CONSULT-II

DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 [HO2S1 (B1)
signal] and engine ground.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V MBIB0018E
2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V

CAUTION:
Removal and Installation UBS003VI


DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
A
Component Description UBS003VJ

D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003VK I

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm
LEAN RICH K
rpm
ing 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003VL L

high. The lean output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are M
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF299U
P1144 Heated oxygen sensor The maximum and minimum voltages from the Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
1144 1 rich shift monitoring sensor are beyond the specified voltages. Fuel pressure
Injectors

DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003VM
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
4. Touch START.
NOTE:
PBIB0548E

1,450 - 3,200 rpm (M/T models)

Procedure" .
SEC772C
Overall Function Check UBS003VN

DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH GST
3. Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm
constant under no load. EC
The maximum voltage is below 0.8V at least one time.
C
MBIB0018E
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003VO

F
G
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
J
K
>> GO TO 3. L
BBIA0149E

DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
Yes or No
No >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER

3. Check connectors for water.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
BBIA0149E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. EC

D
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS003VP E
With CONSULT-II
II.
3. Select HO2S1 (B1) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1). G
ing steps.
5. Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen. H
SEF646Y
J

HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode changes K
HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. L

M
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:

DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Without CONSULT-II
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V MBIB0018E
2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V

CAUTION:
Removal and Installation UBS003VQ


DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
A
Component Description UBS006D6

tions.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS006D7

HO2S2 (B1) between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V G
rpm quickly
Engine: After warming up H
rpm quickly
one minute under no load I
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006D8
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time J

longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen K
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is
sufficiently low during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
L
PBIB1201E M
P1146 Heated oxygen sensor 2 The minimum voltage from the sensor is not Heated oxygen sensor 2
1146 minimum voltage monitoring reached to the specified voltage.
Fuel pressure
Injectors
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:

DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
ture.
(158F). SEF189Y
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when COOLAN
TEMP/S indication reaches to 70C (158F).
7. Open engine hood.
9. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-II.
PBIB0818E

If NG is displayed, go to EC-424, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
b. Return to step 1.
Overall Function Check UBS006DA
WITH GST
3. Start engine keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no load.
at least 10 times.
The voltage should be below 0.52V at least once during this
procedure.
essary.
procedure.

DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS006DB
EC
BBWA0779E

DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
minute under no load

ground Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006DC

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
EC
with CONSULT-II.
C
D
E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
G
nector.
H
I
J
Yes or No
K
No >> GO TO 3.

L
terminal 4.
OK or NG

DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS006DD

With CONSULT-II
load.
4. Let engine idle and wait until 2 minutes have passed from starting the engine.
SEF662Y

DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
A
EC
PBIB1196E D
CAUTION: E
Without CONSULT-II
load. H
I
at least 10 times.
procedure.
sary. K
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
position with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T). L
procedure.
M
CAUTION:
Removal and Installation UBS006DE


DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Description UBS006DF

tions.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS006DG

HO2S2 (B1) between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm quickly
rpm quickly
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006DH

longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor
is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel-
cut.
PBIB0820E
(The sensor circuit open or shorted.)
P1147 Heated oxygen sensor 2 The maximum voltage from the sensor is Heated oxygen sensor 2
1147 maximum voltage monitoring not reached to the specified voltage. Fuel pressure
Injectors
Intake air leaks

DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006DI
A
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: EC
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode C
with CONSULT-II.
D
E
(158F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when COOLANT F
SEF189Y
TEMP/S indication reaches to 70C (158F)
8. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-II. G
PBIB0819E

K
L
b. Return to step 1.
Overall Function Check UBS006DJ
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a M
WITH GST
load.

DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
at least 10 times.
The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this
procedure.
essary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this PBIB1197E
procedure.

DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS006DK
EC
BBWA0779E

DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
minute under no load

ground Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006DL

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
EC
with CONSULT-II.
C
D
E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
G
nector.
H
I
J
Yes or No
K
No >> GO TO 3.

L
terminal 4.
OK or NG

DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS006DM

With CONSULT-II
load.
4. Let engine idle one minute.
SEF662Y

DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
A
EC
PBIB1196E D
CAUTION: E
Without CONSULT-II
load. H
I
at least 10 times.
procedure.
sary. K
procedure.
M
CAUTION:
Removal and Installation UBS006DN


DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL PFP:22690
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0057U

The heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit is
The closed loop control function does not oper- open or shorted.
ate even when vehicle is driving in the speci-
1148 function Heated oxygen sensor 1
fied condition.
Heated oxygen sensor heater
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0057V
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. If the engine
speed limit is exceeded, retry the procedure from step 2.
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm and check one of the following.
HO2S1 (B1) voltage should go above 0.70V at least once.
HO2S1 (B1) voltage should go below 0.21V at least once.
If the check result is NG, perform EC-437, "Diagnostic Proce-

dure" .
If the check result is OK, perform the following step.
4. Let engine idle at least 5 minutes.
5. Maintain the following condition at least 50 consecutive sec-
onds. SEF682Y
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.4 msec or more (A/T models)

2.0 msec or more (M/T models)
ENG SPEED More than 1,700 rpm (A/T models)
More than 2,050 rpm (M/T models)
VHCL SPEED SE More than 70 km/h (43 MPH)
During this test, P0134 may be displayed on CONSULT-II screen.

Overall Function Check UBS0057W
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the closed loop control. During this check, a DTC might not
be confirmed.
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
signal] and engine ground. A
stant under no-load.
The voltage should go above 0.70V at least once. EC
The voltage should go below 0.21V at least once.

C
MBIB0018E
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0057X
Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0133, EC-211 .

E

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE PFP:00000
System Description UBS001MV
COOLING FAN CONTROL

ECM func-
tion

Vehicle speed signal Vehicle speed*2
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Cooling
Cooling fan relay(s)
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal fan control
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure

*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: These signals are sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
OPERATION
PBIB0926E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001MW

Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
A
Engine coolant temperature is 94C
OFF
(201F) or less
After warming up engine, idle the Engine coolant temperature is
COOLING FAN engine. between 95C (203F) and 104C LOW EC
Air conditioner switch: OFF (219F)
HIGH
105C (221F) or more C
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006GS
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will D
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction
is indicated.
E
(The cooling fan circuit is open or F
shorted.)
Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- Cooling fan
heat). Radiator hose G
P1217 Engine over tempera- Cooling fan system does not operate prop- Radiator
1217 ture (Overheat) erly (Overheat).
Radiator cap
Engine coolant was not added to the system
using the proper filling method. Water pump H
Thermostat
For more information, refer toEC-1662,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .
I
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-16, "Changing Engine
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-17, "Changing Engine Oil" . J
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted. K
Overall Function Check UBS001MY
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con- L
firmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
M
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-442,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-442,
SEF621W

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. Perform COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CON-
SULT-II.
5. If the results are NG, go to EC-442, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF646X
WITH GST
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below the proper range, skip the following steps
and go to EC-442, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps
3. Start engine.
4. Set temperature control lever to full cold position.
5. Turn air conditioner switch ON.
6. Turn blower fan switch ON.
7. Run engine at idle for a few minutes with air conditioner operat-
ing.
8. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
If OK, go to the following step.
10. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF. SEC163BA
11. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connec-

tor.
12. Connect 150 resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor
harness connector.
13. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at
higher speed than low speed.
MEC475B

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001MZ
EC
BBWA0300E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001N0
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 4.
2. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION

With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect cooling fan relay-2.
WBIA0058E

SULT-II.
4. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at low speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC-
446, "PROCEDURE A" .)
SEF646X
3. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION

With CONSULT-II
2. Reconnect cooling fan relay-2.
SULT-II.
6. Make sure that cooling fan-1 operates at higher speed than low
speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC-
448, "PROCEDURE B" .)
SEF646X

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
3. Set temperature lever at full cold position.
4. Turn air conditioner switch ON. C
WBIA0058E
E

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 5.
G
SEC163BA
5. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION I
Without CONSULT-II
J
3. Disconnect cooling fan relay-1. K
4. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
6. Connect 150 resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. L
7. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan-1 operate at
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 6.
MEF613EA

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK
Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the pressure drops.
Testing pressure: 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2 , 23 psi)
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
Pressure should not drop.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
SLC754A

Check the following for leaks.
Hose
Radiator
Water pump (Refer to CO-9, "WATER PUMP" .)
8. CHECK RADIATOR CAP

Apply pressure to cap with a tester and check radiator cap relief
pressure.
Radiator cap relief pressure:
59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace radiator cap.
SLC755A

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
9. CHECK THERMOSTAT A
1. Remove thermostat.
2. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
It should seat tightly. EC
3. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.
Valve opening temperature:
C
76.5C (170F) [standard]
Valve lift:
More than 9 mm/90C (0.35 in/194F) D
4. Check if valve is closed at 5C (9F) below valve opening tem-
perature. For details, refer to CO-11, "THERMOSTAT AND
THERMOSTAT HOUSING" . E
OK or NG SLC343
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace thermostat F

G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. H
11. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES I

If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-449, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .
>> INSPECTION END J

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
PROCEDURE A
1. CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
4. Check voltage between cooling fan relay-1 terminals 1, 3, 6 and
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0951E

10A fuse
40A fusible links
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and battery
3. CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling
fan motor-2 harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 5
and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1, cooling fan motor-1 terminal
4 and ground.
and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 2, cooling fan motor-2 terminal BBIA0153E
1 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 13 and cooling fan relay-1 terminal 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. D

Check the following. E
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and ECM
F
6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-1 G

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace cooling fan relay.
I
7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace cooling fan motors.
K
Perform EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . L
>> INSPECTION END

M

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
PROCEDURE B
4. Check voltage between cooling fan relay-2 terminals 1, 3 and
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0621E

10A fuse
40A fusible link
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-2 and fusible link

2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-2 harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-2 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2, cool-
ing fan relay-2 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 3, cooling fan relay-2 terminal 7 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-2 and ECM EC
C
6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-2
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace cooling fan relays. E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace cooling fan motors. G

H
>> INSPECTION END I

Main 12 Causes of Overheating UBS001N1
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page J

OFF 1 Blocked radiator Visual No blocking
Blocked condenser
Blocked radiator grille K
Blocked bumper
2 Coolant mixture Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-13, "RECOM-
MENDED FLUIDS AND L
LUBRICANTS" .
3 Coolant level Visual Coolant up to MAX level See MA-16, "Changing
in reservoir tank and radi- Engine Coolant" . M
ator filler neck
4 Radiator cap Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa See CO-7, "System
(0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 Check" .
psi) (Limit)
ON*2 5 Coolant leaks Visual No leaks See CO-7, "System

Check" .
ON*2 6 Thermostat Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-11, "THERMO-
lower radiator hoses STAT AND THERMO-
STAT HOUSING" , and
CO-13, "RADIATOR" .
ON*1 7 Cooling fan CONSULT-II Operating See trouble diagnosis for

EC-438, "DTC P1217
ENGINE OVER TEM-
PERATURE"
OFF 8 Combustion gas leak Color checker chemical Negative
tester 4 Gas analyzer

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page
ON*3 9 Coolant temperature Visual Gauge less than 3/4

gauge when driving
Coolant overflow to Visual No overflow during driv- See MA-16, "Changing
reservoir tank ing and idling Engine Coolant" .
OFF*4 10 Coolant return from Visual Should be initial level in See CO-7, "System
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank Check" .
tor
OFF 11 Cylinder head Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-58, "Inspection
gauge mum distortion (warping) after Disassembly" .
12 Cylinder block and pis- Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-69, "Inspection" .
tons walls or piston
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-5, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .
Component Inspection UBS001N2
COOLING FAN RELAYS-1 AND -2

Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Yes
If NG, replace relay.
LEC743
COOLING FAN MOTOR-1

1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
2. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.
Terminals
Speed
(+) ()
Low 1 4
Cooling fan motor
High 1, 2 3, 4
Cooling fan motor should operate. SEF734W

If NG, replace cooling fan motor.
COOLING FAN MOTOR-2
check operation.
Terminals
(+) ()
Cooling fan motor 2 1
Cooling fan motor should operate.

SEF610Y

DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description UBS00400

acceleration pedal position sensor, throttle position sensor, etc. The EC
throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement.
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi- C
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig- D
PBIB0145E
tion.
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00401
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.

F
Closed throttle position
P1225 Closed throttle position learning value is exces- Electric throttle control actuator
learning performance G
1225 sively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
problem
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00402
H
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: I
WITH CONSULT-II
J
K
. L
SEF058Y
WITH GST

DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00403

the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0178E

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS00404


DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
A

acceleration pedal position sensor, throttle position sensor, etc. The EC
throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement.
PBIB0145E
tion.
E

F
P1226 Closed throttle position learning is not per- Electric throttle control actuator
learning performance G
1226 formed successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
problem
H
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: I
WITH CONSULT-II
J
K
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4, 32 times.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-454, "Diagnostic Procedure" L
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST

DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]

the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0178E

>> INSPECTION END



DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY PFP:16119
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0040I

EC
Trouble diagnosis
name
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.) C
(Mass air flow sensor is shorted.)
(PSP sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
D
shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM detects a voltage of power source for is shorted.)
1229 circuit short sensor is excessively low or high.
Accelerator pedal position sensor E
(APP sensor 1)
Mass air flow sensor F
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
H
spring.
I
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0040J
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at J
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. K
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. L
M
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0040K
BBWA1385E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
48 R/W Sensor power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V C
Sensor power supply
49 R/Y (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
sor)
D
Sensor power supply
sensor)
E
Sensor power supply
sensor 1)
F
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0040L

G
H
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
BBIA0104E
3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 2 and ground with

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0811E
3. CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS

48 Mass air flow sensor terminal 2 EC-166
48 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-326
49 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 EC-560
68 PSP sensor terminal 1 EC-368
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK COMPONENTS
Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to MTC-55, "Electrical Component Inspection" .)
Power steering pressure sensor (Refer to EC-371, "Component Inspection" .)
EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-329, "Component Inspection" .)
Mass air flow sensor (Refer to EC-170, "Component Inspection" .)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5. CHECK APP SENSOR A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. EC
NG >> GO TO 6.
6. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR C

1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
D
>> INSPECTION END E

>> INSPECTION END

G

DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
PFP:14920
Description UBS001NE
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func-
tion

Battery Battery voltage*1 EVAP can-
ister purge EVAP canister purge volume
flow con- control solenoid valve
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position trol
Fuel tank temperature sensor Fuel temperature in fuel tank

This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor bypass passage
in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the ECM.
The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is deter-
mined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor from
the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
SEF337U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001NF

Engine: After warming up Idle (Vehicle stopped) 0%
Air conditioner switch OFF
PURG VOL C/V
Shift lever: N 2,000 rpm
No-load

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006GT
A
EVAP canister purge volume control EC
solenoid valve
The canister purge flow is detected during the (The valve is stuck open.)
EVAP canister purge
P1444 specified driving conditions, even when EVAP
volume control solenoid EVAP canister vent control valve C
1444 canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
valve EVAP canister
completely closed.
Hoses
(Hoses are connected incorrectly or
clogged.)
D
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001NI
NOTE: E
For best results, perform test at a temperature of 0C (32F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. G
H
4. Select PURG VOL CN/V P1444 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with
CONSULT-II.
5. Touch START.
I
L
PBIB0839E
6. Start engine and let it idle until TESTING on CONSULT-II changes to COMPLETED. (It will take for
approximately 10 seconds.) M
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001NJ
BBWA0785E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE C
(11 - 14V)
Idle speed
E
SEC990C
EVAP canister purge vol-
45 G/YL
ume control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) F
[Engine is running]
G
than 100 seconds after starting engine).
SEC991C H
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch I
BATTERY VOLTAGE
5 seconds passed after turning ignition (11 - 14V) J
switch OFF
120 R/G (11 - 14V) K

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001NK
CUIT
harness connector.
BBIA0162E

solenoid valve terminal 1 and engine ground with CONSULT-II
or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF206W

10A fuse
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and fuse
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 45 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR A
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. C
5. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR D

OK or NG
E
F
With CONSULT-II G
3. Start engine. H
valve opening. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7. J
K
PBIB0828E
7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE L

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 14.
PBIB1213E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12.


>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001NL

With CONSULT-II
100.0% Yes
0.0% No
PBIB0149E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control A
Condition EC
between A and B
Yes
minals 1 and 2
C
No supply No
PBIB0150E
D

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Description UBS001NM
ter and is used to seal the canister vent.
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
opened.
PBIB1263E
Control System diagnosis.
BBIA0157E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001NN

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006GU
P1446 EVAP canister vent con- EVAP canister vent control valve remains and the circuit
1446 trol valve close closed under specified driving conditions. Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
vent control valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001NQ
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
with CONSULT-II. A
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute.
5. Repeat next procedures 3 times.
a. Increase the engine speed up to 3,000 to 3,500 rpm and keep it EC
for 2 minutes and 50 seconds to 3 minutes.
Never exceed 3 minutes.
b. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for about C
5 seconds.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-471, "Diagnostic Procedure" SEF058Y
. D
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the next step.
7. Repeat next procedure 20 times.
a. Quickly increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 4,500 rpm or more and keep it for 25 to 30 seconds. E
b. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds.
PBIB0972E
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-471, "Diagnostic Procedure" . I
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above. J

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001NR
BBWA0291E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 1.0V
D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
E
valve (11 - 14V)
120 R/G
(11 - 14V)
F
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001NS
1. CHECK RUBBER TUBE G

2. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. I
NG >> Clean rubber tube using an air blower.
K
BBIA0157E
2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE L

OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 6.
PBIB1213E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

6. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR

nector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
BBIA0157E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001NT

With CONSULT-II
rusted.
PBIB1033E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. A
Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between A and B

ON No EC
OFF Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.

Make sure new O-ring is installed properly. C
If NG, go to next step.
7. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent PBIB0834E
control valve using an air blower. D

8. Perform step 5 again.
Without CONSULT-II E
rusted. F
PBIB1033E
I
J
12V direct current supply between

No
terminals 1 and 2
K
OFF Yes

Make sure new O-ring is installed properly. L
If NG, go to next step. PBIB1034E
control valve using an air blower. M

DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH PFP:25551
Component Description UBS0040M
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for

each button. ECM reads voltage variation of switch, and determines
which button is operated.
Refer to EC-598, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
(ASCD)" for the ASCD function.
BBIA0086E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0040N

ACCEL/RES switch: Depressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW Ignition switch: ON
COAST/SET switch: Depressed ON
SET SW Ignition switch: ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0040O
This self-diagnoses has the one trip detection logic.

NOTE:
EC-372.
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD
steering switch is sent to ECM. Harness or connectors
P1564 ASCD steering ECM detects that input signal from the ASCD (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
1564 switch steering switch is out of the specified range. ASCD steering switch
ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch is ECM
stuck ON.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0040P
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
4. Press CRUISE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Press ACCEL/RES switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Press COAST/SET switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
7. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
8. If DTC is detected, go to EC-478, "Diagnostic Procedure" . A
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above. EC

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0040Q
BBWA0793E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Idle speed
[Ignition switch ON] D
Approximately 4V
ASCD steering switch is OFF.
Approximately 0V E
F
Approximately 2V
[Ignition switch ON] G
Approximately 3V
ACCEL/RESUME switch is ON.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0040R
1. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
2. Select MAIN SW, RESUME/ACC SW, SET SW and CANCEL SW in DATA MONITOR mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
Switch Monitor item Condition Indication
Pressed ON
CRUISE MAIN SW
Released OFF
Pressed ON
COAST/SET SET SW
Released OFF
Pressed ON
ACCEL/RES RESUME/ACC SW
Released OFF
SEC006D
Pressed ON
CANCEL CANCEL SW
Released OFF
Without CONSULT-II
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 99 and ground with press-
ing each button.
Switch Condition Voltage [V]
Pressed Approx. 0
CRUISE SW
Released Approx. 4
Pressed Approx. 2
COAST/SET SW
Released Approx. 4
Pressed Approx. 3
ACCEL/RES SW PBIB0311E
Released Approx. 4
Pressed Approx. 1
CANCEL SW
Released Approx. 4
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ASCD steering switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ASCD steering switch termi-
nal 1 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0086E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Harness connectors M401, M102 EC
Joint connector-1
Spiral cable
C
Harness for open and short between ECM and ASCD steering switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. D

4. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 99 and ASCD steering switch terminal 4.
F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
H
Harness connectors M59, F27 I
Harness connectors M401, M102
Spiral cable
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
6. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH

Refer to EC-480, "Component Inspection" . L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace steering wheel. M

>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS0040S
ASCD STEERING SWITCH

1. Disconnect ASCD steering switch.
2. Check continuity between ASCD steering switch terminals 1 and
4 with pushing each switch.
Switch Condition Resistance [k]
Pressed Approx. 0
CRUISE SW
Released Approx. 4.0
Pressed Approx. 0.7
COAST/SET SW
PBIB0934E
Pressed Approx. 1.5
ACCEL/RES SW
Pressed Approx. 0.3
CANCEL SW

DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH PFP:25320
A
Component Description UBS0040T
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned

OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of EC
the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
C
BBIA0087E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0040U

BRAKE SW 1 Brake pedal fully released ON
Ignition switch: ON
(ASCD brake switch) Brake pedal depressed OFF
G
BRAKE SW 2 Brake pedal fully released OFF
Ignition switch: ON
(stop lamp switch) Brake pedal depressed ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0040V

H

I
NOTE:
If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605.
Refer to EC-372
J
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed.
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch OFF. And even when malfuntion A is detected in two
consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory. K
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
L
When the vehicle speed is above 30km/h Harness or connectors
(19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
A)
switch and the ASCD brake switch are Harness or connectors
sent to ECM at the same time. (The ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.) M
(The ASCD clutch switch circuit is shorted.)
(M/T models)
P1572 Stop lamp switch
ASCD brake switch
1572 ASCD brake switch
ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to
B) ECM for extremely long time while the ASCD clutch switch (M/T models)
vehicle is driving Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
Incorrect ASCD clutch switch installation
(M/T models)
ECM
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0040W
CAUTION:

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
NOTE:
If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch "OFF" and
Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for
malfunction B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be
detected.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 4 and 5 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
3. Press CRUISE switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator
lights up.
4. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the
following condition.

. PBIB2386E
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the following step.
5. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
Depress the brake pedal for more than
Driving location five seconds so as not to come off from
the above-mentioned vehicle speed.
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0040X
EC
BBWA0303E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0V
Brake pedal is fully released
Brake pedal is depressed (11 - 14V)

Approximately 0V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0040Y
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I

With CONSULT-II
2. Select BRAKE SW1 in DATA MONITOR mode with CON-
SULT-II.
3. Check BRAKE SW1 indication under the following conditions.
M/T models
CONDITION INDICATION
When clutch pedal or brake pedal is depressed OFF
When clutch pedal and brake pedal are fully released ON
A/T models
CONDITION INDICATION SEC011D
When brake pedal is depressed OFF

When brake pedal is fully released ON
Without CONSULT-II
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 108 and ground under the
M/T models
CONDITION VOLTAGE
When clutch pedal or brake pedal is depressed Approximately 0V
When clutch pedal and brake pedal are fully released Battery voltage
A/T models
CONDITION VOLTAGE
When brake pedal is depressed Approximately 0V MBIB0061E
When brake pedal is fully released Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG (M/T models) >>GO TO 3.
NG (A/T models) >>GO TO 4.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II A
With CONSULT-II
Check BRAKE SW2 indication in DATA MONITOR mode.
EC
When brake pedal is released OFF
When brake pedal is depressed ON C
SEC013D
E
Without CONSULT-II
lowing conditions. F
CONDITION VOLTAGE
When brake pedal is released Approximately 0V
G
When brake pedal is depressed Battery voltage
MBIB0060E
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 13. J
3. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
L
BBIA0167E
4. Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and

ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-II or
tester.
CONDITION VOLTAGE
When brake pedal is released Battery voltage
When brake pedal is depressed Approx. 0V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4. PBIB0799E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
BBIA0087E
4. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and

OK or NG
OK (M/T models)>>GO TO 6.
OK (A/T models)>>GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0857E

10A fuse
Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
6. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 2 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
7. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 108 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2. EC
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. D
NG >> GO TO 8.

F
Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD brake switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
9. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-489, "Component Inspection" H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch. I
10. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
J
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 108 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2. K
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
M
NG >> GO TO 11.

Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD clutch switch
12. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH

Refer to EC-489, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Replace ASCD clutch switch.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
13. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
BBIA0105E
3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal + (M/T mod-

els) or 1 (A/T models) and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
PBIB0938E
PBIB1203E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.

10A fuse
Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and fuse

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
15. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop lamp switch terminal (M/T models) or 2
(A/T models). EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. D
NG >> GO TO 16.

Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch F
G
17. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-489, "Component Inspection" . H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch. I

>> INSPECTION END

K
Component Inspection UBS0040Z
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
3. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
M
When brake pedal is fully released. Should exist.
When brake pedal is depressed. Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-11,
"BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET" , and perform step 3 again.
SEC023D
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH (FOR M/T MODELS)


[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
When clutch pedal is fully released. Should exist.
When clutch pedal is depressed. Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-6,

"CLUTCH SYSTEM" , and perform step 3 again.
SEC024D
STOP LAMP SWITCH

M/T Models
3. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminals + and under the following conditions.
When brake pedal is fully released. Should not exist.
When brake pedal is depressed. Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-11,
PBIB0939E
A/T Models
3. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
PBIB1202E

DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR PFP:31036
A
The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combina-
tion meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD EC
control. Refer to EC-598, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for ASCD functions.
C
NOTE:
If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC D
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-145, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
Refer to EC-361, "DTC P0500 VSS" E
Refer to EC-372, "DTC P0605 ECM"
F
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
(The CAN communication line is open or G
shorted.)
P1574 ASCD vehicle speed ECM detects a difference between two vehicle Combination meter
1574 sensor speed signals is out of the specified range. H
Wheel sensor
TCM
ECM
I
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. J
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. K
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
L
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. M
3. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
1. CHECK DTC WITH TCM

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to AT-38 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.

>> INSPECTION END

DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH PFP:32006
A
Component Description UBS001OU
When the gear position is P (A/T models only) or N, park/neutral

position (PNP) switch is ON. EC
ECM detects the park/neutral position when continuity with ground
exists.
C
SEF752Y
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001OV

Shift lever:
P or N (A/T model) ON
P/N POSI SW Ignition switch: ON Neutral (M/T model) G
Shift lever: Except above OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006HA

H
P1706 Park/neutral position
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) [The park/neutral position (PNP) switch I
switch is not changed in the process of engine circuit is open or shorted.]
1706 switch
starting and driving.
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
J
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006IF
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. K
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select P/N POSI SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CON- M
SULT-II. Then check the P/N POSI SW signal under the follow-
ing conditions.
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal
N and P position ON
Except the above position OFF

3. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. SEF212Y

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
onds.
ENG SPEED More than 1,550 rpm (A/T models)
More than 1,850 rpm (M/T models)
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 3.0 msec (A/T models)
More than 2.2 msec (M/T models)
SEF213Y

.
Overall Function Check UBS006IG
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 102 (PNP switch signal)
and ground under the following conditions.
Condition (Gear position) Voltage V (Known-good data)
P (A/T models only) and N position Approx. 0
A/T models: Battery voltage
Except the above position
M/T models: Approximately 5V
MBIB0029E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS006IH
EC
BBWA0304E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Shift lever position is P or N (A/T models), Approximately 0V
Neutral (M/T models).
102 G/OR PNP switch A/T models
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 5V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006II

2. Disconnect PNP switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 102 and PNP switch terminal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK PNP SWITCH

Refer to AT-116, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH" (A/T models), MT-13, "POSI-
TION SWITCH" (M/T models).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace PNP switch.

>> INSPECTION END

DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH PFP:25320
A
Description UBS00414
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving. EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00415

C
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON D
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis. E
Harness or connectors F
P1805 A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for an (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or
Brake switch shorted.)
1805 extremely long time while the vehicle is driving.
Stop lamp switch
G
FALI-SAFE MODE
H
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
I
Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration J
WITH CONSULT-II K
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-II. L
. M
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS00418
BBWA0305E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch ON] C
Approximately 0V
Brake pedal is depressed (11 - 14V) D
1. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT E

2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal. F
Brake pedal Stop lamp
Fully released Not illuminated
G
Depressed Illuminated
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. H
NG >> GO TO 2.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
BBIA0105E
2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 (A/T mod-

els) or + (M/T models) and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
PBIB1203E
PBIB0938E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

10A fuse
Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. EC
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop
lamp switch terminal 2 (A/T models) or - (M/T models).
Refer to Wiring Diagram. C

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. E
BBIA0105E

F
Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch G
H
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.
J
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . K
>> INSPECTION END

L
Component Inspection UBS0041A
STOP LAMP SWITCH

A/T Models
M
BBIA0105E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2
Brake pedal fully released Should not exist.
Brake pedal depressed Should exist.
3. If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-11,

PBIB1202E
M/T Models
BBIA0105E
2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals + and -

3. If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-11,
PBIB0939E

DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
A
Component Description UBS003ZC
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera- EC
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. C
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from D
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB0146E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
E
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003ZD
F
G
Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.65 - 0.87V
ACCEL SEN1
(engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4.3V
Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.56 - 0.96V H

ACCEL SEN2*
Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON
CLSD THL POS Ignition switch: ON I
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003ZE J

NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. K
Refer to EC-455, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause L
Accelerator pedal posi-
P2122 An excessively low voltage from the APP sen- Harness or connectors
tion sensor 1 circuit low
2122 sor 1 is sent to ECM. (The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
input
shorted.) M
P2123 An excessively high voltage from the APP sen- Accelerator pedal position sensor
tion sensor 1 circuit high (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
2123 sor 1 is sent to ECM.
input
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003ZF
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
[QG18DE (ULEV)]

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
EC
D
SEF058Y
WITH GST E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003ZG
BBWA0306E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Sensor ground [Engine is running] C

Sensor ground [Engine is running] D

Sensor power supply E
sensor 1)
Sensor power supply F
sensor 2)
98 R/B
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON] H
[Ignition switch ON] I
106 W J
K
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003ZH
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS L

M
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
connector.
BBIA0104E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0811E

Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
4. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

2. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 4 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.


[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 106 and APP sensor terminal 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7. D

F
8. CHECK APP SENSOR G

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
I
9. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
J
>> INSPECTION END

L
M
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS003ZI
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR


[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 sig-
nal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and engine ground under the fol-
lowing conditions.
106 Fully released 0.65 - 0.87V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1) Fully depressed More than 4.3V

MBIB0023E
4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly.

Removal and Installation UBS003ZJ
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
A
Component Description UBS0040A

signals.
PBIB0146E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0040B
F
G
ACCEL SEN1

ACCEL SEN2*
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0040C J

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause K
Accelerator pedal posi- Harness or connectors
P1227 An excessively low voltage from the APP sen-
tion sensor 2 circuit low (The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or
input shorted.)
L
(TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
Accelerator pedal posi- Accelerator pedal position sensor
P1228 An excessively high voltage from the APP sen- (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)
tion sensor 2 circuit high
1228 sor 2 is sent to ECM. M
input Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0040D
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0040E
EC
BBWA1382E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply


Sensor power supply
sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
sensor 2)
98 R/B
106 W
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0040F

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I A
connector.
D
BBIA0104E
3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 1 and ground with E

Voltage: Approximately 2.5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB0812E H
3. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 91.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. J

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
L
M
Harness for open between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair or replace open circuit.
5. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 APP sensor terminal 5.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.

10. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.


[QG18DE (ULEV)]
12. CHECK APP SENSOR A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. EC
NG >> GO TO 13.
13. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY C

D
E
>> INSPECTION END

G
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS0040G
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR H

3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 sig- I
lowing conditions.
J

sensor 1) Fully depressed More than 4.3V K
sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 2.0V L
MBIB0023E

6. Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . M
Removal and Installation UBS0040H
ACCELERATOR PEDAL

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Description UBS003R3

PBIB0145E
tion.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003R4

Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2* Shift lever:
1st (M/T model)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003R5

Harness or connector
(The TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
Throttle position sensor Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (APP sensor circuit is shorted.)
P0221
circuit range/performance compared with the signals from TP sensor 1
0221 Electric throttle control actuator
problem and TP sensor 2.
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
(APP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003R6
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
EC
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
E

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003R7
BBWA1383E

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- WIRE EC
NAL NO. COLOR
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor) C
Engine stopped
Shift lever position is D (A/T model) More than 0.36V D
50 W Throttle position sensor 1 E
Engine stopped
Shift lever position is 1st (M/T model) F
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground G
Idle speed
[Ignition switch ON] H
Engine stopped
Shift lever position is 1st (M/T model) I
Engine stopped J
Accelerator pedal fully depressed K
Sensor power supply
91 R/G (Accelerator pedal posi- [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
tion sensor 2) L
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003R8

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
BBIA0136E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0082E
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-517 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 6.

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
C
>> INSPECTION END
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. G
8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4, ECM
terminal 69 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. I
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10. M

>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS003R9

conditions.


step.
Remove and Installation UBS003RA


DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
A
Component Description UBS003Z4

signals.
PBIB0146E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003Z5
F
G
ACCEL SEN1

ACCEL SEN2*
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003Z6 J

NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to K
EC-455
(The APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open
Accelerator pedal posi- or shorted.)
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (TP sensor circuit is shorted) M
P0226 tion sensor circuit
compared with the signals from APP sensor 1
0226 range/performance Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and
and APP sensor 2.
problem 2
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003Z7
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
EC
D
SEF058Y
WITH GST E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003Z8
BBWA1384E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
82 B/Y Sensors' ground Warm-up condition Approximately 0V D
Idle speed

83 G (Accelerator pedal position Warm-up condition Approximately 0V E
Sensor power supply
90 R (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V F
sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 R/G (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V G
sensor 2)
Engine stopped 0.28 - 0.48V H
98 R/B
Engine stopped More than 2.0V I
Engine stopped 0.65 - 0.87V J
106 W
K
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003Z9 L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch "ON".
BBIA0104E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0811E

4. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 1 and ground with
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB2039E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 91. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6. D

F
7. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III G

Harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. H

91 APP sensor terminal 1 EC-513 I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. J
8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR K

OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 9.
9. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR M

>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
10. CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 82 and APP sensor terminals 4, ECM terminal 83 and
APP sensor terminal 5.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.

12. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 106 and APP sensor terminal 3, ECM terminal 98 and
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.

Harness connectors EM58, F26
14. CHECK APP SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
C
>> INSPECTION END

D
>> INSPECTION END E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS003ZA

lowing conditions.

MBIB0023E
4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.

Removal and Installation UBS003ZB
ACCELERATOR PEDAL

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
IGNITION SIGNAL PFP:22448
A
Component Description UBS0057Y
IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the EC
power transistor. The power transistor turns on and off the ignition
coil primary circuit. This on-off operation induces the proper high
voltage in the coil secondary circuit.
C
BBIA0172E
E

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0057Z
BBWA0310E

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch OFF] 0 - 1.0V
ECM relay (Self shut- For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
111 W/G
off) [Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
D
5 seconds passed after turning ignition switch (11 - 14V)
OFF
119 R/G BATTERY VOLTAGE E
120 R/G (11 - 14V)

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
BBWA0795E

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 0.1V C
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition D
Idle speed
62 BR Ignition signal No. 1 PBIB0521E E

0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running] F
Warm-up condition
G
PBIB0522E

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
BBWA0796E

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 0.1V C
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition D
Idle speed
61 L/W Ignition signal No. 3 PBIB0521E E

0 - 0.2V
Warm-up condition
G
PBIB0522E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006GW
1. CHECK ENGINE START I

Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No J
No >> GO TO 4. K
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

L
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine M
speed drop.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 10.
PBIB0133E

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 60, 61, 79, 80
and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below.
PBIB0521E
PBIB1204E
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 10.
4. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Go to EC-138, "POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM"
.
MBIB0034E
5. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
4. Check voltage between condenser terminal 1 and ground with
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 6.
PBIB0624E

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III A
3. Check harness continuity between ECM relay terminal 7 and EC
condenser terminal 1.
C
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 7.
LEC444
in harness or connectors. E
7. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 6 and ground with CON- F
SULT-II or tester.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
H
PBIB0625E
I

J
15A fuse K
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors. L
9. CHECK ECM RELAY

Refer to EC-545, "Component Inspection" . M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace ECM relay.
10. CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

3. Check harness continuity between condenser terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
11. CHECK CONDENSER
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace condenser.
12. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V

3. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
BBIA0172E
5. Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 1 and ground with

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.
SEF107S

Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM relay
14. CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
15. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 61, 62, 80, 81 and ignition coil terminal 1.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
16. CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace ignition coil with power transistor. F

G
>> INSPECTION END H

Component Inspection UBS006GX
ECM RELAY
1. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2. I
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Condition Continuity J
Yes
OFF No K
3. If NG, replace ECM relay.
L
PBIB0077E
CONDENSER
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals 1 and 2.
Resistance: Above 1 M at 25C (77F)
MBIB0031E
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR


IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
Terminal No. Resistance [at 25C (77F)]
3 and 1 Except 0 or
3 and 2
Except 0
1 and 2
MBIB0032E


INJECTOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
INJECTOR PFP:16600
A
Component Description UBS001P1
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is EC
energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows
fuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. The amount
of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM C
controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.
SEF375Z
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001P2

Engine: After warming up Idle 2.4 - 3.2 msec F
INJ PULSE-B1
Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 3.2 msec
No-load G
B/FUEL SCHDL H
Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 0.7 - 1.3 msec
No-load

INJECTOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001P3
BBWA0797E

INJECTOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE C
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
D
Idle speed
22 G/B Injector No. 3 E

SEC984C
41 L/B Injector No. 4 BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) F
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
G
SEC985C H

INJECTOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001P4

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
CONSULT-II.
speed drop.
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
MEC703B
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.

INJECTOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect injector harness connector.
BBIA0176E
E
4. Check voltage between injector terminal 2 and ground with
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. G
NG >> GO TO 3.
H
PBIB1270E

Fuse block (J/B) connector M1 J
10A fuse
Harness connectors E9, F47 K
Harness connectors F12, F101
Harness for open or short between injector and fuse
L
4. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT M

3. Check harness continuity between injector harness connector terminal 1 and ECM terminals 22, 23, 41,
42.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

INJECTOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Harness for open or short between injector and ECM
6. CHECK INJECTOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace injector.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001P5
INJECTOR
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
Resistance: 13.5 - 17.5 [at 20C (68F)]
PBIB0181E
Removal and Installation UBS001P6
INJECTOR

FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
FUEL PUMP PFP:17042
A
Description UBS006IU
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
Battery Battery voltage* C
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine
D
startability. If the ECM receives a 180 signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the
engine is rotating, and causes the pump to perform. If the 180 signal is not received when the ignition switch
is on, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving
safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn E
controls the fuel pump.
Condition Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 5 seconds F
Engine running and cranking Operates
When engine is stopped Stops in 1 second
G
Except as shown above Stops
H
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.
K
PBIB1218E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001PC
L
FUEL PUMP RLY M
When engine is stopped (stops in 1.0 seconds)

FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001PD
BBWA0314E

FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
113 B/P Fuel pump relay
[Ignition switch ON] D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
More than 1 second after turning ignition switch (11 - 14V)
ON.
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001PE
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION F

2. Pinch fuel feed hose with fingers. G
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose
for 5 seconds after ignition switch is turned ON.
OK or NG H
NG >> GO TO 2.
I
BBIA0163E J
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY-I

2. Disconnect fuel pump relay.
L
LEC363
4. Check voltage between fuel pump relay terminal 1 and ground

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0644E

FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Fuse block (J/B) connector B4
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between fuse and fuel pump relay
4. CHECK POWER SUPPLY-II

Check voltage between fuel pump relay terminal 5 and ground with
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0645E

15A fuse
6. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between fuel pump terminal 3 and
body ground, fuel pump terminal 1 and fuel pump relay terminal
3.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
BBIA0132E
NG >> GO TO 7.

Harness for open or short between fuel pump and body ground
Harness for open or short between fuel pump and fuel pump relay

FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
8. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 113 and fuel pump relay connector terminal 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9. D

Harness connector M58, F26
F
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel pump relay
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
10. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace fuel pump relay. I
11. CHECK FUEL PUMP

J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. K
NG >> Replace fuel pump.

L
>> INSPECTION END M
Component Inspection UBS001PF
FUEL PUMP RELAY

Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5.
SEF497Y
FUEL PUMP

FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Resistance: 0.2 - 5.0 [at 25C (77F)]
If NG, replace fuel pump.
PBIB0928E
Removal and Installation UBS001PG
FUEL PUMP

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:92136
A
Description UBS001PN
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the liquid tank of the

air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume EC
pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The
voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
C
BBIA0165E
H
SEF099XA

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001PO
BBWA0798E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
49 R/Y [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
67 B/W Warm-up condition Approximately 0V D
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition E
70 L Refrigerant pressure sensor 1.0 - 4.0V
Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON.
F
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001PP
1. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION G

2. Turn A/C switch and blower switch ON. H
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 70 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
I
Voltage: 1.0 - 4.0V
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END J
NG >> GO TO 2.
K
PBIB1205E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn A/C switch and blower switch OFF.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
BBIA0165E
5. Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3

and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF509Y

Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
4. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Joint connector-1 EC
Harness for open or short between TCM (Transmission control module) and refrigerant pressure sensor
C
6. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 70 and refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2. E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. G
NG >> GO TO 7.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H

Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor I
J
8. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to MTC-15, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor" . K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. L

Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . M
>> INSPECTION END

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL PFP:25350
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001PQ

Lighting switch ON ON
LOAD SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON
Lighting switch OFF OFF

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001PR
EC
BBWA0317E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
84 PU
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
96 Y/G
Approximately 5V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001PS
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 4.
2. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II

With CONSULT-II
2. Check LOAD SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CON-
SULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition LOAD SIGNAL
Lighting switch ON at
ON
1st or 2nd position
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-III A
With CONSULT-II
EC
Condition LOAD SIGNAL C

Fan control switch ON ON
Fan control switch OFF OFF
D
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 7. E
PBIB0103E
4. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II F

Without CONSULT-II
G
Condition Voltage H
Lighting switch ON at
Battery voltage
2nd position
Lighting switch OFF 0V I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 6. J
MBIB0158E
5. CHECK FAN CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-III

K
Without CONSULT-II
L
Condition Voltage M
Fan control switch ON 0V
Fan control switch OFF 5V
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 7.
PBIB1219E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK HEADLAMP FUNCTION
1. Start engine.
2. Turn the lighting switch ON at 2nd position.
3. Check that headlamp are illuminated.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Refer to LT-6, "HEADLAMP (FOR USA)" or LT-10, "HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) DAYTIME
LIGHT SYSTEM " .
7. CHECK FAN CONTROL FUNCTION

1. Start engine.
2. Turn ON the fan control switch.
3. Check the blower fan motor. Does the blower fan motor activate?
YES or NO
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Refer to MTC-46, "BLOWER MOTOR" .
8. CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT

1. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect combination switch harness connectors (Models for USA), daytime light control unit harness
connector (Models for Canada).
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 84 and combination switch terminal 12 or daytime light
control unit terminal 6 under the following conditions.
PBIB1220E
1 Should not exist.
2 Should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 9.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Harness connectors M20, E109 (Models for Canada)
Harness connectors M59, F27 EC
Harness connectors E108, M19 (Models for USA)
Fuse block M1, E103
C
Diode M52
Diode M55
Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch or daytime light control unit D
E
10. CHECK FAN CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F
3. Disconnect fan control switch harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 96 and fan control switch terminal 6.
G
5. Check harness continuity between fan control switch terminal 5 and body ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. H

6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11. J

K
Harness for open and short between ECM and fan control switch L
Harness for open or short between fan control switch and body ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M

>> INSPECTION END

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH PFP:25320
Component Description UBS0041B
When depress on the brake pedal, ASCD brake switch is turned

OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of
the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal)
BBIA0087E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0041C

BRAKE SW 1 Brake pedal fully released ON

Ignition switch: ON
(ASCD brake switch) Brake pedal depressed OFF
BRAKE SW 2 Brake pedal fully released OFF

Ignition switch: ON
(stop lamp switch) Brake pedal depressed ON

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0041D
EC
BBWA0316E

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0V

Approximately 0V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006GY

With CONSULT-II
SULT-II.
M/T models
A/T models

Without CONSULT-II
M/T models
CONDITION VOLTAGE
A/T models
CONDITION VOLTAGE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
EC
SEC013D
E
Without CONSULT-II
CONDITION VOLTAGE
G
MBIB0060E
I
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 13. J

L
BBIA0167E

tester.
CONDITION VOLTAGE
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
BBIA0087E

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0857E

10A fuse
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. D
NG >> GO TO 8.

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
J
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
M
NG >> GO TO 11.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
BBIA0105E

els) or 1 (A/T models) and ground with CONSULT -II or tester.
PBIB0938E
PBIB1203E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.

10A fuse

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
(A/T models). EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. D
NG >> GO TO 16.

G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.

>> INSPECTION END

K
Component Inspection UBS006IP
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

M
SEC023D


ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]

SEC024D
STOP LAMP SWITCH

M/T Models
PBIB0939E
A/T Models
PBIB1202E

ASCD INDICATOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
ASCD INDICATOR PFP:24814
A
Component Description UBS0041F
ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and
SET, and is integrated in combination meter. EC
CRUISE indicator illuminates when CRUISE switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicated that
ASCD system is ready for operation.
SET indicator illuminates when following conditions are met.
C
CRUISE indicator is illuminated.
SET switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of ASCD set-
ting.
D
SET indicator remains lit during ASCD control.
Refer to EC-598, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for the ASCD function.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0041G E
Specification data are reference value.
F
CRUISE switch pressed ON
CRUISE switch released OFF
CRUISE switch: ON COAST/SET switch pressed ON G
SET LAMP When vehicle speed is
between 40 km/h (25 MPH) COAST/SET switch released OFF
and 144 km/h (89 MPH)
H

ASCD INDICATOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0041H
BBWA0433E

ASCD INDICATOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0041I
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION A
Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions.

ASCD INDICATOR CONDITION SPECIFICATION EC
CRUISE switch pressed ON
CRUISE switch released OFF
C
CRUISE switch: ON COAST/SET switch pressed ON

between 40 km/h (25 MPH) COAST/SET switch released OFF D
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END E
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK DTC
F
Check that DTC U1000 or U1001 is not displayed.
OK or NG
OK >> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC U1000, U1001, refer to EC-145, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN G
COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NG >> GO TO 3.
H
3. CHECK COMBINATION METER OPERATION
Does combination meter operate normally?
Yes or No I
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to DI-8, "Combination Meter" .
J
>> INSPECTION END

L

DATA LINK CONNECTOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DATA LINK CONNECTOR PFP:24814
Wiring Diagram UBS002N3
BBWA0318E

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PFP:14950
A
Description UBS001PU
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
G
PBIB1262E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. H
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. I
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the engine operates, the flow
rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as
the air flow increases. J
EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and idling.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING
PBIB1056E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hoses or purge hoses. A
EC
BBIA0166E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS006HY
EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port B .
2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port C .
3. Release blocked port B .
4. Apply vacuum pressure to port B and check that vacuum pres-
sure exists at the ports A and C .
5. Block port A and B .
6. Apply pressure to port C and check that there is no leakage.
PBIB1212E
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
SEF445Y

Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 -
2.90 psi)
Vacuum: 6.0 to 3.4 kPa (0.061 to 0.035 kg/cm2 ,
0.87 to 0.48 psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incor-
rect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on. SEF943S

Refer to EC-316 .
Refer to EC-255 .
Refer to EC-322 .
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-329 .

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
EVAP SERVICE PORT
Positive pressure is delivered to the EVAP system through the EVAP A
service port. If fuel vapor leakage in the EVAP system occurs, use a
leak detector to locate the leak.
EC
SEF462UA
D
Removal and Installation UBS006HZ
EVAP CANISTER E
Tighten EVAP canister as shown in the figure.
K
PBIB1214E

1. Turn EVAP canister vent control valve counterclockwise. L
2. Remove the EVAP canister vent control valve.
Do not reuse the O-ring, replace it with a new one.
M
PBIB1215E
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage UBS006I0
CAUTION:
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
2. Also attach the pressure pump and hose to the EVAP service port adapter.
4. Select the EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE of WORK SUPPORT
MODE with CONSULT-II.
5. Touch START. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will
appear on the screen.
PEF838U
6. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure

indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
7. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure
pump.
PEF917U
8. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-584, "EVAP-

ORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
SEF200U
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
vice port.
2. Also attach the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP
service port adapter.
SEF462UA

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. Apply battery voltage to between the terminals of EVAP canister
vent control valve to make a closed EVAP system. A
4. To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system
until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to
0.028 kg/cm2 , 0.2 to 0.4 psi). EC
pump.
6. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-584, "EVAP- C
BBIA0157E

ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) PFP:00032
System Description UBS003T7
PBIB1268E
From the beginning of refueling, the fuel tank pressure goes up. When the pressure reaches the setting value
of the refueling control valve (RCV) opening pressure, the RCV is opened. After RCV opens, the air and vapor
inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve, RCV and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canis-
ter. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is released to the atmosphere.
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
The RCV is always closed during driving and the evaporative emission control system is operated the same
as conventional system.
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
Put a CAUTION: INFLAMMABLE sign in workshop.
Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
Be sure to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION:
Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to Fuel Pressure Release, EC-56 .
Disconnect battery ground cable.
Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed.
Do not kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
Do not tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connection.
Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
SYMPTOM: FUEL ODOR FROM EVAP CANISTER IS STRONG. A

1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached. EC
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
D
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
E
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 6.
F
PBIB1213E
H
3. REPLACE EVAP CANISTER
Replace EVAP canister with a new one. I
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.

J
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. L
5. CHECK REFUELING CONTROL VALVE
OK or NG
NG >> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.
SYMPTOM: CANNOT REFUEL/FUEL ODOR FROM THE FUEL FILLER OPENING IS STRONG
WHILE REFUELING.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 6.
PBIB1213E

Replace EVAP canister with a new one.
>> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES

Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling control valve for clogging, kink, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE

Check recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace filler neck tube.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE

Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace fuel filler tube.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
9. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I A
Check one-way valve for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. EC
NG >> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank.
10. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II C

1. Make sure that fuel is drained from the tank.
2. Remove fuel filler tube and hose.
D
3. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows.
When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing
stick it should close.
Do not drop any material into the tank. E
OK or NG
NG >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve F
with fuel tank.
G
SEF665U
REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE H

With CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-7, "FUEL TANK" .
2. Drain fuel from the tank as follows: I
a. Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer.
b. Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other
J
side to a fuel container.
c. Drain fuel using FUEL PUMP RELAY in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
K
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
L
a. Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
b. Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
M
c. Put fuel tank upside down.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
d. Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge retainer
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
PBIB1221E
Without CONSULT-II
2. Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
a. Remove fuel gauge retainer.
b. Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
d. Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge retainer
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
PBIB1221E

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
REFUELING CONTROL VALVE
1. Remove fuel filler cap. A
2. Check air into continuity between hose ends A and B.
Blow air into the hose end B. Air should flow freely into the fuel tank.
3. Blow air into hose end A and check there is no leakage. EC
4. Apply pressure to both hose ends A and B [20 kPa (150 mmHg, 5,91 inHg)] using a pressure pump and a
suitable 3-way connector. Check that there is no leakage.
C
PBIB1221E

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION PFP:11810
Description UBS001Q0
SEF921W
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake collector.

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air duct into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through the
hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not meet the requirement. This is because some
of the flow will go through the hose connection to the intake collector under all conditions.
Inspection UBS001Q1
PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over the valve inlet.
SEF244Q

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
VENTILATION HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks. A
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
EC
S-ET277
D

AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) PFP:18930
System Description UBS0041J

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
ASCD brake switch Brake pedal operation
Stop lamp switch Brake pedal operation
ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation
Park/Neutral position (PNP) ASCD vehicle speed control
Gear position actuator
switch
Combination meter Vehicle speed
TCM Powertrain revolution
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM

Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH).
ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any
malfunction occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
SET OPERATION
Press ASCD CRUISE switch (Main switch). (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89
MPH), press SET switch. (Then SET indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
ACCEL OPERATION
If the RESUME/ACCEL switch is depressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until the
switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
CANCEL switch is depressed
More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are depressed at the same time (Set speed will be
cleared.).
Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to the neutral position (M/T models)
Selector lever is changed to N,P,R position (A/T models).
Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator lamp.
Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature: CRUISE lamp may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by depressing SET switch or RESUME switch.
Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET lamp will blink quickly.
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION
When the SET/COAST switch is depressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
RESUME OPERATION
When the RESUME/ACCEL switch is depressed after cancel operation other than depressing MAIN switch is A
performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must
meet following conditions.
Brake pedal is released. EC
A/T selector lever is in other than P and N positions (A/T models)
Clutch pedal is released (M/T models)
Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH) C
Component Description UBS0041K
ASCD STEERING SWITCH D

Refer to EC-474 .
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-481 , and EC-570 . E
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH

Refer to EC-481 , andEC-570 . F
STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-481 , EC-497 and EC-570 .
G
Refer to EC-390 , EC-392 , EC-399 and EC-404 .
ASCD INDICATOR H
Refer to EC-579 .

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00030
Fuel Pressure UBS006GZ
Fuel pressure at idle Approximately 350 kPa (3.57kg/cm2 , 51psi)
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing UBS001Q3
A/T No-load*1 (in P or N position) 80050 rpm

Target idle speed*1 rpm
M/T No-load*1 (in Neutral position) 65050 rpm
A/T In P or N position
Air conditioner: ON rpm 850 or more
M/T In Neutral position
A/T In P or N position 185 BTDC
Ignition timing
M/T In Neutral position 75 BTDC
*1: Under the following conditions:
Electrical load: OFF (Lights & rear window defogger)
Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Mass Air Flow Sensor UBS001Q4
Supply voltage V Battery voltage (11 - 14)

Output voltage V 1.0 - 1.7*
Mass air flow 1.4 - 4.0 at idle*
(Using CONSULT-II or GST) gm/sec 5.0 - 10.0 at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and idling under no-load.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor UBS001Q5

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Fuel Pump UBS001Q7
Resistance [at 25C (77F)] 0.2 - 5.0
Injector UBS001Q9
Resistance [at 20C (68F)] 13.5 - 17.5
Resistor UBS001QA
Resistance [at 25C (77F)] 4-8
Throttle Control Motor UBS006H0
Resistance [at 25C (77F)] Approximately 1 - 15
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater UBS001QC
Calculated Load Value UBS001QD
Calculated load value %

(Using CONSULT-II or GST)
At idle 20.0 - 35.5
At 2,500 rpm 12.0 - 27.0

[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Intake Air Temperature Sensor UBS001QE
A
20 (68) 1.9 - 2.1
80 (176) 0.31 - 0.37 EC
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Valve UBS001QF
Resistance [at 20C (68F)] 22 - 26 C
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater UBS001QG
Resistance [at 25C (77F)] 2.3 - 4.3 D
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) UBS001QH
Resistance [at 20C (68F)] 166 - 204 E
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor UBS001QI
Temperature C (F) Resistance k F

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
G

INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Alphabetical Index UBS001QJ
NOTE:
U1001. Refer to EC-728 .
DTC*1
MIL light-
Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) CONSULT-II Trip Reference page
ing up
ECM*3
GST*2
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P1271 1271 2 EC-1033
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P1272 1272 2 EC-1039
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P1273 1273 2 EC-1045
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P1274 1274 2 EC-1052
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P1276 1276 2 EC-1059
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P1278 1278 2 EC-1065
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P1279 1279 2 EC-1073
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P1031 1031 2 EC-930
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P1032 1032 2 EC-930
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 1 EC-1125
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 1 EC-1125
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 1 EC-1132
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 1 EC-1132
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 1 EC-1147
ASCD BRAKE SW P1572 1572 1 EC-1102
ASCD SW P1564 1564 1 EC-1095
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 0731 2 AT-136
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 0732 2 AT-141
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 0733 2 AT-146
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 0734 2 AT-151
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT P0340 0340 2 EC-842
CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 1148 1 EC-1008
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*5 1 EC-728

1001*
CTP LEARING P1225 1225 2 EC-1024
CTP LEARING P1226 1226 2 EC-1026
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 2 EC-825
CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 2 EC-825
CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 2 EC-825
CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 2 EC-825
ECM P0605 0605 1 or 2 or EC-927

INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC*1
MIL light- A
ing up
ECM*3
GST*2
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 1 EC-760 EC
ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 1 EC-760
ECT SENSOR P0125 0125 1 EC-772
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 0725 2 AT-132 C
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 1 EC-952
D
ETC MOT P1128 1128 1 EC-966
ETC MOT PWR P1124 1124 1 EC-961 E
ETC MOT PWR P1126 1126 1 EC-961
F
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 0441 2 EC-852
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0453 0453 2 EC-886 G
H
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 0461 2 EC-912 I
J
FTT SENSOR P0181 0181 2 EC-809
K
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 1146 2 EC-992
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 1147 2 EC-1000 L
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 2 EC-780
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 2 EC-787
M
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 2 EC-734
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 2 EC-734
IAT SEN CIRCUIT P0112 0112 2 EC-755
L/PRES SOL/CIRC P0745 0745 2 AT-174

INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC*1
MIL light-
ing up
2 ECM*3
GST*
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TEST-
ING MY BE REQUIRED.
No DTC Flashing*4 Flashing*4 EC-654
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TEST-

P0000 0000
ING MAY BE REQUIRED.
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 1760 2 AT-194
PW ST P SEN/CIRC P0550 0550 2 EC-922
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 0705 2 AT-116
SWIRL CONT VALVE P1138 1138 2 EC-984
SWL CON/V POSI SEN P1137 1137 2 EC-976
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 0740 2 AT-160
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 1705 1 AT-188
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 1 EC-818
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 1 EC-818
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 1 EC-765
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 1 EC-765
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 1 EC-1140
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 2 EC-848
VARI SWL CON/SV-B1 P1132 1132 2 EC-971
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*6 P0500 0500 2 EC-916
VEH SPD SEN/CIR A/T*6 P0720 0720 2 AT-127

*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), these numbers are controlled by NISSAN.
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*6: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
DTC No. Index UBS001QK
NOTE:
U1001. Refer to EC-728 .

INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
: Applicable : Not Applicable
DTC*1 A
Items MIL lighting
ECM*3 (CONSULT-II screen terms) up
GST*2
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER EC
No DTC Flashing*4 TESTING MY BE REQUIRED.
Flashing*4 EC-654
U1000 1000*5 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 1 EC-728

C
P0000 0000
TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. D
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 EC-734
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 EC-734 E
F
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT 2 EC-755 G
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC 1 EC-760
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC 1 EC-760
H
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC 1 EC-765
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC 1 EC-765
P0125 0125 ECT SENSOR 1 EC-772 I
J
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) 2 EC-780
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) 2 EC-787
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 2 EC-795 K
P0181 0181 FTT SENSOR 2 EC-809
P0182 0182 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT 2 EC-814 L
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC 1 EC-818
M
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC 1 EC-818
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE 2 EC-825
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE 2 EC-825
P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE 2 EC-825
P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE 2 EC-825
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT 2 EC-836
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT 2 EC-842
P0441 0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON 2 EC-852

INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC*1
Items MIL lighting
ECM* 3 (CONSULT-II screen terms) up
GST*2
P0461 0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 EC-912
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC* 6 2 EC-916
P0506 0506 ISC SYSTEM/CIRC 2 EC-918
P0507 0507 ISC SYSTEM/CIRC 2 EC-920
P0550 0550 PW ST P SEN/CIRC 2 EC-922
P0605 0605 ECM 1 or 2 or EC-927
P0705 0705 PNP SW/CIRC 2 AT-116
P0720 0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR A/T*6 2 AT-127
P0731 0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN 2 AT-136
P0732 0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN 2 AT-141
P0733 0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN 2 AT-146
P0734 0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN 2 AT-151
P1031 1031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) 2 EC-930
P1032 1032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) 2 EC-930
P1102 1102 MAF SENSOR 1 EC-940
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR 1 EC-952
P1124 1124 ETC MOT PWR 1 EC-961
P1126 1126 ETC MOT PWR 1 EC-961
P1128 1128 ETC MOT 1 EC-966
P1132 1132 VARI SWL CON/SV-B1 2 EC-971
P1137 1137 SWL CON/V POSI SEN 2 EC-976
P1138 1138 SWIRL CONT VALVE 2 EC-984

INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC*1
Items
Trip
MIL lighting
Reference page
A
CONSULT-II 3 (CONSULT-II screen terms) up
ECM*
GST*2
P1146 1146 HO2S2 (B1) 2 EC-992
EC
P1147 1147 HO2S2 (B1) 2 EC-1000
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP 1 EC-1009 C
D
P1271 1271 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) 2 EC-1033
P1272 1272 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) 2 EC-1039 E
P1273 1273 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) 2 EC-1045
P1274 1274 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) 2 EC-1052
F
P1276 1276 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) 2 EC-1059
P1278 1278 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) 2 EC-1065
P1279 1279 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) 2 EC-1073 G
P1564 1564 ASCD SW 1 EC-1095 H
I
P1705 1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T 1 AT-188
P1760 1760 O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC 2 AT-194 J
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 EC-1125
K
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 EC-1125
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 EC-1132
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 EC-1132 L
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR 1 EC-1140
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR 1 EC-1147
M
*2: These numbers are prescribed by SEA J2012.

PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
BELT PRE-TENSIONER UBS001QL
The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
harness connectors.
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T UBS001QM
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MIL to light up.
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
locking type harness connector.
For description and how to disconnect, refer to EL section, Description, HARNESS CONNEC-
TOR.
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system,
etc.
TCM (Transmission Control Module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precautions UBS001QN

running.
Before connecting or disconnecting the engine control sys-
tem harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and dis-
connect negative battery terminal. Failure to do so may
damage the ECM because battery voltage is applied to ECM
even if ignition switch is turned off.
Before removing parts, turn off ignition switch and then dis-
connect battery ground cable.
SEF706Y

PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
If a battery terminal is disconnected, the memory will return A
to the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is dis- EC
connected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunc-
tion. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
C
PBIB1164E
D
When connecting engine control system harness connec-
tor, fasten it securely with a lever as far as it will go as
shown at right.
E
G
BBIA0138E
When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

H
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM
pin terminals when connecting pin connectors. I
Securely connect engine control system harness connec-
tors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) J
damage to ICs.
Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) SEF291H
K
away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control sys-
tem malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation of ICs, etc.
Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
L
Before replacing ECM, perform Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly.
Refer to EC-686 .
M
MEF040D

PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Overall Function Check or DTC Confirmation Proce-
dure.
pleted.
SEF217U

Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's
transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as
the body ground.
Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
gent.
Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause seri-
ous problems.
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
SEF348N

Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
PBIB1218E

Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unneces-
sarily.
SEF709Y

PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure
to observe the following as it may adversely affect elec- A
tronic control systems depending on installation location.
control units. EC
Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance. C
Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-
wave ratio can be kept smaller.
SEF708Y
Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body. D
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis UBS001QO
When you read Wiring diagrams, refer to the following: E

GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams".
PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING". for power distribution circuit
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following: F
GI-10, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES".
GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".
G

PREPARATION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Special Service Tools UBS001QP
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.) Description
Tool name
KV10114400 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sen-
(J-38365) sor
Heated oxygen sensor wrench a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
NT636
(J-44626) Loosening or tightening air fuel ratio (A/F)

Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor wrench sensor 1
LEM054
(J-44321) Checking fuel pressure

Fuel pressure gauge kit
LEC642
(J-45356) Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve open-

Fuel filler cap adapter ing pressure
NT815

(J-46209) tester
Break-out box
S-NT825

(J-45819) tester
Y-cable adapter
S-NT826

PREPARATION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Commercial Service Tools UBS001QQ
A
Tool name Description
i.e.: (J41416)
EC
C
NT703
EVAP service port adapter Applying positive pressure through EVAP ser-
i.e.: (J41413-OBD) vice port D
NT704
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner Reconditioning the exhaust system threads F

i.e.: (J-43897-18) before installing a new oxygen sensor or A/F
(J-43897-12) sensor. Use with anti-seize lubricant shown
below.
a: J-43897-18 18 mm with 1.5 mm pitch
G
dia., for Zirconia Oxygen Sensor or A/F
sensor
b: J-43897-12 12 mm with 1.25 mm pitch H
NT778
dia., for Titania Oxygen Sensor
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning
i.e: (PermatexTM 133AR or equivalent tool when reconditioning exhaust system
meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907) threads. I
J
NT779
Fuel tube removal tool For disconnecting fuel tube quick connectors
a: 7.9 mm (5/16 in) K
LEC643

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
System Diagram UBS001QR
PBIB1264E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Vacuum Hose Drawing UBS006F2
EC
PBIB1180E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
System Chart UBS001QS

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel injection & mixture ratio control Injectors
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Distributor ignition system Power transistor
Mass air flow sensor Intake valve timing control sole-
Engine coolant temperature sensor noid valve
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
Ignition switch
Malfunction indicator lamp
Throttle position sensor On board diagnostic system
(On the instrument panel)
PNP switch Swirl control valve control Swirl control valve
Air conditioner switch
A/F sensor 1 heater and heated oxygen A/F sensor 1 heater and heated
Knock sensor sensor 2 heater control oxygen sensor 2 heater
EVAP canister purge flow control
Fuel tank temperature sensor*1 trol solenoid valve
Battery voltage Cooling fan control Cooling fan relays
Power steering oil pressure switch Air conditioning cut control Air conditioner relay
Vehicle speed signal*3 ASCD vehicle speed control Electric throttle control actuator
Heated oxygen sensor 2*2
TCM (Transmission control module)*3
Electrical load
Swirl control valve position sensor*1 EVAP canister vent control
Fuel level sensor*3 valve
Stop lamp switch
ASCD steering switch
ASCD clutch switch
ASCD brake switch
*3: These input signals are sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System UBS001QT
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART A

ECM
function
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*3 and piston number

C
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor Throttle position D
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
PNP switch Gear position Fuel injec-
tion & mix- E
Vehicle speed signal*2 Vehicle speed Injector
ture ratio
Ignition switch Start signal control
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation F

Electrical load Electrical load signal
G
1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas H
Heated oxygen sensor 2*
*1: Under normal conditions, this sensor is not for engine control operation.
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. I
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the J
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the camshaft position sensor and the mass air flow
sensor. K
ing conditions as listed below. L
<Fuel increase>
During warm-up
When starting the engine M
During acceleration
Hot-engine operation
When selector lever is changed from N to D (A/T models only)
<Fuel decrease>
During deceleration
During high vehicle speed operation
Extremely high engine coolant temperature

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
SEF503YB
The three way catalyst can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses an air fuel ratio
(A/F) sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor if the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the
injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about the air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1, refer to EC-1033 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the stoichiometric range (ideal air-fuel mix-
ture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst. Even if the switching characteristics
of the A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated oxygen sen-
sor 2.
Open Loop Control
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit
Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
During warm-up
After shifting from N to D (A/T models)
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1.
This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoret-
ical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally
designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot film) and characteristic changes dur-
ing operation (i.e., injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
the two ratios.
value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the the-
oretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in
fuel volume if it is lean.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
EC
SEF337W D
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used E
F
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating. G
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds. H
Electronic Ignition (EI) System UBS001QU

ECM
I
function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*2 and piston number J
K
Throttle position sensor Throttle position Ignition
trol
Vehicle speed signal*1 Vehicle speed L
PNP switch Gear position
M
*1: This signal sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown
above.
camshaft position sensor signal. Computing this information, ignition
signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
e.g., N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
ABTDC
SEF742M
At starting

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
During warm-up
At idle
During acceleration
operate under normal driving conditions.
If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The
ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
Air Conditioning Cut Control UBS001QV

ECM
function
Throttle position sensor Throttle valve opening angle
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Air condi-
Engine speed*1 tioner cut Air conditioner relay
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) control
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
At high engine speeds.
When engine speed is excessively low.
When the refrigerant pressure is excessively high or low.
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load & High Engine Speed) UBS001QW

ECM
function

Fuel cut
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Injectors
control
Engine speed

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 2,500 rpm with no load, (for example, in Neutral and engine speed over 2,500 A
NOTE: EC
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-617, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
System" .
CAN communication UBS003W9
C
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec- D
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. E
MODELS WITH A/T
System Diagram F
I
LKIA0132E

T: Transmit R: Receive J
Signals ECM TCM Combination meter
K
Output shaft revolution signal R T
Closed throttle position signal T R L
Stop lamp switch signal R T
Overdrive control switch signal R T M
O/D OFF indicator signal T R

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
MODELS WITH M/T
System Diagram
LKIA0133E

T: Transmit R: Receive
Signals ECM Combination meter

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check UBS001QX
IDLE SPEED
Using CONSALT-II EC
With CONSULT-II
C
E
SEF058Y
With GST F
Check idle speed in MODE 1 with GST.
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used. G
Method A
1. Slide the harness protector off ignition coil No. 1 to clear the H
wires.
3. Check ignition timing. I
BBIA0134E K
Method B
1. Remove No. 1 ignition coil. L
BBIA0135E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. Connect No. 1 ignition coil and No. 1 spark plug with suitable high-tension wire as shown, and attach tim-
ing light clamp to this wire.
SEF166Y
BBIA0211E
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment UBS001QY
PREPARATION
1. Make sure that the following parts are in good order.
Battery
Ignition system
Engine oil and coolant levels
Fuses
Vacuum hoses
Air intake system
Fuel pressure
Engine compression
Throttle valve
EVAP system
2. On models equipped with air conditioner, checks should be carried out while the air conditioner is OFF.
3. On models equipped with automatic transaxle, when checking idle speed, ignition timing and mixture
ratio, checks should be carried out while shift lever is in P or N position.
5. Turn off headlamps, heater blower, rear window defogger.
7. Make the check after the cooling fan has stopped.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
EC
PBIB1206E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
1. INSPECTION START
scheduled maintenance.
Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
Gasket
Throttle valve and throttle position sensor operation
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. SEF983U
Headlamp switch is OFF.

Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
indicator points the middle of gauge.
SEF976U
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF977U
>> GO TO 3.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED A
With CONSULT-II
EC
E
SEF978U

M/T: 650 50 rpm F

G
SEF058Y
I
Without CONSULT-II
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-load, then run engine at idle speed for about J
1 minute.
K
M/T: 650 50 rpm
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4.
M
1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 5.

>> GO TO 6.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> 1. Follow the construction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.

With CONSULT-II
M/T: 650 50 rpm
Without CONSULT-II
M/T: 650 50 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
2. GO TO 4.

1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a incident, but
this is the rarely the case.)
>> GO TO 4.

M/T: 7 5 BTDC
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 11.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
11. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING A
1. Stop engine.
EC
>> GO TO 12.
12. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING C

D
>> GO TO 13.
13. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING E

Yes or No F
Yes >> GO TO 14.
2. GO TO 4. G

H
With CONSULT-II
2. Read idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. I
M/T: 650 50 rpm
A/T: 800 50 rpm (in P or N position) J
Without CONSULT-II
2. Check idle speed. K
M/T: 650 50 rpm

A/T: 800 50 rpm (in P or N position) L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 17. M

M/T: 7 5 BTDC
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 16.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-45 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
2. GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
2. GO TO 4.

>> GO TO 4.
19. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn off the ignition key and keep the key off more than 10 seconds.
3. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in D position with OD OFF (A/T) or
4th position (M/T).
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
4. Set OD ON, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30
MPH).
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times.
6. Stop the vehicle and connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle.
7. Make sure that no 1st trip DTC is displayed in SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 21.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
20. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
4th position (M/T).
C
NOTE:
4. Set OD ON, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 D
MPH).
NOTE:
E
6. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
7. Stop vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle. F
8. Make sure that no DTC is displayed.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END G
NG >> GO TO 21.
21. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 (BANK 1) HARNESS H

I
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
ECM Terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal
16 1 J
35 5
56 6
K
75 2

L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22. M
NG >> 1. Repair or replace harness between ECM and A/F sensor 1.
2. GO TO 4.

>> GO TO 23.

>> GO TO 24.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Yes or No
2. GO TO 4.
25. CHECK CO%

With CONSULT-II
and Qd.
6. Check CO%.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 28.
NG >> GO TO 27.
SEF172Y
26. CHECK CO%

Without CONSULT-II
6. Check CO%.
7. After checking CO%, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect the
resistor from the terminals of engine coolant temperature sensor
sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 28.
NG >> GO TO 27.
27. RECONNECT AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HARNESS CONNECTOR

2. Reconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
>> GO TO 31.
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
28. REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace A/F sensor 1.
EC
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 30.
C
29. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
With CONSULT-II D
3. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in D position with OD OFF (A/T) or E
4th position (M/T).
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising. F
4. Set OD ON, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30
MPH).
NOTE: G
6. Stop the vehicle and connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle. H
7. Make sure that no 1st trip DTC is displayed in SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. I
NG >> GO TO 31.
30. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION J
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn off the ignition key and keep the key off more than 10 seconds. K
4th position (M/T). L
NOTE:
4. Set OD ON, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 M
MPH).
NOTE:
7. Stop vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 31.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Check fuel pressure regulator and repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC-637, "Fuel Pressure Check"
.
and EC-940 .
760 and EC-772 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 33.
2. GO TO 32.

Erase the stored memory in ECM and TCM. Refer to EC-651, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAG-
NOSTIC INFORMATION" and AT-40 .
>> GO TO 4.

>> GO TO 4.
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning UBS006IE
DESCRIPTION
OPERATION PROCEDURE
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning UBS001QZ
DESCRIPTION
electric throttle control actuator of ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Idle Air Volume Learning UBS006F3
DESCRIPTION A
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the spe-
cific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced. EC
Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
PREPARATION C
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle) D
PNP switch: ON
Electric load switch: OFF E
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light
only small lamps.
F
Transmission: Warmed-up G
For models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until FLUID TEMP SE in DATA MONITOR mode of A/T
system indicates less than 0.9V.
For models without CONSULT-II, drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
H
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . I
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order. J
M
SEF217Z
SEF454Y

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed M/T: 65050 rpm
A/T: 80050 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing M/T: 75 BTDC MBIB0238E
A/T: 185 BTDC (in P or N position)
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
has a malfunction.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL goes off.
SEC897C
specifications.
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Ignition timing M/T: 75 BTDC
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, the result will be incomplete. In this case,
find the cause of the incident by referring to the Diagnostic Procedure below.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows: A
2. Check PCV valve operation.
EC
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condi-
tion are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident.
It is useful to perform EC-716, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" . C
incident and perform Idle air volume learning all over again:
D
Engine stalls.
Erroneous idle.
Fuel Pressure Check UBS001R0 E
NOTE: F
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pressure
cannot be completely released because B15 models do not have fuel return system.
With CONSULT-II G
1. Start engine.
mode with CONSULT-II. H
pressure.
I
J
PEF823K
Without CONSULT-II K
1. Remove fuse for fuel pump.
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel L
pressure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and reconnect fuel pump fuse.
M
LEC298

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.
Make sure that clamp screws do not contact adjacent parts.
Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit J-44321 to check fuel pres-
sure.
Do not perfrom fuel pressure check with electrical systems
operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/C switch, etc.). Fuel
pressure guage may indicate false readings due to varying
engine loads and changes in manifold vacuum.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Disconnect fuel hose from fuel feed tube (engine side) using fuel BBIA0141E
tube quick connect removal tool.
3. Release quick connector and disconnect fuel hose from fuel

feed tube (underbody side). Remove fuel hose assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not install hose clamps over flared portions of fuel feed
tubes or damage to fuel feed tubes may result.
4. Install fuel pressure gauge from kit J-44321 between fuel tubes
using hose and clamps from kit.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
6. Start engine and read the indication on fuel pressure gauge.
At idle speed:
BBIA0137E
Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)
If results are unsatisfactory, check for fuel leakage in fuel line between fuel tank and injector, and check
fuel filter for clogging.
If fuel line and fuel filter are OK, replace fuel pressure regulator. Refer to EC-1168 .

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Introduction UBS001R1
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including: EC
C
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Mode 7 of SAE J1979 D
Carbration ID Mode 9 of SAE J1979 E
F
data Frame data
CONSULT-II G
GST *1
ECM *2
H
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected I
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-668 )
Two Trip Detection Logic UBS001R2
J
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time as when the DTC is stored. <2nd K
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below. L
1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip M
Items
Lighting Lighting display- display- display- display-
Blinking Blinking ing ing ing ing
up up
damage) DTC: P0300 - P0304 is
being detected
damage) DTC: P0300 - P0304 is
being detected
One trip detection diagnoses (Refer

to EC-1008 )
Except above
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting MIL up when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses is continuously detected as
NG for 5-trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has trouble and MIL circuit is open by means

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
The fail-safe function also operate when above diagnoses except MIL circuit and demands the driver to repair
the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more then 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.
Emission-related Diagnostic Information UBS001R3
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS

DTC*1 Test value/

Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) CONSULT-II SRT code Test limit 1st trip DTC Reference page
2 ECM*3 (GST only)
GST*
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*7 EC-728

NO DTC IS DETECTED. FUR-
THER TESTING MAY BE P0000 0000
REQUIRED.
INT/V TIMING CONT P0011 0011 EC-731
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 *5 EC-734
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 *5 EC-734

IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 0112 EC-755
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 EC-760
TP SEN2/CIRC P0122 0122 EC-765
TP SEN2/CIRC P0123 0123 EC-765
THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 0128 EC-778
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 *5 EC-780
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 *5 EC-787

FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 EC-795
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 EC-802
FTT SENSOR P0181 0181 EC-809
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0182 0182 EC-814
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 EC-818
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 EC-818
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 EC-825
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 EC-825
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 EC-832
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 EC-836

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC*1 Test value/
A
ECM*3 (GST only)
GST*2
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT P0340 0340 EC-842 EC
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 * 5 EC-848
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 0441 *5 EC-852

C
EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 0442 *5 EC-858
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 EC-867
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0445 0445 EC-867 D
VENT CONTROL VALVE P0447 0447 EC-873
EVAPO SYS PRES SEN P0452 0452 EC-880
E
EVAPO SYS PRES SEN P0453 0453 EC-886
EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 0455 *5 EC-893
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 0456 *4 *5 EC-901 F

FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 0460 EC-910
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 0461 EC-912
G
FUEL LEVEL SEN/CIRC P0462 0462 EC-914
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*6 P0500 0500 EC-916 H

ISC SYSTEM/CIRC P0506 0506 EC-918
ISC SYSTEM/CIRC P0507 0507 EC-920
I
PW ST P SEN/CIRC P0550 0550 EC-922
ECM P0605 0605 EC-927
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 0705 AT-116 J
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 0710 AT-121
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*6 P0720 0720 AT-127

K
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 0725 AT-132
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 0731 AT-136
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 0732 AT-141 L
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 0733 AT-146
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 0734 AT-151
M
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 0740 AT-160
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 0744 AT-164
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 0745 AT-174
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P1031 1031 *5 EC-930
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P1032 1032 * 5 EC-930

ECM BACK UP/CIRC P1065 1065 EC-936
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 EC-947
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 EC-952

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC*1 Test value/
2 ECM*3 (GST only)
GST*
VARI SWL CON/SV-B1 P1132 1132 EC-971
SWIRL CON/V POSI SEN P1137 1137 EC-976
SWIRL CONT VALVE P1138 1138 EC-984
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 1146 *5 EC-992
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 1147 *5 EC-1000

CTP LEARNING P1225 1225 EC-1024
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P1229 1229 EC-1028
A/F SENSOR 1 (B1) P1271 1271 *5 EC-1033
A/F SENSOR 1 (B1) P1272 1272 *5 EC-1039
A/F SENSOR 1 (B1) P1273 1273 *5 EC-1045
A/F SENSOR 1 (B1) P1274 1274 *5 EC-1052
A/F SENSOR 1 (B1) P1276 1276 *5 EC-1059
A/F SENSOR 1 (B1) P1278 1278 *5 EC-1065
A/F SENSOR 1 (B1) P1279 1279 *5 EC-1073

ASCD SW P1564 1564 EC-1095
ASCD BRAKE SW P1572 1572 EC-1102
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 1705 AT-188
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 EC-1115
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 1760 AT-194
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 EC-1119
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 EC-1125
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 EC-1125
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 EC-1132
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 EC-1132
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 EC-1140
*6: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur at the same time, the MIL illuminates.
*7: The trouble shooting for these DTCs needs CONSULT-II.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic A
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not EC
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec- C
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory. D
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in HOW TO
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION,EC-651 .
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-643 . These items are required by legal reg-
ulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are E
also displayed on CONSULT-II.
therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehi- F
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step II, refer to EC-662 . Then perform DTC Confirmation Proce-
G
dure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated, the item
requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC H
With CONSULT-II
With GST I
CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P0350, P0705, P0750, etc.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.) J
Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST does not indicate whether the malfunction
is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-II can identify K
malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.
tion is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times L
M
PBIB0911E

The ECM records driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant temper-
ature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed and absolute pressure at the
moment a malfunction is detected.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
details, see EC-700 .
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire DTC: P0300 - P0304
1
3 1st trip freeze frame data
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION, EC-651 .
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate INCMP for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate INCMP if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
though the SRT indicates CMPLT for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (CMPLT) and

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to CMPLT. A
SRT item Perfor-

(CONSULT-II indica- mance Pri- Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to CMPLT Corresponding DTC No.
tion) ority*1 EC
EVAP SYSTEM 1 EVAP control system P0442
C
EVAP control system P1442
2 EVAP control system P0441
HO2S 2 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P1271 D
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P1272
E
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P1278, P1279 F
G

HO2S HTR 2 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor heater P1031, P1032 H
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0037
*1: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the perfor-
mance priority for models with CONSULT-II. I

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
SRT Set Timing
SRT is set as CMPLT after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
Example
Diagnosis
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) (1) OK (2) (2)
P0402 OK (1) (1) (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) (2) (2)
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) (1) (1) (1)
P0402 (0) (0) OK (1) (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) (2) (2)
P0402
NG
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
DTC (= MIL ON)
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate CMPLT. Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate
CMPLT. Case 3 above
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons:
The SRT will indicate CMPLT at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
The emissions inspection requires CMPLT of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate INCMP.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as CMPLT together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates CMPLT.
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EC
SEF170Z
*1 EC-643 *2 EC-647 *3 EC-648

With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
INCMP is displayed.
With GST
Selecting Mode 1 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
A sample of CONSULT-II display for SRT code is shown below.
INCMP means the self-diagnosis is incomplete and SRT is not set.
CMPLT means the self-diagnosis is complete and SRT is set.
SEF935Z

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each
With CONSULT-II
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table
onEC-645 .
Without CONSULT-II
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Driving Pattern
A
EC
PBIB1182E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
ing habits, etc.
Zone A refers to the range where the time required for the diagnosis under normal conditions* is the short-
est.
within zone A.
Sea level
Flat road
Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Pattern 1:
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 73 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than
70C (158F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 73 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
Pattern 2:
ducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
Pattern 3:
Pattern 4:
If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again.
(56 MPH) again.
2. Repeat driving pattern shown below at least 10 times.
possible.
*3: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
Set the selector lever in the D position with the overdrive switch
turned ON.
Suggested Upshift Speeds for M/T Models SEF414S
Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher
gear. These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary
according to road conditions, the weather and individual driving habits.
For normal acceleration in low altitude For quick acceleration in low altitude areas and high
areas [less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]: altitude areas [over 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
Gear change ACCEL shift point km/h (MPH) km/h (MPH)
1st to 2nd 24 (15) 24 (15)
2nd to 3rd 40 (25) 40 (25)
3rd to 4th 65 (40) 65 (40)
4th to 5th 75 (45) 75 (45)

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate. A
est gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road condi-
tions to ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause
EC
Gear km/h (MPH)
1st 48 (30) C
2nd 84 (52)
3rd 128 (80)
4th D
5th
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-II) E
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the F
items).
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be dis- G
played on the GST screen.
Test value (GST display) H
TID CID
01H 01H Max.
CATALYST Three way catalyst function I
02H 81H Min.
EVAP control system (Small leak) 05H 03H Max.
EVAP SYSTEM EVAP control system purge flow monitor- J
06H 83H Min.
ing
43H 0EH Max.
A/F sensor 1 44H 8EH Min. K
45H 8EH Min.
HO2S 19H 86H Min.
L
1AH 86H Min.
1BH 06H Max.
1CH 06H Max. M
57H 10H Max.
A/F sensor 1 heater
58H 90H Min.
HO2S HTR
2DH 0AH Max.
2EH 8AH Min.

How to Erase DTC (With CONSULT-II)
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-602 ), skip steps 2 through 4.
2. Turn CONSULT-II ON and touch A/T.
twice.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5. Touch ENGINE.
7. Touch ERASE. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
If DTCs are displayed for both ECM and TCM (Transmission control module), they need to be erased indi-
vidually from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
WCIA0365E
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting ERASE in the SELF-
DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
How to Erase DTC (With GST)
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting Mode 4 with GST.
NOTE:
approx. 24 hours.
3. Freeze frame data

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5. System readiness test (SRT) codes A
6. Test values
7. Others
EC
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) UBS001R5
C
DESCRIPTION
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON with- D
out the engine running. This is a bulb check.
If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-27, "WARNING
LAMPS" . E
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
F
SEF217U
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION G

The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions.
Mode Status
H
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit. I
Engine stopped J
K
that a malfunction has been detected. L
the 1st trip.
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) M
One trip detection diagnoses
ON position RESULTS
Engine stopped
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
repair the trouble.
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
MIL Flashing Without DTC

nostic test mode. EC-654, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are described later. EC-
Freeze frame data
Test values
Others
NOTE:
has a malfunction.
blinking.
PBIB0092E

1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-655, "DIAGNOSTIC TEST
MODE II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS" .
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I BULB CHECK
27, "WARNING LAMPS" .

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
MIL Condition
A
ON When the malfunction is detected or the ECM's CPU is malfunctioning.

OFF No malfunction. EC
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test C
displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These uniden- D
read a code.
E
J
SEF952W
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds K
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later L
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
malfunction. (See EC-602, "INDEX FOR DTC" ) M

651, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory after approx 24 hours.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
OBD System Operation Chart UBS001R6
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to Two Trip Detection Logic on
EC-639 .
the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting,
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and
SUMMARY CHART
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other
80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
display)
*1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
(clear)
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR MIS-
FIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM A
EC
SEF392S
be stored in ECM.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
TION>, FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
Driving Pattern B
The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART)
Driving Pattern C
Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows:
1. The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) (10.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
equal to 70C (158F).
Example:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80C (176F)
(158F)
The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above.
The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above is satisfied without the same malfunction.
The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM A
EC
SEF393S
be stored in ECM.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DETERIORATION>, FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
Driving Pattern A
AEC574
The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
Driving Pattern B

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction UBS001R7
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con- EC
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac- C
MEF036D
E

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are F
ment of good parts.
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road G
be performed. Follow the EC-662 .
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a H
SEF233G
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example on next page should be used. I
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.

This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electroni- J
cally controlled engine vehicle.
SEF234G
M

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
WORK FLOW
PBIB1043E
*1: If time data of SELF-DIAG *2: If the incident cannot be duplicated, *3: If the on board diagnostic system
RESULTS is other than 0 or 1t, refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAG- cannot be performed, check main
refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAG- NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- power supply and ground circuit.
NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- DENT" . Refer to EC-721, "POWER SUPPLY
DENT" . CIRCUIT FOR ECM" .
*4: If the malfunctioning part cannot be *5: EC-649 *6: EC-716
found, refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE
DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
INCIDENT" .

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DESCRIPTION FOR WORK FLOW
STEP DESCRIPTION FOR WORK FLOW
A
STEP I
EC-664, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" .
EC
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or Generic Scan Tool) the (1st
trip) Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) and the (1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the code and the data. (Refer
to EC-639 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip) freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at
STEP II STEP III & IV. C
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the cus-
tomer. (The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-674 .)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
D
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CON-
SUTL-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP III
If the incident cannot be verified, perform INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS. (Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Effi- E
cient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .)
Try to detect the (1st trip) Diagnostic Trouble Code by driving in (or performing) The DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE
CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. Check and read the (1st trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by F
using CONSUTL-II or Generic Scan Tool.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSUTL-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
G
STEP IV If the incident cannot be verified, perform INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS. (Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Effi-
cient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .)
In case the DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not available, perform the
OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK instead. The (1st trip) DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this sim- H
plified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
I
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-669 .) If CONSULT-II is avail-
STEP V
able, perform DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to the EC-716, "TROUBLE DIAG-
NOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" . If malfunction is detected, proceed to REPAIR/REPLACE. Then perform J
inspections according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-674 .)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect
the system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in DATA MONITOR
K
(AUTO TRIG) mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CON-
SULT-II. Refer to EC-686 . L
STEP VI
The DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short
circuit inspection is also required for the circuit check in the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE. For details, refer to GI
section (HOW TO PERFORM EFFICIENT DIAGNOSIS FOR AN ELECTRICAL INCIDENT, Circuit Inspection).
Repair or replace the malfunction parts. M
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, performEC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
DENT" .
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions
and circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000 or 0505] is
STEP VII detected. If the incident is still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method from the
previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in
ECM and TCM (Transmission control module). (Refer to EC-640 .)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Description
ble-shooting faster and more accurate.
tomer complaint.
Some conditions may cause the malfunction indicator lamp to come
on steady or blink and DTC to be detected. Example:
to evaporate into the atmosphere.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Worksheet Sample
A
EC
MTBL0017

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Inspection Priority Chart UBS001R8
chart.
NOTE:
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-728 .
1 U1000, U1001 CAN communication line
P0101, P0102, P0103, P1102 MAF sensor
P0112, P0113, P0127 IAT sensor
P0117, P0118, P0125 ECT sensor
P0122, P0123 TP sensor
P0181, P0182, P0183 FTT sensor
P0327, P0328 Knock sensor
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
P0460, P0461, P0462, P1463 Fuel level sensor
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
P0605 ECM
P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
2 P0037, P0038 HO2S2
P0138, P0139, P1146, P1148 HO2S2
P0441 EVAP control system
EC
P0444, P0445, P1444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
P0447, P1446, P1448 EVAP canister vent control valve
P0452, P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor
C
P0550 Power steering pressure sensor
P0705, P0710, P0720, P0725, P0740, P0745, P0750, P0755, P1705, P1706, P1760 A/T related sensors, solenoid
valves and switches
P1031, P1032 A/F sensor 1 heater
D
P1065 ECM power supply
E
P1124, P1126, P1128 Electric throttle control actuator
P1137 Swirl control valve control position sensor
P1138 Swirl control valve
F
P1217 Engine over temperature (OVER HEAT)
P1271, P1272, P1273, P1274, P1276, P1278, P1279 A/F sensor 1
P1805 Brake switch
G
3 P0011 IVT control
P0171, P0172 Fuel injection system function
P0300-P0304 Cylinder misfire H
P0442, P1442 P0456 EVAP control system
P0455 EVAP control system I
P0506, P0507 Idle speed control system
P0731-P0734, P0744 A/T function
P1111 IVT control solenoid valve J
P1121 Electric throttle control actuator
P1132 Swirl control valve
P1148 Closed loop control K
P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor L

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Fail-safe Chart UBS001R9
When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
P1102
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
Condition
40C (104F)
ON or Start
80C (176F)
40 - 80C (104 - 176F)
(ECM detect the throttle The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000
tion fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1128
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1129
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting MIL up when
there is malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when Electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses is continuously detected
as NG for 5-trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has malfunction and MIL circuit is
open by means of operating fail-safe function.
repair the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more then 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Basic Inspection UBS001RA
1. INSPECTION START A
D
Gasket

SEF976U
J
load.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. L
M
SEF977U
>> GO TO 3.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
SEF978U

M/T: 650 50 rpm
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1 minute.
M/T: 650 50 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 4.

1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 5.

>> GO TO 6.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 7.
2. GO TO 4. C

D
With CONSULT-II
M/T: 650 50 rpm
F
Without CONSULT-II
M/T: 650 50 rpm
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8.
I
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 9.
2. GO TO 4. L

M
>> GO TO 4.

M/T: 7 5 BTDC
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 11.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 12.

>> GO TO 13.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14.
2. GO TO 4.

With CONSULT-II
M/T: 650 50 rpm
Without CONSULT-II
M/T: 650 50 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 17.

M/T: 7 5 BTDC
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 16.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-45, "INSTALLATION" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. EC
2. GO TO 4.
C
D
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 18.
2. GO TO 4. F

1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a incident, but G
H
>> GO TO 4.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Symptom Matrix Chart UBS001RB
SYSTEM ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-1174
Air Positive crankcase ventilation
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-1218
system
EC-952,
EC-954
Igni- Incorrect ignition timing
3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-669
tion adjustment
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 EC-721
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 MTC-19

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
SYMPTOM
A

EC



C
Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E

F
2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-825
circuit
EC-740,
Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 G
EC-748
A/F sensor 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-1033
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-760,
1 1 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 H
circuit EC-772
EC-765,
EC-818,
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-1024, I
EC-1026,
EC-1140
EC-1028, J
Accelerator pedal position sensor cir- EC-1125,
3 2 1 2 2
cuit EC-1132,
EC-1147
K
Incorrect throttle position sensor
3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-669
adjustment
Swirl control valve circuit 3 3 2 EC-984
L
Intake valve timing control system 3 3 3 3 3 EC-947
Vehicle speed sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-916
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-832 M
EC-927,
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-668
Start signal circuit 2 SC-10
PNP switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-1115
Power steering pressure sensor cir-
2 3 3 EC-922
cuit
Electrical load signal circuit 3 3 EC-1185

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Fuel Fuel tank FL-7
5
Vapor lock
5
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gaso- 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
line, Low octane)

Air Air duct
Air cleaner
(Mass air flow sensor elec-
tric throttle control actuator) 5 5 5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control actua- 5 5 5 5
EM-12
tor, Throttle wire
Air leakage from intake mani-

fold/Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Generator circuit SC-4
Starter circuit 3
1
Flywheel/Drive plate/Signal
6 EM-67
plate
PNP switch 4 EC-1115

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
SYMPTOM
A

EC



C
Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E

F
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Cylinder block G
Piston 4 EM-52,EM-
Piston ring 67
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 H
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
I
Valve Timing chain
mecha-
Camshaft
nism
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-52 J
Intake valve
3
Exhaust valve
K
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/
Muffler/Gasket 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-52
Three way catalyst L
Lubrica- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/ EM-16, LU-8
tion Oil filter/Oil gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 , LU-7
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil M
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler
cap
CO-6, CO-7
Thermostat 5
Water pump
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Water gallery
Cooling fan 5 EC-1009
Coolant level (low)/Contami-
CO-7
nated coolant

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Engine Control Component Parts Location UBS001RC
BBIA0168E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EC
BBIA0169E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
BBIA0170E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EC
BBIA0139E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
BBIA0171E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EC
F
PBIB1211E
BBIA0193E J

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Circuit Diagram UBS001RD
BBWA0405E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EC
BBWA0406E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout UBS001RE
MBIB0045E
ECM Terminals and Reference Value UBS0067T
PREPARATION
tower).
For this inspection:
2. Remove ECM harness protector.
BBIA0191E
3. When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen it with

levers as far as they will go as show at right.
4. Connect a bread-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST)
between the ECM and ECM harness connector.
BBIA0138E

Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
2 R A/F sensor 1 heater Warm-up condition Approximately 5V
Idle speed
supply (11 - 14V)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON] EC
Engine stopped
4 P Gear position is D (A/T model)
(Close)
Shift lever position is 1st (M/T model) C
PBIB0534E
D
0 - 14V
Engine stopped
Throttle control motor E
5 L Gear position is D (A/T models)
(Open)
Shift lever position is 1st (M/T models)
F
PBIB0533E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) G
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
H

11 G/Y
solenoid valve
MBIB0052E
I
7 - 10V
[Engine is running] J
Warm-up condition
Engine speed 2,500 rpm
K
PBIB0532E
[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.0V L
Power steering pressure Steering wheel is being turned
12 P
0.4 - 0.8V
M
Approximately 3.0V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0527E
Crankshaft position sensor
13 Y
(POS)
Approximately 3.0V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0528E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0525E
14 W/R
(PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0526E
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
16 OR/L Approximately 3.1V
[Engine is running]
35 B/Y Approximately 2.6V
A/F sensor 1 Warm-up condition
56 OR 2 - 3V
Idle speed
75 W/L 2 - 3V
17 LG
18 R/W [Engine is running]
Swirl control valve 0.1 - 14V
19 PU/W Idle speed
20 L/Y
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

PBIB0529E
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0530E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition EC
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 C
25 W/B
heater for one minute under on load
D
Engine stopped. BATTERY VOLTAGE
Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. E
EVAP control system pres-
sure sensor
Approximately 0 - 4.8V F
sensor
BATTERY VOLTAGE
G
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
H
Idle speed
EVAP canister purge vol-

I
PBIB0050E
45 GY/L
Approximately 10V
J
[Engine is running]
than 100 seconds after starting engine) K
PBIB0520E
Sensor power supply L

48 R/W Sensor's power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
Sensor power supply M
sensor)
Engine stopped
Gear position is D (A/T model) More than 0.36V
Engine stopped
Gear position is D (A/T model) Less than 4.75V

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Approximately 5V
Engine coolant temperature is below 44C
(111F).
Swirl control valve position
54 Y [Engine is running]
sensor
Warm-up condition
Idle speed 0 - 1.0V
Engine coolant temperature is above 45C
(113F).
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
61 L/W Ignition signal No. 3

PBIB0521E
62 BR Ignition signal No. 1
0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0522E
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
Idle speed
Sensor power supply
sensor)
Engine stopped
Gear position is D (A/T models) Less than 4.75V
Engine stopped
Gear position is D (A/T models) More than 0.36V

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition EC
ON
C
73 BR/W [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with
sensor
D
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm
E
74 R/L Heated oxygen sensor 2 quickly after the following conditions are 0 - Approximately 1.0V
met.
and 4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle F
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
78 B
Warm-up condition Approximately 0V G
Idle speed

82 B/Y (Accelerator pedal position Warm-up condition Approximately 0V H

I
[Lighting switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE J
Electrical load signal Lighting switch is 2nd position (11 - 14V)
84 PU
(Headlamp signal) [Lighting switch ON]
Approximately 0V
Lighting switch is OFF K
85 LG DATA link connector
CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected. (11 - 14V)
86 Y CAN communication line [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 2.3V L

89 LG/B Cooling fan relay (High) M
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
Sensor power supply
sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
sensor 2)
94 L CAN communication line [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 2.8V
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Heater fan switch ON
96 Y/G Heater fan switch
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 1.0V
Cooling fan is operating
98 R/B
Approximately 4V
Approximately 0V
Approximately 2V
Approximately 3V
Approximately 0V
Brake pedal depressed (11 - 14V)

Approximately 0V
Gear position is P or N
A/T models
102 G/OR PNP switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 5V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
106 W
Fuel tank temperature sen-
107 OR [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with fuel
sor
tank temperature.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Brake pedal is depressed Approximately 0V EC
Clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models)
BATTERY VOLTAGE C
(11 - 14V)
D
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
E
0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch OFF] F
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
0 - 1.0V
ON
113 B/P Fuel pump relay [Engine is running] H
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch ON. I
116 B Idle speed
J
valve (11 - 14V)
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON] K
120 R/G (11 - 14V)
(Buck-up) (11 - 14V)
L

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CONSULT-II Function UBS001RG
FUNCTION
Work support
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
can be read and erased quickly.*1
Input/Output specification of the Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the other
Data monitor (SPEC)
data monitor items can be read.
monitor
Active test
Function test Conducted by CONSULT-II instead of a technician to determine each system is OK or NG.
*1 The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
3. Freeze frame data
5. System readiness test (SRT) codes
6. Test values
7. Others

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A

Item WORK DATA EC
MONI- ACTIVE DTC
SUP- FREEZE MONI-
TOR TEST SRT WORK
PORT DTC*1 FRAME TOR
(SPEC) STATUS SUP-
DATA*2
PORT C

(PHASE)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) D
Engine coolant temperature sen-
E
sor
A/F sensor 1
F

Throttle position sensor G
EVAP control system pressure
H
sensor
INPUT

Knock sensor
I
Closed throttle position switch
(Accelerator pedal position sensor
signal)
J
Stop lamp switch K
Power steering oil pressure switch
Battery voltage
Load signal L
Swirl control valve position sensor
Fuel level sensor
M
ASCD brake switch

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Item WORK DATA
MONI- ACTIVE DTC
SUP- FREEZE MONI-
TOR TEST SRT WORK
(SPEC) STATUS SUP-
DATA*2
PORT
Injectors
Power transistor (Ignition timing)


trol solenoid valve
Air conditioner relay
OUTPUT
Fuel pump relay

Cooling fan
A/F sensor 1 heater
Swirl control valve
Intake valve timing control sole-

noid valve
Calculated load value
X: Applicable
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer toEC-640 .
CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE

CAUTION:
If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be
detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.
2. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data
link connector, which is located under LH dash panel near the
fuse box cover.
SEF514Z

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. Touch START. A
EC
BCIA0029E
D
5. Touch ENGINE.
G
SEF995X

H
procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.
PBIB2308E
K
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
L
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING START DUR- When releasing fuel pressure
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS. M
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE When learning the idle air volume
ECM.
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- self-learning control value
FICIENT.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN When detecting EVAP vapor leak
ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE point of EVAP system
IGN SW ON
ENGINE NOT RUNNING
TEM
TANK FUEL TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0C (32F).
TEM CLOSE
UNDER ANY CONDITION OTHER THAN THE ABOVE,
CONSULT-II WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY
APPROPRIATE INSTRUCTIONS.
NOTE:
TARGET IGNITION TIMING ADJ* IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition
timing
After adjustment, confirm tar-
get ignition timing with a timing
light.
If the TARGET IDLE RPM
ADJ has been done, the Idle
Air Volume Learning procedure
will not be completed.

Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS INDEX (See EC-602 .)
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data
Description
item*1
DIAG TROUBLE
The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer to
CODE
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS INDEX, EC-602 .)
[PXXXX]
MODE 4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
COOLANT TEMP
[C] or [F]
S-FUEL TRIM-B1 [%] The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
L-FUEL TRIM-B1 [%] The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Freeze frame data
Description
item*1 A
ENGINE SPEED
[rpm]
VEHICLE SPEED EC
[km/h] or [mph]
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec] C
INT/A TEMP SE
[C] or [F]
*1: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data. D

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item
: Applicable
ECM
MAIN
INPUT
Monitored item [Unit] SIG- Description Remarks
SIG-
NALS
NALS
Indicates the engine speed com-
puted from the signals of the crank-
ENG SPEED [rpm]
shaft position sensor (POS) and
camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
The signal voltage of the mass air When the engine is stopped, a cer-
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V]
flow sensor is displayed. tain value is indicated.
Base fuel schedule indicates the
B/FUEL SCHDL fuel injection pulse width pro-

[msec] grammed into ECM, prior to any
learned on board correction.
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio When the engine is stopped, a cer-
feedback correction factor per cycle tain value is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] is indicated. This data also includes the data for
the air-fuel ratio learning control.
The engine coolant temperature ture sensor is open or short-cir-
COOLAN TEMP/S (determined by the signal voltage of cuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode.

[C] or [F] the engine coolant temperature sen- The engine coolant temperature
sor) is displayed. determined by the ECM is dis-
played.
The A/F signal computed from the
A/F SEN1 (B1) [V] input signal of the A/F sensor 1 is
displayed.
The signal voltage of the heated oxy-
HO2S2 (B1) [V]
gen sensor 2 is displayed.
Display of heated oxygen sensor 2
signal:
RICH... means the amount of oxy-
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) gen after three way catalyst is rela- When the engine is stopped, a cer-

[RICH/LEAN] tively small. tain value is indicated.
LEAN... means the amount of oxy-
gen after three way catalyst is rela-
tively large.
The vehicle speed computed from
VHCL SPEED SE
the vehicle speed sensor signal is
[km/h] or [mph]
displayed.
The power supply voltage of ECM is
BATTERY VOLT [V]
displayed.
ACCEL SEN 1 [V] The accelerator pedal position sen-
ACCEL SEN 2 [V] sor signal voltage is displayed.
THRTL SEN 1 [V] The throttle position sensor signal

THRTL SEN 2 [V] voltage is displayed.
The fuel temperature judged from

FUEL T/TMP SE
the fuel tank temperature sensor sig-
[C] or [F]
nal voltage is displayed.
The intake air temperature deter-
INT/A TEMP SE mined by the signal voltage of the

[C] or [F] intake air temperature sensor is indi-
cated.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
ECM
MAIN
INPUT A
SIG-
NALS
NALS
The signal voltage of EVAP control EC
EVAP SYS PRES [V] system pressure sensor is dis-
played.
The signal voltage of the fuel level
FUEL LEVEL SE [V] C
sensor is displayed.
Indicates start signal status [ON/
START SIGNAL OFF] computed by the ECM accord-
displayed regardless of the starter D
[ON/OFF] ing to the signals of engine speed
signal.
and battery voltage.
Indicates idle position [ON/OFF]
CLSD THL POS computed by ECM according to the E

[ON/OFF] accelerator pedal position sensor
signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the
AIR COND SIG
air conditioner switch as determined
F
[ON/OFF]
by the air conditioner signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
P/N POSI SW G
the park/neutral position (PNP)
[ON/OFF]
switch signal.
[ON/OFF] condition of the power
PW/ST SIGNAL

steering system determined by the H
[ON/OFF] power steering pressure sensor sig-
nal is indicated.
I
the electrical load signal.
LOAD SIGNAL ON... rear defogger is operating and/

[ON/OFF] or lighting switch is on.
OFF... rear defogger is not operating J
and lighting switch is not on.
IGNITION SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from

[ON/OFF] ignition switch.
K
HEATER FAN SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from

[ON/OFF] the heater fan switch signal.
BRAKE SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from L

[ON/OFF] the stop lamp switch signal.
Indicates the actual fuel injection When the engine is stopped, a cer-
INJ PULSE-B1 [msec] pulse width compensated by ECM tain computed value is indicated.
according to the input signals. M
Indicates the ignition timing com-
When the engine is stopped, a cer-
IGN TIMING [BTDC] puted by ECM according to the input
tain value is indicated.
signals.
CAL/LD VALUE [%] value of the current airflow divided
by peak airflow.
Indicates the mass airflow computed
MASS AIRFLOW
by ECM according to the signal volt-
[gm/s]
age of the mass airflow sensor.
Indicates the EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve con-
trol value computed by the ECM
PURG VOL C/V [%] according to the input signals.
value increases.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
ECM
MAIN
INPUT
SIG-
NALS
NALS
Indicates the swirl control valve con-
trol value computed by the ECM
SWRL C/V (B1)[step] according to the input signals.
value increases.
[CA] advanced angle.
The control condition of the intake
valve timing control solenoid valve is
indicated.
INT/V SOL-B1
ON... Intake valve timing control
[ON/OFF]
solenoid is operating.
OFF... Intake valve timing control
solenoid is not operating.
The air conditioner relay control con-
AIR COND RLY
dition (determined by ECM accord-
[ON/OFF]
ing to the input signal) is indicated.
FUEL PUMP RLY
condition determined by ECM
[ON/OFF]
The control condition of the EVAP
canister vent control valve (deter-
VENT CONT/V mined by ECM according to the input
[ON/OFF] signal) is indicated.
ON... Closed
OFF... Open
Indicates the throttle control motor
THRTL RELAY relay control condition determined by

[ON/OFF] the ECM according to the input sig-
nals.
Indicates the control condition of the
cooling fan (determined by ECM
COOLING FAN according to the input signal).
[ON/OFF] HIGH... High speed operation
LOW... Low speed operation
OFF... Stop
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of
HO2S2 HTR (B1) heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
[ON/OFF] determined by ECM according to the
input signals.
Display the condition of idle air vol-
ume learning
YET... Idle air volume learning has
IDL A/V LEARN
not been performed yet.
[ON/OFF]
CMPLT... Idle air volume learning
has already been performed suc-
cessfully.
TRVL AFTER MIL Distance traveled while MIL is acti-
[km] or [Mile] vated
The signal voltage from the refriger-
AC PRESS SEN [V]
ant pressure sensor is displayed.
The vehicle speed computed from
VHCL SPEED SE
the vehicle speed signal sent from
[km/h] or [mph]
TCM is displayed.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
ECM
MAIN
INPUT A
SIG-
NALS
NALS
SET VHCL SPD The preset vehicle speed is dis- EC
[km/h] or [mph] played.
C
CANSEL SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
[ON/OFF] CANCEL switch signal.
RESUME/ACC SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from D
E
BRAKE SW1 SW ASCD brake switch signal, and
[ON/OFF] ASCD clutch switch signal (M/T
models). F
Indicates the vehicle cruise condi- G
tion.
NON... Vehicle speed is maintained
VHCL SPD CUT at the ASCD set speed.
[NON/CUT] CUT... Vehicle speed increased to H
ASCD set speed, and ASCD opera-
tion is cut off.
I
Indicates the vehicle cruise condi-
tion.
NON... Vehicle speed is maintained
LO SPEED CUT at the ASCD set speed. J
[NON/CUT] CUT... Vehicle speed increased to
ASCD set speed, and ASCD opera-
K
tion is cut off.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T
AT OD MONITOR
O/D according to the input signal
[ON/OFF] L
from the TCM.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T
AT OD CANCEL
O/D cancel signal sent from the
[ON/OFF]
TCM. M
CRUISE LAMP
CRUISE lamp determined by the
[ON/OFF]
Indicates A/F sensor 1 heater control
value computed by ECM according
to the input signal.
A/F S1 HTR (B1) [%]
The current flow to the heater
becomes larger as the value
increases.
Indicates the swirl control value
SWL/C POSI SE opening angle computed by ECM

[degree] according to signal voltage of the
swirl control valve position sensor.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET
SET LAMP
lamp determined by the ECM
[ON/OFF]

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
ECM
MAIN
INPUT
SIG-
NALS
NALS
Voltage [V]
Frequency [msec], Only # is displayed if item is
[Hz] or [%] unable to be measured.
DUTY-HI Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or Figures with #s are temporary
pulse width measured by the probe. ones. They are the same figures as
SUTY-LOW an actual piece of data which was
PLS WIDTH-HI just previously measured.
PLS WIDTH-LOW
NOTE:

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Monitored Item A
ECM
Main
signals
signals EC
Indicates the engine speed computed
ENG SPEED [rpm] from the POS signal of the crankshaft
position sensor. C
The signal voltage of the mass air flow When engine is running, specification
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V]
Base fuel schedule indicates the fuel D
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into When engine is running, specification

[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board cor- range is indicated.
rection.
E
When engine is running, specification
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] back correction factor per cycle is indi-
air-fuel ratio learning control. F
NOTE:
Any monitored item that dose not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
G
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY) H
FUEL trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
Fuel injectors
INJECTION Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM. I
tion using CONSULT-II. A/F sensor 1
Idle Air Volume Learning (Refer

Engine: Return to the original toEC-634 .)
J
trouble condition Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
IGNITION If trouble symptom disappears, see
Timing light: Set Crankshaft position sensor
TIMING CHECK ITEM.
Retard the ignition timing using (PHASE)
CONSULT-II.
K
Engine component parts and
installing conditions
Engine: After warming up, idle Harness and connector

L
the engine. Compression
POWER A/C switch OFF Injectors
BALANCE Shift lever N Power transistor
M
Cut off each injector signal one at Spark plugs
a time using CONSULT-II. Ignition coils
Ignition switch: ON Harness and connector

COOLING FAN Turn the cooling fan ON and Cooling fan moves and stops. Cooling fan motor
OFF using CONSULT-II. Cooling fan relay

stopped)
FUEL PUMP Fuel pump relay makes the operat- Harness and connector

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
stopped)
VALVE TIMING Solenoid valve makes an operating Harness and connector
SOL Turn solenoid valve ON and sound. Solenoid valve
OFF with CONSULT-II and lis-
ten for operating sound
PURG VOL Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to Harness and connector
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. Solenoid valve
SULT-II.
FUEL/T TEMP
SEN
stopped)
VENT Solenoid valve makes an operating Harness and connector
CONTROL/V Turn solenoid valve ON and sound. Solenoid valve
SWIRL CON- stopped) Swirl control valve makes an oper- Harness and connector
TROL VALVE Change swirl control valve open- ating sound. Swirl control valve
ing step using CONSULT-II.

SRT STATUS Mode
SRT Work Support Mode
EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442* EC-858
EVAPORATIVE EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456* EC-1081

SYSTEM PURG VOL CN/V P1444 EC-1081
PURGE FLOW P0441 EC-852
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1273 EC-1045
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1274 Refer to corresponding EC-1052
trouble diagnosis for
A/F SEN1 A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278 DTC. EC-1065
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1279 EC-1073
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 EC-1059
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 EC-992
HO2S2 HO2S2 (B1) P1147 EC-1000
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 EC-787
*: DTC P1442 and P1456 does not apply to B15 models but appears in DTC Work Support Mode screen.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Description A
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by
touching SETTING in DATA MONITOR mode.
1. AUTO TRIG (Automatic trigger): EC
The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen in
real time.
In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be C
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, MONITOR
in DATA MONITOR screen is changed to Recording Data... D
xx% as shown at left, and the data after the malfunction detec-
tion is recorded. Then when the percentage reached 100%, SEF705Y
REAL-TIME DIAG screen is displayed. If STOP is touched on

the screen during Recording Data... xx%, REAL-TIME DIAG screen is also displayed. E
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the recording speed can be changed by TRIG-
GER POINT and Recording Speed. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL.
2. MANU TRIG (Manual trigger): F
DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed
automatically on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunction
is detected by ECM. G
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a
malfunction is detected.
Use these triggers as follows: H
SEF707X I
Operation
1. AUTO TRIG
J
While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to
select to DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected.
K
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components
and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st trip L
DTC will be displayed. (Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" ,
Incident Simulation Tests.)
2. MANU TRIG M

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
TRIG. By selecting MANU TRIG you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further
diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
PBIB0197E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Generic Scan Tool (GST) UBS001RH
DESCRIPTION A
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has
8 different functions explained on the next page.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol. EC
ual.
C
D
SEF139P
FUNCTION E
and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information. F
MODE 2 (FREEZE DATA)
the freeze frame. [For details, refer to Freeze Frame Data EC-643 ).]
MODE 3 DTCs
This mode gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored G
by ECM.
This mode can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes:
Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 1) H
MODE 4 CLEAR DIAG INFO Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (MODE 1)
Clear freeze frame data (MODE 2) I
Clear on board monitoring test results (MODE 6 and 7)
This mode accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific com- J
This mode enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-related pow-
MODE 7 (ON BOARD TESTS) ertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving condi- K
tions.
This mode can close EVAP system in ignition switch ON position (Engine stopped).
When this mode is performed, following parts can be opened or closed. L
Vacuum cut valve bypass valve closed
In the following conditions, this mode cannot function. M
MODE 8 Low ambient temperature
Low battery voltage
Engine running
Ignition switch OFF

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. Connect GST to data link connector for GST which is located
under LH dash panel near the fuse box cover.
SEF514Z

shown.)
SEF398S

dure.
tool maker.
SEF416S
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001RI
Remarks:
Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
(i.e., Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING. Specification data might be displayed even when ignition
timing is not adjusted to specification. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the input signals from the
camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.)
Tachometer: Connect
ENG SPEED Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CON- CONSULT-II value.
SULT-II value.
MAS A/F SE-B1 Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral
2,500 rpm 1.5 - 2.4V
(M/T)
No-load
B/FUEL SCHDL Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral
2,000 rpm 0.7 - 1.3 msec
(M/T)
No-load

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
A/F ALPHA-B1 Engine: After warming up 53 - 155%
2,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S Engine: After warming up More than 70C (158F)
EC
A/F SEN1 (B1) Engine: After warming up Fluctuates around 1.5V
2,000 rpm
C
HO2S2 (B1) 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
idle for one minute under no D
load
Keeping the engine speed E
load F
VHCL SPEED SE
the CONSULT-II value CONSULT-II value
BATTERY VOLT Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V G
0.65 - 0.87V
ACCEL SEN1 H
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully
More than 4.3V
depressed
0.56 - 0.96V
Ignition switch: ON released I
ACCEL SEN2*
More than 4.0V
depressed
Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully J
More than 0.36V
(Engine stopped) released
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2* Shift lever
D: (A/T model) Less than 4.75V K
depressed
1st: (M/T model)
EVAP SYS PRES Ignition switch: ON 1.8 - 4.8V
START SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON START ON OFF ON OFF L
Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: Idle position ON
CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Throttle valve: Slightly open OFF
M
A/C switch OFF OFF
Engine: After warming up,
AIR COND SIG A/C switch ON
idle the engine ON
Shift lever P or N (A/T), Neu-
ON
P/N POSI SW Ignition switch: ON tral (M/T)
Except above OFF
Steering wheel in neutral posi-
Engine: After warming up, tion OFF
idle the engine
The steering wheel is turned ON
Rear window defogger switch
ON
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd
OFF
OFF and lighting switch is OFF
IGNITION SW Ignition switch: ON OFF ON ON OFF

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Engine: After warming up, Heater fan is operating ON

HEATER FAN SW
idle the engine Heater fan is not operating OFF
INJ PULSE-B1 Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral
2,000 rpm 1.9 - 3.2 msec
(M/T)
No-load
Engine: After warming up A/T 18+5 BTDC
Idle
Air conditioner switch: OFF M/T 75 BTDC
IGN TIMING Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral
(M/T) 2,000 rpm More than 25 BTDC
No-load
CAL/LD VALUE Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral
2,500 rpm 12.0 - 27.0%
(M/T)
No-load
MASS AIRFLOW Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral
2,500 rpm 5.0 - 10.0 gm/s
(M/T)
No-load
PURG VOL C/V Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral
2,000 rpm
(M/T)
No-load
0 - 5 step
below 44C (111F)
SWL C/V (B1) Engine: Idle the engine
115 - 120 step
above 45C (113F)
Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral
INT/V SOL (B1) (M/T) When revving engine up to
Approx. 0% - 80%
No - load
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: OFF ON OFF ON
FUEL PUMP RLY
When engine is stopped (Stops in 1 seconds)
Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral
INT/V TIM (B1) (M/T) When revving engine up to
Approx. 0 - 30CA
No - load

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
OFF
94C (201F) or less
After warming up engine, idle Engine coolant temperature is
COOLING FAN the engine. between 95C (203F) and LOW EC
Air conditioner switch: OFF 104C (219F)
HIGH
105C (221F) or more C
Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions
are met. D
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
Engine: After warming up ON
one minute and at idle for one minute under no load. E
Vehicle has traveled after MIL 0 - 65,535 km
has turned ON (0 - 40,723 mile)
A/F S1 HTR (B1) Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 0 - 100% F
Approx. 0 deg.
below 44C (111F)
SWL/C POSI SE Engine: Idle the engine
Approx. 80 deg.
above 45C (113F)
Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Approx. 0V
H
1.0 - 4.0V
Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indiction with the Almost the same speed as the
VEH SPEED SE I
CONSULT-II value. CONSULT-II valve
The preset vehicle speed is
SET VHCL SPD Engine: Running ASCD: Operating
displayed.
J
CRUISE switch: Depressed ON K
ACCEL/RES switch:
ON
RESUME/ACC SW Ignition switch: ON Depressed L
COAST/SET switch:
ON
SET SW Ignition switch: ON Depressed M
Clutch pedal (M/T) and brake
ON
pedal: Fully released
OFF
CRUISE Lamp: Illuminated ON
CRUISE Lamp: Not illuminated OFF
SET Lamp: Illuminated ON
SET Lamp: Not illuminated OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from
ECM terminals voltage signal.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode UBS001RJ
CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1, THRTL SEN 1
Below is the data for CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1 and THRTL SEN 1 when depressing the accelera-
tor pedal with the ignition switch ON and with selector lever in D position.
The signal of ACCEL SEN 1 and THRTL SEN 1 should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise
after CLSD THL POS is changed from ON to OFF.
PBIB0198E
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL POS SEN, HO2S2 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL POS SEN, HO2S2 (B1/B2) and INJ
PULSE when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine to normal oper-
ating temperature.
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
SEF241Y

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EC
SEF600Z

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Description UBS001RK
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in DATA MONI-
TOR (SPEC) mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor-
rection)
A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition UBS001RL
Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,017 miles)

Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2 , 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30C (68 - 86F)
Transmission: Warmed-up*1
Electrical load: Not applied*2
Engine speed: Idle
*1: For A/T or CVT models, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until
FLUID TEMP SE (A/T or CVT fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60C (140F). For MT
models, drive vehicle for 5 minutes after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.
*2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Cooling fans are not oper-
ating. Steering wheel is straight ahead.
Inspection Procedure UBS001RM
NOTE:
Perform DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-669, "Basic Inspection" .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select B/FUEL SCHDL, A/F ALPHA-B1 and MAS A/F SE-
B1 in DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
SEF601Z

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001RN
EC
SEF613ZD

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
SEF614Z

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EC
SEF615ZA

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Description UBS001RO
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on DTC (1st trip) visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occur-
specific malfunctioning area.
Common I/I Report Situations
II The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than 0 or 1t.
IV (1st trip) DTC data does not appear during the DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
VI The TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001RP
1. INSPECTION START
TION" .
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS

Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis
for an Electrical Incident" , GROUND INSPECTION.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT

Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , Incident Simulation Tests.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS

Refer to GI-23, "How to Check Terminal" , How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal.
OK or NG

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Wiring Diagram UBS001RQ
EC
BBWA0771E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch OFF] 0 - 1.0V
111 W/G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
5 seconds passed after turning ignition switch (11 - 14V)
OFF

116 B Idle speed
119 R/G Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE
120 R/G ECM (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001RR
1. INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 9.
No >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY-I

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
MBIB0015E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Harness connectors M19, E108 EC
10A fuse
C
Harness for open or short between ECM and 10A fuse
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116, and engine ground.
Refer to WIRING DIAGRAM. F

4. Also check harness for short to power. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. H

Joint connector-1
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. K

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY-II
SEF387Z
2. Check voltage between ECM relay terminals 1, 6 and ground

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
SEF420X

Fuse and fusible link box connectors E22, E24
10A fuse
15A fuse
8. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
9. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY-III A
1. Stop engine.
CONSULT-II or tester. EC

OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
D
MBIB0026E
E
Check the harness for open or short between ECM and harness connector F47.
F

G
11. CHECK POWER SUPPLY-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground H
Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, bat-
I
tery voltage will exist for a few seconds,
then drop to approximately 0V.
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 12.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO K
14. MBIB0016E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
12. CHECK VOLTAGE BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND GROUND
SEF387Z

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.
SEF860T

Check the harness for open or short between ECM relay and harness connector F47.
14. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM

1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 119, 120 and
ECM relay terminal 5.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
SEF387Z
15. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
16. CHECK ECM RELAY A
2. Check continuity between ECM relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
EC
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
C
OFF No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. D
PBIB0077E
E
17. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
F
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116, and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. G
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> GO TO 18
I
Joint connector-1
Harness for open or short between ECM and ground K

L
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . M
>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Description UBS003WA
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003WB
Trouble diagnosis
name
U1000*2 ECM cannot communicate to other control

1000*2 units. Harness or connectors
CAN communication
(CAN communication line is open or
line ECM cannot communicate for more than the
U1001*1
shorted)
specified time.
1001*1
*1: The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
*2: This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003WC


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003WD
EC
BBWA0274E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003WE
Go to LAN-3, "CAN COMMUNICATION" .

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Description UBS0067U
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Engine speed

MBIB0121E
J
valve.
L
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0067V

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION M
Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/
INT/V TIM (B1) T) When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
Approx. 0 - 30CA
Air conditioner switch: OFF quickly
No-load
INT/V SOL (B1) T) When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
Approx. 0% - 80%
Air conditioner switch: OFF quickly
No-load

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0067W
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Detecting condition Possible cause

P0011 Intake valve timing con- There is a gap between angle of target and Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
0011 trol performance phase-control angle degree. Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
FAIL-SAFE MODE
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0067X
CAUTION:
NOTE:
EC-947, "DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE" .
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
ture.
onds.
PBIB0164E
COOLAN TEMP/S 60 - 120C (140 - 248F)
A/T models: D position
Selector lever
M/T models: 5th position
4. Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 10 seconds.
6. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
COOLANT TEMPS 70 - 105C (176 - 194F)
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0067Y
1. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) A

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 2.
C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
E
Check the following. F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 4.
rear end or replace camshaft. H
PBIB0565E I

For wiring diagram refer to EC-838, "Wiring Diagram" for CKP sensor (POS) and EC-843, "Wiring Diagram"
for CMP sensor (PHASE).
K
>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Description UBS0067Z
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Engine speed
ture
OPERATION
Above 3,600 OFF
ON
one minute and at idle for one minute under no load

load

P0037 Heated oxygen sensor 2 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
0037 heater control circuit low (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is open or shorted.)

P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
0038 heater control circuit high (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is shorted.)
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no load. A
. EC
SEF174Y
D
WITH GST
2. Turn ignition switch OFFand wait at least 10 seconds. E
load.
4. Let engine idle for one minute. F
load. G
9. If DTC is detected, go to EC-737, "Diagnostic Procedure" . H
Therefore, using CONSULT-II is recommended. I

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
BBWA0773E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Warm-up condition
D
25 W/B
heater for one minute under on load
E
Engine stopped. BATTERY VOLTAGE
F
1. CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G

2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. H
BBIA0175E K

CONSULT-II or tester. L

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0112E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Harness connectors E108, M19
15A fuse

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS00685
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER A

EC
2 and 3 2.3 - 4.3 at 25C (77F)
1 and 2, 3, 4
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist) C
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped D
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system E
F
BBIA0312E
H

Refer to EX-3, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" . I

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS003M1
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss.
detects the air flow by means of this current change.
SEF987W
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003M2

MAS A/F SE-B1 Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/
2,500 rpm 1.5 - 2.4V
T)
No-load
CAL/LD VALUE Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/
2,500 rpm 12.0 - 30.0%
T)
No-load
MASS AIRFLOW Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/
2,500 rpm 5.0 - 10.0 gm/s
T)
No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003M3

NOTE:
A) shorted.)
P0101
0101
B)
Intake air leaks
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003M4
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
NOTE: A
With CONSULT-II EC

2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. C
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-744, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D
SEF174Y
With GST F
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B G
CAUTION:
Always driver vehicle at a safe speed.
With CONSULT-II H
If engine cannot be started, go to EC-744, "Diagnostic Procedure" . I
J
5. Increases engine speed to about 4,000 rpm.
increases.
If NG, go to EC-744, "Diagnostic Procedure" . K
SEF243Y

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
onds.
THRTL POS SEN More than 3.0V
Driving location Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load)
will help maintain the driving conditions required
for this test.
8. If DTC is detected, go to EC-744, "Diagnostic Procedure" . SEF719Y
Overall Function Check UBS003M5
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a DTC
With GST
4. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with MODE 1.
5. Check for linear mass air flow rise in response to increases to
about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
SEF534P

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003M6
EC
BBWA0774E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
120 R/G (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003M7
1. INSPECTION START
A or B
A >> GO TO 3.
B >> GO TO 2.

Check the following for connections.
Air duct
Vacuum hoses
Intake air passage between air duct and collector
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS A
EC
>> GO TO 4.
BBIA0155E
E
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
F
BBIA0147E
I
3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminals 2, 4 and ground
J
Terminal Voltage
2 Approximately 5V
4 Battery voltage K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. L
PBIB0076E
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART M

Harness for open or short between ECM relay and mass air flow sensor

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

Joint connector-1
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short or short to power in harness or connectors.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS003M8
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR A

3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 51 (Mass air flow sensor EC
signal) and ground.
Conditions Voltage V C
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Less than 1.0
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating tem-
1.0 - 1.7
perature.) D
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
1.5 - 2.1 SEF100V
temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm* 1.0 - 1.7 to Approx. 4.0 E
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
F
Perform step 2 and 3 again.

G
H

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS003MA
SEF987W
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003MB

MAS A/F SE-B1 Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/
2,500 rpm 1.5 - 2.1V
T)
No-load
CAL/LD VALUE Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/
2,500 rpm 12.0 - 30.0%
T)
No-load
MASS AIRFLOW Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/
2,500 rpm 5.0 - 10.0 gm/s
T)
No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003MC

NOTE:
If DTC P0102 or P0103 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-1028.
Trouble diagnosis
name
P0102 Mass air flow sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0102 circuit low input sent to ECM. Intake air leaks
P0103 Mass air flow sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0103 circuit high input sent to ECM.
FAIL-SAFE MODE

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003MD
A
NOTE:
EC
With CONSULT-II
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-758, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D
SEF058Y F
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above. G
With CONSULT-II
H
3. Start engine and wait 5 seconds at most.
I
5. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. J
6. If DTC is derected, go to EC-758, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
K
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above. L

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003MF
BBWA0774E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
48 R/W Sensors' power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V C
[Engine is running]
Idle speed D
[Engine is running]
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm. E
[Engine is running]
F
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V G
BATTERY VOLTAGE H
switch OFF
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON] I
120 R/G (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003MG
J
1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated? K
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3. L

M
Check the following for connections.
Air duct
Vacuum hoses
Intake air passage between air duct to manifold
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
>> GO TO 4.
BBIA0155E

1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
BBIA0147E
3. Check voltage between MAF terminals 2, 4 and ground with

Terminal Voltage
2 Approximately 5V
4 Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0076E


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and engine ground. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. D
NG >> GO TO 7.

Joint connector-1
F
G
8. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR POEN AND SHORT H
I
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 9.
K
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
M
>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS003MH

signal) and ground.
Conditions Voltage V
1.0 - 1.7
perature.)
1.5 - 2.4 SEF100V
temperature.)
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
Perform step 2 and 3 again.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Component Description UBS003MJ
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor.
the ECM.
SEC266C
E
<Reference data>
C (F)
25 (77) 3.32 1.9 - 2.1
80 (176) 1.23 0.31 - 0.37 G
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION: H
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. I
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003MK
Trouble diagnosis J
name
Intake air tempera-
ture sensor circuit
0112 sent to ECM. Harness or connectors K
low input
Intake air tempera- Intake air temperature sensor
P0113 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
ture sensor circuit
0113 sent to ECM. L
high input
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003ML
NOTE: M
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF058Y

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003MM
EC
BBWA0775E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003MN
1. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor
is built-into) sensor harness connector.
BBIA0150E
4. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 5 and ground with

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0066E
2. Check harness continuity between terminal 3 and engine ground.
Refer to wiring diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

Joint connector-1
Harness for open or short between TCM and intake air temperature sensor
Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air temperature sensor

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace intake air temperature sensor.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS003MO
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR C

Intake air temperature C (F) Resistance k D
25 (77) 1.9 - 2.1
sensor). E
F
SEC266C
SEF012P
J

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS001T1

mistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
<Reference data>
C (F) V k
10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may damage the
ECM's transistor. Use ground other than ECM, such as body ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001T3

Trouble Diagnosis
Name
Engine coolant
temperature sen-
0117 sent to ECM.
sor circuit low input Harness or connectors
input

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. A
EC
or START.
Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-II
Condition C
display)
Engine coolant tempera- Just as ignition switch is turned ON or Start 40C (104F)
ture sensor circuit More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
80C (176F) D
Start
40 - 80C (104 - 176F)
E
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001T4

F
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. G
WITH CONSULT-II
H
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-763, "Diagnostic Procedure" . I
SEF058Y
K
WITH GST
L

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001T5
BBWA0776E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
1. CHECK ETC SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness EC
connector.
C
BBIA0151E
E
4. Check voltage between ECT terminal 1 and ground with CON-

SULT-II or tester. F
OK or NG
G
OK >> GO TO 2.
H
PBIB0080E
I
2. CHECK ETC SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORRT
J
2. Check harness continuity between ECT terminal 2 and engine ground.
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. L
NG >> GO TO 3.

Joint connector-1
Harness for open or short between TCM and engine coolant temperature sensor
Harness for open or short between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
>> INSPECTION END


1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
PBIB0081E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
temperature C (F)
10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal
73 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

Removal and Installation UBS001T8


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to EC
PBIB0145E
tion.
E

F
Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully
More than 0.36V
THRTL SEN1 G
D: (A/T model) Less than 4.75V
depressed
1st: (M/T model)
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. H
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. I
P0122 Throttle position sensor 2 An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 2 Harness or connectors J
0122 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (The TP sensor 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
Electric throttle control actuator K
P0123 Throttle position sensor 2 An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 2
0123 circuit high input is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2)
(APP sensor) L
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. M
degrees.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0068A
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
4. If DTC is detected, go toEC-768, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0068B
EC
BBWA1380E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
Gear position is D (A/T model) Less than 4.75V
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
Idle speed
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
Sensors power supply
sensor 2)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0068C

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I A
EC
D
BBIA0152E
3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB0082E H

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF". I

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 4.
L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-1132, "DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 6.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
>> INSPECTION END
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.

>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS0068D
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR A

69 (TP sensor 2 signal) and engine ground under the following C
conditions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage D
Fully released Less than 4.75V E
69
F
step.
8. Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . G
Remove and Installation UBS0068E

Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" . H

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS001TH
NOTE:
If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117, P0118, first perform trou-
ble diagnosis for DTC P0117, P0118, EC-760 .
SEF594K
<Reference data>
C (F) V k
10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may damage the
ECM's transistor. Use ground other than ECM, such as body ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001TJ

P0125 after starting the engine.
ant temperature for

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001TK
A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II C
3. Check that COOLAN TEMP/S is above 15C (59F). D
If it is above 15C (59F), the test result will be OK. If it is
below 15C (59F), go to following step.
4. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed. E
be OK.
F
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-773, "Diagnostic Procedure" . SEF174Y
WITH GST
G
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001TM
1. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR H

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 2.
J
When the engine is cooled [lower than 75C (167F)], grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine cool-
ant does not flow. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-11, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" . L

M
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS001TN

SEF152P

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
<Reference data>
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.0
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
SEF012P
Removal and Installation UBS001TO


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Component Description UBS003N6
the ECM.
SEC266C
E
<Reference data>
Intake air
temperature C (F)
10 (14) 4.43 7.9 - 9.3
25 (77) 3.32 1.9 - 2.1 G
80 (176) 1.23 0.31 - 0.37
CAUTION: SEF012P

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003N7
J

P0127 Intake air temperature (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) K
0127 too high
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003N8 L

NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. M
CAUTION:
TESTING CONDITION:

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90C (194F)
4. Start engine.
secutive seconds.
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003NA

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace intake air temperature sensor.

>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS003NB
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR A

EC
D
SEC266C
E
25 (77) 1.9 - 2.1
2. If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature F
sensor).
H
SEF012P

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001TP
enough.
Thermostat
0128 stat
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001TR
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
come on.
3. Select COOLAN TEMP/S in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
If it is above 68C (154F), stop engine and cool down the engine to less than 60C (140F), then retry
from step 1.
5. Drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following conditions.

WITH GST
1. Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001TS

OK or NG

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS006I1
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR A

EC
D
SEF152P
<Reference data> E

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 F
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.0
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
G
H
SEF012P
Removal and Installation UBS001TT
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR I

Refer to CO-11, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .

DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]

Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
tions.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0068G

HO2S2 (B1) 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
load
load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0068H

between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes
the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of rear heated
oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the or not the voltage is too
high during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
SEF305UA
P0138 Harness or connectors

Heated oxygen sensor 2 An excessively high voltage from the sensor (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0138 (Bank
circuit high voltage is sent to ECM.
1) Heated oxygen sensor 2

DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0068I
A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II C
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. D
5. Let engine idle for two minutes. E
.
F
G
SEF174Y
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. H
I
load.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
load.
7. Let engine idle for two minutes. K
When using GST, DTC Confirmation Procedure should be performed twice as much as when L
M

DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0068J
BBWA0779E

DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Warm-up condition
74 R/L Heated oxygen sensor 2 quickly after the following conditions are 0 - Approximately 1.0V D
met.
for one minute under no load. E
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
Idle speed F
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0068K
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS G

2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws. H
>> GO TO 2.
I
BBIA0155E K

DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
Yes or No
No >> GO TO 3.

terminal 4.
OK or NG

DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EC
C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END

I
Component Inspection UBS0068L

With CONSULT-II J
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no K
load.
5. Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select L
SEF662Y

DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
PBIB1210E
CAUTION:
Without CONSULT-II
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed at between 3,500 to 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
at least 10 times.
procedure.
sary.
tion with OD OFF (A/T) 3rd gear position (M/T).
procedure.
CAUTION:
Removal and Installation UBS0068M


DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Component Description UBS0068N

tions.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0068O

between 3,500 and 4,000 Revving engine from idle to G
HO2S2 (B1) 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
load
H
rpm for one minute and at 3,000 rpm quickly I
load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0068P

J

gen storage capacity before the three way catalyst causes the longer K
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's
voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condition L
such as fuel-cut.
SEF302U
P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2 It takes more time for the sensor to respond Heated oxygen sensor 2
0139 circuit slow response between rich and lean than the specified time. Fuel pressure
Injectors
Intake air leaks

DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0068Q
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30C (32 to 86F)
ture.
SEF189Y
5. Select HO2S2 (B1) P0139 of HO2S2 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II and follow
the instruction of CONSULT-II.
PBIB0115E

If NG is displayed, refer to EC-791 .
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select COOLANTEMP/S in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring COOLANTEMP/S indication on CONSULT-II.
d. When COOLANTEMP/S indication reaches to 70C (158F), go to step 3.
Overall Function Check UBS0068R
WITH GST
load.

DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
at least 10 times. A
EC
essary.
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D C
position with OD OFF (A/T) 3rd gear position (M/T).
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 sec- PBIB1197E
ond during this procedure. D

DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0068S
BBWA0779E

DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Warm-up condition
74 R/L Heated oxygen sensor 2 quickly after the following conditions are 0 - Approximately 1.0V D
met.
for one minute under no load. E
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
Idle speed F
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0068T

>> GO TO 2.
I
BBIA0155E K

DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
Yes or No
No >> GO TO 3.

terminal 4.
OK or NG

DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EC
C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END

I
Component Inspection UBS0068U

With CONSULT-II J
load.
5. Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select L
SEF662Y

DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
PBIB1210E
CAUTION:
Without CONSULT-II
load.
at least 10 times.
procedure.
sary.
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd gear
position.
procedure.
CAUTION:
Removal and Installation UBS0068V


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001UU
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The EC
ratios.
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic). C
ECM
function
D
Fuel injec-
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas tion & mix-
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Injectors
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) ture ratio
control E
Trouble
DTC No. diagnosis DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
name F
Intake air leaks
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
G
Injectors
Fuel injec- Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
P0171 Exhaust gas leaks
tion system The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
0171 Incorrect fuel pressure
too learn large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.) H
Lack of fuel
I
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001UV
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at J
WITH CONSULT-II
K
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CON- L
SULT-II.
SEF215Z

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
has a malfunction.
start, visually check for exhaust and intake air leak.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
nector.
7. Start engine again and run it for at least 10 minutes at idle
speed. BBIA0150E
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-798, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 8, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-798, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If engine does not start, visually check for exhaust and intake air leak.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001UW
EC
BBWA0799E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001UX
1. CHECK EXHAUST AIR LEAK

2. Listen for an exhaust air leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness
connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and A/F sen-
sor 1 terminals as follows.
ECM terminal A/F sensor 1
16 1
35 5
56 6
BBIA0140E
75 2

4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 16, 35, 56, 75 and ground, or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1,
2, 5, 6 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE A
Refer to EC-638 .
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-637, "Fuel Pressure Check" . EC

OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
D
E
Fuel pump and circuit Refer to EC-1174 .
Fuel lines. Refer to MA-19, "Checking Fuel Lines" .
Fuel filter for clogging F
OK or NG
OK >> Replace fuel pressure regulator.
NG >> Repair or replace. G
H
With CONSULT-II
I
at 2,500 5.0 - 10.0 gm/sec
rpm: J
With GST
1. Install all removed parts. K
L
at 2,500 5.0 - 10.0 gm/sec
rpm:
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 7.
engine grounds. Refer to EC-740 .

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
7. CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
CONSULT-II.
speed drop.
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1168, "INJECTOR" .
8. REMOVE INJECTOR
3. Remove injector with fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-19, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery. The injector harness connectors should
remain connected.
>> GO TO 9.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
9. CHECK INJECTOR A
1. Disconnect all ignition wires.
2. Place pans or saucers under each injector.
3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure that fuel sprays EC
out from injectors.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each cylinder.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 10.
Always replace O-ring with new one. D
E
SEF595Q

F
>> INSPECTION END G

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001UY
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The
ratios.
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
ECM
function
Fuel injec-
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas tion & mix-
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Injectors
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) ture ratio
control
Trouble diag-
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
nosis name
Fuel injection Fuel injection system does not operate properly. Injectors
P0172
system too The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too Exhaust gas leaks
0172
rich large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) Incorrect fuel pressure
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001UZ
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
SULT-II.
4. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR
or START.
SEF215Z

has a malfunction.
start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc.
SEF058Y

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
WITH GST
EC
nector.
C
7. Start engine again and run it for at least 10 minutes at idle D
speed. BBIA0150E
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-805, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
E
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 8, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
If engine starts, go to EC-805, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and
check for fouling, etc. F

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
BBWA0799E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
1. CHECK FOR EXHAUST AIR LEAK A

2. Listen for an exhaust air leak before three way catalyst (manifold). EC
E
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT G

2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness H
connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and A/F sen-
sor 1 terminals as follows.
I
ECM terminal A/F sensor 1
16 1 J
35 5
56 6
BBIA0140E K
75 2

L
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 16, 35, 56, 75 and ground, or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1,
2, 5, 6 and ground.
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

Refer to EC-637 .
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-1174 .)
OK or NG
OK >> Replace fuel pressure regulator.

With CONSULT-II
at idling : 1.4 - 4.0 gm/sec
at 2,500 rpm : 5.0 - 10.0 gm/sec
With GST
at idling : 1.4 - 4.0 gm/sec
at 2,500 rpm : 5.0 - 10.0 gm/sec
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
engine grounds. Refer toEC-740 .

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
CONSULT-II.
C
speed drop.
E
PBIB0133E
1. Start engine.
MEC703B
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for Injector, EC-1168 . K
7. REMOVE INJECTOR
M
>> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK INJECTOR
1. Disconnect all injector harness connectors.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Drips)>>Replace the injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Component Description UBS003ND
BBIA0132E
E
<Reference data>
F
C (F) V k
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90 G
CAUTION: H
voltage. Doing so may damage the ECM's transistor. Use
ground other than ECM, such as body ground. I
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003NE
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003NF

L
NOTE:
M
WITH CONSULT-II
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to .
If the result is OK, go to following step.
4. Check COOLAN TEMP/S signal.
If the signal is less than 60C (140F), the result will be OK.
If the signal is above 60C (140F), go to the following step.
5. Cool engine down until COOLAN TEMP/S signal is less than
60C (140F).
.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003NG
EC
BBWA0285E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003NH

nector.
BBIA0132E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0932E

2. Check harness continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 5 and body ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

Refer to, EC-813, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS003NI

Check resistance by heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in
the figure.
Temperature C (F) Resistance k D
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
E
F
PBIB0931E
Removal and Installation UBS003NJ
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR G


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS003NK
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
decreases as temperature increases.
BBIA0132E
<Reference data>
C (F) V k
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90
CAUTION:
voltage. Doing so may damage the ECM's transistor. Use
ground other than ECM, such as body ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003NL
P0183 Fuel tank temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003NM
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF475Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003NN
EC
BBWA0285E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003NO

nector.
BBIA0132E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0932E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

Refer to, EC-817, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS003NP

Check resistance by heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in
the figure.
Temperature C (F) Resistance k D
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
E
If NG, replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump.
F
PBIB0931E
Removal and Installation UBS003NQ
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR G


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS003WN

PBIB0145E
tion.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003WO

More than 0.36V
THRTL SEN1
depressed
1st: (M/T model)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003WP

P0222 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor Harness or connectors
shorted.)
0223 1 circuit high input sor 1 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1)
(APP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode an the MIL lights up.
degrees.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003WQ
A
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
D
SEF058Y
WITH GST G

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003WR
BBWA1381E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Engine stopped D
Engine stopped
Gear position is D (A/T model) Less than 4.75V F
Sensor ground
Idle speed
H
Engine stopped
I
Engine stopped
Shift lever position is 1st (M/T models) K
Sensor power supply
91 R/G (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V L
sensor)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003WS

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
BBIA0152E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0082E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-517 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 6.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
C
>> INSPECTION END
D
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. G
8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
M
NG >> GO TO 10.

>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS003WT

conditions.


step.
Removal and Installation UBS003WU


DTC P0300 - P0304 NO. 4 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE, MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
FIRE PFP:00020 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001VI
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank- EC
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.

When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change. E
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only G
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sen-
sor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
H
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire J
No. 2 cylinder misfires. Injectors
0302 detected
Intake air leak
Lack of fuel
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire Drive plate
0304 detected Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1

FIRE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001VJ
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON, and select DATA MONITOR mode
with CONSULT-II.
minutes.
NOTE:
tions. PBIB0164E
.
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001VK

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, TWC (Manifold three way catalyst) and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

FIRE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
EC
engine speed drop?
C
PBIB0133E
E
Without CONSULT-II
When disconnecting each injector harness connector one at a time, F
is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine
speed drop?
G
BBIA0176E I
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4. J
No >> GO TO 7.
4. CHECK INJECTOR K
Yes or No
L
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Check injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-1168 .
MEC703B

FIRE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
1. Remove ignition coil assembly from rocker cover.
2. Remove spark plug from ignition coil assembly.
3. Connect a known good spark plug to ignition coil.
4. Place and of spark plug against a suitable ground crank engine.
5. Check for spark.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits.
SEF575Q

Check the spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace spark plug (s) with standard type one
(s). For spark plug type ignition coil. Refer to EM-12 .
SEF156I

Refer to EM-52, "CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE" .
Check compression pressure.
Minimum: 1,128 kPa (11.5 kg/cm2 , 164 psi)/300 rpm
Difference between each cylinder: 98 kPa (1.0 kg/cm2 , 14 psi)/300 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

FIRE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
8. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE A
3. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. EC
At idle: Approx. 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)

OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
D
E
BBIA0137E

F
Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-1174, "FUEL PUMP" .)
Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to FL-3 .) G
Fuel lines (Refer to MA-19, "Checking Fuel Lines" .)
H
10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING I
Perform EC-669, "Basic Inspection" .

Items Specifications J
Target idle speed
M/T 650 50 rpm
K
A/T 18 5BTDC (in P or N position)
Ignition timing
M/T 7 5BTDC
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Adjust ignition timing.
M

FIRE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
11. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and A/F sensor 1 harness
connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer
to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal
16 1
35 5
56 6
75 2 BBIA0140E

4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 16, 35, 56, 75 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2, 5, 6 and
ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
12. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace A/F sensor 1.

With CONSULT-II
Check MASS AIR FLOW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
at 2,500 rpm: 5.0 - 10.0 gm/sec
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
at 2,500 rpm: 5.0 - 10.0 gm/sec
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.
14. CHECK CONNECTORS

Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or engine
grounds.
Refer to EC-740, "DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR" , EC-748, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" and EC-940,
"DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
FIRE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
15. CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART A
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-674, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16. EC
16. ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC C

EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" . D
>> GO TO 17.
E
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . F
>> INSPECTION END

G

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS PFP:22060
Component Description UBS001VL

knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
SEF598K
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001VM
The MIL will not light up for these diagnoses.

Trouble Diagnosis
Name
0327 low input sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001VN
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001VO
EC
BBWA0782E

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001VP

NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and knock sensor harness
connector.
3. Check harness continuity between knock sensor terminal 1 and
ECM terminal 15.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0708E
3. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EC
D
BBIA0155E
E
>> GO TO 5.

G
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS001VQ
KNOCK SENSOR H
Use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 M.
I
2. Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.
Resistance: 530 - 590 k [at 20C (68F)]
CAUTION: J
Discard any knock sensors that have been dropped or physi-
cally damaged. Use only new ones.
K
BBIA0311E
Removal and Installation UBS001VR L

KNOCK SENSOR
M

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS001VS
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine rev-
olution.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
change.
changes.
PBIB0562E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS006IY

Tachometer: Connect
ENG SPEED Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II CONSULT-II value.
value.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001VT

is not detected by the ECM during the first
Signal plate
running.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001VU
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V with ignition
switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
onds at idle speed.
.
4. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5
seconds.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go toEC-839, "Diagnostic Procedure" SEF058Y
.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
WITH GST
A
EC

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001VV
BBWA0783E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 3.0V C
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition D
Idle speed
Crankshaft position sensor PBIB0527E E

13 Y
(POS)
Approximately 3.0V
F
[Engine is running]
G
PBIB0528E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001VW
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS I

J
>> GO TO 2.
K
BBIA0155E
M

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness
connector.
BBIA0156E
3. Check voltage between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF479Y

Harness for open and short between ECM and crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and crankshaft position sensor (POS)
4. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to the wiring diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 13 and CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. EC

D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS001VX
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) E

1. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connec-
tor.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. F
G
H
PBIB0563E
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure. I

3 (+) - 1 () J
3 (+) - 2 () Except 0 or
2 (+) - 1 ()
K
If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
MBIB0024E
L
Removal and Installation UBS001VY
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) M


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS001VZ

intake valve camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
PBIB0562E
change.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001W0
for the first few seconds during engine
Dead (Weak) battery
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001W1
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V with ignition
switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
onds at idle speed.
.
seconds.
. SEF013Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001W2
EC
BBWA0784E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Camshaft position sensor PBIB0525E

14 W/R
(PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0526E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001W3

Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine turn over?
Does the starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.

>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0155E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness
connector.
D
BBIA0161E
3. Check voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF479Y
H

I
Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM relay
Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM J
K
5. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
L
2. Check harness continuity between (CMP) sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to the wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
6. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 14.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
PBIB0565E

>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS001W4
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) A

3. Remove the sensor. EC
PBIB0563E
F
3 (+) - 1 (-) G
3 (+) - 2 (-) Except 0 or
2 (+) - 1 (-)
H
I
MBIB0024E
Removal and Installation UBS001W5
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) J


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001WZ
The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
PBIB1216E
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity will indicate a low switching frequency of
heated oxygen sensor 2. As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2 switching fre-
quency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified
limit value, the three way catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed.
Three way catalyst (manifold)
Exhaust tube
Three way catalyst 1 does not operate prop- Intake air leaks
P0420 Catalyst system effi- erly.
Fuel injectors
0420 ciency below threshold Three way catalyst 1 does not have enough
oxygen storage capacity. Fuel injector leaks
Spark plug
Improper ignition timing
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001X0
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
with CONSULT-II.
(158F).
7. Open engine hood. SEF189Y

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
PORT mode with CONSULT-II. A
tive minutes, then release the accelerator pedal completely.
If CMPLT of CATALYST changed to COMPLT, GO TO EC
STEP 12.
C
SEF534Z
D
IMCMP of CATALYST changes to CMPLT (it will take
E
If not CMPLT, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70C
(158F) and then retest step 1.
G
PBIB0567E

H
13. Confirm that the 1st trip DTC is not detected.
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-850, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
I
SEF535Z
K
Overall Function Check UBS001X1
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed. L
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. M
load.
6. Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminal 74 and ground.
7. Keep engine speed at 2,500 rpm constant under no load.
8. Make sure that the voltage does not vary for more than 5 sec-
onds.
If the voltage fluctuation cycle takes less than 5 seconds, go to
EC-850, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 V 0 - 0.3 V 0.6 - 1.0 V
PBIB1197E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001X2

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

2. Listen for an exhaust air leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

Check for ignition timing. Refer to EC-669, "Basic Inspection" .
Target idle speed
M/T 650 50 rpm
A/T 18 5BTDC (in P or N position)
Ignition timing
M/T 7 5BTDC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5. CHECK INJECTORS A
1. Refer to Wiring Diagram for Injectors, EC-1169 .
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 22, 23, 41, 42 and EC
Battery voltage should exist.
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Perform Diagnostic Procedure INJECTOR, EC-1169 . D
E
MBIB0030E

F
3. Connect a known-good spark plug to the ignition coil assembly. G
5. Check for spark.
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 7.
I
SEF575Q
K
7. CHECK INJECTOR
L
3. Disconnect ignition coil assembly harness connector.
M
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip)>>GO TO 8.
NG (Drips)>>Replace the injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.

Trouble is fixed>>INSPECTION END

Trouble is not fixed>>Replace three way catalyst (manifold).

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
System Description UBS001X3
NOTE:
If DTC P0441 is displayed with other DTC such as P2122, P2123 P2127, P2128, P2138, first perform
trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
PBIB1209E
In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001X4
are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined.
and the circuit
0441 incorrect purge flow intake manifold and EVAP control system pres-
sure sensor.
Blocked purge port

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 0C (32F) or more. C
WITH CONSULT-II
D
4. Select PURG FLOW P0441 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC CONFIRMATION mode with CON- E
SULT-II.
5. Touch START.
If COMPLETED is displayed, go to step 7. F
Selector lever Suitable position G
Vehicle speed 32 - 120 km/h (20 - 75 MPH)
H
Engine coolant temperature More than 70C (158F)
I
L
PBIB0826E
If TESTING is not changed for a long time, retry from step 2.

M
Overall Function Check UBS001X7
During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
and note it.
minute.
Headlamp switch ON
PBIB1109E

2. Check EVAP canister for cracks.
OK or NG
2. CHECK PURGE FLOW

With CONSULT-II
vacuum gauge.
CONSULT-II.
BBIA0160E

VOL CONT/V opening and check vacuum existence.
PURG VOL CONT/V VACUUM
100.0% Should exist.
0.0% should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0721E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. CHECK PURGE FLOW A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Stop engine.
C
vacuum gauge.
5. Check vacuum gauge indication when revving engine up to D
2,000 rpm.
6. Release the accelerator pedal fully and let idle. E
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 4.
G
H
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair it.
5. CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT J

EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B . K
SEF367U

OK or NG
SEF368U

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
PBIB0721E

Refer to EC-867 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

nector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
BBIA0157E
9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION

Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P0452, EC-880 P0453, EC-886 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.

Refer to EC-878 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
12. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE A
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace it.
C
D
>> GO TO 14.

F
>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister
The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve will then be opened to depressurize the EVAP purge line using intake manifold
vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will be closed.
PBIB1209E
Leak is in line between intake manifold and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent
control valve.
EVAP control system EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
P0442
small leak detected control system does not operate prop-
0442 Loose or disconnected rubber tube
(negative pressure) erly.
EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is
missing or damaged
ORVR system leaks

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, A
Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. EC
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001XB
NOTE: C
TESTING CONDITION:
D
E
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. F
4. Check the following conditions are met. G
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70C (32 - 158F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60C (32 - 140F)
5. Select EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode H
with CONSULT-II.
I
L
PBIB0829E
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to M
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to the EVAP can-
ister purge volume control solenoid valve properly.
SEC763C
WITH GST
NOTE:
1. Start engine.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. Drive vehicle according to Driving Pattern, EC-649 .
3. Stop vehicle.
6. Start engine.
7. Drive vehicle again according to the Driving Pattern, EC-649 .
8. Stop vehicle.
If P0442 and P0441 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001XC

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF915U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EC
Pressure:
15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90
psi) C
Vacuum:
6.0 to 3.3 kPa (0.061 to 0.035 kg/cm2 , 0.87 to
0.50 psi) D
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an SEF445Y
incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on. E
SEF943S
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 5.
J

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely.
For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-1206, "EVAPORA-
TIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
NOTE:
BBIA0160E
SEF916U


With CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
NOTE:

sure in the system.
PEF917U
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
C
NOTE:
Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. D

sure in the system.
E
BBIA0157E
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. G
SEF200U
I
Refer to EC-859, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring or harness/connector. K

1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor L
attached.
Yes or No M
Yes >> GO TO 10.
PBIB1213E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 11.

EVAP hose cennected to EVAP canister for clogging or poor connection
With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
4. Touch Qu on CONSULT-II screen to increase PURG VOL CONT/V opening to 100.0%.
2,000 rpm.
Vuccum should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.
PBIB0726E
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 14.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
14. CHECK VACUUM HOSE A
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-1206, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE
DRAWING" .
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 15.
C

D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. G

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. I

J
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 19.
19. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE L
M
>> GO TO 20.
20. CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE

nection. For location, refer to EC-1212, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.

>> INSPECTION END

VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
VALVE PFP:14920 A
Description UBS001XD
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
C
EVAP canister D
Battery Battery voltage*2 EVAP canister purge volume
purge flow
Throttle position sensor Throttle position control solenoid valve
control
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position E
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensors 1

*2: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signal of engine speed and battery voltage.
G
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is H
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION I
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is J
K
SEF337U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001XE M

Engine: After warming up Idle (Vehicle stopped) 0%
Air conditioner switch OFF
PURG VOL C/V Shift lever: N (A/T),
2,000 rpm
Neutral (M/T)
No-load

VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001XF
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
P0444 An excessively low voltage signal is sent shorted.)
0444 to ECM through the valve
open EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
shorted
solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001XH
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST

VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001XI
EC
BBWA0785E

VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
EVAP canister purge vol- SEC990C

45 GY/L
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
than 100 seconds after starting engine).
SEC991C
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001XJ
CUIT
harness connector.
BBIA0162E

solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF206W

VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM relay. EC

C
D
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 45 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid E
valve terminal 2.
OK or NG
G
H
With CONSULT-II I
2. Start engine.
3. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with J
valve opening.
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
L
M
PBIB0721E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END

VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS006IJ

With CONSULT-II
100.0% Yes
0.0% No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
between A and B
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No
PBIB0150E
Removal and Installation UBS006IK


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Component Description UBS001XK
opened. D
PBIB1263E
E
H
BBIA0157E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001XL I

J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001XM

K
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001XO

M
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS001XP
EC
BBWA0291E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.5V
ECM relay OFF
111 W/G
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
valve (11 - 14V)
120 R/G (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001XQ
1. INSPECTION START
1. Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-II
2. Select VENT CONTROL/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0726E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
BBIA0157E
E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 4.
H
PBIB0080E

Harness connectors F27, M59 J
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM relay
K
5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND L
SHORT
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

>> INSPECTION END


With CONSULT-II
rusted.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
PBIB1033E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. A
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
EC
ON No
OFF Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second. C
If OK, go to next step. PBIB0721E
D
7. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
Without CONSULT-II E
rusted. F
PBIB1033E
I
J
No
terminals 1 and 2 K
OFF Yes
L
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. PBIB1034E

4. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. M

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS003NR

sure increases.
BBIA0157E
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003NS

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003NT
NOTE:
EC-1028.

pressure sensor low
0452 sent to ECM.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003NV
A
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
C
3. Turn ignition switch ON. D
6. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. E
.
F
SEF194Y
WITH GST
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
I
.
PBIB1199E
J

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003NW
BBWA0786E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
sure sensor
48 L/W Sensors' power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
Idle speed
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003NX

F
>> GO TO 2. G
I
BBIA0155E
2. CHECK CONNECTOR
J
nector.
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 3.
M
BBIA0157E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0138E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

Joint connector-1
SHORT
2.
Continuity should
exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor
C

D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. E

G
>> INSPECTION END
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR H

Do not reuse the O-ring, replace it with a new one. I
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between J

Applied vacuum kPa
Voltage V
(mmHg, inHg) K
L
CAUTION:
Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or PBIB1200E
M

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS003NY

sure increases.
BBIA0157E
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003NZ

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003O0
NOTE:
EC-1028.
EVAP control system EVAP canister vent control valve
pressure sensor high EVAP canister
0453 sent to ECM.
input
Rubber hose to EVAP canister vent con-
trol valve
solenoid valve

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003O2
A
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
C
6. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. E
.
F
SEF194Y
WITH GST
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
I
.
PBIB1199E
J

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003O3
BBWA0786E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
sure sensor
Idle speed
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003O4

F
>> GO TO 2. G
I
BBIA0155E
2. CHECK CONNECTOR
J
nector.
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 3.
M
BBIA0157E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0138E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

Joint connector-1
SHORT
2.
Continuity should
exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
C

D
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 10.
F
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. J

Check obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Clean rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube. L

M
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14.
No >> GO TO 16.
PBIB1213E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.

EVAP hose connected to EVAP canister for clogging or poor connection

>> INSPECTION END

EVAP CONTROL PRESSURE SENSOR

4. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between

Applied vacuum kPa
Voltage V
(mmHg, inHg)
CAUTION:

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001XY
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. EC
PBIB1209E
H
I
close.
J
solenoid valve. K
vent control valve.
EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks L
EVAP control system has a very large leak EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
P0455 EVAP control system leaks
such as fuel filler cap fell off, EVAP control sys-
tem does not operate properly. EVAP purge line rubber tube bent. M
circuit
ORVR system leaks

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001Y0
CAUTION:
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hose are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70C (32 - 158F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60C (32 - 140F)
with CONSULT-II.
PBIB0829E
NOTE:

If NG is displayed, select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode with
CONSULT-II and make sure that EVAP GROSS LEAK [P0455]
is displayed. If it is displayed, refer to EC-895, "Diagnostic Pro-
cedure" .
P0442, EC-860 .
SEC763C
WITH GST
NOTE:

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to Driving Pattern, EC-649 . A
3. Stop vehicle.
EC
6. Start engine.
7. Drive vehicle again according to the Driving Pattern, EC-649 . D
8. Stop vehicle.
If P0455 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-895, "Diagnostic Procedure" . E
If P0441, P0442 and P0455 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step. F
G
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001Y1
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN H

2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. J
SEF915U L

M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Pressure:
15.3 - 20.0 kPa
(0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum:
6.0 to 3.4 kPa
(0.061 to 0.035 kg/cm2 , 0.87 to 0.48 psi)
SEF445Y
SEF943S
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL
may come on.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

disconnection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> GO TO 7.

EVAP canister vent control is installed properly.
Refer to EC-1209, "Removal and Installation"
EVAP canister vent control valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
8. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP A
NOTE: EC
C
D
BBIA0160E
SEF916U
H

Models without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 10. I

J
With CONSULT-II
2. Select EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE of WORK SUPPORT mode K
with CONSULT-II.
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph. L
NOTE:
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pres- M

sure in the system.
PEF917U
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
SEF200U

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:

sure in the system.
BBIA0157E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
SEF200U
With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.
PBIB0726E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Stop engine.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13. E
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-1206, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE F
DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 14. G
H
With CONSULT-II
I
1. Start engine.
J
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
K
NG >> GO TO 15.
PBIB0721E
15. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
18. CHECK EVAP/ORVR VAPOR LINE

Check refueling EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and
improper connection. For location, refer to EC-1212, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY
(ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.
>> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.

>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small leak EC
diagnosis.
If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P0456 will be detected.
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK. C
PBIB1209E I
Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve J
Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap. K
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent con- L
trol valve.
EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks M
Evaporative emission EVAP system has a very small leak. Loose or disconnected rubber tube
0456 small leak (negative EVAP system does not operate prop- EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
pressure check) erly. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
ing or damaged
ORVR system leaks

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0068X
NOTE:
If DTC P0456 is displayed with P0442, perform first trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456.
TESTING CONDITION:
Fuel filler cap is removed.
WITH CONSULT-II
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32C (32 - 90F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35C (32 - 95F)
fuel until the output voltage condition of the FUEL LEVEL SE meets within the range above and leave
with CONSULT-II.
PBIB0837E

NOTE:
valve properly.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Overall Function Check UBS0068Y
WITH GST A
CAUTION: EC
C
vice port.
D
BBIA0160E
2. Set the pressure pump and a hose. G

H
5. Connect GST and select mode 8.
6. Using mode 8 control the EVAP canister vent control valve
(close).
I
isfied.
Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP J
SEF462UI
system and the pressure to be dropped: 60 seconds and
the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3 mmHg, 0.12 inHg).
If NG, go to EC-904, "Diagnostic Procedure" . K
8. Disconnect GST.
9. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. L
12. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds. M
NOTE:

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0068Z

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF915U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

Refer to EC-1208, "FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EC
D
BBIA0160E
SEF916U
H
NOTE:
I

J

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
NOTE:

sure in the system.
PEF917U
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U

Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:

sure in the system.
BBIA0157E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE A
EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly. Refer to EC-1209, "Removal and Installation"
EVAP canister vent control valve (Refer to EC-878, "Component Inspection" EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring. C

D
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? E
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 10.
No (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12. F
PBIB1213E
H
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor I
attached.
OK or NG J
NG >> GO TO 11. K
Check the following. L
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
M

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.
PBIB0721E
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 14.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18. EC
18. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE C

D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
E
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. F
>> GO TO 20.
G
20. CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
nection. For location, refer to EC-1212, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)" . H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. I

J
Check signal line recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness
and improper connection.
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 22.
NG >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube.
22. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE L

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 23.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.

>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS001Y2
sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
PBIB1218E
On Board Diagnostic Logic UBS001Y3
NOTE:
U1001. Refer to DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE, EC-728 .
tion is detected.

0460 noise
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF195Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001Y7
1. CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION A
Refer to FL-3 .
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Follow the instruction of METER AND GAUGES. Refer to DI-3 .
C
2. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRUIT
Refer to FL-3 .
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
E
>> INSPECTION END

G
Removal and Installation UBS006IZ
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

H

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
PBIB1218E
On Board Diagnostic Logic UBS001Y9
NOTE:
U1001. Refer to DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE, EC-728 .
This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has
been driven.
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does Harness or connectors
P0461 Fuel level sensor circuit not change within the specified range even (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
0461 range/performance though the vehicle has been driven a long dis-
tance. Fuel level sensor
Overall Function Check UBS001YB
WARNING:
"FUEL SYSTEM" .
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
NOTE:
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-637, "FUEL
PRESSURE RELEASE" .
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was
removed.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds then turn
ON.
6. Select FUEL LEVEL SE in DATA MONITOR mode with CON-
SULT-II. SEF195Y

8. Select FUEL PUMP in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
9. Touch ON and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) and stop it.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
12. Check FUEL LEVEL SE output voltage and confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03V dur-
ing step 7 to 11. A
If NG, go to Diagnostic Procedure EC-913 .
WITH GST
EC
NOTE:
Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8
Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose. C
D
6. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel tank using proper equipment. E
7. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
9. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies. F
10. If NG, go to Diagnostic Procedure, EC-913 .
G
Refer to FL-3 H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Follow the instruction of DI-16 . I
Refer to DI-26, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" . J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. K

L
>> INSPECTION END M

Removal and Installation UBS006J1
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS001YC
sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication.
PBIB1218E
On Board Diagnostic Logic UBS001YD
NOTE:
If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE, EC-728 .
This diagnosis indicates the former, to detect open or short circuit malfunction.
P0462 Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively low voltage is sent from the
0462 low input sensor to ECM.
P0463 Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively high voltage is sent from the Fuel level sensor
0463 high input sensor to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001YF
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at ignition
switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF195Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001YH
1. CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION A
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Follow the instruction of METER AND GAUGES. Refer to DI-16, "Meter/Gauge Operation and
Odo/Trip Meter Segment Check in Diagnosis Mode" . C

Refer to DI-26, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" . D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
E

F
>> INSPECTION END G

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

H

DTC P0500 VSS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS001YI
NOTE:
If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-728, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
speed signal to the combination meter. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM through CAN
communication line.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001YJ
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from Harness or connectors
P0500
Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM (The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or
0500
even when vehicle is being driven. shorted)
Combination meter
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001YK
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine (TCS switch OFF).
2. Read VHCL SPEED SE in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-
II should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
onds.
1,800 - 6,000 rpm (A/T)
ENG SPEED
2,000 - 6,000 rpm (M/T)
B/FUEL SCHDL More then 4.8 msec
Selector lever Except P or N position
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
.
Overall Function Check UBS001YL
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
WITH GST

DTC P0500 VSS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST. A
4. If NG, go to EC-917, "Diagnostic Procedure" . EC
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001YN
1. CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT C

OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK COMBINATION METER E

F
>> INSPECTION END

G

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Description UBS003OC
NOTE:
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
operation, etc.).
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003OE
Idle speed control sys- Electric throttle control actuator
tem RPM lower than
expected
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003OF
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-919 .
SEF174Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003OH
1. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK A

2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Discover air leak location and repair. C
2. REPLACE ECM
D
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace ECM.
3. Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . E
F
>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Description UBS003OJ
NOTE:
If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
operation, etc.).
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003OL

expected PCV system
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003OM
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003OO
1. CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION A

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 2.
C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. E
3. REPLACE ECM
F
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace ECM.
3. Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . G
H
>> INSPECTION END

I

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR PFP:49763
Component Description UBS003WV
Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power

steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load. This
sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load
into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. The
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the
throttle valve opening angle to increase the engine speed and
BBIA0164E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003WW

the engine
Steering wheel is turned. ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003WX

NOTE:
EC-1028.
P0550 Power steering pressure An excessively low or high voltage from the (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0550 sensor circuit sensor is sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003WY
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003WZ
EC
BBWA0787E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.0V
Power steering pressure Steering wheel is being turned.
12 P
0.4 - 0.8V
Steering wheel is not being turned.
67 B/W (Power steering pressure Approximately 0V
sensor) Idle speed
Sensor power supply

sensor)

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect PSP sensor harness connector.
EC
D
BBIA0164E
3. Check voltage between PSP sensor terminal 1 and ground with E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
in harness or connectors. G
PBIB0188E H
3. CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

2. Check harness continuity between PSP sensor terminal 3 and engine ground.
Continuity should exist. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. K
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART L

Joint connector-1 M
Harness for open or short between power steering pressure sensor and ECM
Harness for open or short between power steering pressure sensor and TCM
5. CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 12 and PSP sensor terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. CHECK PSP SENSOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace PSP sensor.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS003X1
POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR

Condition Voltage
Steering wheel is being turned fully. 0.5 - 4.0V
Steering wheel is not being turned. 0.4 - 0.8V
MBIB0025E

DTC P0605 ECM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Component Description UBS006FV
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine. EC
PBIB1164E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006FW

P0605
0605 G
FAIL-SAFE MODE H
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction A is detected.
I
Malfunction A
degrees) by the return spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006FX J

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no problem on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
B, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C. K
NOTE:
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. M
.
SEF058Y
With GST

DTC P0605 ECM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
turn ON.
.
SEF058Y
With GST
With CONSULT-II
turn ON.
4. Repeat step 3 for, 32 times.
.
SEF058Y
With GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006FY
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
3. Touch ERASE.
See EC-927 .
With GST
3. Touch ERASE.
See EC-927 .
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.

DTC P0605 ECM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. REPLACE ECM A
1. Replace ECM.
C
>> INSPECTION END

DTC P1031, P1032 A/F SENSOR HEATER
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1031, P1032 A/F SENSOR HEATER PFP:22693
Description UBS001ZB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM
function
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Air fuel
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) ratio (A/F)
sensor 1
heater
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air heater
control
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element at the specified range.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS001ZC

A/F S1 HTR (B1) Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 0 - 100%
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS001ZD
Trouble diagnosis
name
The current amperage in the heated air fuel ratio
(A/F) sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal Harness or connectors
P1031 Air fuel ratio (A/F) (The heated A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
range.
1031 sensor 1 heater open or shorted.)
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
(Bank 1) control circuit low
through the heated air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Heater A/F sensor 1 heater
heater.)
The current amperage in the heated air fuel ratio
(A/F) sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal Harness or connectors
P1032 Air fuel ratio (A/F) (The heated A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
range.
1032 sensor 1 heater shorted.)
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to
(Bank 1) control circuit high
ECM through the heated air fuel ratio (A/F) sen- Heater A/F sensor 1 heater
sor 1 heater.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS001ZE
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
With CONSULT-II
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
.
SEF058Y

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
WITH GST
1. Start engine and run it for at least 10 seconds at idle speed. A
EC
When using GST, DTC Confirmation Procedure should be performed twice as much as when C
D

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS006H1
BBWA0802E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
2 R A/F sensor 1 heater Warm-up condition Approximately 5V
Idle speed
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS001ZG
1. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

BBIA0155E
I
3. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
J
L
BBIA0140E
5. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 3 and ground with M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0740E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 2 and A/F sensor 1 terminal 4. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> Replace A/F sensor 1.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS001ZH
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER A

Check resistance between terminals 3 and 4.
Resistance: 2.3 - 4.3 at 25C (77F)
EC
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 1, 2, 5, 6, terminals 4 and
1, 2, 5, 6.
Continuity should not exist. C
If NG, replace the A/F sensor 1.
CAUTION:
Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a D
height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such
as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system E
threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool
J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
F
SEF582Z H
Removal and Installation UBS001ZI
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR HEATER

Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" . I

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS003X2
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
PBIB1164E
P1065 ECM power supply cir- ECM back-up RAM system does not function [ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is
1065 cuit properly. open or shorted.]
ECM
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
turn ON.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 four times.
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003X5
EC
BBWA0294E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
(Buck-up) (11 - 14V)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
MBIB0026E

10A fuse

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A
With CONSULT-II
EC
3. Touch ERASE.
C
See EC-936 .
With GST D
3. Touch ERASE. E
See EC-936 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again? F
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> INSPECTION END G
5. REPLACE ECM
H
1. Replace ECM.
3. Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . I
>> INSPECTION END J

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS006FZ
SEC266C
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS006G0

MAS A/F SE-B1
Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,500 rpm 1.5 - 2.4V
No-load
CAL/LD VALUE
Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,500 rpm 12.0 - 27.0%
No-load
MASS AIRFLOW
Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,500 rpm 5.0 - 10.0 gm/s
No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006G1

NOTE:
EC-1028.
Trouble diagnosis
name
Mass air flow sensor Harness or connectors

P1102 A voltage from the sensor is constantly (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit range/perfor-
1102 approx.1.0V when engine is running.
mance problem Mass air flow sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006G2
A
NOTE:
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. C
D
SEF058Y
F
WITH GST
G

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003OV
BBWA0774E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Sensors' power supply C
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition 1.0 - 1.7V D
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition 1.5 - 2.1V E
[Engine is running]
67 B/W Mass air flow sensor ground Warm-up condition Approximately 0V F
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch OFF] G
0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch OFF] H
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
119 R/G BATTERY VOLTAGE I
120 R/G (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003OW

J
K
>> GO TO 2. L
BBIA0155E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
BBIA0150E

Terminal Voltage
2 Approximately 5V
4 Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0076E


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

Joint connector-1.
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM.
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and TCM.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
EC
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 7.
D
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 8.
F
G
>> INSPECTION END

H

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS003OX

signal) and ground.
Conditions Voltage V
1.0 - 1.7
perature.)
1.5 - 2.4
temperature.)
PBIB1059E
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in
engine speed.
Perform steps 2 and 3 again.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Description UBS006G3
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Engine speed

MBIB0121E
J
valve.
L
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil M
or stops oil flow.
position.
PBIB0195E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS006G4

INT/V SOL (B1) T) When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0% - 80%
quickly
No-load
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM Harness or connectors

P1111 Intake valve timing control (Solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
through intake valve timing control solenoid
1111 solenoid valve circuit
valve. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS006G7
EC
BBWA0788E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Intake valve timing MBIB0052E

11 G/Y
control solenoid valve
7 - 10V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0532E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006G8
1. CHECK IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

connector.
BBIA0148E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0192E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 11 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve termi- EC
nal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. D
3. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE E

OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

H
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS006G9
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE I

1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
valve terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. J
1 and 2 Approximately 8 at 20C (68F) K

1 or 2 and ground
L
PBIB0193E
M
Removal and Installation UBS006GA


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS003X7
Electric throttle control actuator does not func-
A) tion properly due to the return spring malfunc-
tion.
P1121 Electric throttle control Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is
B) Electric throttle control actuator
1121 actuator not in specified range.
ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open.
C) This self-diagnosis has the one trip detec-
tion logic.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction A or B is detected in the two consecutive trip, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the
MIL lights up.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle
Malfunction A
position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction C
NOTE:
With CONSULT-II
turn ON.
.
SEF058Y
With GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
With CONSULT-II A
EC
4. Shift selector lever to N or P position.
C
D
SEF058Y
E
With GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003XA
F

1. Remove the intake air duct. G
and the housing.
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 2.
control actuator inside. I
J
BBIA0178E
2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR K

2. Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . L
>> INSPECTION END M

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Description UBS003XB
NOTE:
P1126. Refer to EC-952 or EC-961 .
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003XC

P1122 Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not oper- (Throttle control motor circuit is open or
1122 performance problem ate properly. shorted)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003XD
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003XE
EC
BBWA0789E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
supply (11 - 14V)
0 - 14V
Engine stopped
(Close)
PBIB0534E
0 - 14V
Engine stopped
(Open)
PBIB0533E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003XF

1. Turn ignition switch OFF
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY SIGNAL CIRCUIT A
lowing conditions with CONSULT-II or tester.
EC
Battery voltage C
ON
(11 - 14V)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. D
NG >> GO TO 3. MBIB0028E
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E

F
BBIA0102E
I

and ground. J
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0575E
M
15A fuse

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
6. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
8. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
actuator terminal
4 Should exist
3
5 Should not exist
6
5 Should exist

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
the housing. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle C
BBIA0178E
E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 12. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. I

J
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS006IL
L
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5. M
Yes
PBIB0098E


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
step.
PBIB0095E
Removal and Installation UBS006IM


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Component Description UBS003XI
Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
C
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003XJ

D
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003XK

E

P1124 Throttle control motor ECM detects the throttle control motor relay is (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
1124 relay circuit short stuck ON. shorted) G
P1126 Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for (Throttle control motor relay circuit is H
1126 relay circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low. open)
I
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MlL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode J
spring.
K
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003XL
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
TESTING CONDITION: M
With CONSULT-II
SEF058Y

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
With GST
With CONSULT-II
2. Select DATA MONITORmode with CONSULT-II.
SEF058Y
With GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003XM
EC
BBWA0790E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
supply (11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003XN
1. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect throttle control motor relay harness connector.
BBIA0102E
3. Check voltage between throttle control motor relay terminal 2, 5

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0575E

Fuse and fusible link connector E23
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and battery

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G

OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 6.

K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS006IA

M
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
PBIB0098E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS003XO
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003XP

FAIL-SAFE MODE
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003XQ
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003XR
EC
BBWA0791E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 14V
Engine stopped
(Close)
PBIB0534E
0 - 14V
Engine stopped
(Open)
PBIB0533E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003XS

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
C
actuator terminal
4 Should exist D
3
5 Should not exist
6
5 Should exist E

OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
I
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
K
M
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS003XT

step.
PBIB0095E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Removal and Installation UBS003XU


DTC P1132 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1132 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE PFP:00000
A
Swirl control valve consists of actuator and valve. The valve is

installed in the intake manifold, and the actuator is connected to the EC
rear end of the valve shaft.
The swirl control valve uses a step motor which has four winding
phases. It operates according to the output pulse signal of the ECM.
Two windings are turned ON and OFF in sequence. Each time an C
ON pulse is issued, the valve opens or closes. When no change in
the control position is needed, the ECM does not issue the pulse sig-
nal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the valve remains at D
that particular opening.
BBIA0174E
E

0 - 5 step
below 44C (111F)
SWL C/V (B1) Engine: Idle the engine
115 - 120 step
above 45C (113F)
Approx. 0 deg.
below 44C (111F) H
SWL/C POSI SE Engine: Idle the engine
Approx. 80 deg.
above 45C (113F)
I
Trouble diagnosis
name J
Harness or connectors (The swirl control
P1132 Swirl control valve valve circuit is open or shorted.)
An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM.
1132 circuit
Swirl control valve control solenoid valve
K
NOTE:
L
WITH CONSULT-II M
7. Maintain engine speed at about 2,000 rpm for at least 10 sec-
onds.
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then
turn ON.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-974, "Diagnostic Procedure" SEF058Y
.
9. Perform step 5 through 8 three times.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EC
BBWA0800E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TERMINAL WIRE
NO. COLOR
17 LG
18 R/W [Engine is running]
19 PU/W Idle speed
20 L/Y
1. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect swirl control valve harness connector.
BBIA0174E
4. Check voltage between swirl control valve terminals 2, 5 and

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0627E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and swirl control valve terminals as follows. EC
ECM terminal Swirl volume control valve
C
17 6
18 3
19 4 D
20 1
Continuity should exist. E

OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE G
Check resistance between swirl control valve terminal 2 and termi-

nals 1, 3, terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6. H
Resistance: 20.5 - 23.5 [At 20C (68F)]
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace intake manifold assembly.
SEF605Y

>> INSPECTION END

SWIRL CONTROL VALVE


DTC P1137 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1137 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR PFP:23731
Swirl control valve position sensor is installed on the intake manifold.

The sensor is connected to the front end of the valve shaft of the
swirl control valve.
The sensor responds to the valve shaft movement. This sensor is a
kind of potentiometer which transforms the swirl control valve posi-
tion into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM.
BBIA0173E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0069A

0 - 5 step
below 44C (111F).
SWL C/V (B1) Engine speed: Idle
115 - 120 step
above 45C (113F).
Engine speed: Idle
Approximately 0 deg
Engine coolant temperature is below 44C (111F).
SWL/C POSI SE
Engine speed: Idle
Approximately 80 deg
Engine coolant temperature is above 45C (113F).
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0069B
Trouble diagnosis
name
(Swirl control valve position sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
Swirl control valve Swirl control valve position sensor
P1137 An excessively low or high voltage from the
control position sen-
1137 sensor is ECM. Harness or connectors
sor circuit
(Swirl control valve circuit is open or
shorted.)
Swirl control valve

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0069D
A
NOTE:
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II and wait at
least 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-980, "Diagnostic Procedure" D
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST F

G

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0069E
BBWA0801E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TERMINAL WIRE EC
NO. COLOR
17 LG
18 R/W [Engine is running] C
19 PU/W Idle speed
20 L/Y
[Engine is running]
D
Idle speed
Approximately 5V
is below 44C (111F).
Swirl control valve position sen- E
sor
Warm-up condition
Idle speed 0 - 1.0V
F
is above 45C (113F).
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground G
Idle speed
[Engine is running] H
0 - 1.0V
For 5 seconds after turning
111 W/G ECM relay (Self shut-off) ignition switch OFF
I
BATTERY VOLTAGE
5 seconds passed after turn- (11 - 14V)
ing ignition switch OFF
J

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0069F

BBIA0174E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0627E
2. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and swirl control valve terminals as follows.
17 6
18 3
19 4
20 1

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE A
nals 1, 3, terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6.
Resistance: 20.5 - 23.5 [at 20C (68F)] EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
C
NG >> Replace intake manifold collector assembly.
SEF605Y
H
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws. I
>> GO TO 5.
J
BBIA0155E L

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect swirl control valve position sensor harness connec-
tor.
BBIA0173E
3. Check voltage between swirl control valve position sensor termi-

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
PBIB0138E
6. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between swirl control valve position sensor terminal 1 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

Joint connector-1
Harness for open or short between swirl control valve position sensor and TCM
Harness for open or short between swirl control valve position sensor and ECM

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
8. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND A
SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 54 and swirl control valve position sensor terminal 2. EC
C
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 9. D

OK or NG
OK >> Replace intake manifold assembly. F
Removal and Installation UBS0069G
G
SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
H

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1138 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE PFP:00000
Description UBS0069H
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func-
tion
Battery Battery voltage*
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Swirl con-
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) trol valve Swirl control valve
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air control

Swirl control valve position sensor Swirl control valve position
*: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signal of engine speed and battery voltage.
Swirl control valve has a valve portion in the intake passage of each cylinder.
While idling and during low engine coolant temperature, the swirl control valve closes, Thus the velocity of the
air in the intake passage increases, promoting the vaporization of the fuel and producing a swirl in the com-
bustion chamber.
Because of this operation, this system tends to increase the burning speed of the gas mixture, improve fuel
consumption, and increase the stability in running conditions.
Also, except when idling and during low engine coolant temperature, this system opens the swirl control valve.
In this condition, this system tends to increase power by improving intake efficiency via reduction of intake flow
resistance, intake flow.
The swirl control valve is operated by the ECM.
Throttle position sensor Engine coolant tempera-
Swirl control valve
(Idle position) ture
OFF Open
Above 45C (113F) Open
ON
Below 44C (111F) Close
Swirl Control Valve
Swirl control valve consists of actuator and valve. The valve is
installed in the intake manifold, and the actuator is connected to the
rear end of the valve shaft.
The swirl control valve uses a step motor which has four winding
phases. It operates according to the output pulse signal of the ECM.
Two windings are turned ON and OFF in sequence. Each time an
ON pulse is issued, the valve opens or closes. When no change in
the control position is needed, the ECM does not issue the pulse sig-
nal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the valve remains at
that particular opening.
BBIA0174E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Swirl Control Valve Position Sensor
Swirl control valve position sensor is installed on the intake manifold. A
The sensor is connected to the front end of the valve shaft of the
swirl control valve.
The sensor responds to the valve shaft movement. This sensor is a EC
kind of potentiometer which transforms the swirl control valve posi-
tion into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM.
C
BBIA0173E
D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0069I
Specification data are reference values. E

0 - 5 step F
below 44C (111F).
SWL C/V (B1) Engine speed: Idle
115 - 120 step
above 45C (113F).
G
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0069J
Trouble diagnosis
name H
(Swirl control valve position sensor circuit is
open or shorted.) I
The target opening angle of swirl control valve
Swirl control valve Swirl control valve position sensor
P1138 controlled by ECM and the input signal from
control system per-
1138 swirl control valve position sensor is not in the Harness or connectors
formance
normal rang. (Swirl control valve circuit is open or
J
shorted.)
Swirl control valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0069L K

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds L
before conducting the next test.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. M
SEF174Y
7. Maintain engine speed at about 2,000 rpm for at least 10 seconds.
9. Perform step 5 through 8 three times.
With GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0069M
BBWA0801E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TERMINAL WIRE EC
NO. COLOR
17 LG
18 R/W [Engine is running] C
19 PU/W Idle speed
20 L/Y
[Engine is running]
D
Idle speed
Approximately 5V
is below 44C (111F).
Swirl control valve position sen- E
sor
Warm-up condition
Idle speed 0 - 1.0V
F
is above 45C (113F).
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground G
Idle speed
0 - 1.0V
For 5 seconds after turning
111 W/G ECM relay (Self shut-off) ignition switch OFF
I
BATTERY VOLTAGE
5 seconds passed after turn- (11 - 14V)
ing ignition switch OFF
J

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0069N

BBIA0174E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0627E
2. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and swirl control valve terminals as follows.
17 6
18 3
19 4
20 1

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE A
nals 1, 3, terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6.
Resistance: 20.5 - 23.5 [At 20C (68F)] EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
C
NG >> Replace intake manifold collector assembly.
SEF605Y
H
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws. I
>> GO TO 5.
J
BBIA0155E L

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect swirl control valve position sensor harness connec-
tor.
BBIA0173E
3. Check voltage between swirl control valve position sensor termi-

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
PBIB0138E
6. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between swirl control valve position sensor terminal 1 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

Joint connector-1
Harness for open or short between swirl control valve position sensor and TCM
Harness for open or short between swirl control valve position sensor and ECM

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
8. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND A
SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 54 and swirl control valve position sensor terminal 2. EC
C
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 9. D

OK or NG
OK >> Replace intake manifold assembly. F
Removal and Installation UBS0069O
G
SWIRL CONTROL VALVE
H

DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS0069P

tions.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0069Q

HO2S2 (B1) 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
load
load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0069R

gen storage capacity before the three way catalyst causes the longer
2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is suffi-
ciently low during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
SEF558Z
P1146 Heated oxygen sensor 2 The minimum voltage from the sensor is not Heated oxygen sensor 2
1146 minimum voltage monitoring reached to the specified voltage.
Fuel pressure
Injectors

DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0069S
A
NOTE:
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30C (32 to 86F).
C
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no D
load.
E
F
PBIB0818E I
If CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED is displayed, perform the following. J
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring COOLANEMP/S indication on CONSULT-II. K
Overall Function Check UBS0069T
L
WITH GST M
load.

DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
at least 10 times.
procedure.
essary.
procedure.

DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0069U
EC
BBWA0283E

DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
met.
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0069V

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
EC
with CONSULT-II.
C
D
E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
G
nector.
H
I
J
Yes or No
K
No >> GO TO 3.

L
terminal 4.
OK or NG

DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

Refer toEC-998, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS0069W

With CONSULT-II
load.
4. Let engine idle and wait until 2 minutes have passed from starting the engine.
SEF519Z

DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
EC
PBIB1210E D
CAUTION: E
Without CONSULT-II
load. H
I
at least 10 times.
procedure.
sary. K
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
position withOD OFF (A/T) 3rd gear position. L
procedure.
M
CAUTION:
Removal and Installation UBS0069X


DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS0069Y

tions.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0069Z

HO2S2 (B1) 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
load
load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006A0

gen storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes
the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxy-
gen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the
sensor is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such
as fuel-cut.
SEF559Z
(The sensor circuit open or shorted.)
P1147 Heated oxygen sensor 2 The maximum voltage from the sensor is Heated oxygen sensor 2
1147 maximum voltage monitoring not reached to the specified voltage. Fuel pressure
Injectors
Intake air leaks

DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006A1
A
NOTE:
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
C
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no D
load.
E
F
PBIB0819E I
If NG is displayed, refer to EC-1004 .
If CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED is displayed, perform the following. J
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring COOLANEMP/S indication on CONSULT-II. K
Overall Function Check UBS006A2
L
WITH GST M
load.

DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
at least 10 times.
procedure.
essary.
procedure.

DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS006A3
EC
BBWA0779E

DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
met.
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006A4

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
EC
with CONSULT-II.
C
D
E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
G
nector.
H
I
J
Yes or No
K
No >> GO TO 3.

L
terminal 4.
OK or NG

DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS006A5

With CONSULT-II
load.
SEF519Z

DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
EC
PBIB1210E D
CAUTION: E
Without CONSULT-II
load. H
I
at least 10 times.
procedure.
sary. K
tion with OD OFF (A/T) 3rd gear position. L
procedure.
M
CAUTION:
Removal and Installation UBS006A6


[QG18DE (SULEV)]

The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit is
The closed loop control function for bank 1 open or shorted.
does not operate even when vehicle is driving
1148 function Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
in the specified condition.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
DTC P1148 is displayed with another DTC for air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Perform the trouble diagnosis for
the corresponding DTC.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
System Description UBS0021S
COOLING FAN CONTROL

ECM func- EC
tion
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature C
Cooling
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal Cooling fan relay(s)
fan control
Ignition switch Start signal
D
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF]. E
OPERATION
PBIB0926E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0021T

A/C switch OFF OFF
Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND SIG A/C switch: ON
engine ON

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
OFF
(201F) or less
After warming up engine, idle the Engine coolant temperature is
COOLING FAN engine. between 95C (203F) and 104C LOW
HIGH
105C (221F) or more
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0021U
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
Trouble diag-
nosis name
(The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
Cooling fan
Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over-
heat). Radiator hose
Engine over Radiator
P1217 Cooling fan system does not operate properly
temperature
1217 (Overheat). Radiator cap
(Overheat)
Engine coolant was not added to the system Water pump
using the proper filling method.
Thermostat
For more information, refer to EC-1021, "Main 12
Causes of Overheating" .
CAUTION:
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-20, "Changing Engine Oil" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Overall Function Check UBS0021V
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WARNING:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF621W

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
SULT-II. A
EC
SEF646X
D
WITH GST
E
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below the proper range, skip the following steps
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps
and go to EC-1013, "Diagnostic Procedure" . F
3. Start engine.
4. Set temperature control lever to full cold position. G
H
7. Run engine at idle for a few minutes with air conditioner operat-
ing.
I
If NG, go to EC-1013, "Diagnostic Procedure" . SEC163BA
If OK, go to the following step.
K
12. Connect 150 resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
13. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at
L
M
MEC475B

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0021W
BBWA0300E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE C
Cooling fan relay Cooling fan is not operating (11-14V)
89 LG/B
(High) [Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
Cooling fan is high speed operating D
Cooling fan relay Cooling fan is not operating (11-14V)
97 LG/R E
(Low) [Ignition switch ON]
0 - 1.0V
Cooling fan is operating
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0021X F

1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II? G
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 4. H

I
With CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
WBIA0058E
M
SULT-II.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to PRO-
CEDURE A, EC-1017 .)
SEF646X

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
SULT-II.
5. Make sure that cooling fan-1 operates at high speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to
PROCEDURE B, EC-1020 .)
SEF646X

Without CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2.
3. Set temperature lever at full cold position.
WBIA0058E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to PRO-
CEDURE A, EC-1017 .)
SEC163BA

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
4. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. C
6. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan-1 operates at
high speed. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to E
PROCEDURE B, EC-1020 .)
MEC475B
G
Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the pressure drops.
H
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. J
NG >> GO TO 7.
SLC754A
L

M
Check the following for leak.
Hose
Radiator
Water pump (Refer to CO-9, "WATER PUMP" .)

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Apply pressure to cap with a tester.
59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
SLC755A
9. CHECK THERMOSTAT
It should seat tightly.
76.5C (170F) [standard]
Valve lift:
More than 9 mm/90C (0.35 in/194F)
perature.
For details, refer toCO-11, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT
HOUSING" . SLC343
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace thermostat.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
11. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES

>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
PROCEDURE A
A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
4. Check voltage between cooling fan relay-1 terminals 1, 3, 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. C
F
SEF477Y
Voltage: Battery voltage G

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
H
NG >> GO TO 2.

I
10A fuse
40A fusible links J
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and battery
K

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4 and ground.
1 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
PROCEDURE B

4. Check voltage between cooling fan relay-2 terminals 1, 3 and
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0621E

Fuse and fusible link box connector E25
10A fuse
40A fusible link
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-2 and fusible link

2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-2 harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-2 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2, cool-
ing fan relay-2 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 3, cooling fan relay-2 terminal 7 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. D

F

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace cooling fan relays.
I
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
K
>> INSPECTION END

M
Main 12 Causes of Overheating UBS0021Y

Blocked condenser
Blocked radiator grille
Blocked bumper
2 Coolant mixture Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-13, "RECOM-
MENDED FLUIDS AND
LUBRICANTS" .
in reservoir tank and radi- Engine Coolant" .
ator filler neck
4 Radiator cap Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/ SeeCO-7, "System
cm2 , 9 - 14 psi) (Limit) Check" .

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
ON*2 5 Coolant leaks Visual No leaks See CO-7, "System

Check" .
STAT HOUSING" and
CO-13, "RADIATOR" .

DTC P1217 (EC-1009 ).

gauge when driving
Coolant overflow to Visual No overflow during driv- See MA-16, "Changing
reservoir tank ing and idling Engine Coolant" .
OFF*4 10 Coolant return from Visual Should be initial level in See MA-16, "ENGINE
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank MAINTENANCE
tor (QG18DE ENGINE)" .
OFF 11 Cylinder head Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-58, "Inspection
gauge mum distortion (warping) after Disassembly" .
12 Cylinder block and pis- Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-69, "Inspection" .
tons walls or piston
COOLING FAN RELAYS-1 AND -2

PBIB0077E
COOLING FAN MOTOR-1

check operation.
Terminals
Speed
(+) ()
Low 1 4
Cooling fan motor
High 1, 2 3, 4

SEF734W
COOLING FAN MOTOR-2


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
check operation. A
Terminals
(+) ()
EC
Cooling fan motor 2 1

If NG, replace cooling fan motor. C
SEF610Y

DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]

PBIB0145E
tion.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003Y8

learning performance
problem
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1025, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST

DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003YA

2. Remove the intake air duct. EC
the housing.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 2.
control actuator inside. D
E
BBIA0178E
2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR F

2. Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . G
>> INSPECTION END H
Removal and Installation UBS003YB

I

DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS003YC

PBIB0145E
tion.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003YD

problem
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003YE
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST

DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003YF

the housing.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 2.
E
BBIA0178E

>> INSPECTION END H
Removal and Installation UBS003YG

I

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006AB

Trouble diagnosis
name
(Mass air flow sensor is shorted.)
(PSP sensor circuit is shorted.)
shorted.)
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM detects a voltage of power source for is shorted.)
(APP sensor 1)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006AC
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS006AD
EC
BBWA1385E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
48 R/W Sensor power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
Sensor power supply
49 R/Y (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
sor)
Sensor power supply
sensor)
Sensor power supply
sensor 1)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006AE

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
connector.
D
BBIA0104E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB0811E H
3. CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS

ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram J
48 Mass air flow sensor terminal 2 EC-743
K
48 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-882
49 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 EC-1181
68 PSP sensor terminal 1 EC-923 L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
4. CHECK COMPONENTS
Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to MTC-55, "Electrical Component Inspection" .)
Power steering pressure sensor (Refer to EC-926, "Component Inspection" .)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5. CHECK APP SENSOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

DTC P1271 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1271 A/F SENSOR PFP:22693
A
The A/F sensor is a planar dual-cell limit current sensor. The sensor
element of the A/F sensor is the combination of a Nernst concentra- EC
tion cell (sensor cell) with an oxygen-pump cell, which transports
ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
C
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
< air).
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the D
electrode of the oxygen pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance. SEF579Z
An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygen- E

pump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the A/F sensor is able to
indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In addition, a heater F
is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating tempera-
ture of 700 - 800C (1,292 - 1,472F).
SEF580Z H
Specification data are reference values. I

2,000 rpm J
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/ K
F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately low.
Trouble diagnosis
name
L
P1271 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sen- The A/F signal computed by ECM from the Harness or connectors
1271 sor 1 circuit no activity A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0V. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
detected Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
M
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select A/F SEN1 (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. Check A/F SEN1 (B1) indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 0V, go to EC-1037, "Diag-
nostic Procedure" .
If the indication is not constantly approx. 0V, go to next step.
4. Select A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279 of A/F SEN1 in DTC
WORK SUPPORT mode.
5. Touch START.
SEF581Z

played on the CONSULT-II screen.
Selector lever D position with OD ON (A/T)
4th position (M/T)
If TESTING is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from

step 2. PBIB0756E
7. Following the instructions of CONSULT-II screen, set D posi-

tion with OD OFF (A/T) or 3rd position (M/T) and release
accelerator pedal fully.
PBIB0757E
8. Make sure that TESTING changes to COMPLETED.

If TESTING changed to OUT OF CONDITION, retry from
step 6.
9. Touch BACK and MODE, then select SELF-DIAG RESULT
mode.
If P1271 is displayed, go to EC-1037, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If another DTC is displayed, go to the corresponding Diagnostic
Procedure.
PBIB0758E
Overall Function Check UBS00224
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the front heated oxygen sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
3rd position (M/T).

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising. A
3. Set D position with OD ON (A/T) or 4rd position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal fully until
the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH).
NOTE: EC
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF. C
6. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine.
8. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle. D
If the DTC is displayed, go to EC-1037, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
BBWA0803E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
16 OR/L Approximately 3.1V C
[Engine is running]
56 OR 2 - 3V
Idle speed
75 W/L 2 - 3V
D
1. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT E

2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws. F
BBIA0155E I

connector.
J
to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal A/F sensor terminal K
16 1
35 5
L
56 6
75 2 BBIA0140E
M
Continuity should
exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
OK or NG
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
C
< air).

ture of 700 - 800C (1,292 - 1,472F).
SEF580Z H

2,000 rpm J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0022A
F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately high.
Trouble diagnosis
name L
P1272 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sen- The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F Harness or connectors
1272 sor 1 circuit no activity sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 4.5V. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
detected Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 M
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0022B
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select A/F SEN1 (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
If the indication is constantly approx. 4.5V, go to EC-1043,
If the indication is not constantly approx. 4.5V, go to next step.
4. Select A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279 of A/F SEN1 in DTC
WORK SUPPORT mode.
5. Touch START.
SEF581Z

4th position (M/T)

step 2. PBIB0756E

PBIB0757E

step 6.
9. Touch BACK and MODE, then select SELF-DIAG RESULT
mode.
If P1272 is displayed, go to EC-1043, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If another DTC is displayed, go to the corresponding Diagnostic
Procedure.
PBIB0758E
Overall Function Check UBS0022C
WITH GST
3rd position (M/T).

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising. A
3. Set D position with OD ON (A/T) or 4th position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal fully until
NOTE: EC
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF. C
8. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle. D
E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0022D
BBWA0803E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
56 OR 2 - 3V
Idle speed
75 W/L 2 - 3V
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0022E

BBIA0155E I

connector.
J
to Wiring Diagram.
16 1
35 5
L
56 6
75 2 BBIA0140E
M
Continuity should
exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
OK or NG
Removal and Installation UBS0022F


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Component Description UBS0022G
C
< air).

ture of 700 - 800C (1,292 - 1,472F).
SEF580Z H
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0022H

2,000 rpm J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0022I
To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal is mon- K
itored not to be shifted lean side or rich side. When the A/F signal is shifting to the lean side, the malfunc-
tion will be detected.
Trouble diagnosis L
name
P1273 The output voltage computed by ECM from the A/ Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
1273 F sensor 1 signal is shifted to the lean side for a Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor heater 1
Air fuel ratio (A/F)
specified period. M
sensor 1 lean shift Fuel pressure
monitoring Injectors
Intake air leaks
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0022J
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select A/F SEN1 (B1) P1273 of A/F SEN1 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode.
3. Touch START.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. Maintain the following conditions continuously until TESTING
changes to COMPLETED. (It will take approximately 400 to
800 seconds.)
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
ENG SPEED Below 3,000 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL Below 9.0 msec
Selector lever P or N position
If TESTING is not displayed after 20 minutes, retry from SEF567Z
step 2.
SEF568Z

RESULTS.
SEF569Z
Overall Function Check UBS0022K
WITH GST
3rd position (M/T).
NOTE:
Keep accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
NOTE:
8. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
EC

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0022L
BBWA0803E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
56 OR 2 - 3V
Idle speed
75 W/L 2 - 3V
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0022M
1. RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 E

2. Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. F
Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N-m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
G
>> GO TO 2.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA.
With CONSULT-II
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start
engine?
SEF652Y
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
5. Make sure 1st trip DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the 1st trip DTC memory. Refer to EC-651, "HOW TO
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start BBIA0150E
engine?
Yes or No
No >> GO TO 3.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A
connector. EC
to Wiring Diagram.
C
ECM terminal A/F sensor terminal
16 1
35 5 D
56 6
75 2 BBIA0140E
E
ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. F

5. Also check harness for short to power. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. J

K
OK or NG
OK >> Replace A/F sensor 1. L
Removal and Installation UBS0022N
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR M


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS0022O
element of the A/F sensor is the combination of a Nernst concentra-
< air).
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygen-

indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In addition, a heater
ture of 700 - 800C (1,292 - 1,472F).
SEF580Z
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0022P

2,000 rpm
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0022Q
To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal is mon-
itored not to be shifted to the lean side or rich side. When the A/F signal is shifting to the rich side, the mal-
function will be detected.
Trouble diag-
nosis name
Air fuel ratio
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor heater 1
P1274 (A/F) sensor 1
sensor 1 signal is shifted to the rich side for a
1274 rich shift moni- Fuel pressure
specified period.
toring
Injectors
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0022R
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Touch START.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. Maintain the following conditions continuously until TESTING
changes to COMPLETED. (It will take approximately 400 to A
800 seconds.)
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. EC
ENG SPEED Below 3,000 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL Below 9.0 msec
C
Selector lever P or N position
step 2. D
SEF571Z
H
RESULTS.
I
K
SEF572Z
Overall Function Check UBS0022S
L
WITH GST M
3rd position (M/T).
NOTE:
Keep accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
NOTE:

[QG18DE (SULEV)]

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0022T
EC
BBWA0803E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
16 OR/L Approximately 3.1V
[Engine is running]
56 OR 2 - 3V
Idle speed
75 W/L 2 - 3V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0022U
1. RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

2. Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
>> GO TO 2.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
EC
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. C
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start
engine?
D
SEF652Y
F
Without CONSULT-II
H
nector.
I
J
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start BBIA0150E
engine?
Yes or No K
No >> GO TO 3.
L
3. CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for water.
Water should not exit.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
connector.
to Wiring Diagram.
16 1
35 5
56 6
75 2 BBIA0140E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

OK or NG
Removal and Installation UBS0022V


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Component Description UBS0022W
C
< air).

ture of 700 - 800C (1,292 - 1,472F).
SEF580Z H
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0022X

2,000 rpm J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0022Y
F) sensor 1 signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.
Trouble diag-
nosis name L
Air fuel ratio Harness or connectors
P1276 (A/F) sensor 1 The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sen- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
1276 circuit high sor 1 signal is constantly approx. 1.5V. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
voltage M
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0022Z
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select A/F SEN1 (B1) of DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
If the indication is constantly approx. 1.5V and does not fluctuates, go to EC-1063, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
If the indication fluctuates around 1.5V, go to next step.
5. Touch START.
4th position (M/T)

step 2. SEF576Z

SEF577Z

step 6.
RESULT.
SEF578Z
WITH GST
3rd position (M/T).
NOTE:
NOTE:

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
8. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle. A
EC

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
BBWA0803E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
56 OR 2 - 3V
Idle speed
75 W/L 2 - 3V
D

BBIA0155E I

connector.
J
to Wiring Diagram.
16 1
35 5
L
56 6
75 2 BBIA0140E
M
Continuity should
exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
OK or NG


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Component Description UBS003OZ
C
< air).

ture of 700 - 800C (1,292 - 1,472F).
SEF580Z H

2,000 rpm J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003P1
To judge the malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F sig- K
nal computed by ECM from the air fuel ration (A/F) sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine oper-
ating (speed and load), fuel feedback control constant, and the air fuel ration (A/F) sensor 1 temperature
index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F signal cycling time index) is inordinately
long or not. L
Trouble diag-
nosis name
M
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor heater 1
Air fuel ratio
The response (from RICH to LEAN) of the A/F sig- Fuel pressure
P1278 (A/F) sensor 1
nal computed by ECM from A/F sensor 1 signal
1278 circuit slow Injectors
takes more than the specified time.
response Intake air leaks
Exhaust gas leaks
PCV

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003P2
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . Make sure that CMPLT is displayed on CONSULT-II
screen. If INCMP is displayed, follow the instruction for Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. Select A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279 of A/F SEN1 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode.
3. Touch START.
4th position (M/T)

step 2. PBIB0756E

PBIB0757E

step 6.
RESULT.
PBIB0758E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Overall Function Check UBS003P3
A
WITH GST EC
1. Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . Make sure the result is OK. If NG, follow the instruction for
Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in D position with OD OFF (A/T) or C
3rd position (M/T).
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising. D
NOTE: E
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF. F
8. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle. G
H

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003P4
BBWA0803E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
56 OR 2 - 3V
Idle speed
75 W/L 2 - 3V
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003P5
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS E

>> GO TO 2.
G
BBIA0155E I

Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. J

K
>> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK EXHAUST AIR LEAK L

M
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

With CONSULT-II
or START.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to
start engine?
SEF652Y
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to BBIA0150E
start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0172. Refer to EC-795 , EC-802 .
No >> GO TO 6.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
connector. EC
to Wiring Diagram.
C
16 1
35 5 D
56 5
75 2 BBIA0140E
E
Continuity should
exist.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 16, 35, 56, 75 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2, 5, 6 and F
Continuity should G
exist.
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 7.
I
7. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor. M
9. CHECK PCV VALVE

Refer to EC-1218, "POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace PCV valve.

OK or NG

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Removal and Installation UBS003P6


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Component Description UBS003P7
C
< air).

ture of 700 - 800C (1,292 - 1,472F).
SEF580Z H

2,000 rpm J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003P9
To judge the malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F sig- K
nal computed by ECM from the air fuel ration (A/F) sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine oper-
ating (speed and load), fuel feedback control constant, and the air fuel ration (A/F) sensor 1 temperature
index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F signal cycling time index) is inordinately
long or not. L
Trouble diagno-
sis name
M
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor heater 1
Air fuel ratio (A/
The response (from LEAN to RICH) of the A/F signal Fuel pressure
P1279 F) sensor 1 cir-
computed by ECM from A/F sensor 1 signal takes
1279 cuit slow Injectors
more than the specified time.
response Intake air leaks
Exhaust gas leaks
PCV
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003PA
CAUTION:

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . Make sure that CMPLT is displayed on CONSULT-II
screen. If INCMP is displayed, follow the instruction for Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. Select A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279 of A/F SEN1 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode.
3. Touch START.
4th position (M/T)

step 2. PBIB0756E

PBIB0757E

step 6.
RESULT.
PBIB0758E
Overall Function Check UBS003PB
WITH GST
1. Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . Make sure the result is OK. If NG, follow the instruction for
Idle Air Volume Learning.
3rd position (M/T).
NOTE:

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH). A
NOTE:
4. Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times. EC
7. Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times. C
If the DTC is displayed, go to EC-1077, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003PC
BBWA0803E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
56 OR 2 - 3V
Idle speed
75 W/L 2 - 3V
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003PD

>> GO TO 2.
G
BBIA0155E I

Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. J

K
>> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK EXHAUST AIR LEAK L

M
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

With CONSULT-II
or START.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to
start engine?
SEF652Y
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to BBIA0150E
start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0172. Refer to EC-795 , EC-802 .
No >> GO TO 6.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
connector. EC
to Wiring Diagram.
C
16 1
35 5 D
56 6
75 2 BBIA0140E
E
Continuity should
exist.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 16, 35, 56, 75 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2, 5, 6 and F
Continuity should G
exist.
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 7.
I
7. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor. M
9. CHECK PCV VALVE

Refer to EC-1218, "POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace PCV valve.

OK or NG

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Removal and Installation UBS003PE


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
PFP:14920 A
Description UBS0023N
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
ECM
function
Engine speed* and cylinder position C
D
Battery Battery voltage* EVAP can-
ister purge EVAP canister purge volume
flow con- control solenoid valve
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position trol E
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensors 1
Fuel tank temperature sensor Fuel temperature in fuel tank F
G
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the H
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
I
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis- J
K
SEF337U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0023O

M

PURG VOL C/V Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral
2,000 rpm
(M/T)
No-load

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0023P
solenoid valve
EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid EVAP canister vent control valve
valve EVAP canister
completely closed.
Hoses
clogged.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0023R
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
5. Touch START.
PBIB0839E
6. Start engine and let it idle until TESTING on CONSULT-II changes to COMPLETED. (It will take
approximately 10 seconds.)
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EC
BBWA0785E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
EVAP canister purge vol- PBIB0050E

45 GY/L
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
than 100 seconds after starting engine)
PBIB0520E
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
120 R/G (11 - 14V)

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR- A
CUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
harness connector.
E
BBIA0162E
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control F

or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. H
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0080E
I

J
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM relay
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM K

L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG

With CONSULT-II
3. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
PBIB0721E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
9. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
10. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER A
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 13.
C
PBIB1213E
E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. G
NG >> GO TO 12.

I
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. J

>> INSPECTION END

L
Component Inspection UBS006IB

With CONSULT-II M
100.0% Yes
0.0% No
PBIB0149E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
between A and B
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No
PBIB0150E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Component Description UBS0023U
opened. D
PBIB1263E
E
H
BBIA0157E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0023V I

J

K
EVAP control system pressure sensor L
vent control valve M
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0023Y
CAUTION:
NOTE:

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute.
5. Repeat next procedures 3 times.
a. Increase the engine speed up to 3,000 to 3,500 rpm and keep it
for 2 minutes and 50 seconds to 3 minutes.
Never exceed 3 minutes.
b. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for about
5 seconds.
.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the next step.
7. Repeat next procedure 20 times.
a. Quickly increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 4,500 rpm or more and keep it for 25 to 30 seconds.
b. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds.
PBIB0972E

WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0023Z
EC
BBWA0291E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
valve (11 - 14V)
120 R/G (11 - 14V)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0157E
2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> GO TO 6.
PBIB1213E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
C
D
E
6. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR F

nector.
2. Check connectors for water. G

H
I
BBIA0157E
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 7.
K
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
M
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS006ID

With CONSULT-II

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
rusted.
PBIB1033E

ON No
OFF Yes

If OK, go to next step. PBIB0834E

Without CONSULT-II
rusted.
PBIB1033E
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes

If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. PBIB1034E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Component Description UBS006AF

each button. ECM reads voltage variation of switch, and determines EC
C
BBIA0086E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS006AG

G
ACCEL/RES switch: H
ON
RESUME/ACC SW Ignition switch: ON Depressed
COAST/SET switch: I
ON
SET SW Ignition switch: ON Depressed
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006AH

The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis. K
NOTE:
EC-927.
L
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD M
steering switch is sent to ECM. Harness or connectors
P1564 ASCD steering ECM detects that input signal from the ASCD (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
1564 switch steering switch is out of the specified range. ASCD steering switch
ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch is ECM
stuck ON.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006AI
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
4. Press CRUISE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Press ACCEL/RES switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. Press COAST/SET switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
8. If trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1099, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS006AJ
EC
BBWA0793E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
Idle speed
Approximately 4V
Approximately 0V
Approximately 2V
Approximately 3V

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006AK
1. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT A
With CONSULT-II
2. Select MAIN SW, RESUME/ACC SW, SET SW and CANCEL SW in DATA MONITOR mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions. C

Pressed ON D
CRUISE MAIN SW
Released OFF
Pressed ON
COAST/SET SET SW E
Released OFF
Pressed ON
Released OFF F
SEC006D
Pressed ON
CANCEL CANCEL SW
Released OFF
G
Without CONSULT-II
H
ing each button.
Switch Condition Voltage [V] I
Pressed Approx. 0
CRUISE SW
Released Approx. 4
J
Pressed Approx. 2
COAST/SET SW
Released Approx. 4
Pressed Approx. 3 K
Released Approx. 4
Pressed Approx. 1
CANCEL SW L
Released Approx. 4
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. M
NG >> GO TO 2.
3. Check harness continuity between switch terminal 1 and
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0086E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Joint connector-1
Spiral cable
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

Spiral cable

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace ASCD steering switch.

>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS006AL
ASCD STEERING SWITCH A

4 with pushing each switch. EC
Switch Condition Resistance []

Pressed Approx. 0 C
CRUISE SW
Released Approx. 4,000
Pressed Approx. 660
COAST/SET SW
Released Approx. 4,000 D
PBIB0934E
Pressed Approx. 1,480
ACCEL/RES SW
E
Pressed Approx. 250
CANCEL SW
F

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS006AM

Refer to for the ASCD function EC-1220, "AUTOMATIC SPEED
CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" .
BBIA0087E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS006AN

ON
OFF
pedal: Slightly depressed
BRAKE SW2 Ignition switch: ON Brake pedal: Slightly
ON
depressed
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006AO

NOTE:
Refer to EC-927.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed.
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch OFF. And even when malfuntion A is detected in two
consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
When the vehicle speed is above 30km/h Harness or connectors
(19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
A)
switch and the ASCD brake switch are Harness or connectors
sent to ECM at the same time. (The ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.)
(The ASCD clutch switch circuit is shorted.)
(M/T models)
P1572 Stop lamp switch
ASCD brake switch
1572 ASCD brake switch
ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to
B) ECM for extremely long time while the ASCD clutch switch (M/T models)
vehicle is driving Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
(M/T models)
ECM

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006AP
A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch "OFF" and EC
Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for
malfunction B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be C
detected.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 4 and 5 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a D
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine (TCS switch OFF). E
3. Press CRUISE switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator
lights up. F
4. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the
following condition.
G
H
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1106, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" . PBIB2386E
I
J
Depress the brake pedal for more than
the above-mentioned vehicle speed.
K

WITH GST L

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS006AQ
BBWA0303E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0V
Brake pedal depressed (11 - 14V) D
Brake pedal is depressed Approximately 0V
Clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models) E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) F

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006AR

With CONSULT-II
2. Select BRAKE SW1 in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
A/T models
When brake pedal is depress OFF
M/T models
When clutch pedal and/or brake pedal is depressed OFF
SEC011D
Without CONSULT-II
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 108 and ground under the following conditions.
A/T models
CONDITION VOLTAGE
When brake pedal is depress Approximately 0V
M/T models
CONDITION VOLTAGE
When clutch pedal and/or brake pedal is depressed Approximately 0V
MBIB0061E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
EC
SEC013D
E
Without CONSULT-II
CONDITION VOLTAGE
G
MBIB0060E
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 13. J

L
BBIA0167E

tester.
CONDITION VOLTAGE
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
BBIA0087E

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0857E

10A fuse
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. D
NG >> GO TO 8.

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
J
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
M
NG >> GO TO 11.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
BBIA0105E

els) or 1 (A/T models) and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
PBIB0938E
PBIB1203E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.

10A fuse

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
(A/T models). EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. D
NG >> GO TO 16.

G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.

>> INSPECTION END

K
Component Inspection UBS006AS
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

M
SEC023D

3. Check harness continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
SEC024D
STOP LAMP SWITCH

3. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 (A/T models), + and (M/T models)
PBIB0939E
PBIB1202E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Component Description UBS006AT
The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combina-
tion meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD EC
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006AU
C
NOTE:
If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC D
Refer to EC-916, "DTC P0500 VSS" E
Refer to EC-927, "DTC P0605 ECM"
F
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
(The CAN communication line is open or G
shorted.)
P1574 ASCD vehicle speed ECM detects a difference between two vehicle Combination meter
1574 sensor speed signals is out of the specified range. H
TCM
ECM
I
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006AV
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. J
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. K
TESTING CONDITION:
L
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine (TCS switch OFF).
3. Drive the vehicle at more than 30 km/h (19 MPH).
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006AW
1. CHECK DTC WITH TCM

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to AT-38, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Component Description UBS0024Z
When the gear position is P or N (A/T models only), park/neutral

position (PNP) switch is ON. EC
ECM detects the park/neutral position when continuity with ground
exists.
C
SEF415Z
E

Shift lever:
P or N (A/T models) ON
P/N POSI SW Ignition switch: ON Neutral (M/T models) G
Except above OFF

H
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) [The park/neutral position (PNP) switch I
1706 switch
J
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. K
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select P/N POSI SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CON- M
ing conditions.
Position (Selector lever) Known good signal
N and P position ON


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
onds.
1,550 - 6,375 rpm (A/T)
ENG SPEED
1,850 - 6,375 rpm (M/T)
B/FUEL SCHDL 3.0 - 31.8 msec (A/T)
2.2 - 31.8 msec (M/T)
SEF213Y

dure" .
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position switch circuit. During this check, a
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
and ground under the following conditions.
Condition (Gear position) Voltage (V) (Known-good data)
P (A/T only) and N position Approx. 0
M/T models: Approximately 5V
MBIB0029E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EC
BBWA0304E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Gear position is P or N (A/T models), Approximately 0V
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 5V

3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 102 and PNP switch terminal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK PNP SWITCH

Refer to AT-116, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH" (A/T models) or MT-78, "POSI-
TION SWITCH" (M/T models).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Description UBS003YH
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving. EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS003YI

C
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON D
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS003YJ
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis. E
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for Harness or connectors F

P1805 (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
Brake switch an extremely long time while the vehicle is
1805
driving. Stop lamp switch
G
FALI-SAFE MODE
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode H
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Driving condition I
When accelerating Poor acceleration
J
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS003YK
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-II.
4. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. L
dure" .
M
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS003YL
BBWA0305E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS003YM
1. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT E

2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
F
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. H
NG >> GO TO 2.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
BBIA0104E
2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 (A/T mod-

els), + (M/T models) and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
PBIB1203E
PBIB0938E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

10A fuse
Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. EC
lamp switch terminal 2 (A/T models), (M/T models).

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. E
BBIA0105E

F
Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch G
H
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
J
>> INSPECTION END

L
Component Inspection UBS003YN
STOP LAMP SWITCH

M
BBIA0105E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 (A/
T models), + and (M/T models) under the following conditions.
If NG, adjust brake pedal installation, refer to BR-11, "BRAKE

PEDAL AND BRACKET" , and perform step 2 again.
PBIB1202E
PBIB0939E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Component Description UBS006AX

signals.
PBIB0146E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS006AY
F
G
0.65 - 0.87V
ACCEL SEN1
More than 4.3V H
depressed
0.56 - 0.96V
ACCEL SEN2* I
More than 4.0V
depressed

CLSD THL POS J
*: Accelerator pedal sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006AZ K

NOTE:
L
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-1028, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause M
P2122 Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 1 Harness or connectors
2122 sensor 1 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
P2123 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 1 Accelerator pedal position sensor
2123 sensor 1 circuit high input is sent to ECM.
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006B0
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS006B1
EC
WBWA0099E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.


Sensor power supply
sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
sensor 2)
Engine stopped
Gear position is D (A/T models) 0.28 - 0.48V
98 R/B
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
106 W
Engine stopped

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006B2

2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws. EC
>> GO TO 2.
C
BBIA0155E
E

F
connector.
G
I
BBIA0104E

CONSULT-II or tester. J
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
PBIB0811E
M

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

8. CHECK APP SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
C
>> INSPECTION END

D
>> INSPECTION END E
Component Inspection UBS006B3

F
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 sig- G
lowing conditions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage H
I
MBIB0023E
J
4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to the next
step.
5. Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . K
L
Removal and Installation UBS006B4
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
M

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS006H2

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
signals.
PBIB0146E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS006H3

0.65 - 0.87V
ACCEL SEN1
More than 4.3V
depressed
0.56 - 0.96V
ACCEL SEN2*
More than 4.0V
depressed

CLSD THL POS
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006H4

Accelerator pedal posi- Harness or connectors
P1227 An excessively low voltage from the APP sen-
tion sensor 2 circuit low (The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or
input shorted.)
(TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
Accelerator pedal posi- Accelerator pedal position sensor
P1228 An excessively high voltage from the APP sen- (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)
tion sensor 2 circuit high
input Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006H5
A
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
D
SEF058Y
WITH GST G

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS006H6
BBWA1382E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.

82 B/Y (Accelerator pedal position Warm-up condition Approximately 0V D

83 G (Accelerator pedal position Warm-up condition Approximately 0V E
Sensor power supply
90 R (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V F
sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 R/G (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V G
sensor 2)
Engine stopped H
Accelerator pedal position Accelerator pedal fully released I
98 R/B
Engine stopped
Gear position is D (A/T models) More than 2.0V J
[Ignition switch ON] K
Engine stopped
L

106 W
M
Engine stopped

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006H7

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

connector.
BBIA0104E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0812E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Harness for open between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor EC

C
Check the following. D
E
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 6.
G
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 7.
I
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. J
K
>> INSPECTION END
8. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 APP sensor terminal 5. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.

>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS006H8
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR A

3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 sig- EC
lowing conditions.
C
sensor 1) Fully depressed More than 4.3V D
sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 2.0V E
MBIB0023E

F
Removal and Installation UBS006H9 G
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
H

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS006BD

PBIB0145E
tion.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS006BE

More than 0.36V
THRTL SEN1
depressed
1st: (M/T model)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006BF

(The TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
Throttle position sensor Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (APP sensor circuit is shorted.)
P2135
circuit range/performance compared with the signals from TP sensor 1
2135 Electric throttle control actuator
problem and TP sensor 2.
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
(APP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006BG
A
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
D
SEF058Y
WITH GST G

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS006BH
BBWA1383E

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Engine stopped D
Engine stopped
Gear position is D (A/T model) Less than 4.75V F
Sensor ground
Idle speed
H
Engine stopped
I
Engine stopped
Shift lever position is 1st (M/T models) K
Sensor power supply (Accel-
91 R/G erator pedal position sensor [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V L
2)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006BI

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
BBIA0152E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0082E
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-1139 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 6.

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
C
>> INSPECTION END
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 5 engine ground. E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. G
8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10. M

>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS006BJ

conditions.


step.
Removal and Installation UBS006BK


[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Component Description UBS006BL

signals.
PBIB0146E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS006BM
F
G
0.65 - 0.87V
ACCEL SEN1
More than 4.3V H
depressed
0.56 - 0.96V
ACCEL SEN2* I
More than 4.0V
depressed

CLSD THL POS J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006BN K

NOTE:
L
EC-1028
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause M
(The APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is
open or shorted.)
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (TP sensor circuit is shorted)
P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
compared with the signals from APP sensor
2138 circuit range/performance problem Accelerator pedal position sensor 1
1 and APP sensor 2.
and 2
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006BO
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS006BP
EC
BBWA1384E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply


Sensor power supply
sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
sensor 2)
Engine stopped
98 R/B
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
106 W
Engine stopped

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006BQ

2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws. EC
>> GO TO 2.
C
BBIA0155E
E

F
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch "ON".
G
I
BBIA0104E

CONSULT-II or tester. J
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
PBIB0811E
M

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 1 and ground with
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB2039E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 9.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
9. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR A
3. Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . EC
>> INSPECTION END

C
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
APP sensor terminal 5. E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. G
NG >> GO TO 11.

Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor I
J
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 106 and APP sensor terminal 3, ECM terminal 98 and K
Continuity should exist. L
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS006BR
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR A

3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 sig- EC
lowing conditions.
C
sensor 1) Fully depressed More than 4.3V D
sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 2.0V E
MBIB0023E
4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to the next

step.
5. Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . F
G
Removal and Installation UBS006BS
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" . H

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS006J5

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
BBIA0172E

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS006J6
EC
BBWA0310E

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
120 R/G (11 - 14V)

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EC
BBWA0795E

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
62 BR Ignition signal No. 1 PBIB0521E

0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0522E

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EC
BBWA0796E

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
61 L/W Ignition signal No. 3 PBIB0521E

0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0522E
1. CHECK ENGINE START

Is engine running?
Yes or No
No >> GO TO 4.

With CONSULT-II
1. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
speed drop.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 10.
PBIB0133E

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Let engine idle.
EC
shown below. C
PBIB0521E
E
PBIB1204E
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 10. F

G
with CONSULT-II or tester. H
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Go to EC-721, "POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM"
.
J
MBIB0034E
K
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector. L
4. Check voltage between condenser terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester. M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 6.
PBIB0624E

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
3. Check harness continuity between ECM relay terminal 7 and
condenser terminal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
LEC444
7. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 6 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
PBIB0625E

15A fuse
9. CHECK ECM RELAY

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
10. CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

3. Check harness continuity between condenser terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
11. CHECK CONDENSER A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. EC
12. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V C

D
E
G
BBIA0172E
5. Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 3 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester. H

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.
J
PBIB0138E
K
Check the following. L
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
15. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace ignition coil with power transistor.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS006J8
ECM RELAY
Yes
OFF No
PBIB0077E
CONDENSER
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals 1 and 2.
MBIB0031E


IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
3 and 1 Except 0 or
3 and 2 EC
Except 0
1 and 2
PBIB0847E
D

E

INJECTOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
INJECTOR PFP:16600
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM
SEF375Z

INJ PULSE-B1 Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral
2,000 rpm 1.9 - 3.2 msec
(M/T)
No-load
B/FUEL SCHDL Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral
2,000 rpm 0.7 - 1.3 msec
(M/T)
No-load

INJECTOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EC
BBWA0797E

INJECTOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

PBIB0529E
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0530E
1. INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

INJECTOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
CONSULT-II.
C
speed drop.
E
PBIB0133E
1. Start engine.
MEC703B
J
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 3. K
3. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

L
1. Stop engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB1270E

INJECTOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
10A fuse
10A fuse
5. CHECK INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

3. Check harness continuity between injector harness connector terminal 1 and ECM terminals 22, 23, 41,
42.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

Harness for open or short between injector and ECM
7. CHECK INJECTOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace injector.

>> INSPECTION END

INJECTOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS006IV
INJECTOR A
EC
Resistance: 13.5 - 17.5 [at 20C (68F)]
PBIB0181E
E
Removal and Installation UBS0025A
INJECTOR
Refer to EM-19, "Removal and Installation" . F

FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
FUEL PUMP PFP:17042
System Description UBS0025E
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM
function
Engine speed* Fuel pump
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel pump relay
control
Battery Battery voltage*
startability. If the ECM receives a 180 signal from the camshaft position sensor, it knows that the engine is
rotating, and causes the pump to perform. If the 180 signal is not received when the ignition switch is on, the
engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The
ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the
fuel pump.
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 5 seconds
Engine running and cranking Operates
When engine is stopped Stops in 1 second
Except as shown above Stops
PBIB1218E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0025G

FUEL PUMP RLY
When engine is stopped (Stops in 1 seconds)

FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0025H
EC
BBWA0314E

FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 1.0V
ON
113 B/P Fuel pump relay [Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch ON.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0025I

2. Pinch fuel feed hose with fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose
for 5 seconds after ignition switch is turned ON.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0163E
2. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1

LEC363
4. Check voltage between fuel pump relay terminals 1 and ground

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0644E

FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
10A fuse
Fuse block (J/B) connector B4 EC
C
4. CHECK POWER SUPPLY-II

D
Check voltage between fuel pump relay terminal 5 and ground with
Voltage: Battery voltage E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. F
G
PBIB0645E

I
15A fuse
J
6. CHECK POWER GROUND CIRCUIT AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K
nector. L
3. Check harness continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel
pump terminal 3 and body ground, fuel level sensor unit and fuel
pump terminal 1 and fuel pump relay terminal 3. Refer to wiring M
diagram.
OK or NG
BBIA0132E
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

Harness for open or short between and fuel pump and body ground
Harness for open or short between and fuel pump and fuel pump relay

FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 113 and fuel pump relay connector terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.

Harness connector M58, F26

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace fuel pump relay.
11. CHECK FUEL PUMP

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.

>> INSPECTION END

FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection UBS0025J
FUEL PUMP RELAY A

Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5.
Condition Continuity EC
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No current supply No C
D
SEF145X
FUEL PUMP E
Resistance: 0.2 - 5.0 [at 25C (77F)] F
If NG, replace fuel pump.
H
PBIB0928E
Removal and Installation UBS0025K
FUEL PUMP I
Refer to FL-3, "Removal and Installation" .

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Description UBS0025R

air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume
BBIA0165E
SEF099XA

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EC
BBWA0798E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
sensor)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
ON
1. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION

2. Turn A/C switch and fan control switch ON.
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: 1.0 - 4.0V
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB1205E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Turn A/C switch and fan control switch OFF.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector. EC
E
BBIA0165E

and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
H
SEF479Y
I
K
4. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

2. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and engine ground. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Joint connector-1
Harness for open or short between TCM (transmission control module) and refrigerant pressure sensor
6. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 70 and refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

8. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to MTC-15, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS006I6

Refer to MTC-15, "REFRIGERATION SYSTEM" .

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0025U

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION EC
Rear window defogger switch and/
ON
or lighting switch is in 2nd
LOAD SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON C
OFF
OFF and lighting switch is OFF

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS0025V
BBWA0401E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE C
84 PU
Approximately 0V
Lighting switch is OFF D
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
96 Y/G E
Approximately 5V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0025W F

1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II? G
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 4. H
2. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I

I
With CONSULT-II
2. Check LOAD SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CON- J

K
Lighting switch 1ST position ON
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 7.
PBIB0103E M

With CONSULT-II
Check LOAD SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-
II under the following conditions.
Lighting switch 2ND and HIGH position ON
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 11.
PBIB0103E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I
Without CONSULT-II
Condition Voltage
Lighting switch 1ST position BATTERY VOLTAGE
Lighting switch OFF 0V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 7.
PBIB0674E

Without CONSULT-II
lowing conditions.
Condition Voltage
Lighting switch 2ND and HIGH position BATTERY VOLTAGE
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 11.
PBIB0674E
6. CHECK FAN CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION

lowing conditions.
Condition Voltage
Fan control switch ON BATTERY VOLTAGE
Fan control switch OFF 0V
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 15.
PBIB1219E
7. CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH 1ST POSITION CIRCUIT

1. Turn the lighting switch 1ST position.
2. Check that any illumination lamp is illuminated.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Refer to LT-32, "ILLUMINATION" .

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
8. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT A
3. Disconnect lighting switch harness connectors. EC
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 84 and lighting switch terminal 12 under the following
conditions.
C
PBIB1271E
F
CONDITION CONTINUITY
1 Should not exist.
G
2 Should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9. I

Fuse block (J/B) connectors M1, E103
K
Diode-3
Harness for open and short between ECM and lighting switch
L
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M

>> INSPECTION END
11. CHECK HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM CIRCUIT

1. Start engine.
2. Turn the lighting switch 2ND and HIGH position.
3. Check that headlamp high beams are illuminated.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Refer to LT-6, "HEADLAMP (FOR USA)" .

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
12. CHECK HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect lighting switch harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 84 and lighting switch terminal 9 under the following
conditions.
PBIB1222E
CONDITION CONTINUITY
1 Should not exist.
2 Should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.

Diode-3

>> INSPECTION END
15. CHECK FAN CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. Start engine.
2. Turn the fan control switch ON.
3. Check the blower fan motor. Is the blower fan motor operating?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 16.
No >> Refer to MTC-19, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
16. CHECK FAN CONTROL SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT A
1. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect fan control switch harness connector. EC
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 96 and fan control switch terminal 6.
C
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 17.
E
F
Harness for open and short between ECM and fan control switch
G
18. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H

>> INSPECTION END I

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Description UBS006JA

BBIA0087E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS006JB

ON
OFF
BRAKE SW2 Ignition switch: ON Brake pedal: Slightly
ON
depressed

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS006JC
EC
BBWA0316E

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0V

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006JD

With CONSULT-II
SULT-II.
M/T models
A/T models

Without CONSULT-II
M/T models
CONDITION VOLTAGE
A/T models
CONDITION VOLTAGE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
With CONSULT-II
EC
SEC013D
E
Without CONSULT-II
CONDITION VOLTAGE
G
MBIB0060E
I
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 13. J

L
BBIA0167E

tester.
CONDITION VOLTAGE
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
BBIA0087E

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0857E

10A fuse
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. D
NG >> GO TO 8.

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
J
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
M
NG >> GO TO 11.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
BBIA0105E

els) or 1 (A/T models) and ground with CONSULT -II or tester.
PBIB0938E
PBIB1203E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.

10A fuse

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
(A/T models). EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. D
NG >> GO TO 16.

G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.

>> INSPECTION END

K
Component Inspection UBS006JE
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

M
SEC023D


ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]

SEC024D
STOP LAMP SWITCH

With M/T Models
PBIB0939E
With A/T Models

PBIB1202E

ASCD INDICATOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Component Description UBS006BX
C
ting.
D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS006BY E
F
SET Lamp: Illuminated ON G

ASCD INDICATOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram UBS006BZ
BBWA0433E

ASCD INDICATOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006C0

ASCD INDICATOR CONDITION SPECIFICATION EC
C
SET Lamp: Illuminated ON
OK or NG D
NG >> GO TO 2.
E
2. CHECK DTC
Check that DTC U1000 or U1001 is not displayed.
F
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC U1000, U1001, refer to EC-728, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN
COMMUNICATION LINE" .
G
No >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK COMBINATION METER OPERATION

H
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4. I

K
>> INSPECTION END

DATA LINK CONNECTOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00KLG
BBWA0318E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
Description UBS0025Y
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
G
PBIB1262E
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. H
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the I
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and J
idling.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
PBIB1180E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EC
BBIA0177E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EVAP CANISTER
1. Block port B .
2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port C .
3. Release blocked port B .
4. Apply vacuum pressure to port B and check that vacuum pres-
sure exists at the ports A and C .
5. Block port A and B .
6. Apply pressure to port C and check that there is no leakage.
PBIB1212E
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
SEF445Y

Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 -
2.90 psi)
Vacuum: 6.0 to 3.3 kPa (0.061 to 0.034 kg/cm2 ,
0.87 to 0.48 psi)
CAUTION:

Refer to EC-867, "DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE" .
Refer to EC-809, "DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR" , EC-814, "DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR" .
Refer to EC-873 .
Refer to EC-880 .

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EVAP SERVICE PORT
Positive pressure is delivered to the EVAP system through the EVAP A
EC
SEF462UC
D
EVAP CANISTER E
K
PBIB1214E

1. Turn EVAP canister vent control valve counterclockwise. L
2. Remove the EVAP canister vent control valve.
M
PBIB1215E
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage UBS00260
CAUTION:
NOTE:
Improper installation of adapter to the service port may cause a leak.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Also attach the pressure pump and hose.
PEF838U

7. Remove the EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure
pump.
PEF917U
8. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-1206,

"EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
SEF200U
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
vice port.
SEF462UA

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. Apply battery voltage to between the terminals of EVAP canister
vent control valve to make a closed EVAP system. A
4. To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system
until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to
0.028 kg/cm2 , 0.2 to 0.4 psi). EC
pump.
6. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-1206, "EVAP- C
BBIA0157E

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
System Description UBS00261
PBIB1268E
inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve, RCV and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canis-
ter. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is released to the atmosphere.
during driving.
WARNING:
Put a CAUTION: FLAMMABLE sign in workshop.
CAUTION:
Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-637, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER EC

The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb). C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3. D

E
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3. F
No >> GO TO 5.
H
PBIB1213E

I
>> GO TO 4. J

K
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose. L

OK or NG
WHILE REFUELING.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 5.
PBIB1213E

>> GO TO 4.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

Check signal line and recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
9. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. EC
10. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II C

D
stick it should close.
Do not drop any material into the tank. E
OK or NG
NG >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve F
with fuel tank.
SEF665U
Component Inspection UBS006I8 H

REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-7, "Removal and Installation" . I
Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel level sensor unit retainer.
J
Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel level sensor unit retainer where the hose was removed and
the other side to a fuel container.
Drain fuel using FUEL PUMP RELAY in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
K
3. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck closed as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B ), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
4. Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck open as follows. L
Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer with fuel level sensor unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one. M
Put fuel tank upside down.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg)] with fuel level
sensor unit retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
PBIB1221E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-7, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer.

Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container.
3. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck closed as follows.
the tank.
4. Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer with fuel level sensor unit.
Put fuel tank upside down.

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg)] with fuel level
sensor unit retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable. A
EC
PBIB1221E
G

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
SEF921W
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake collector.

manifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air duct into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through the
hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not meet the requirement. This is because some
of the flow will go through the hose connection to the intake collector under all conditions.

placed over the valve inlet.
SEF244Q

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
VENTILATION HOSE
EC
SET277
D

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
System Description UBS006C1

ASCD clutch switch (M/T models) Clutch pedal operation
ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation ASCD vehicle speed control
actuator
Park/Neutral position (PNP)
Gear position
switch (A/T models)
TCM Powertrain revolution
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM

h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH).
SET OPERATION
ACCEL OPERATION
CANCEL OPERATION
More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are depressed at the same time (Set speed will be
cleared.).
Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to the neutral position (M/T models)
Selector lever is changed to N, P, R position (A/T models).
Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator lamp.
Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature: CRUISE lamp may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by depressing SET switch or RESUME switch.
Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET lamp will blink quickly.
COAST OPERATION

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
RESUME OPERATION
When the RESUME/ACCEL switch is depressed after cancel operation other than depressing MAIN switch is A
Brake pedal is released. EC
A/T selector lever is in other than P and N position (A/T models)
Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH) C
Component Description UBS006C2
ASCD STEERING SWITCH D

Refer to EC-1095 .
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-1119 , and EC-1123 . E
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH

Refer to EC-1102 and EC-1111 . F
STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-1102 , EC-1119 and EC-1192 .
G
Refer to EC-952 , EC-954 , EC-961 and EC-966 .
ASCD INDICATOR H
Refer to EC-1201 .

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Fuel Pressure UBS00265
Fuel pressure at idling kPa (kg/cm2 , psi) Approximately 350 (3.57, 51)
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing UBS00266
Target idle speed rpm No-load*1

(Engine is warmed up to normal operating
M/T: 650 50 rpm
temperature)
Air conditioner: ON rpm 850 or more
Ignition timing A/T: 18 5 BTDC
M/T: 7 5 BTDC
Throttle position sensor idle position V 0.15 - 0.85
Electrical load: OFF (Lights & rear window defogger)
Mass Air Flow Sensor UBS00267
Supply voltage V Battery voltage (11 - 14)

Output voltage V 1.0 - 1.7
Mass air flow 1.4 - 4.0 at idle*
(Using CONSULT-II or GST) gm/sec 5.0 - 10.0 at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and idling under no-load.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor UBS00268

25 (77) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Fuel Pump UBS0026A
Injector UBS0026C
Resistance [at 20C (68F)] 13.5 - 17.5
Resistor UBS006IW
Resistance [at 25C (77F)] 4-8
Throttle Control Motor UBS006J4
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater UBS0026F

[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Calculated Load Value UBS0026G
A
Calculated load value %
(Using CONSULT-II or GST)
At idle 20.0 - 35.5
EC
At 2,500 rpm 17.0 - 30.0
Intake Air Temperature Sensor UBS0026H

C
25 (77) 1.9 - 2.1
D
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater UBS0026J

E
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) UBS0026K
Resistance [at 20C (68F)] 166 - 204

F
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor UBS0026L

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 G
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90

INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
Alphabetical Index UBS0026N
NOTE:
DTC*1
Items MIL
(CONSULT-II screen terms) ECM*3 lighting up
GST*2
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 0731 2 AT-512
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 0732 2 AT-517
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 0733 2 AT-522
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 0734 2 AT-527
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 1 EC-1751
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 1 EC-1751
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 1 EC-1757
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 1 EC-1757
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 1 EC-1770
ASCD BRAKE SW P1572 1572 1 EC-1730
ASCD SW P1564 1564 1 EC-1723
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*5 1 EC-1350

1001*
CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 1148 1 EC-1649
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 2 EC-1496
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 2 EC-1481
CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 2 EC-1481
CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 2 EC-1481
CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 2 EC-1481
ECM P0605 0605 1 or 2 or EC-1583
ECT SENSOR P0125 0125 1 EC-1398
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 0725 2 AT-508
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 1 or 2 EC-1604
ETC MOT P1128 1128 1 EC-1618

INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
DTC*1
Items
Trip
MIL
Reference page
A
(CONSULT-II screen terms) CONSULT-II 3 lighting up
2 ECM*
GST*
ETC MOT PWR P1124 1124 1 EC-1613
EC
ETC MOT PWR P1126 1126 1 EC-1613
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 0441 2 EC-1507 C
D
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P1456 1456 2 EC-1695 E
F
FTT SENSOR P0181 0181 2 EC-1455
FUEL LEVEL SEN/CIRC P1464 1464 2 EC-1704 G
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 0461 2 EC-1569
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0463 0463 2 EC-1571 H
I
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 2 EC-1406
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 0133 2 EC-1412
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 2 EC-1421 J
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 1143 2 EC-1623
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 1144 2 EC-1629
K
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 2 EC-1356
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 2 EC-1356
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 2 EC-1428 L
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 2 EC-1435
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 1146 2 EC-1635
M
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 1147 2 EC-1642
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 2 EC-1362
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 2 EC-1362
IAT SENSOR P0127 0127 2 EC-1401
ISC SYSTEM P0506 0506 2 EC-1579
ISC SYSTEM P0507 0507 2 EC-1581
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 0745 2 AT-547

INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
DTC*1
Items MIL
(CONSULT-II screen terms) ECM* 3 lighting up
GST*2
MAF SENSOR P1102 1102 1 EC-1594
MIL/CIRC P0650 0650 2 EC-1586
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 2 EC-1275
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING No DTC Flashing*4 Flashing*4 EC-1276
MAY BE REQUIRED.
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000
MAY BE REQUIRED.
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 1760 2 AT-568
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 0705 2 AT-491
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 0740 2 AT-534
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 1 EC-1475
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 1 EC-1475
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 1 EC-1391
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 1 EC-1391
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 1 EC-1763
TPV SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 1705 1 AT-563
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 2 EC-1502
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V P1491 1491 2 EC-1714
VC/V BYPASS/V P1490 1490 2 EC-1707
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*6 P0720 0720 2 AT-503
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*6 P0500 0500 2 EC-1575


INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
DTC No. Index UBS0026O
A
NOTE:
: Applicable : Not applicable EC
DTC*1
Items MIL
ECM*3 (CONSULT-II screen terms) lighting up
GST*2
C
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
No DTC Flashing*4 FURTHER TESTING Flashing*4 EC-1276
MAY BE REQUIRED. D
U1001 1001*5 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 2 EC-1350 E

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
F
P0031 0031 HO2S1 HTR (B1) 2 EC-1356
P0032 0032 HO2S1 HTR (B1) 2 EC-1356 G
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 EC-1362
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 EC-1362
H
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT 1 EC-1375 I
J
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC 1 EC-1391 K
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC 1 EC-1391
P0125 0125 ECT SENSOR 1 EC-1398
P0127 0127 IAT SENSOR 2 EC-1401 L
P0132 0132 HO2S1 (B1) 2 EC-1406
M
P0133 0133 HO2S1 (B1) 2 EC-1412
P0134 0134 HO2S1 (B1) 2 EC-1421
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) 2 EC-1428
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) 2 EC-1435
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 2 EC-1442
P0181 0181 FTT SENSOR 2 EC-1455
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC 1 EC-1475
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC 1 EC-1475

INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
DTC*1
Items MIL
ECM* 3 (CONSULT-II screen terms) lighting up
GST*2
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE 2 EC-1481
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE 2 EC-1481
P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE 2 EC-1481
P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE 2 EC-1481
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT 2 EC-1490
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 2 EC-1496
P0441 0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON 2 EC-1507
P0461 0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 EC-1569
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*6 2 EC-1575
P0506 0506 ISC SYSTEM 2 EC-1579
P0507 0507 ISC SYSTEM 2 EC-1581
P0605 0605 ECM 1 or 2 or EC-1583
P0650 0650 MIL/CIRC 2 EC-1586
P0705 0705 PNP SW/CIRC 2 AT-491
P0720 0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*6 2 AT-503
P0731 0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN 2 AT-512
P0732 0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN 2 AT-517
P0733 0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN 2 AT-522
P0734 0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN 2 AT-527
P1102 1102 MAF SENSOR 1 EC-1594

INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
DTC*1
Items
Trip
MIL
Reference page
A
CONSULT-II 3 (CONSULT-II screen terms) lighting up
ECM*
GST*2
EC
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR 1 or 2 EC-1604
P1124 1124 ETC MOT PWR 1 EC-1613 C
P1126 1126 ETC MOT PWR 1 EC-1613
P1128 1128 ETC MOT 1 EC-1618
D
P1143 1143 HO2S1 (B1) 2 EC-1623
P1144 1144 HO2S1 (B1) 2 EC-1629
P1146 1146 HO2S2 (B1) 2 EC-1635 E
P1147 1147 HO2S2 (B1) 2 EC-1642
F
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING 2 EC-1666 G
P1446 1446 VENT CONTROL VALVE 2 EC-1680 H
I
P1464 1464 FUEL LEVEL SEN/CIRC 2 EC-1704
P1490 1490 VC/V BYPASS/V 2 EC-1707
P1491 1491 VC CUT/V BYPASS/V 2 EC-1714 J
P1564 1564 ASCD SW 1 EC-1723
K
P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 NATS MALFUNCTION 2 EC-1275
P1705 1705 TPV SEN/CIRC A/T 1 AT-563 L
P1760 1760 O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC 2 AT-568
M
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 EC-1751
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 EC-1751
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 EC-1757
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 EC-1757
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR 1 EC-1763
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR 1 EC-1770

PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
BELT PRE-TENSIONER UBS0026P
The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
harness connectors.
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T UBS0026Q
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MIL) to warn the driver
of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery ground cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to light up.
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-46, "HAR-
NESS CONNECTOR" .
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precaution UBS0026R

running.
Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery
ground cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition
switch is turned off.
Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then
disconnect battery ground cable.
SEF289H

PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
If battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to A
the initial ECM values.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial values.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the cable is dis- EC
connected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunc-
tion. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
C
SEF707Y
D
When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it
securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown at right.
E
G
SEF908W
When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or H

break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM I
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) J
damage to ICs.
Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) K
away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control sys- PBIB0090E
tem malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded

operation of ICs, etc.
Keep engine control system parts and harness dry. L
Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Refer-
ence Value inspection and make sure ECM functions prop-
erly. Refer to EC-1307 . M
Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
gent.
Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause seri-
ous incidents. MEF040D

crankshaft position sensor (POS).

PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function
Check.
pleted.
SEF217U

Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's
transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as
the ground.
SEF348N

Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
PBIB1218E

PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unneces- A
sarily.
EC
SEF709Y
D
When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure
to observe the following as it may adversely affect elec-
tronic control systems depending on installation location. E
control units.
Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away F
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing- G
wave radio can be kept smaller.
SEF708Y
Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis UBS0026S
H
When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following:

GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams" I
PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" for power distribution circuit
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
GI-10, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES" J
GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"

PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
Special Service Tools UBS0026T
Tool number
Tool name (Kent- Description
Moore No.)
KV10117100 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensors
Heated oxygen sensor with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
wrench
S-NT379
KV10114400 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensors

Heated oxygen sensor a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
wrench
S-NT636
Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
(J-45356) pressure
S-NT815
Commercial Service Tools UBS0026U
Tool name (Kent-

Description
Moore No.)
Quick connector re- Removing fuel tube quick connectors in engine
lease room
(Available in SEC. 164 of PARTS CATALOG: Part
No. 16441 6N210)
PBIC0198E

ie: (J41416)
S-NT703
EVAP service port Applying positive pressure through EVAP service

adapter port
ie: (J41413-OBD)
S-NT704

PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
Tool name (Kent-
Description
Moore No.) A
Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant tempera-
ture sensor
EC
C
S-NT705
Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before

cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti- D
ie: (J-43897-18) seize lubricant shown below.
(J-43897-12) a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco-
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita- E
nia Oxygen Sensor
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

F
ie: (PermatexTM when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specifica-
tion MIL-A-907) G
S-NT779

[QR25DE]
System Diagram UBS0026V
PBIB1261E

[QR25DE]
Vacuum Hose Drawing UBS0026W
EC
PBIB1265E
Refer to EC-1236, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System.

[QR25DE]
System Chart UBS0026X

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel injection & mixture ratio control Fuel injectors
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Electronic ignition system Power transistor
Mass air flow sensor Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
ASCD vehicle speed control Electric throttle control actuator
On board diagnostic system MIL (On the instrument panel)
Throttle position sensor
Accelerator pedal position sensor Power valve control VIAS control solenoid valve
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater control Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Intake air temperature sensor Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Power steering oil pressure switch EVAP canister purge volume control
EVAP canister purge flow control
Ignition switch solenoid valve
Battery voltage Air conditioning cut control Air conditioner relay
Knock sensor Cooling fan control Cooling fan relays
Stop lamp switch
ASCD brake switch
ASCD clutch switch
Fuel level sensor*1
EVAP control system pressure sensor EVAP canister vent control valve
Fuel tank temperature sensor*1 Vacuum cut valve bypass valve
Heated oxygen sensor 2 *2

TCM (Transmission control module) *3
Electrical load signal
*3: The signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

[QR25DE]
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System UBS0026Y
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART A

ECM
function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed EC
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed and piston position
C
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor Throttle position D
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Fuel injec-
tion & mix-
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position Fuel injectors
ture ratio E
Ignition switch Start signal control
Battery Battery voltage F
Power steering oil pressure switch Power steering operation
Heated oxygen sensor 2 * Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
G
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation
*: Under normal conditions, this sensor is not for engine control operation. H
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the I
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the crankshaft position sensor and the mass air
flow sensor. J
ing conditions as listed below. K
<Fuel increase>
During warm-up
L
During acceleration
Hot-engine operation M
When selector lever is changed from N to D (A/T models)
<Fuel decrease>
During deceleration

[QR25DE]
PBIB0121E
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor if the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about heated
oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-1406 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal
air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
Open Loop Control
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit
Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
During warm-up
After shifting from N to D (A/T models)
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from heated oxygen
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as orig-
inally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot film) and characteristic changes
during operation (i.e., injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
the two ratios.
value. The signal from heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared
to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an
increase in fuel volume if it is lean.

[QR25DE]
A
EC
SEF337W D
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used E
F
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating. G
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds. H
Electronic Ignition (EI) System UBS0026Z

ECM
I
function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed
J
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed and piston position
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature K
Ignition
trol L
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position M
Battery Battery voltage
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown.
camshaft position sensor signal. Computing this information, ignition
signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
e.g., N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
A BTDC
At starting SEF742M
During warm-up
At idle
[QR25DE]
During acceleration
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
Air Conditioning Cut Control UBS00270

Engine speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air conditioner
cut control
Power steering oil pressure switch Power steering operation
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
At high engine speeds.
When engine speed is excessively low.
When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) UBS00271

ECM func-
tion
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Neutral position
Fuel cut
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Fuel injectors
control
Engine speed
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm with no load (for example, in neutral and engine speed over 1,800
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-
1239 .

[QR25DE]
CAN communication UBS00272
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other EC
C
F
LKIA0107E

T: Transmit R: Receive G
Signals ECM TCM
Output shaft revolution signal R T H
I
Overdrive cancel signal T R

[QR25DE]
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check UBS00273
IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
With GST
Check idle speed in MODE 1 with GST.
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
Method A
1. Slide the harness protector off ignition coil No. 1 to clear the wires.
BBIA0089E
Method B
1. Remove No. 1 ignition coil.
BBIA0004E

[QR25DE]
2. Connect No. 1 ignition coil and No. 1 spark plug with suitable
high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this A
wire.
EC
BBIA0076E
G
SEF166Y

H
BBIA0005E
K
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment UBS00274
PREPARATION
1. Make sure that the following parts are in good order. L
Battery
Ignition system
Engine oil and coolant levels M

Fuses
Vacuum hoses
Air intake system

Fuel pressure
Engine compression
Throttle valve
Evaporative emission system
2. On air conditioner equipped models, checks should be carried out while the air conditioner is OFF.
3. On automatic transmission equipped models, when checking idle rpm, ignition timing and mixture ratio,
checks should be carried out while shift lever is in N position.
5. Turn off headlamps, heater blower, rear window defogger.

[QR25DE]
PBIB1054E

[QR25DE]
A
1. INSPECTION START
D
Gasket

SEF976U
J
load.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. L
M
SEF977U
>> GO TO 3.

[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
SEF978U

M/T: 700 50 rpm
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1 minute.
M/T: 700 50 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4.

1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 5.

>> GO TO 6.

[QR25DE]
Is the Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 7.
2. GO TO 4. C

D
With CONSULT-II
M/T: 700 50 rpm
F
Without CONSULT-II
M/T: 700 50 rpm
A/T: 700 50 rpm (in P or N position) H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8. I

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace. L
2. GO TO 4.
9. CHECK ECM FUNCTION M

2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
EC-1275, "NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System NATS)" .
>> GO TO 4.

[QR25DE]
M/T: 15 5 BTDC
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 11.

1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 12.

>> GO TO 13.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14.
2. GO TO 4.

With CONSULT-II
M/T: 700 50 rpm
Without CONSULT-II
M/T: 700 50 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 17.

[QR25DE]
15. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN A
EC
M/T: 15 5 BTDC
OK or NG C
NG >> GO TO 16. D

Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-134, "TIMING CHAIN" . E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation. F
2. GO TO 4.
17. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G

Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-1496 . H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18. I
2. GO TO 4.
J
K
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
L
>> GO TO 4.
19. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 SIGNAL M
With CONSULT-II
3. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (The engine is
warmed up to normal operating temperature.), check that the
monitor fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5 times
during 10 seconds.
OK or NG
NG (Monitor does not fluctuate.)>>GO TO 21.
NG (Monitor fluctuates less than 5 times.)>>GO TO 28. SEF646Y

[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine and set ECM to Self-diagnostic mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor). Refer to EC-1276,
"HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
2. Start engine and run it at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
OK or NG
OK >> INDPECTION END
NG (MIL does not come on)>>GO TO 21.
NG (MIL comes on less than 5 times)>>GO TO 28.
21. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HARNESS

4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 and heated oxygen sensor 1 terminal 1. Refer to EC-
1408, "Wiring Diagram" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace harness between ECM and heated oxygen sensor 1.
2. GO TO 4.

>> GO TO 23.

>> GO TO 24.

Yes or No
2. GO TO 4.

[QR25DE]
25. CHECK CO% A
With CONSULT-II
EC
C
and Qd.
D
6. Check CO%.
Idle CO: 0.3 9.5% and engine runs smoothly.
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 28.
NG >> GO TO 27.
SEF172Y
F
26. CHECK CO%
Without CONSULT-II G
H
I
6. Check CO%.
J
Idle CO: 0.3 9.5% and engine runs smoothly.
7. After checking CO%, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect the
resistor from the terminals of engine coolant temperature sensor K
sensor. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 28.
NG >> GO TO 27. M
27. RECONNECT HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HARNESS CONNECTOR
2. Reconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
>> GO TO 31.
28. REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

1. Stop engine.
2. Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 30.

[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
check that the monitor fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 31.

Without CONSULT-II
1. Set ECM to Self-diagnostic mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor). Refer to EC-1277, "How to Set
Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 31.

Check fuel pressure regulator and repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC-1257, "Fuel Pressure
Check" .
and EC-1594 .
1386 and EC-1398 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 33.
2. GO TO 32.

Erase the stored memory in ECM and TCM. Refer to EC-1273, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
>> GO TO 4.

[QR25DE]
33. CHECK ECM FUNCTION A
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to EC
>> GO TO 4. C
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning UBS00275
DESCRIPTION
D
E
OPERATION PROCEDURE
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. F
5. Turn ignition switch OFF wait at least 10 seconds. G
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning UBS00276
DESCRIPTION
H
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
I
OPERATION PROCEDURE
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
Idle Air Volume Learning UBS00277
K
DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the spe-
cific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions: L
Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
M
PREPARATION
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle)
PNP switch: ON
Electric load switch: OFF
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light
only small lamps.
Transmission: Warmed-up
For A/T models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until FLUID TEMP SE in DATA MONITOR mode of A/
T system indicates less than 0.9V.
For A/T models without CONSULT-II and M/T models, drive vehicle for 10 minutes.

[QR25DE]
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
SEF452Y
SEF454Y

ITEM SPECIFICATION
Ignition timing M/T: 155 BTDC MBIB0238E
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
has a malfunction.

[QR25DE]
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal. A
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL goes off. EC
C
F
SEC897C
specifications.
G
ITEM SPECIFICATION
A/T: 70050 rpm (in P or N position) H
Ignition timing M/T: 155 BTDC
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be car- I
ried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the Diagnostic Procedure
below.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE J
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows:
K
2. Check PCV valve operation.
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condi- L
tion are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident.
It is useful to perform EC-1337, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
M
incident and perform Idle air volume learning all over again:
Engine stalls.
Erroneous idle.
Fuel Pressure Check UBS00278

NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because B15 models do not have fuel return system.
With CONSULT-II

[QR25DE]
3. Start engine.
pressure.
SEF214Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel pump fuse.
2. Start engine.
pressure.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
LEC298
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

CAUTION:
The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for
other purposes.
Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains saleability with O-rings inside.
Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/
C switch, etc.). Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine loads and
changes in manifold vacuum.
2. Prepare fuel hose and fuel hose clamp for fuel pressure check, and connect fuel pressure gauge.
Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector).
To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moderately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it.
Use fuel pressure gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Remove fuel hose. Refer to EM-105, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
Do not remove fuel hose from quick connector.
Keep the original fuel hose to be free from intrusion of dust or foreign substances with a suitable cover.
4. Install the fuel pressure gauge as shown in the figure.

Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth moist-
ened with gasoline.
Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel tube
and No.1 spool.
Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches the
No.1 spool on fuel tube.
Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439
N4710 or 16439 40U00).
When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps. BBIA0111E
When reconnecting fuel hose, check the original fuel hose for
damage and abnormality.

[QR25DE]
Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 A
in).
Tightening torque:
EC
1 - 1.5 Nm (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13 in-lb.)
Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
5. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose C
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb.) to confirm fuel
tube does not come off.
6. Turn ignition switch ON, and check for fuel leakage. PBIB0669E
D
7. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
8. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false E
readings.
During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.
F
2
At idling: Approximately 350 CPA (3.57 kg/cm , 51 psi)
9. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step.
G
Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging

H
Fuel pump
Fuel pressure regulator for clogging
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator. I

If NG, repair or replace.

[QR25DE]
Introduction UBS00279
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Mode 7 of SAE J1979
Calibration ID Mode 9 of SAE J1979
data Frame data
CONSULT-II
GST *1
ECM *2
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-1290
.)
Two Trip Detection Logic UBS0027A
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
1st trip 2nd trip 2nd trip
Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip
Lighting Lighting display-
Blinking Blinking displaying displaying displaying
up up ing
Misfire (Possible three way cata-

lyst damage) DTC: P0300 -
P0304 is being detected
Misfire (Possible three way cata-
lyst damage) DTC: P0300 -
P0304 is being detected
One trip detection diagnosis (refer

to EC-1224, "INDEX FOR DTC" )
Except above

[QR25DE]
Emission-related Diagnostic Information UBS0027B
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS A
DTC*1 *2 Test value/

Items Reference
CONSULT-II SRT code Test limit 1st trip DTC
(CONSULT-II screen terms) ECM page EC
GST (GST only)
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*5 EC-1350 C

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000
MAY BE REQUIRED. D
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 EC-1353
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 *4 EC-1356
E
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 *4 EC-1356
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 *4 EC-1362

F
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 *4 EC-1362
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102 0102 EC-1375 G
H
I
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 EC-1391
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 EC-1391
ECT SENSOR P0125 0125 EC-1398 J
IAT SENSOR P0127 0127 EC-1401
THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 0128 EC-1404
K
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 *4 EC-1406
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 0133 *4 EC-1412

L
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 *4 EC-1421
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 *4 EC-1428
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 *4 EC-1435 M

FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 EC-1442
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 EC-1449
FTT SENSOR P0181 0181 EC-1455
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 EC-1475
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 EC-1475
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 EC-1481

[QR25DE]
Items Reference
CONSULT-II SRT code Test limit 1st trip DTC
(CONSULT-II screen terms) ECM page
GST (GST only)

CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 EC-1490
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 EC-1496
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 * 4 EC-1502
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 0441 *4 EC-1507
EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 0442 *4 EC-1513

EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 0452 EC-1534
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0453 0453 EC-1540
EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 0455 *4 EC-1547
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 0456 *3 *4 EC-1555

FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 0460 EC-1564
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 0461 EC-1569
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0462 0462 EC-1571
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0463 0463 EC-1571
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*6 P0500 0500 EC-1575

ISC SYSTEM P0506 0506 EC-1579
ISC SYSTEM P0507 0507 EC-1581
ECM P0605 0605 EC-1583
MIL/CIRC P0650 0650 EC-1586
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 0705 AT-491
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 0710 AT-497
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*6 P0720 0720 AT-503

ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 0725 AT-508
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 0731 AT-512
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 0732 AT-517
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 0733 AT-522
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 0734 AT-527
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 0740 AT-534
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 0744 AT-539
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 0745 AT-547
ECM BACK UP/CIRC P1065 1065 EC-1590
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 EC-1600
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 or EC-1604

[QR25DE]
Items
SRT code Test limit 1st trip DTC
Reference A
(CONSULT-II screen terms) CONSULT-II page
ECM (GST only)
GST
EC
ETC MOT P1128 1128 EC-1618
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 1143 *4 EC-1623 C
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 1144 *4 EC-1629
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 1146 *4 EC-1635 D

HO2S2 (B1) P1147 1147 *4 EC-1642
E
CTP LEARNING P1226 1226 EC-1666 F
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P1229 1229 EC-1668
G
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P1456 1456 *3 *4 EC-1695 H
VC/V BYPASS/V P1490 1490 EC-1707
I
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V P1491 1491 EC-1714
ASCD SW P1564 1564 EC-1723
ASCD BRAKE SW P1572 1572 EC-1730 J
TPV SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 1705 AT-563
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 EC-1742 K
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 1760 AT-568
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 EC-1746 L
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 EC-1751
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 EC-1751
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 EC-1757 M
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 EC-1757
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 EC-1763
*6: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur at the same time, the MIL illuminates.

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not

[QR25DE]
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in EC-1273, "HOW
TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-1261, "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION ITEMS" . These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/
component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-II.
therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehi-
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step II, refer to EC-1285, "WORK FLOW" . Then perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is
duplicated, the item requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
WITH CONSULT-II
WITH GST
CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P1148, P1706, etc.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
NO TOOLS
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0340, 1148, 1706, etc.
These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN.
Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST or the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indi-
cate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to nor-
mal. CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if
available) is recommended.
tion is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times
PBIB0911E

The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, base fuel schedule and intake
air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
details, see EC-1320, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data" .

[QR25DE]
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority A
EC
Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire DTC: P0300 - P0304 C
1
3 1st trip freeze frame data D
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal- E
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze F
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-1261, "EMISSION-RELATED G
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS" .
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
H
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed. I
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT J
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate INCMP for these items. K
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate INCMP if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours. L
vehicle is returned to the customer untested. M
NOTE:
though the SRT indicates CMPLT for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (CMPLT) and

[QR25DE]
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to CMPLT.
Perfor-
SRT item Corresponding DTC
mance Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to CMPLT
(CONSULT-II indication) No.
Priority*1
EVAP SYSTEM 1 EVAP control system P0442
2 EVAP control system P0456, P1456
2 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441
HO2S 2 Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0132
HO2S HTR 2 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater P0031, P0032
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0037, P0038
*1: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-II.
SRT Set Timing

SRT is set as CMPLT after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
Example
Diagnosis
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) (1) OK (2) (2)
P0402 OK (1) (1) (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) (2) (2)
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) (1) (1) (1)
P0402 (0) (0) OK (1) (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) (2) (2)
P0402
NG
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
DTC (= MIL ON)
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.

[QR25DE]
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate CMPLT. Case 1 above A
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indi-
EC
cate CMPLT. Case 3 above
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following C
reasons:
The SRT will indicate CMPLT at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
The emissions inspection requires CMPLT of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results. D
If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate INCMP. E
NOTE:
SRT can be set as CMPLT together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates CMPLT. F
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page. G

[QR25DE]
SEF170Z
*1 EC-1264 *2 EC-1268 *3 EC-1269

WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
INCMP is displayed.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for SRT code is shown at right.
INCMP means the self-diagnosis is incomplete and SRT is not set.
CMPLT means the self-diagnosis is complete and SRT is set.
WITH GST
Selecting Mode 1 with GST (Generic Scan Tool) SEF949Z

[QR25DE]
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each A
WITH CONSULT-II
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table EC
on EC-1266, "SRT Item" .
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The C

[QR25DE]
Driving Pattern
PBIB0123E

[QR25DE]
ing habits, etc. A
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the
shortest.
EC
within zone A.
Sea level
C
Flat road
Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. D
Pattern 1: E
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 93 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than F
70C (158F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 93 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
G
Pattern 2:
ducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended. H
Pattern 3:
Pattern 4: I
If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again. J
(56 MPH) again. K
2. Repeat driving pattern shown at right at least 10 times. L
possible.
*3: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised. M
SEF414S

Set the selector lever in the D position with the overdrive switch turned ON.
Suggested Upshift Speeds for M/T Models
Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions relate to fuel
economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions, the weather
and individual driving habits.

[QR25DE]
Model with 5-speed
For normal acceleration in low altitude areas For normal acceleration in high altitude areas
[less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]: [over 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
ACCEL shift point km/h CRUISE shift point km/h
Gear change km/h (MPH)
(MPH) (MPH)
1st to 2nd 24 (15) 24 (15) 24 (15)
2nd to 3rd 40 (25) 29 (18) 40 (25)
3rd to 4th 58 (36) 48 (30) 64 (40)
4th to 5th 64 (40) 62 (39) 72 (45)
Model with 6-speed

For normal acceleration in low altitude areas For normal acceleration in high altitude areas
[less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]: [over 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
ACCEL shift point km/h CRUISE shift point km/h ACCEL shift point km/h CRUISE shift point km/h
Gear change
(MPH) (MPH) (MPH) (MPH)
1st to 2nd 26 (16) 16 (10) 26 (16) 24 (15)
2nd to 3rd 42 (26) 23 (14) 42 (26) 40 (25)
3rd to 4th 55 (34) 40 (25) 64 (40) 64 (40)
4th to 5th 66 (41) 60 (37) 72 (45) 72 (45)
5th to 6th 72 (45) 72 (45) 80 (50) 80 (50)

Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.
est gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted sped limits and drive according to the road condi-
tions to ensure sage operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause
Model with 5-speed

Gear km/h (MPH)
1st 55 (35)
2nd 95 (60)
3rd 135 (85)
4th
5th
Model with 6-speed

Gear km/h (MPH)
1st 45 (25)
2nd 80 (50)
3rd 130 (80)
4th
5th
6th
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-II)
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
items).

[QR25DE]
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be dis-
played on the GST screen. A
Test value (GST display)
TID CID EC
01H 01H Max.
CATALYST Three way catalyst function
02H 81H Min.
EVAP control system (Small leak) 05H 03H Max.
C
EVAP control system purge flow

EVAP SYSTEM 06H 83H Min.
monitoring
D
EVAP control system (Very small leak) 07H 03H Max.
09H 04H Max.
0AH 84H Min. E
Heated oxygen sensor 1 0BH 04H Max.
0CH 04H Max.
HO2S 0DH 04H Max.
F
19H 86H Min.

1AH 86H Min. G
1BH 06H Max.
1CH 06H Max.
29H 08H Max. H
2AH 88H Min.
HO2S HTR
2DH 0AH Max.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater I
2EH 8AH Min.

How to Erase DTC ( With CONSULT-II) J
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting ERASE in the SELF-
DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
If DTCs are displayed for both ECM and TCM (Transmission control module), they need to be erased individu- K
ally from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-1224 ), skip steps 2 through 4. L
2. Turn CONSULT-II ON and touch A/T. M
twice.
5. Touch ENGINE.

[QR25DE]
7. Touch ERASE. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
WCIA0365E
How to Erase DTC ( With GST)

The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting Mode 4 with GST.
NOTE:
How to Erase DTC ( No Tools)
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-1276, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
approx. 24 hours.
Freeze frame data

[QR25DE]
Test values A
Others
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures. EC
NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System NATS) UBS0027C
If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in C

the ON position or NATS MALFUNCTION is displayed
on SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen, perform self-diagnostic
results mode with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.
D
Refer to BL-95, "NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM NATS)" .
Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NVIS (NATS) is dis-
played before touching ERASE in SELF-DIAG RESULTS E
When replacing ECM, initialization of NVIS (NATS) system
and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs must be SEF543X F
carried out with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.
Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner. Regarding the procedures of NVIS
(NATS) initialization and NVIS (NATS) ignition key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-II operation G
manual, IVIS/NVIS.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) UBS0027D
DESCRIPTION H
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON with-
out the engine running. This is a bulb check. I
If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-27, "WARNING LAMPS" ,
or see EC-1586 .
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off. J
K
SEF217U

[QR25DE]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION
The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions.
Mode Status
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit.
Engine stopped

that a malfunction has been detected.
the 1st trip.
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)
One trip detection diagnosis
ON position RESULTS
Engine stopped
Engine running HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 This function allows the fuel mixture condition (lean or
MONITOR rich), monitored by heated oxygen sensor 1, to be read.
MIL Flashing Without DTC

nostic test mode. EC-1276, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are described later.EC-
Freeze frame data
Test values
Others
NOTE:
has a malfunction.

[QR25DE]
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. A
EC
blinking.
C
PBIB0092E
G
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor)
1. Set the ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-1277, "How to Set Diagnos-
tic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" . H
2. Start Engine.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results) I
1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-1277, "How to Set Diagnostic
Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds. J
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I BULB CHECK K
27, "WARNING LAMPS" or see EC-1586 .
L
MIL Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected or the ECM's CPU is malfunctioning. M
OFF No malfunction.
These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)

The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These uniden-
read a code.

[QR25DE]
SEF952W
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
malfunction. (See EC-1224, "INDEX FOR DTC" )
1277, "How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory after approx 24 hours.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR
In this mode, the MIL displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated
oxygen sensor 1.
MIL Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas Air fuel ratio feedback control condition
ON Lean
Closed loop system
OFF Rich
*Remains ON or OFF Any condition Open loop system
*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop.
To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until
engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load conditions. Then make sure that the
MIL comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no-load.
OBD System Operation Chart UBS0027E
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-1260, "Two Trip Detection
Logic" .

[QR25DE]
the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting, A
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and EC
C
SUMMARY CHART
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other D
80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A) E
display)
*1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B) F
(clear)
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected. G

[QR25DE]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR MISFIRE
<EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
SEF392S
be stored in ECM.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)

[QR25DE]
TION>, FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM A
<Driving Pattern B>
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. EC
The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART) C
<Driving Pattern C>

Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows: D
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (10.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition: E
equal to 70C (158F). F
Example:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80C (176F) G
(158F) H
The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of the vehicle conditions
described above.
The C counter will be counted up when the vehicle conditions described above is satisfied without the I
same malfunction.
The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC J
is stored in ECM.

[QR25DE]
MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
SEF393S
be stored in ECM.

[QR25DE]
DETERIORATION>, FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM A
<Driving Pattern A>
EC
G
AEC574
The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction. H
<Driving Pattern B>
I
J
K

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction UBS0027F
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con-
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac-
MEF036D

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
ment of good parts.
SEF233G
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-1285 .
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the exam-
ple on EC-1288 should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional incidents first. This
will help troubleshoot driveability incidents on an electronically con-
SEF234G
trolled engine vehicle.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart A
EC
PBIB1043E
*1 If time data of SELF-DIAG *2 If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 If the on board diagnostic system
RESULTS is other than 0 or [1t], form EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNO- cannot be performed, check main
perform EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAG- SIS FOR INTERMITTENT power supply and ground circuit.
NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- INCIDENT" . Refer to EC-1342, "POWER SUPPLY
DENT" . CIRCUIT FOR ECM" .
*4 If malfunctioning part cannot be *5 EC-1270 *6 EC-1337
detected, perform EC-1341, "TROU-
BLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMIT-
TENT INCIDENT" .

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Description for Work Flow
STEP DESCRIPTION
STEP I
DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET, EC-1287 .
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or GST) the (1st trip) DTC and the
(1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the data. (Refer to EC-1273 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st
trip) freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
STEP II If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer.
(The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-1295 .)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II
STEP III to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Try to detect the (1st trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the
(1st trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or GST.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)
mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st
trip) DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-1291 .) If CONSULT-II is available,
STEP V
perform DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to the TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS SPECIFI-
CATION VALUE. (Refer to EC-1337 .) (If malfunction is detected, proceed to REPAIR/REPLACE.) Then perform
inspections according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-1295 .)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in DATA MONITOR
(AUTO TRIG) mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-1307 , EC-1331 .
STEP VI
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in
GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
DENT" .
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident
STEP VII is still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a method different from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM
and TCM (Transmission control module). (Refer to EC-1273, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" and AT-430, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" .)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Description A
bleshooting faster and more accurate. EC
tomer complaint. C
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples: D
to evaporate into the atmosphere. E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Worksheet Sample
MTBL0017
DTC Inspection Priority Chart UBS0027G
chart.
NOTE:
U1000 and U1001. Refer to EC-1350 .

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
A
1 U1000 U1001 CAN communication line
P0101 P0102 P0103 P1102 Mass air flow sensor
P0112 P0113 P0127 Intake air temperature sensor
EC
P0117 P0118 P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor
C
P0181 P0182 P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor
P0327 P0328 Knock sensor
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) D
P0460 P0461 P0462 P0463 P1464 Fuel level sensor
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor E
P0605 ECM
P1610-P1615 NATS F
P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
2 P0031 P0032 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater G
P0037 P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0132 P0133 P0134 P1143 P1144 Heated oxygen sensor 1
P0138 P0139 P1146 P1147 Heated oxygen sensor 2 H
P0217 Coolant overtemperature enrichment protection
P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
P0444 P0445 P1444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve I
P0447 P1446 P1448 EVAP canister vent control valve
P0452 P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor
P0506 P0507 Idle speed control system J
P0650 MIL
P0705-P0725, P0740-P0755, P1705 P1760 A/T related sensors and solenoid valves
P1065 ECM power supply K
P1111 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P1124 P1126 Throttle control motor relay
L
P1490 P1491 Vacuum cut valve bypass valve
M
P1805 Brake switch
3 P0011 Intake valve timing control
P0171 P0172 Fuel injection system function
P0300 - P0304 Misfire
P0442 P0456 P1456 EVAP control system (SMALL LEAK, VERY SMALL LEAK)
P0455 EVAP control system (GROSS LEAK)
P0731 - P0734 A/T function
P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Fail-safe Chart UBS0027H
The ECM enters fail-safe mode, if any of the following malfunctions is detected. When the ECM enters the fail-
safe mode, the MIL illuminates.
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
P1102
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-
Condition
II display)
40C (104F)
ON or Start
80C (176F)
40 - 80C (104 - 176F)
P0223 mal operation.
(ECM detects the throttle The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000
tion fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2128 mal operation.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Basic Inspection UBS0027I
D
Gasket

SEF976U
J
load.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. L
M
SEF977U
>> GO TO 3.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
SEF978U

M/T: 700 50 rpm
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1 minute.
M/T: 700 50 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4.

1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 5.

>> GO TO 6.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Is the Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 7.
2. GO TO 4. C

D
With CONSULT-II
M/T: 700 50 rpm
F
Without CONSULT-II
M/T: 700 50 rpm
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8.
I
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 9.
2. GO TO 4. L

M
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-1275, "NVIS
(Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System NATS)" .
>> GO TO 4.

M/T: 15 5 BTDC
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 11.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 12.

>> GO TO 13.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14.
2. GO TO 4.

With CONSULT-II
M/T: 700 50 rpm
Without CONSULT-II
M/T: 700 50 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 17.

M/T: 15 5 BTDC
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 16.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. EC
2. GO TO 4.
C
D
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 18.
2. GO TO 4. F

1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a incident, but G
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-1275, "NVIS
(Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System NATS)" . H
>> GO TO 4.
I
Symptom Matrix Chart UBS0027J
SYSTEM BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SYMPTOM OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH J


L
Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
M
ENGINE STALL

Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-1806

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
Warranty symptom code AA ENGINE STALL
AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-1858
tem
EC-1604,
EC-1606 ,
EC-1613 ,
EC-1618
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-1291
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-1342
EC-1368,
Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-1375 ,
EC-1594
EC-1386,
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 1 2
EC-1398
EC-1391,
EC-1475 ,
EC-1664 ,
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-1666 ,
EC-1668 ,
EC-1763
EC-1751,
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1 2 2 EC-1757 ,
EC-1770
EC-1406,
EC-1412 ,
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-1421 ,
EC-1623 ,
EC-1629
Knock sensor circuit 2 2 3 EC-1486
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-1490
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 2 2 EC-1496
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-1575
Power steering oil pressure switch circuit 2 3 3 3 3 EC-1811
EC-1583,
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-1590
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir-
3 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-1600
cuit

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
SYMPTOM
A


EC


Reference C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E

VIAS control solenoid valve circuit 1 EC-1788
F
PNP switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-1742
Start signal circuit 2 EC-1802
G
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 3 4 EC-1816
Electrical load signal circuit 3 3 3 3 EC-1821
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 MTC-19 H
I
SYMPTOM
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH J



K
Reference L
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Fuel Fuel tank FL-7
5 EM-118,
FL-2
Vapor lock 5
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gaso- 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

line, Low octane)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
Warranty symptom code AA ENGINE STALL
AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Air Air duct EM-103
Air cleaner EM-103
(Mass air flow sensor electric EM-103
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control actuator EM-105
Air leakage from intake manifold/
EM-105
Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery SC-4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Alternator circuit SC-22
Starter circuit 3 SC-9
Signal plate/Flywheel/Drive plate 6 EM-160
PNP switch MT-78, MT-
4 139 or AT-
491
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-145
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-160
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve Timing chain EM-134
mecha-
Camshaft EM-123
nism
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-134
Intake valve
3 EM-145
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket EM-110,
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
EX-3
Three way catalyst

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
SYMPTOM
A


EC


Reference C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E

Lubrica- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil EM-112,
F
tion filter/Oil gallery LU-19 , LU-
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 18
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-16 G
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap CO-30
Thermostat 5 CO-28
H
Water pump CO-26
Water gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 5 CO-23
Cooling fan 5 CO-36 I
Coolant level (low)/Contaminated
CO-24
coolant
NVIS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System EC-1275 or J
1 1
NATS) BL-95
K

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Engine Control Component Parts Location UBS0027K
BBIA0126E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
EC
BBIA0127E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
BBIA0128E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
EC
BBIA0123E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
PBIB1174E
BBIA0192E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Circuit Diagram UBS0027L
EC
BBWA0408E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
BBWA0409E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout UBS0027M
EC
SEF970W D
ECM Terminals and Reference Value UBS0027N
PREPARATION E
tower).
For this inspection:
F
Remove front strut tower bar. Refer to FSU-5, "FRONT SUS-
PENSION ASSEMBLY" .
Remove engine control harness bracket on the strut tower.
G
H
BBIA0099E
Remove quick connector on the ventilation hose. I
JEF096Y L
Remove ECM fixing bolts and pull it out all the way.
M
SEF097Y

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Remove ECM cover fixing bolts.
SEF504Y
Remove ECM fixing bolts.

Remove ECM with the harness from the cover.
SEF098Y
2. Remove ECM harness protector.

3. Perform all voltage measurements with the connector con-
nected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily.
Open harness securing clip to make testing easier.
MEC486B

Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 7.0V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition.
2 R/L Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
heater
PBIB0519E


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the EC
following conditions are met.
Engine: After warming up 0 - 1.0V
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 C
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle for
4 P/B
heater one minute under no load.
D
Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. E
Vacuum cut valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
8 L/B [Ignition switch ON]
bypass valve (11 - 14V)
10 [Ignition switch ON] F

(With- For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch
out 0 - 1.0V
ON
NVIS)
B/P Fuel pump relay [Engine is running]
G
29 [Ignition switch ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(With More than 1 seconds after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
NVIS) switch ON.
H
EVAP canister vent con- BATTERY VOLTAGE
trol valve (11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE I
12 R Counter current return [Ignition switch ON]
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) J
[Engine is running]
Idle speed K
EVAP canister purge

13 PU/W volume control solenoid PBIB0050E
L
valve
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running] M
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine)
PBIB0520E

18 OR/L MIL [Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Idle speed (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
ECM relay OFF
20 W/G
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
21 BR Ignition signal No. 1

PBIB0521E
23 L/R Ignition signal No. 3
0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0522E

VIAS control solenoid Idle speed (11 - 14V)
25 Y/G
valve [Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON 0 - 0.6V
26 L/W Air conditioner relay (Compressor operates)
A/C switch is OFF (11 - 14V)

27 LG/B Cooling fan relay (High)
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
Approximately 2.6 - 3.2V
33 L CAN communication line [Ignition switch ON] Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
Approximately 1.7 - 2.3V
34 Y CAN communication line [Ignition switch ON] Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
6 - 7V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0523E
36 L/OR Tachometer
6 - 7V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0524E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Cooling fan is not operating. (11 - 14V) EC
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
Cooling fan is operating.
C
Approximately 0V
39 P/B ASCD CRUISE lamp CRUISE switch is depressed at first time
second time BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
D
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE E
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0V

41 B/Y Start signal
[Ignition switch START] 9 - 14V F
(11 - 14V) G
Neutral (M/T models). H
(11 - 14V) I
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V J
Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON
44 L/R Air conditioner switch
A/C switch is OFF (11 - 14V)
K
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Power steering oil Steering wheel is being turned
46 G
pressure switch [Engine is running] L
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
SET switch is ON. Approximately 0V
M
47 Y/B ASCD SET lamp ASCD control is operating.
ASCD control is not operating. (11 - 14V)

50 L/G Data link connector Approximately 5V
CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected.
Electrical load signal Rear window defogger switch is ON (11 - 14V)
52 L/W (Rear window defogger
signal) [Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
Rear window defogger switch is OFF
53 R/W
Approximately 0V

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
55 LG/B Heater fan switch
[Engine is running]
Approximately 5V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Clutch pedal is fully released (M/T models)
[Engine is running]
58 B Sensors' ground Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
Idle speed
59 B/R
106 B Idle speed
108 B
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
62 Idle speed
(With
NVIS) PBIB0525E
Camshaft position sen-
71 R
sor (PHASE)
(With- 1.0 - 4.0V
out
NVIS)
[Engine is running]
PBIB0526E
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
62 Idle speed
(With-
out PBIB0527E
Crankshaft position
NVIS) R
sensor (POS)
71 Approximately 3V
(With
NVIS)
[Engine is running]
PBIB0528E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 2.3V
63 EC
(With-
out [Engine is running]
NVIS) R/W Vehicle speed sensor Lift up the vehicle
81 Vehicle speed is 40 km/h (25MPH) C
(With
NVIS)
PBIB0531E
D
64 R/G tion sensor 2 power [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 2.5V
supply
65 R Sensor's power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V E
(Buck-up) (11 - 14V)
Approximately 0 - 4.8V F
70 G/OR [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with fuel
sensor
tank temperature.
Idle speed
72 OR/L Mass air flow sensor
I
Engine stopped
J
Throttle position Accelerator pedal fully released
73 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON] K
Engine stopped
Shift lever position is 1st (M/T model) L
Engine stopped M
Throttle position Accelerator pedal fully released
74 G
Engine stopped
Accelerator pedal posi- Accelerator pedal fully released
75 W
tion sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
76 R/B
[Engine is running]
77 B/W Fuel level sensor ground Approximately 0V
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
80 W/L Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
ground
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Refrigerant pressure Warm-up condition
83 L 1.0 - 4.0V
sensor Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON.
sensor
Accelerator pedal
86 G [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0V
position sensor 2 ground
87 G/R Fuel level sensor [Ignition switch ON] Output voltage varies with fuel
level.
EVAP control system
88 B/R [Ignition switch ON] 1.8 -4.8V
pressure sensor
Approximately 4.0V
Approximately 0V
89 G ASCD steering switch Approximately 1.0V
Approximately 2.0V
SET/COAST switch is ON.
Approximately 3.0V
ACCEL/RES switch is ON.
90 W
tion sensor signal output [Ignition switch ON]
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodi-
92 W/G Heated oxygen sensor 1 Warm-up condition
cally change)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Engine coolant tempera-
93 Y [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with EC
ture sensor
[Engine is running]
Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the C
following conditions are met.
Engine: after warming up
95 W Heated oxygen sensor 2 Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 0 - Approximately 1.0V
D
and 4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle for
one minute under no load.
Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly. E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
F
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
G

PBIB0529E
102 R/W Injector No. 2
103 R/Y Injector No. 3 BATTERY VOLTAGE
H
104 R/L Injector No. 4
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running] I
Warm-up condition
J
PBIB0530E
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE K
Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
Idle speed
Approximately 9V L
Intake valve timing con-
107 G
trol solenoid valve [Engine is running]
Warm-up condition M
PBIB0532E

111 R/G (11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle control motor [Ignition switch OFF]
112 OR (11 - 14V)
relay
113 R [Ignition switch ON]
relay power supply (11 - 14V)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 14V
Engine stopped
(Open)
PBIB0533E
Throttle control motor [Engine is running]

ground Idle speed
0 - 14V
Engine stopped
(Close)
PBIB0534E
CONSULT-II Function UBS0027O
FUNCTION
Work support
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
can be read and erased quickly.*
Input/Output of the specification for Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the
Data monitor (SPEC)
other data monitor items can be read.
monitor
Active test
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
Freeze frame data
Test values
Others

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
A
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC DTC & SRT

RESULTS DATA CONFIRMATION
Item WORK DATA
MONI- ACTIVE
EC
SUP- FREEZE MONI- DTC
TOR TEST SRT WORK
(SPEC) STATUS SUP-
2
DATA* PORT C
D
Heated oxygen sensor 1 E
Accelerator pedal position sensor F

Throttle position sensor

G
EVAP control system pressure

sensor
Intake air temperature sensor H
INPUT
Knock sensor
Ignition switch (start signal) I
Closed throttle position switch
(accelerator pedal position sensor
signal) J
K
Stop lamp switch
Power steering oil pressure switch
Battery voltage L
Load signal
Fuel level sensor
M
ASCD brake switch

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC DTC & SRT
RESULTS DATA CONFIRMATION
Item WORK DATA
MONI- ACTIVE DTC
SUP- FREEZE MONI-
TOR TEST SRT WORK
PORT DTC* 1 FRAME TOR
(SPEC) STATUS SUP-
DATA*2 PORT
Injectors
Power transistor (Ignition timing)



trol solenoid valve
OUTPUT
Fuel pump relay

Cooling fan relay
Vacuum cut valve bypass valve
Intake valve timing control solenoid

valve
VIAS control solenoid valve
Calculated load value
X: Applicable
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-1264 .
CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE

2. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to
data link connector, which is located under LH dash panel.
LAT136
4. Touch START (NISSAN BASED VHCL).
BCIA0029E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
5. Touch ENGINE.
If ENGINE is not indicated, go to EC-582, "DATA LINK CON- A
NECTOR" .
EC
SEF995X
D
procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual. E
G
PBIB2308E
WORK SUPPORT MODE

H
Work Item
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING START DUR- When releasing fuel pressure I
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE When learning the idle air volume J
ECM.
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- self-learning control value K
FICIENT.
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE OPEN THE VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE AND When detecting EVAP vapor leak
CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN point of EVAP system L
ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE
IGN SW ON
M
ENGINE NOT RUNNING
TEM
FUEL TANK TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0C (32F).
TEM CLOSE
UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULT-
II WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRI-
ATE INSTRUCTION.
NOTE:

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition tim-
ing
After adjustment, confirm target
ignition timing with a timing light.

Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-1224, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data
Description
item*
DIAG TROUBLE
The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer
CODE
to EC-1224, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
[PXXXX]
MODE 4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
COOLANT TEMP [C]
or [F]
L-FUEL TRIM-B1 [%] The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
S-FUEL TRIM-B1 [%] The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
ENGINE SPEED
[rpm]
VHCL SPEED [km/h]
or [mph]
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE [C]
or [F]
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item A
: Applicable
ECM
MAIN
Monitored item INPUT EC
[Unit] SIG-
NALS
NALS
Accuracy becomes poor if engine
Indicates the engine speed computed speed drops below the idle rpm.
C
from the signals of the crankshaft posi-
ENG SPEED [rpm] If the signal is interrupted while the
tion sensor (POS) and camshaft posi-
tion sensor (PHASE). engine is running, an abnormal
value may be indicated. D
The signal voltage of the mass air flow When the engine is stopped, a
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V]
sensor is displayed. certain value is indicated.
Base fuel schedule indicates the fuel E
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into

[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board cor-
rection.
F
When the engine is stopped, a
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio certain value is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] feedback correction factor per cycle is This data also includes the data
indicated. for the air-fuel ratio learning con- G
trol.
The engine coolant temperature (deter- ture sensor is open or short-cir- H
COOLAN TEMP/S mined by the signal voltage of the cuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode.

[C] or [F] engine coolant temperature sensor) is The engine coolant temperature
displayed. determined by the ECM is dis-
played. I
HO2S1 (B1) [V]
J
HO2S2 (B1) [V]
Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 sig- After turning ON the ignition

nal during air-fuel ratio feedback control: switch, RICH is displayed until K
RICH ... means the mixture became air-fuel mixture ratio feedback
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) rich, and control is being affected control begins.

[RICH/LEAN] toward a leaner mixture. When the air-fuel ratio feedback is L
LEAN ... means the mixture became clamped, the value just before the
lean, and control is being affected clamping is displayed continu-
toward a rich mixture. ously.
Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 sig- M
nal:
RICH ... means the amount of oxygen
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) after three way catalyst is relatively When the engine is stopped, a

[RICH/LEAN] small. certain value is indicated.
LEAN ... means the amount of oxygen
after three way catalyst is relatively
large.
VHCL SPEED SE The vehicle speed computed from the

[km/h] or [mph] vehicle speed signal is displayed.
BATTERY VOLT The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-

[V] played.
ACCEL SEN 1 [V] The accelerator pedal position sensor
ACCEL SEN 2 [V] signal voltage is displayed.
THRTL SEN 1 [V] The throttle position sensor signal volt-

THRTL SEN 2 [V] age is displayed.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
ECM
MAIN
[Unit] SIG-
NALS
NALS
The fuel temperature (determined by the
FUEL T/TEMP SE
signal voltage of the fuel tank tempera-
[C] or [F]
ture sensor) is displayed.
The intake air temperature (determined
INT/A TEMP SE
by the signal voltage of the intake air
[C] or [F]
temperature sensor) is indicated.
EVAP SYS PRES The signal voltage of EVAP control sys-

ABSOL PRES/SE The signal voltage of EVAP control sys-

FUEL LEVEL SE The signal voltage of the fuel level sen-

[V] sor is displayed.
START SIGNAL Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
displayed regardless of the starter
[ON/OFF] starter signal.
signal.
Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] com-
CLSD THL POS
puted by ECM according to the acceler-
[ON/OFF]
ator pedal position sensor signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air
AIR COND SIG
conditioner switch as determined by the
[ON/OFF]
air conditioner signal.
P/N POSI SW
park/neutral position (PNP) switch sig-
[ON/OFF]
nal.
[ON/OFF] condition of the power steer-
PW/ST SIGNAL ing oil pressure switch as determined by

[ON/OFF] the power steering oil pressure signal is
indicated.
electrical load signal.
ON ... Rear window defogger switch is
LOAD SIGNAL
ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd posi-
[ON/OFF]
tion.
OFF ... Both rear window defogger
switch and lighting switch are OFF.
IGNITION SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from igni-

[ON/OFF] tion switch.
HEATER FAN SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the

[ON/OFF] heater fan switch signal.
BRAKE SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the

[ON/OFF] stop lamp switch signal.
Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse When the engine is stopped, a
INJ PULSE-B1
width compensated by ECM according certain computed value is indi-
[msec]
to the input signals. cated.
IGN TIMING Indicates the ignition timing computed When the engine is stopped, a

[BTDC] by ECM according to the input signals. certain value is indicated.
CAL/LD VALUE [%] value of the current airflow divided by
peak airflow.
Indicates the mass airflow computed by
MASS AIRFLOW
ECM according to the signal voltage of
[gm/s]
the mass air flow sensor.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
ECM
MAIN
[Unit] SIG-
NALS
NALS
Indicates the EVAP canister purge vol- EC
ume control solenoid valve control value
PURG VOL C/V computed by the ECM according to the
[%] input signals.
The opening becomes larger as the C
value increases.
[CA] advanced angle. D
The control condition of the intake valve
timing control solenoid valve (deter-
mined by ECM according to the input E
signals) is indicated.
INT/V SOL (B1) [%]
ON ... intake valve timing control is oper-
ating.
OFF ... Intake valve timing control is not F
operating.
The control condition of the VIAS control
solenoid valve (determined by ECM
G
according to the input signals) is indi-
VIAS S/V cated.
[ON/OFF] ON ... VIAS control solenoid valve is
operating. H
OFF ... VIAS control solenoid valve is
not operating.
The air conditioner relay control condi-
AIR COND RLY
tion (determined by ECM according to
I
[ON/OFF]
the input signals) is indicated.
FUEL PUMP RLY J
condition determined by ECM according
[ON/OFF]
The control condition of the vacuum cut
valve bypass valve (determined by ECM K
VC/V BYPASS/V according to the input signals) is indi-
[ON/OFF] cated.
ON ... Open
OFF ... Closed L
The control condition of the EVAP canis-
ter vent control valve (determined by
VENT CONT/V ECM according to the input signals) is M
[ON/OFF] indicated.
ON ... Closed
OFF ... Open
Indicates the throttle control motor relay
THRTL RELAY
control condition determined by the
[ON/OFF]
Indicates the condition of the cooling fan
(determined by ECM according to the
COOLING FAN input signals).
[HI/LOW/OFF] HI ... High speed operation
LOW ... Low speed operation
OFF ... Stop
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF]
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF]

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
ECM
MAIN
[Unit] SIG-
NALS
NALS
Display the condition of idle air volume
learning
IDL A/V LEARN YET ... Idle air volume learning has not
[YET/CMPLT] been performed yet.
CMPLT ... Idle air volume learning has
already been performed successfully.
TRVL AFTER MIL
Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
[km] or [mile]
Indicates the heated oxygen sensor 1
O2SEN HTR DTY
heater control value computed by the
[%]
AC PRESS SEN The signal voltage from the refrigerant
[V] pressure sensor is displayed.
The vehicle speed computed from the
VHCL SPEED SE
vehicle speed signal sent from TCM is
[km/h] or [mph]
displayed.
SET VHCL SPD
The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
CANCEL SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CAN-
[ON/OFF] CEL switch signal.
RESUME/ACC SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
BRAKE SW1 SW
ASCD brake switch signal, and ASCD
[ON/OFF]
clutch switch signal (M/T models).
the ASCD set speed.
VHCL SPD CUT
CUT ...Vehicle speed increased to
[NON/CUT]
is cut off.
the ASCD set speed.
LO SPEED CUT
CUT ...Vehicle speed decreased to
[NON/CUT]
is cut off.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D
AT OD MONITOR
according to the input signal from the
[ON/OFF]
TCM.
AT OD CANCEL Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D
[ON/OFF] cancel signal sent from the TCM.
CRUISE LAMP
CRUISE lamp determined by the ECM
[ON/OFF]

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
ECM
MAIN
[Unit] SIG-
NALS
NALS
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET EC
SET LAMP
lamp determined by the ECM according
[ON/OFF]
Voltage [V]
C
Frequency Only # is displayed if item is
[msec], [Hz] or [%] unable to be measured.
DUTY-HI Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse Figures with #s are temporary
width measured by the probe. D
ones. They are the same figures
DUTY-LOW
as an actual piece of data which
PLS WIDTH-HI was just previously measured.
PLS WIDTH-LOW E
NOTE:
F
Monitored Item
ECM
Main
G
signals
signals
Indicates the engine speed computed H
ENG SPEED [rpm] from the signal of the crankshaft position
sensor (POS).
The signal voltage of the mass air flow When engine is running specification
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] I
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into When engine is running specification
[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board cor- range is indicated. J
rection.
When engine is running specification
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] back correction factor per cycle is indi- K
air-fuel ratio learning control.
NOTE: L
ACTIVE TEST MODE

Test Item M
Engine: Return to the original Harness and connectors
FUEL INJEC- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
Fuel injectors
TION Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
tion using CONSULT-II. Heated oxygen sensor 1

trouble condition
IGNITION TIM- If trouble symptom disappears, see Perform Idle Air Volume Learn-
Timing light: Set
ING CHECK ITEM. ing.
Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-II.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Engine: After warming up, idle Harness and connectors

the engine. Compression
POWER BAL- A/C switch OFF Fuel injectors
ANCE Shift lever N Power transistor
Cut off each injector signal one at Spark plugs
a time using CONSULT-II. Ignition coils
Ignition switch: ON Harness and connectors

COOLING FAN Turn the cooling fan ON and Cooling fan moves and stops. Cooling fan relay
OFF with CONSULT-II. Cooling fan motor
Engine: Return to the original Harness and connectors

stopped)
FUEL PUMP Fuel pump relay makes the operat- Harness and connectors
Ignition switch: ON
Turn solenoid valve ON and Solenoid valve makes an operating Harness and connectors
VIAS SOL VALVE
OFF with CONSULT-II and lis- sound. Solenoid valve
ten to operating sound.
PURG VOL Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to Harness and connectors
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. Solenoid valve
SULT-II.
FUEL/T TEMP
SEN
stopped)
VENT CON- Solenoid valve makes an operating Harness and connectors
TROL/V Turn solenoid valve ON and sound. Solenoid valve
stopped)
Solenoid valve makes an operating Harness and connectors
VC/V BYPASS/V Turn solenoid valve ON and sound. Solenoid valve
Harness and connectors
V/T ASSIGN trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
ANGLE CHECK ITEM. Intake valve timing control sole-
Change intake valve timing using
noid valve
CONSULT-II.

SRT STATUS Mode
SRT Work Support Mode

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
A
PURGE FLOW P0441 EC-1507

EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442 EC-1513 EC
EVAP SYSTEM EVAP V/S SML LEAK P0456/P1456 EC-1555, EC-1695
PURG VOL CN/V P1444 EC-1672
VC CUT/V BP/V P1491 EC-1714 C
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 Refer to corresponding EC-1412
trouble diagnosis for
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 DTC. EC-1421
HO2S1 D
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 EC-1623
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 EC-1629
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 EC-1435 E
H02S2 HO2S2 (B1) P1146 EC-1635
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 EC-1642
F

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Description
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching SETTING in DATA MONITOR
mode.
1. AUTO TRIG (Automatic trigger):
The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen
in real time.
In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, MONI-
TOR in DATA MONITOR screen is changed to Recording
Data ... xx% as shown at right, and the data after the mal-
function detection is recorded. Then when the percentage
reached 100%, REAL-TIME DIAG screen is displayed. If
STOP is touched on the screen during Recording Data ...
xx%, REAL-TIME DIAG screen is also displayed.
SEF705Y
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the
recording speed can be changed by TRIGGER POINT and
Recording Speed. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MAN-
UAL.
2. MANU TRIG (Manual trigger):
DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed
automatically on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunc-
tion is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though
a malfunction is detected.
SEF707X
Operation
1. AUTO TRIG
While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure
to select to DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, compo-
nents and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/
1st trip DTC will be displayed. (Refer to Incident Simulation Tests in GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient
Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .)
2. MANU TRIG
TRIG. By selecting MANU TRIG you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for fur-
ther diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
EC
PBIB0197E
I
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function UBS0027P
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has J
8 different functions explained below.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
ual. K
SEF139P
M
FUNCTION
and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
MODE 2 (FREEZE DATA) the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-1264, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP
FREEZE FRAME DATA" .
This mode gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored
MODE 3 DTCs
by ECM.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
This mode can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes:
Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 1)
MODE 4 CLEAR DIAG INFO Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (MODE 1)
Clear freeze frame data (MODE 2)
Clear on board monitoring test results (MODE 6 and 7)
This mode accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific com-
This mode enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-related pow-
MODE 7 (ON BOARD TESTS) ertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving condi-
tions.
This mode can close EVAP system in ignition switch ON position (Engine stopped).
When this mode is performed, the following parts can be opened or closed.
Vacuum cut valve bypass valve closed
In the following conditions, this mode cannot function.
MODE 8 Low ambient temperature
Low battery voltage
Engine running
Ignition switch OFF

2. Connect GST to data link connector, which is located under LH
dash panel near the fuse box cover.
LAT136

shown.)
SEF398S

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
dure. A
tool maker.
EC
SEF416S
D
Remarks:
Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector. E
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in
spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM
according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
F
Tachometer: Connect
ENG SPEED Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II CONSULT-II value. G
value.
Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 1.1 - 1.5V
MAS A/F SE-B1 H
Shift lever: N 2,500 rpm Approx. 1.6 - 2.0V
No-load
Engine: After warming up Idle 2.5 - 3.5 msec I
Shift lever: N
B/FUEL SCHDL
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 2.5 - 3.5 msec
No-load J
A/F ALPHA-B1 Engine: After warming up 54% - 155%
rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S Engine: After warming up More than 70C (158F) K
HO2S1 (B1) Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm
Warm-up condition L
After keeping engine speed Revving engine from idle to 3,000
HO2S2 (B1) between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm quickly.
M
LEAN RICH
rpm
ing 10 seconds.
rpm quickly.
Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CON- Almost the same speed as the
VEH SPEED SE
SULT-II value. CONSULT-II value
BATTERY VOLT Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V
ACCEL SEN1 Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.41 - 0.71V
ACCEL SEN2 (engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4.2V

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2 Shift lever:
1st (M/T model)
ABSOL PRES/SE Ignition switch: ON 1.8 - 4.8V
Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
the engine ON
Shift lever:
P/N POSI SW Ignition switch: ON Neutral (M/T model)
the engine
Steering wheel is turned. ON
Rear window defogger switch is ON
ON
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd.
Rear window defogger switch is OFF
OFF
and lighting switch is OFF.
IGNITION SW Ignition switch: ON OFF ON ON OFF ON
Engine: After warming up, idle Heater fan is operating. ON

HEATER FAN SW
the engine Heater fan is not operating OFF
Shift lever: N
INJ PULSE-B1
No-load
Engine: After warming up Idle 10 - 20 BTDC
Shift lever: N
IGN TIMING
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 25 - 45 BTDC
No-load
Shift lever: N
CAL/LD VALUE
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 10% - 35%
No-load
Shift lever: N
MASS AIRFLOW
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 4.0 - 10.0 gm/s
No-load
Shift lever: N
PURG VOL C/V
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 20 - 30%
No-load

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
A
Shift lever: N
INT/V TIM (B1)
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 20CA
EC
No-load
Shift lever: N
INT/V SOL (B1) C
No-load
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF D
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
Idle OFF E
VIAS S/V Engine: After warming up
More than 5,000 rpm ON
For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch ON
ON F
FUEL PUMP RLY Engine running or cranking
Except above conditions OFF
VC/V BYPAS S/V Ignition switch: ON OFF G
Engine coolant temperature is 94C H
OFF
(201F) or less
Engine: After warming up, idle Engine coolant temperature is
COOLING FAN the engine between 95C (203F) and 104C LOW I
HIGH
(221F) or more J
ON
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF K
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met
ON L
HO2S2 HTR (B1) Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for one minute
and at idle for one minute under no load.
M
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has 0 - 65,535 km
turned ON. (0 - 40,723 mile)
Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Approx. 0V
1.0 - 4.0V
Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CON- Almost the same speed as the
VEH SPEED SE
SULT-II value. CONSULT-II value
The preset vehicle speed is dis-
SET VHCL SPD Engine: Running ASCD: Operating
played.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
ACCEL/RES switch: Depressed ON
COAST/SET switch: Depressed ON
BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal: Fully released ON

Ignition switch: ON
(ASCD brake switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal: Fully released OFF

Ignition switch: ON
(STOP lamp switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
CRUISE switch is depressed at first
CRUISE LAMP Ignition switch: ON ON OFF
time second time
CRUISE switch: ON SET switch pressed ON
SET LAMP When vehicle is between

40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h ASCD control is canceled. OFF
(89 MPH)
: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ
from ECM terminals voltage signal.
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode UBS0027R
CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1, THRTL SEN 1
Below is the data for CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1 and THRTL SEN 1 when depressing the accelera-
tor pedal with the ignition switch ON and with selector lever in D position (A/T models) or with shift lever in
1st position (M/T models).
The signal of ACCEL SEN 1 and THRTL SEN 1 should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise
after CLSD THL POS is changed from ON to OFF.
PBIB0198E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1) and A
INJ PULSE-B1 when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine suffi-
ciently.
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary. EC
SEF241Y
H

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
PBIB0668E

[QR25DE]
A
Description UBS0027S
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in DATA MONI- EC
TOR (SPEC) mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the C
MIL.
B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor- D
rection)
A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) E
Testing Condition UBS0027T
Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,017 miles) F

2
Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm , 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30C (68 - 86F)
G
Transmission: Warmed-up*1
Electrical load: Not applied*2 H
Engine speed: Idle
*1: For A/T models, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until FLUID
TEMP SE (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60C (140F). I
For M/T models, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
*2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead. J
Inspection Procedure UBS0027U
NOTE:
K
Perform DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-1291, "Basic Inspection" .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met. L
3. Select B/FUEL SCHDL, A/F ALPHA-B1 and MAS A/F SE-
B1 in DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value. M
SEF601Z

[QR25DE]
SEF613ZD

[QR25DE]
EC
SEF768Z

[QR25DE]
SEF615ZA

[QR25DE]
A
Description UBS0027W
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occur-
specific malfunctioning area. C
Common I/I Report Situations
D
II The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than 0 or [1t].
IV (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. E
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.

F
1. INSPECTION START
TION" . G
>> GO TO 2. H
2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. I
Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , Incident Simulation Tests.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. J
3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT K

Perform GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , Incident Simulation Tests.
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS M
Refer to GI-23, "How to Check Terminal" , HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS, How to Check Enlarged Con-
tact Spring of Terminal.
OK or NG

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS0027Y
BBWA0410E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Counter current BATTERY VOLTAGE C
return (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch OFF] 0 - 1.0V D
20 W/G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
More than 5 seconds passed after turning igni- (11 - 14V) E
tion switch OFF
42 B/R Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE F
(11 - 14V)
109 R/G Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE
111 R/G ECM (11 - 14V) G

[QR25DE]
BBWA0211E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
59 B/R C
106 B Idle speed
108 B
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0027Z
1. INSPECTION START
E
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No F
Yes >> GO TO 9.
No >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I G

2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 42 and ground with CON- H
SULT-II or tester.
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. J
PBIB0535E
K

L
Harness connectors E10, F48 M
Fuse block (J/B) connectors E102, M1
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse

[QR25DE]
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 59, 60, 106, 108 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

Joint connector-3
6. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

BBIA0100E
2. Check voltage between ECM relay terminals 1, 6 and ground

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
SEF859T

15A fuses

[QR25DE]
8. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
EC
OK or NG C
D
9. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Stop engine.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF. E
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 12, 109, 111 and ground
F
Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
drop approximately 0V.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 10. H
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO
13. PBIB0927E
10. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III I

J
BBIA0100E
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
SEF860T

[QR25DE]
Harness or connectors E9, F47
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and 15A fuse
12. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and ECM relay terminals as follows.
ECM terminal ECM relay terminal
12 7
109, 111 5

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
13. CHECK ECM RELAY

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
14. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 59, 60, 106, 108 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.

Joint connector-3

[QR25DE]
ECM RELAY C
Condition Continuity D
Yes
terminals1 and 2
E
OFF No

F
PBIB0077E

[QR25DE]
Trouble diagnosis
name
U1000*1 ECM cannot communicate to other control

1000 units. Harness or connectors
CAN communication
(CAN communication line is open or
line ECM cannot communicate for more than the
U1001*2
shorted)
1001 specified time.
*1:This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection.

*2:The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.


[QR25DE]
EC
BBWA0212E

[QR25DE]
Go to LAN-23, "CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)"

[QR25DE]
A
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC
Engine speed
PBIB0540E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake J
valve.
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to K
L
Engine: After warming up Idle 5 - 5CA M
Shift lever: N
INT/V TIM (B1)
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 20CA
No-load
Shift lever: N
INT/V SOL (B1)
No-load

[QR25DE]
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
name
P0011 Intake valve timing There is a gap between angle of target and Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
0011 control performance phase-control angle degree. Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction is detected.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
EC-1600 .
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
onds.
COOLANT TEMPS 70 - 105C (158 - 221F)
SEF174Y

dure" .
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0028A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

[QR25DE]
2. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. EC
3. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE) C

D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. E
F
PBIB0565E

For wiring diagram refer to CKP sensor (POS) EC-1491 and CMP sensor (PHASE) EC-1497 . H
>> INSPECTION END

I

[QR25DE]
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER PFP:22690
Description UBS0028B
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Heated oxygen sensor 1
Engine coolant tempera- heater control
ture
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine
is started.
OPERATION
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 ON
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0028C

ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0028D
Trouble diagnosis
name
P0031 range.
0031 (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to
control circuit low
heater.)
P0032 range.
sensor 1 heater shorted.)
0032 (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to
control circuit high
heater.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0028E
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II

[QR25DE]
with CONSULT-II. A
dure" . EC
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. E
5. Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed. F
When using GST, DTC Confirmation Procedure should be performed twice as much as when G
H

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS0028F
BBWA0411E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 7.0V C
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition. D
Heated oxygen sen- Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
2 R/L
sor 1 heater
PBIB0519E E
F
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0028G

BBIA0129E
K


OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0112E

[QR25DE]
15A fuse

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

>> INSPECTION END

[QR25DE]
Component Inspection UBS0028H

EC
2 and 3 3.3 - 4.0 at 25C (77F)
1 and 2, 3, 4
CAUTION:
F
SEF249Y
H
Removal and Installation UBS0028I

Refer to EM-110, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" . I

[QR25DE]
Description UBS0028J
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Engine speed
ture
OPERATION
Above 3,600 OFF
ON
one minute and at idle for one minute under no load.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0028K

Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for one
minute and at idle for one minute under no load.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0028L
Trouble diagnosis
name
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- Harness or connectors

P0037 sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
0037 (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
control circuit low
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
P0038
sensor 2 heater (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to shorted.)
0038
control circuit high ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2
heater.) Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0028M
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II

[QR25DE]
4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no load. A
dure" . EC
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. E
load.
4. Let engine idle for one minute. F
load. G
9. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1365, "Diagnostic Procedure" . H
Therefore, using CONSULT-II is recommended. I

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS0028N
BBWA0412E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the fol-
lowing conditions are met.
Engine: After warming up 0 - 1.0V
D
Heated oxygen sen- 4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle for one
4 P/B
sor 2 heater minute under no load.
E
F
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0028O

BBIA0129E
K


OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0112E

[QR25DE]
15A fuse

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

>> INSPECTION END

[QR25DE]
Component Inspection UBS0028P

EC
2 and 3 3.3 - 4.0 at 25C (77F)
1 and 2, 3, 4
CAUTION:
F
SEF249Y
H
Removal and Installation UBS0028Q

Refer to EX-3, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" . I

[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS0028R
SEC266C
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS0028S

MAS A/F SE-B1
No-load
Shift lever: N
CAL/LD VALUE
No-load
Shift lever: N
MASS AIRFLOW
No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0028T

A) shorted.)
P0101
0101
B)
Intake air leaks
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0028U
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first.

If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE:
NOTE:

[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
EC
C
D
SEF174Y
With GST E
CAUTION: F
With CONSULT-II
G
If engine cannot be started, go to EC-1372, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
H
5. Increases engine speed to about 4,000 rpm. I
increases.
J
SEF243Y

[QR25DE]
onds.
Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will help
Driving location
maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
8. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1372, "Diagnostic Procedure" . PBIB0199E
Overall Function Check UBS0028V

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a DTC
With GST
3. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with MODE 1.
4. Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in
response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
SEF534P

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS0028W
EC
BBWA0213E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Sensor's power sup-
65 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
ply
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
ground
Idle speed
1. INSPECTION START
A or B
A >> GO TO 3.
B >> GO TO 2.

Air duct
Vacuum hoses
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

>> GO TO 4.
BBIA0008E

[QR25DE]
EC
D
BBIA0130E

Terminal Voltage
2 Approximately 5V
F
4 Battery voltage
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0076E H

J

M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS0028Y

signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
1.1 - 1.5
temperature.)
1.6 - 2.0
PBIB0537E
4,000 rpm.
Removal and Installation UBS0028Z

Refer to EM-103, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

[QR25DE]
A
SEC266C
E

MAS A/F SE-B1 G
No-load
H
Shift lever: N
CAL/LD VALUE
No-load
I
Shift lever: N
MASS AIRFLOW
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 4.0 - 10.0 gm/s J
No-load

K
Trouble diagnosis
name
L
P0102 Mass air flow sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0102 circuit low input sent to ECM. Intake air leaks
M
P0103 Mass air flow sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0103 circuit high input sent to ECM.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
NOTE:

[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
With GST
With CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
With GST

[QR25DE]
EC
BBWA0213E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
65 R Sensor's power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
ground
Idle speed
1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.

Air duct
Vacuum hoses
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

>> GO TO 4.
BBIA0008E

[QR25DE]
EC
D
BBIA0130E

Terminal Voltage
2 Approximately 5V
F
4 Battery voltage
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0076E H

J

M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

>> INSPECTION END


signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
1.1 - 1.5
temperature.)
1.6 - 2.0
PBIB0537E
4,000 rpm.


[QR25DE]
A
the ECM.
SEC266C
E
<Reference data>
Intake air
temperature C (F)
10 (14) 4.43 7.9 - 9.3
25 (77) 3.32 1.9 - 2.1 G
80 (176) 1.23 0.31 - 0.37
CAUTION: SEF012P

J
Trouble diagnosis
name
Intake air tempera- K
ture sensor circuit
0112 sent to ECM. Harness or connectors
low input
Intake air tempera-
P0113 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is Intake air temperature sensor L
ture sensor circuit
0113 sent to ECM.
high input
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0029A M

NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF058Y

[QR25DE]
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS0029B
EC
BBWA0214E

[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0029C
1. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor
is built-into) harness connector.
BBIA0130E
4. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 5 and ground.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0066E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

>> INSPECTION END

[QR25DE]
Component Inspection UBS0029D
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR A

EC
25 (77) 1.9 - 2.1
2. If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature C
sensor).
D
SEC266C
SEF012P
H
Removal and Installation UBS0029E
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR I


[QR25DE]

SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
temperature C (F)
10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
CAUTION:
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0029G

Trouble Diagnosis
Name
Engine coolant
temperature sen-
0117 sent to ECM.
sor circuit low input Harness or connectors
input
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

[QR25DE]
A
or START.
EC
Condition
Engine coolant temper- Just as ignition switch is turned ON or Start 40C (104F)
ature sensor circuit C
More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
80C (176F)
Start
40 - 80C (104 - 176F)
Except as shown above D
while engine is running.
E
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0029H
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at F
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. G
H
SEF058Y
K
WITH GST
L

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS0029I
BBWA0413E

[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0029J
1. CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness EC
connector.
C
BBIA0010E
E
4. Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester. F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 2.
in harness or connectors. H
PBIB0080E
I
2. CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and engine ground.
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

Joint connector-2
Harness for open or short between engine coolant temperature sensor and ECM
Harness for open or short between engine coolant temperature sensor and TCM

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

[QR25DE]
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS0029K

PBIB0081E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
temperature C (F)
10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260

Removal and Installation UBS0029L


[QR25DE]
A

PBIB0145E
tion.
E

F
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN1 G
Shift lever:
THRTL SEN2
1st(M/T model)
H
: Throttle position sensor2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
I
P0122 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor Harness or connectors J
shorted.)
0123 2 circuit high input sor 2 is sent to ECM. K
(TP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
L
M
degrees.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:

[QR25DE]
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
EC
BBWA0237E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
65 R Sensors' power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
Engine stopped

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E

[QR25DE]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
EC
D
BBIA0103E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB0082E H

Joint connector-1
Harness for open or short between electric throttle control actuator and ECM
J
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K

2. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 5 and engine ground. L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

Joint connector-2
Harness for open or short between electric throttle control actuator and TCM

[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END


5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 73 (TP sensor 1signal),
74 (TP sensor 2signal) and engine ground under the following
conditions.


step.

[QR25DE]
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR A

Refer to EM-105, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
EC

[QR25DE]
Description UBS0029M
NOTE:
If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or
P0118. Refer to EC-1386 .
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
temperature C (F)
10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
CAUTION:
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0029N

P0125 after starting the engine.
ant temperature for
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0029O
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II

[QR25DE]
3. Check that COOLAN TEMP/S is above 10C (50F). A
If it is above 10C (50F), the test result will be OK.
4. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed. EC
be OK.
C
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0029P E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. G

H
When the engine is cold [lower than 70C (158F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine
coolant does not flow.
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-28, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .

K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS0029Q
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR L

M
PBIB0081E

[QR25DE]
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
temperature C (F)
10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260

Removal and Installation UBS0029R


[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS0029S
the ECM.
SEC266C
E
<Reference data>
Intake air
temperature C (F)
10 (14) 4.43 7.9 - 9.3
25 (77) 3.32 1.9 - 2.1 G
80 (176) 1.23 0.31 - 0.37
CAUTION: SEF012P

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0029T
J

P0127 Intake air temperature (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) K
0127 too high
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0029U L

CAUTION:
NOTE: M
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90C (194F)

[QR25DE]
4. Start engine.
secutive seconds.
WITH GST

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

Refer to EC-1383, "Wiring Diagram" .
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS0029W

25 (77) 1.9 - 2.1
sensor).
SEC266C
SEF012P

[QR25DE]
Removal and Installation UBS0029X
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR A

EC

[QR25DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0029Y
enough.
Thermostat
0128 stat
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0029Z
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
come on.
3. Select COOLAN TEMP/S in DATA MONITOR mode with
CONSULT-II.
If it is above 68C (154F), stop engine and cool down the
engine to less than 68C (154F), then retry from step 2.
5. Drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following
conditions.
SEF176Y
dure" .
WITH GST

OK or NG

[QR25DE]
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR A

EC
D
PBIB0081E
<Reference data> E
Engine coolant
temperature C (F)
F
10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 G
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
93 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground. H
SEF012P

Removal and Installation UBS002A2 I
J

DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002A3

SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002A4

HO2S1 (B1) Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
LEAN RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.
SEF301UA

DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002A6
A
NOTE:
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
5. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes. D
dure" .
E
SEF174Y
WITH GST G
H
5. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes. I
When using GST, DTC Confirmation Procedure should be performed twice as much as when J
K

DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002A7
BBWA0414E

DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- WIRE EC
NAL NO. COLOR
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sen- 0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodi-
92 W/G Warm-up condition C
sor 1 cally change)

D
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1. E
>> GO TO 2. F
BBIA0131E
H
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 4 and engine ground.

4. Also check harness for short to power. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. L

terminal 1.
Continuity should not exist. BBIA0129E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END


With CONSULT-II
II.
ing steps.
SEF646Y

SEF217YA

DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
EC
SEF648Y
CAUTION: D
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor E
Without CONSULT-II
F
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con- G
H
The voltage never exceeds 1.0V. I

1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
CAUTION: PBIB0543E
J
use a new one.
K
Removal and Installation UBS002AA L
Refer to EM-110, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .
M

DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002AB

SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002AC

rpm
LEAN RICH
rpm
ing 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002AD
To judge the malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1, this diagnosis

measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal. The time
is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback
control constant, and heated oxygen sensor 1 temperature index.
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
SEF010V

DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause A
Heated oxygen sensor 1 EC
P0133 Heated oxygen sensor The response of the voltage signal from the Fuel pressure
0133 1 circuit slow response sensor takes more than the specified time. Injectors C
Intake air leaks
Exhaust gas leaks
PCV valve D
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002AE

E
CAUTION:
NOTE: F
TESTING CONDITION:
G
WITH CONSULT-II H
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select HO2S1 (B1) P0133 of HO2S1 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode I
with CONSULT-II.
4. Touch START.
J
NOTE:
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5. K
SEF338Z
M
step 2.

DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
Procedure" .
SEF658Y
Overall Function Check UBS002AF
WITH GST
The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more
than 5 times within 10 seconds.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V
2 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
times: 0 - 0.3V
PBIB0543E

DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002AG
EC
BBWA0414E

DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI- WIRE
NAL NO. COLOR
[Engine is running]
92 W/G Warm-up condition
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002AH

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E

>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0131E
3. CHECK FOR EXHAUST AIR LEAK

2. Listen for an exhaust air leak before three way catalyst (Manifold).
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. EC
5. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA C
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. D
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. E
F
SEF215Z
H
Without CONSULT-II
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con- J
nector.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1273, "HOW TO ERASE K
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. L
Yes or No M
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or DTC P0172 (Refer to EC-1442 or EC-1449 ).
No >> GO TO 6.

2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor1 harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 4 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
terminal 1.
terminal 1 and engine ground.
Continuity should not exist. BBIA0129E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
10. CHECK PCV VALVE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace PCV valve.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002AI

With CONSULT-II

DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
II. A
ing steps. EC
D
SEF646Y
6. Check the following. E

5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right. F
HO2S1 (B1) voltage never exceeds 1.0V. G
SEF217YA
H
SEF648Y
CAUTION: L
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor M
Without CONSULT-II
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
PBIB0543E

DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
Removal and Installation UBS002AJ


DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002AK

D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002AL I

rpm
LEAN RICH K
rpm
ing 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002AM L

Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is
not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately
0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is M
within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks
that this time is not inordinately long.
SEF237U
Heated oxygen sensor Harness or connectors

P0134 The voltage from the sensor is constantly (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
1 circuit no activity
0134 approx. 0.3V.
detected Heated oxygen sensor 1

DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002AN
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Touch START.
4. Let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
PBIB0544E

If TESTING is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from PBIB0545E
step 2.
Procedure" .
SEC750C
Overall Function Check UBS002AO
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a D
TC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST

DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
stant under no load. A
The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 to 0.4V.
EC
PBIB0543E

DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002AP
BBWA0414E

DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- WIRE EC
NAL NO. COLOR
[Engine is running]
92 W/G Warm-up condition C
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002AQ

D
1. INSPECTION START
>> GO TO 2. F
H
BBIA0008E
2. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT I

2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor1 harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 4 and engine ground. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. L
3. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002AR

With CONSULT-II
II.
ing steps.
SEF646Y

SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:

DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
C
D
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V E

2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
CAUTION: PBIB0543E

dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; F
use a new one.
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. G
Removal and Installation UBS002AS
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 H


DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002AT
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (Manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
tions.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002AU

HO2S2 (B1) Warm-up condition 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm rpm quickly.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) for one minute and at idle for LEAN RICH
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002AV

storage capacity before the three way catalyst causes the longer
2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during the
various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
SEF305UA
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002AW
CAUTION:
NOTE:

DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode A
with CONSULT-II.
ture. EC
4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no load. C
dure" . SEF058Y
D
Overall Function Check UBS002AX
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a E
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. F
load. G
H
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed at between 3,500 to
I
J
PBIB0550E

DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002AY
BBWA0415E

DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- WIRE EC
NAL NO. COLOR
[Engine is running]
Engine speed is below 3,600rpm after the follow- C
ing conditions are met.
Heated oxygen sen- Engine after warming up
95 W 0 - Approximately 1.0V
sor 2 Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
D
Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly.
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002AZ
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS F

G
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
J
K
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and
engine ground. L
4. Also check harness for short to power. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0129E

Joint connector-3
Harness for open and short between HO2S2 and engine ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness connectors.

DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check HO2S2 harness connector for water.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END


With CONSULT-II
load.

DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
HO2S2 (B1) as the monitor item with CONSULT-II. A
EC
SEF662Y
D
PBIB0817E
HO2S2 (B1) should be above 0.63V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%. H
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m I
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. J
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. K
load.
4. Let engine idle for one minutes. L
at least 10 times. M
procedure.
sary.
tion with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
procedure.
CAUTION:

DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
Removal and Installation UBS002B1


DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002B2

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank. EC
tions.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002B3

between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm rpm quickly. G
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002B4

H
storage capacity before the three way catalyst causes the longer I
2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's
voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condition J
such as fuel-cut.
SEF302U
L
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted) M
P0139 Heated oxygen sensor It takes more time for the sensor to respond Heated oxygen sensor 2
0139 2 circuit slow response between rich and lean than the specified time. Fuel pressure
Injectors
Intake air leaks
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002B5
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II

DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
load.
PBIB0115E

Overall Function Check UBS002B6
WITH GST
load.
at least 10 times.
essary.
The voltage should change at more than 0.06V for 1 second PBIB0550E
during this procedure.

DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002B7
EC
BBWA0415E

DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Engine speed is below 3,600rpm after the fol-
Engine after warming up
95 W Heated oxygen sensor 2 0 - Approximately 1.0V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002B8

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E

DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
EC
with CONSULT-II.
C
D
E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
G
nector.
H
I
J
Yes or No
K
No >> GO TO 3.

L
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and M
engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0129E

Joint connector-3

DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 or HO2S2 terminal 1 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END


With CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
ture.
SEF174Y

SEF662Y

DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
A
EC
PBIB0817E D
CAUTION: E
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor F
Without CONSULT-II
load. H
I
at least 10 times.
procedure.
sary. K
procedure.
M
CAUTION:
Removal and Installation UBS002BA


[QR25DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002BB
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ratios.
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and light up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
ECM
function
Trouble diagnosis
name
Intake air leaks
Fuel injection system does not operate properly. Injectors
0171 too lean large. Incorrect fuel pressure
(The mixture ratio is too lean.) Lack of fuel
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002BC
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SULT-II.
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-1445, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
starts, go to EC-1445, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does SEF215Z
not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. A
nector.
5. Select MODE 3 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected. EC
8. Select MODE 7 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be C
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system D

has a malfunction.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-1445, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. E
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002BD
BBWA0416E

[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002BE
1. CHECK EXHAUST AIR LEAK A

2. Listen for an exhaust air leak before three way catalyst (manifold). EC
E
SEC502D
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE G
2. Check PCV hose connection. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace. I
tor.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. K
terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. L

5. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 or HO2S1 M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

[QR25DE]

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

With CONSULT-II
4.0 - 10 gm/sec: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
4.0 - 10 gm/sec: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
engine grounds. Refer to EC-1375, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .

[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
CONSULT-II.
speed drop. C
E
PBIB0133E
1. Start engine.
MEC703B
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1796, "INJECTOR CIRCUIT" . K
7. CHECK INJECTOR
4. Remove injector gallery assembly. Refer to EM-118, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" . M
6. Prepare pans or saucers under each injector.
7. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure that fuel sprays
out from injectors.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each injector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
Always replace O-ring with new ones.
SEF595Q

[QR25DE]
>> INSPECTION END

[QR25DE]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002BF
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The EC
ratios.
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and light up the MIL (2 trip detection logic). C
ECM
function
D
E
Trouble diagnosis
name
Fuel injection system does not operate properly. Injectors F
0172 too rich large.
(The mixture ratio is too rich.) Incorrect fuel pressure
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002BG
NOTE: H
WITH CONSULT-II I
J
SULT-II.
K
The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a L
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-1452, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
has a malfunction, too. M
If engine starts, go to EC-1452, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If SEF215Z
engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for foul-
ing, etc.
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
nector.

has a malfunction.
If engine starts, go to EC-1452, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, check exhaust and
intake air leak visually.

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002BH
EC
BBWA0416E

[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002BI

SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

tor.
terminal 1.
terminal 1 and engine ground.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
EC
4.0 - 10 gm/sec: at 2,500 rpm C
With GST
D
4.0 - 10 gm/sec: at 2,500 rpm E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. F
engine grounds. Refer to EC-1375, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .
6. CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS G
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. H
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine I
speed drop.
K
PBIB0133E
1. Start engine.
M
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1796, "INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .

[QR25DE]
7. CHECK INJECTOR
OK or NG
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.

>> INSPECTION END

[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002BJ
BBIA0132E
E
<Reference data>
F
C (F) V k
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90 G
CAUTION: H
voltage. Doing so may lead to ECM's transistor damage. Use
ground other than ECM, such as engine ground. I
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002BK
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002BL

L
NOTE:
M
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Check COOLAN TEMP/S value.
If COOLAN TEMP/S is less than 60C (140F), the result will
be OK.
If COOLAN TEMP/S is above 60C (140F), go to the following
step.
4. Cool engine down until COOLAN TEMP/S signal is less than
60C (140F).
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1456, "Diagnostic Proce- SEF174Y
dure" .
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002BM

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace fuel tank temperature sensor.

Refer to EC-1458, "Wiring Diagram" .
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002BN

terminals 4 and 5 by heating with hot water or heat gun as
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
If NG, replace fuel level sensor unit.
PBIB0931E
Removal and Installation UBS002BO


[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002BP
BBIA0132E
E
<Reference data>
F
C (F) V k
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90 G
CAUTION: H
voltage. Doing so may lead to ECM's transistor damage. Use
ground other than ECM, such as engine ground. I
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002BQ
P0183 Fuel tank temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is K
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002BR

L
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. M
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF174Y
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002BS
BBWA0221E

[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002BT

2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness con- EC
nector.
C
BBIA0132E
E
minal 4 and body ground with CONSULT-II or tester. F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
H
PBIB0932E
I
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump K

L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel tank temperature sensor.

[QR25DE]
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002BU

terminals 4 and 5 by heating with hot water or heat gun as
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
If NG, replace fuel level sensor unit.
PBIB0931E
Removal and Installation UBS002BV


DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE ENRICHMENT PROTECTION
[QR25DE]
PFP:00019 A
System Description UBS002BW
COOLING FAN CONTROL

EC
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature C
Cooling fan
control
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure D
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF]. E
OPERATION
PBIB0926E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002BX

the engine ON

[QR25DE]
OFF
(201F) or less
COOLING FAN the engine between 95C (203F) and 104C LOW
HIGH
(221F) or more
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002BY
This diagnosis checks whether the engine coolant temperature is extraordinary high, even when the load is
not heavy.
When malfunction is detected, the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) will light up even in the first trip.
(The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted)
Cooling fan
Thermostat
Blocked radiator
P0217 Engine coolant over Engine coolant temperature is excessively Blocked front end
0217 temperature condition high under normal engine speed. (Improper fitting of nose mask)
Crushed vehicle frontal area
(Vehicle frontal is collided but not repaired)
Blocked air passage by improper installa-
tion of front fog lamp or fog lamps
Improper mixture ratio of coolant
Damaged bumper
For more information, refer to EC-1473,
CAUTION:
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-17, "Changing Engine Oil" .
Overall Function Check UBS002BZ
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the coolant overtemperature enrichment protection check,
a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high-pres-
Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-
up pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.

[QR25DE]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level and mixture ratio (using coolant tester) A
in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level and mix-
ture ratio. EC
If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or radiator is below the
proper range, go to EC-1466, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the coolant mixture ratio is out of the range of 45 to 55%, C
replace the coolant in the following procedure MA-23,
"Changing Engine Coolant" .
a. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed D
of 2 liters per minute like pouring coolant from a kettle. Be sure SEF621W
to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14,

"Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
E
b. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
c. After checking or replacing coolant, go to step 3 below.
2. Ask the customer if engine coolant has been added. If it has been added, go to EC-1466, "Diagnostic Pro- F
cedure" . After repair, go to the next step.
4. Make sure that A/C switch is OFF and air conditioner is not operating. If NG, check air conditioner circuit. G
Refer to MTC-19, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" After repair, go to the next step.
5. Perform ENG COOLANT TEMP in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II at idle.
a. Set ENG COOLANT TEMP to 95C (203F) and make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed. H
b. Set ENG COOLANT TEMP to 105C (221F) and make sure that cooling fan operates at high speed. If
NG, go to EC-1466, "Diagnostic Procedure" . After repair, go to the next step. I
6. Check for blocked coolant passage.
a. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature, then grasp radiator upper hose and lower hose and
make sure that coolant flows. J
If NG, go to EC-1466, "Diagnostic Procedure" . After repair, go to the next step.
Be extremely careful not to touch any moving or adjacent parts.
7. Check for blocked radiator air passage.
K
a. When market fog lamps have been installed, check for damaged fans and clogging in the condenser and
radiator.
b. Check the front end for clogging caused by insects or debris. L
c. Check for improper fitting of front-end cover, damaged radiator grille or bumper, damaged vehicle front.
If NG, take appropriate action and then go to the next step.
8. Check function of ECT sensor. M
If NG, replace ECT sensor and go to the next step.
9. Check ignition timing. Refer to EC-1291, "Basic Inspection" .
Make sure that ignition timing is 155 at idle.
If NG, refer to EC-1291, "Basic Inspection" , and then recheck.
WITH GST
1. Check the coolant level and mixture ratio (using coolant tester) in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level and mixture ratio.
If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or radiator is below the proper range, and go to EC-1466, "Diag-
nostic Procedure" .
If the coolant mixture ratio is out of the range of 45 to 55%, replace the coolant in the following proce-
dure MA-23, "Changing Engine Coolant" .
a. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute like pouring coolant
from a kettle. Be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "Anti-freeze Coolant
Mixture Ratio" .
b. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.

[QR25DE]
c. After checking or replacing coolant, go to step 3 below.
2. Ask the customer if engine coolant has been added. If it has been added, go to EC-1466, "Diagnostic Pro-
cedure" . After repair, go to the next step.
4. Make sure that A/C switch is OFF and air conditioner is not operating. If NG, check air conditioner circuit.
Refer to MTC-19, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" . After repair, go to the next step.
7. Connect 150 resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor.
8. Start engine and make sure that cooling fan operates.
9. Check for blocked coolant passage.
a. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature, then grasp radiator upper hose and lower hose and
make sure that coolant flows.
Be extremely careful not to touch any moving or adjacent parts.
10. Check for blocked radiator air passage.
a. When market fog lamps have been installed, check for damaged fans and clogging in the condenser and
radiator.
b. Check the front end for clogging caused by insects or debris.
c. Check for improper fitting of front-end cover, damaged radiator grille or bumper, damaged vehicle front.
If NG, take appropriate action and then go to the next step.
11. Check function of ECT sensor.
If NG, replace ECT sensor and go to the next step.
12. Check ignition timing. Refer to EC-1291, "Basic Inspection" .
Make sure that ignition timing is 155 at idle.
If NG, refer to EC-1291, "Basic Inspection" , and then recheck.

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002C0
EC
BBWA0431E

[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002C1
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 4.

With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
BBIA0113E
3. Select COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CON-

SULT-II and touch LOW on the CONSULT-II screen.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
SEF784Z

With CONSULT-II
2. Reconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
SULT-II and touch HIGH on the CONSULT-II screen.
5. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at high speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
SEF785Z

[QR25DE]
4. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
4. Turn blower fan switch ON. C
BBIA0113E
E
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 5.
G
H
SEC163BA
5. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION I
Without CONSULT-II
4. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. K
6. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 oper- L
ate at high speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. M
MEC475B

[QR25DE]
Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the
pressure drops.
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Check the following for leak. SLC754A
Hose
Radiator
Water pump
Refer to CO-26, "WATER PUMP" .

Apply pressure to cap with a tester.
59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SLC755A
8. CHECK THERMOSTAT
Valve opening temperature: 82C (180F) [standard]
Valve lift: More than 8 mm/95C (0.31 in/203F)
perature.
For details, refer to CO-28, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMO-
STAT HOUSING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. SLC343

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

[QR25DE]
10. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES A

[QR25DE]
PROCEDURE A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0951E

10A fuse
40A fusible links
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fusible links
3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT

4 and body ground.
4 and body ground.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

[QR25DE]

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. D

F

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 7.
I
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
K
>> INSPECTION END

M

[QR25DE]
PROCEDURE B
4. Check voltage between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 terminals 1,
3 and body ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0251E

Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fusible links

3. Check harness continuity between the following;
cooling fan relay-2 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2,
cooling fan relay-2 terminal 7 and body ground.
5. Check harness continuity between the following; BBIA0112E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

[QR25DE]
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 27 and cooling fan relay-2 terminal 2, cooling fan relay-3
terminal 2. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. D
NG >> GO TO 5.

Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2, -3 and ECM F
G
6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS-2 AND -3
Refer to EC-1474, "COOLING FAN RELAYS-1, -2 AND -3" . H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace cooling fan relays. I
7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS

Refer to EC-1474, "COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2" . J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace cooling fan motors. K

L
>> INSPECTION END M

Main 12 Causes of Overheating UBS002C2

Blocked condenser
Blocked bumper
2 Coolant mixture Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-14, "Anti-freeze
Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
ator filler neck
4 Radiator cap Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa See CO-34, "CHECKING
2 RADIATOR CAP" .
(0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm , 9 - 14
psi) (Limit)

[QR25DE]
ON*2 5 Coolant leaks Visual No leaks See CO-24, "CHECKING

COOLING SYSTEM FOR
LEAKS" .
STAT HOUSING" , and
CO-30, "RADIATOR" .

DTC P0217 (EC-1461 ).

gauge when driving
Coolant overflow to Visual No overflow during driving See MA-23, "Changing
reservoir tank and idling Engine Coolant" .
OFF*4 10 Coolant return from Visual Should be initial level in See CO-24, "CHECKING
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank RESERVOIR LEVEL" .
tor
OFF 11 Cylinder head Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-145, "CYLIN-
gauge mum distortion (warping) DER HEAD" .
12 Cylinder block and pis- Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-145, "CYLIN-
tons walls or piston DER HEAD" .
Component Inspection UBS002C3
COOLING FAN RELAYS-1, -2 AND -3

Yes
minals 1 and 2
SEF745U
COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2

check operation.
Terminals
Speed
(+) ()
Low 1 4
Cooling fan motor
High 1, 2 3, 4

SEF734W

[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS0055P

PBIB0145E
tion.
E

F
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN1 G
Shift lever:
THRTL SEN2
1st (M/T model)
H
: Throttle position sensor2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0055R
I
P0222 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor Harness or connectors J
shorted.)
0223 1 circuit high input sor 1 is sent to ECM. K
(TP sensor 1)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
L
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode an the MIL lights up.
M
degrees.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0055S
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:

[QR25DE]
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS0055T
EC
BBWA0236E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
65 R Sensors' power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
Engine stopped
Shift lever position: D (A/T model) More than 0.36V
Engine stopped
Shift lever position: D (A/T model) Less than 4.75V
Engine stopped
Shift lever position: D (A/T model) Less than 4.75V
Engine stopped
Shift lever position: D (A/T model) More than 0.36V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0055U

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E

[QR25DE]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
EC
D
BBIA0103E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB0082E H

Joint connector-1
J
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K

M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

Joint connector-2

[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS0055V

5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 73 (TP sensor 1), 74 (TP
sensor 2) and engine ground under the following conditions.


6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step. PBIB0559E

Removal and Installation UBS0055W


FIRE
[QR25DE]
FIRE PFP:00000 A
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank- EC
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.

When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor (POS) signal every 200 engine revo-
lutions for a change. E
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only G
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sen-
sor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
H
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire J
No. 2 cylinder misfires. Fuel injectors
0302 detected
Intake air leak
Lack of fuel
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire Drive plate or flywheel
0304 detected Heated oxygen sensor 1
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002D1 M

CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON, and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.

FIRE
[QR25DE]
minutes.
NOTE:
tions.
dure" .
PBIB0164E
WITH GST

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

FIRE
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
EC
engine speed drop?
PBIB0133E
E
Without CONSULT-II
When disconnecting each injector harness connector one at a time,
is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine F
speed drop?
BBIA0024E
I
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> GO TO 7. J
4. CHECK INJECTOR
K
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5. L
No >> Check injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-1796,
"INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .
M
MEC703B

FIRE
[QR25DE]
2. Connect a known good spark plug to the ignition coil assembly.
4. Check for spark.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits.
SEF575Q

Remove the spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace spark plug(s) with standard type
one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-27, "Changing
Spark Plugs (Double Platinum - Tipped Type)" .
SEF156I

Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-145, "CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE" .
Minimum: 990 kPa (10.1 kg/cm2 , 144 psi)/250 rpm
Difference between each 98 kPa (1.0 kg/cm2 , 14 psi)/250 rpm
cylinder:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

At idle: Approx. 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

FIRE
[QR25DE]
9. CHECK IGNITION TIMING A
EC
Target idle speed
M/T 700 50 rpm
A/T 15 5 BTDC (in P or N position) C
Ignition timing
M/T 15 5 BTDC
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 10.
10. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 E

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
G
With CONSULT-II
Check mass air flow sensor signal in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. H

4.0 - 10.0 gm/sec: at 2,500 rpm I
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
1.4 - 4.0 gm/sec: at idling J
4.0 - 10.0 gm/sec: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 12.
engine grounds. Refer to EC-1375, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" . L
12. CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-1295, "Symptom Matrix Chart" . M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
13. ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC

>> GO TO 14.

>> INSPECTION END

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR25DE]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS PFP:22060
Component Description UBS002D3

knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
BBIA0014E
The MIL will not light for knock sensor malfunction.

Trouble Diagnosis
Name
0327 low input sent to ECM.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002D6
EC
BBWA0016E

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Idle speed

NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 82 and knock
sensor terminal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0014E
3. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR25DE]
>> GO TO 5. EC
D
BBIA0008E

F
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS002D8
KNOCK SENSOR G
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more H
than 10 M.
I
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or phys-
ically damaged. Use only new ones.
J
BBIA0311E
Removal and Installation UBS002D9

K
KNOCK SENSOR
L

[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002DA
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the oil pan facing
the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the fluctuation of
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor change.
change.
changes.
PBIB0562E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002DB

Tachometer: Connect
ENG SPEED Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II CONSULT-II value.
value.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002DC
is not detected by the ECM during the first
Signal plate
running.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002DD
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
onds at idle speed.
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002DE
EC
BBWA0222E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
62 Idle speed
(With-
out
Crankshaft position PBIB0527E
NVIS) R
sensor (POS)
71 Approximately 3V
(With
NVIS)
[Engine is running]
PBIB0528E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002DF

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E

[QR25DE]
2. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness
connector.
D
BBIA0015E
3. Check voltage between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. G
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0664E
H

I
Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ECM
Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ECM relay J
K
4. CHECK CKP (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
L
2. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 3 and engine ground.
Continuity should exist. M
3. Also check harness for and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

Joint connector-3
Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and engine ground

[QR25DE]
6. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 62 or 71 and CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK GEAR TOOTH

Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace the signal plate.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002DG

2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
PBIB0563E

[QR25DE]
A
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or EC
2 (+) - 3 (-)
6. If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
C
PBIB0564E
D
Removal and Installation UBS002DH

E

[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002DI

intake valve camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
PBIB0562E
change.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002DJ
for the first few seconds during engine
The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM
Dead (Weak) battery
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002DK
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
onds at idle speed.
dure" .
seconds.
dure" . SEF013Y
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002DL
EC
BBWA0223E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
62 Idle speed
(With
NVIS)
Camshaft position PBIB0525E
71 R
sensor (PHASE)
(With- 1.0 - 4.0V
out
NVIS)
[Engine is running]
PBIB0526E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002DM

Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine turn over?
Does the starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.

>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0008E

[QR25DE]
3. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness
connector.
D
BBIA0010E
3. Check voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0664E
H

I
Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM
Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM relay J
K
5. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
L
2. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and engine ground.
3. Also check harness for short to power. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

Joint connector-3
Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and engine ground

[QR25DE]
7. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 62 or 71 and CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
PBIB0565E

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002DN

PBIB0563E

[QR25DE]
A
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or EC
2 (+) - 3 (-)
PBIB0564E
D
Removal and Installation UBS002DO

Refer to EM-123, "CAMSHAFT" .
E

[QR25DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002DP
The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of heated oxygen

sensors 1 and 2.
A three way catalyst (Manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of heated oxygen sensors 1 and 2
approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (Manifold)
malfunction is diagnosed.
SEF484YF
Three way catalyst (Manifold)
Exhaust tube
Three way catalyst (Manifold) does not oper- Intake air leaks
P0420 Catalyst system effi- ate properly.
Fuel injectors
0420 ciency below threshold Three way catalyst (Manifold) does not have
enough oxygen storage capacity. Fuel injector leaks
Spark plug
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002DQ
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
load.
PORT mode with CONSULT-II.
tive minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely.
If INCMP of CATALYST changed to COMPLT, go to step
10.
PBIB0822E

[QR25DE]
INCMP of CATALYST changes to CMPLT (It will take A
If not CMPLT, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place EC
(soak the vehicle).
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select COOLANTEMP/S in
DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
C
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring COOLANTEMP/
S indication on CONSULT-II.
PBIB0823E
d. When COOLANTEMP/S indication reaches to 70C (158F), D
go to step 6.
11. Confirm that the 1st trip DTC is not detected. E
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1504, "Diagnostic Pro-
cedure" .
SEF535Z
Overall Function Check UBS002DR H

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (Manifold). During this check, a DTC
I
CAUTION:
WITH GST J
load.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1 signal] L
and engine ground, and ECM terminal 95 [HO2S2 signal] and
engine ground.
6. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm constant under no load. M
PBIB0543E

[QR25DE]
7. Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low)
between ECM terminal 95 and engine ground is very less than
that of ECM terminal 92 and engine ground.
Switching frequency ratio = A/B
A: Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching frequency
B: Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching frequency
This ratio should be less than 0.75.
If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst
(manifold) does not operate properly. Go to EC-1504, "Diagnos-
tic Procedure" .
NOTE: PBIB0550E
If the voltage at terminal 92 does not switch periodically more than 5
times within 10 seconds at step 5, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0133 first. (See EC-1412 .)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002DS

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

2. Listen for an exhaust air leak before the three way catalyst (Manifold).
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

[QR25DE]
4. CHECK IGNITION TIMING A
EC
A/T 15 5 BTDC (in P or N position)
Ignition timing
M/T 15 5 BTDC
A/T 700 50 rpm (in P or N position) C
Target idle speed
M/T 700 50 rpm
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK INJECTORS E

2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 101, 102, 103, 104 and F
Refer to Wiring Diagram for Injectors, EC-1797 .
Battery voltage should exist. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. H
NG >> Perform EC-1798, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PBIB0568E I

J
3. Connect a known good spark plug to the ignition coil assembly.
K
5. Check for spark.
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 7.
Refer to EC-1777, "IGNITION SIGNAL" . M
SEF575Q

[QR25DE]
7. CHECK INJECTOR
2. Remove injector assembly.
Refer to EM-118, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
OK or NG
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.

Trouble is fixed.>>INSPECTION END

Trouble is not fixed.>>Replace three way catalyst (Manifold).

[QR25DE]
A
System Description UBS002DT
NOTE:
If DTC P0441 is displayed with P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 or P2138, perform trouble diagnosis for EC
displayed other DTC.
SEF323U
In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions. F
G
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002DU
are adequate. If not, a fault is determined. H
EVAP canister purge volume control I
and the circuit
J
0441 incorrect purge flow intake manifold and EVAP control system pres- K
sure sensor.
Accelerator pedal position sensor L
Blocked purge port
M
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002DV
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
4. Select PURG FLOW P0441 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC CONFIRMATION mode with CON-
SULT-II.

[QR25DE]
5. Touch START.
If COMPLETED is displayed, go to step 7.
Engine coolant temperature 70 - 100C (158 - 212F)
If TESTING is not changed for a long time, retry from step 2.
PBIB0826E
Overall Function Check UBS002DW
During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
2. Start engine (TCS switch OFF) and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
and note it.
minute.
Headlamp switch ON
PBIB0827E

[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002DX

2. Check EVAP canister for cracks. EC
OK or NG
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3. C
2. CHECK PURGE FLOW D
With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge E
vacuum gauge.
F
BBIA0114E
H

CONSULT-II. I
VOL CONT/V opening and check vacuum existence. J
PURG VOL CONT/V Vacuum
100.0% Should exist.
K
0.0% Should not exist.
OK or NG PBIB0828E
OK >> GO TO 7. L
NG >> GO TO 4.

[QR25DE]
3. CHECK PURGE FLOW
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
vacuum gauge.
5. Check vacuum gauge indication when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
6. Release the accelerator pedal fully and let idle.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
NG >> Repair it.
5. CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT

EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B .
SEF367U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
SEF368U

[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
valve opening.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
D
E
PBIB0828E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. G
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HOSE H

2. Check disconnection or improper connection of hose connected to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair it.
J
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. K
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
M
10. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION
Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P0452 (EC-1534 ) and P0453 (EC-1540 ).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.

[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace it.

>> GO TO 15.

>> INSPECTION END

[QR25DE]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002DY
NOTE:
If DTC P0442 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-1687 .) EC
If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is opened to clear the line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister C
purge volume control solenoid valve. The EVAP canister vent control valve will then be closed to shut the
EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is opened to depressurize the
EVAP purge line using intake manifold vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control D
solenoid valve will be closed.
SEF323U
H
Incorrect fuel filler cap used I
close.
Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap. J
solenoid valve.
K
vent control valve.
EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) L
leaks
EVAP control system
P0442 EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP control Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP M
small leak detected
0442 system does not operate properly. control system pressure sensor
(negative pressure)
circuit
valve is missing or damaged
ORVR system leaks

[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002DZ
NOTE:
If DTC P0442 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-1687
.)
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70C (32 - 158F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 30C (32 - 86F)
with CONSULT-II.
PBIB0829E
NOTE:
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve properly.
SEC763C
WITH GST
NOTE:
1. Start engine.

[QR25DE]
3. Stop vehicle. A
If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK. EC
6. Start engine.
It is not necessary to cool engine down before driving. C
7. Drive vehicle again according to the Driving Pattern, EC-1270 .
8. Stop vehicle.
9. Select MODE 3 with GST. D
If P0441 and P0442 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step. E
If SRT of EVAP system is not set, go to step 6. F
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002E0
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN G

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 2.
I
SEF915U
K
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

Refer to EC-1849, "FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

[QR25DE]
NOTE:
BBIA0114E
SEF916U


With CONSULT-II
NOTE:

sure in the system.
PEF917U
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U

[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts
until the end of test.)
3. Apply 12 volts DC to vacuum cut valve bypass valve. The valve will open. (Continue to apply 12V until the
end of test.) C
F
BBIA0116E
4. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg),
then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter. G
NOTE:
H
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
to EC-1847, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" . I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
J
SEF200U
8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE, O-RING AND CIRCUIT L

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 9.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 10.
SEF596U

[QR25DE]
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 11.

With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.
PBIB0828E
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 14.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.

[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16. EC
16. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR C

OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 17.
17. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR E

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 18.
G
Refer to EC-1847, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" . H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose. I

J
>> GO TO 20. K
20. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR LINE
Check refueling EVAP vapor line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and L
(ORVR)" .
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 21.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.

[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.

>> INSPECTION END

VALVE
[QR25DE]
VALVE PFP:14920 A
Description UBS002E2
ECM
function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) C
Engine speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature D
EVAP can-
Ignition switch Start signal ister purge EVAP canister purge volume
Throttle position sensor Throttle position flow con- control solenoid valve
trol E
Accelerator pedal position sensor Closed throttle position
F
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP G
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor H
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/ I
J
SEF337U L
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002E3
Specification data are reference values. M

Shift lever: N
PURG VOL C/V
No-load

VALVE
[QR25DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002E4
EVAP canister purge volume (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0444 An excessively low voltage signal is sent
open
solenoid valve
EVAP canister purge volume (The sensor circuit is shorted.)
shorted
solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002E5
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST

VALVE
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002E6
EC
BBWA0224E

VALVE
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
EVAP canister purge

PBIB0050E
13 PU/W volume control solenoid
valve
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More than 100
seconds after starting engine)
PBIB0520E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002E7
CUIT
harness connector.
BBIA0115E

or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0148E

VALVE
[QR25DE]
Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 EC
10A fuse
C
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR- D
valve terminal 2. F
G
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 4. H
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION I
With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. J
2. Start engine.
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the K
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. L
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0569E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END

VALVE
[QR25DE]
Component Inspection UBS002E8

With CONSULT-II
Condition Air passage continuity between A and
(PURG VOL CONT/V value) B
100.0% Yes
0.0% No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Air passage continuity between A and
Condition
B
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No
PBIB0150E
Removal and Installation UBS002E9


[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002EA
opened. D
SEF381Z
Control System (Small Leak) diagnosis.
E
H
BBIA0116E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002EB

I

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002EC

K
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002ED M

NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II

[QR25DE]
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002EE
EC
BBWA0225E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
EVAP canister vent BATTERY VOLTAGE
control valve (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002EF
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-II
2. Select VENT CONTROL/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0834E

[QR25DE]
EC
BBIA0116E
E
nal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. F

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
H
PBIB0152E
I
10A fuse K
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and fuse
L
5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

[QR25DE]

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002EG

With CONSULT-II
rusted.
BBIA0308E

Condition
B
ON No
OFF Yes


[QR25DE]
8. Perform inspection again. A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
rusted.
C
E
BBIA0308E
following conditions. F

Condition
B
G
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes H
BBIA0309E
If NG, go to next step. I
5. Perform inspection again.
J

[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002EH

sure increases. The EVAP control system pressure sensor is not
used to control the engine system. It is used only for on board diag-
nosis.
PBIB0830E
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002EI

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002EJ

pressure sensor low
0452 sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002EK
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II

[QR25DE]
5. Make sure that FUEL T/TEMP SE is more than 0C (32F). A
dure" . EC
SEF194Y
D
WITH GST
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 70 (Fuel tank temper- E
ature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2V.
4. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. F
dure" .
G
PBIB0832E
H

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002EL
BBWA0417E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Idle speed
65 R Sensor's power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V D
EVAP control system
88 B/R [Ignition switch ON] 1.8 - 4.8V
pressure sensor
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002EM

F
>> GO TO 2. G
I
BBIA0008E
2. CHECK CONNECTOR
J
BBIA0116E
2. Check sensor harness connector for water.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0155E

Joint connector-1
SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

Joint connector-2

[QR25DE]
7. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND A
SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 88 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal EC
2.
Continuity should exist. C

OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

Harness connectors B1, M14 F
G
9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR H

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 10.
J
K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS002EN L
2. Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor. M
Applied vacuum kPa
Voltage V
(mmHg, inHg)
CAUTION:
over pressure 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg) of pres-
sure.

[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002EO

sure increases. The EVAP control system pressure sensor is not
used to control the engine system. It is used only for on board diag-
nosis.
PBIB0830E
PBIB0629E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002EP

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002EQ
EVAP control system EVAP control system pressure sensor
pressure sensor high EVAP canister vent control valve
0453 sent to ECM.
input EVAP canister
Rubber hose from EVAP canister vent
control valve to vehicle frame
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002ER
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II

[QR25DE]
5. Make sure that FUEL T/TEMP SE is more than 0C (32F). A
dure" . EC
SEF194Y
D
WITH GST
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal (Fuel tank tempera- E
ture sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2V.
4. Wait at least 10 seconds. F
dure" . G
PBIB0832E
H

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002ES
BBWA0417E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Idle speed
65 R Sensor's power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V D
EVAP control system
88 B/R [Ignition switch ON] 1.8 - 4.8V
pressure sensor
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002ET

F
>> GO TO 2. G
I
BBIA0008E
2. CHECK CONNECTOR
J
BBIA0116E
2. Check sensor harness connector for water.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0155E

Joint connector-1
SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

Joint connector-2

[QR25DE]
7. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND A
SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 88 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal EC
2.
Continuity should exist. C

OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

Harness connectors B1, M14 F
G
9. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING H

2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower. J

Refer to EC-1532, "Component Inspection" . K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
L

M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.

Check obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Clean rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube.

[QR25DE]
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14.
No >> GO TO 16.
SEF596U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.


>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002EU

2. Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Applied vacuum kPa
Voltage V
(mmHg, inHg)
-26.7 (-200 mmHg, -7.87) 2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value
CAUTION:
pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg) of pres-

sure.

[QR25DE]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002EV
NOTE:
If DTC P0455 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (EC-1687 .) EC
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
C
SEF323U
F
Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to G
close.
H
solenoid valve. I
vent control valve.
EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks J
EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
leaks
EVAP control system has a very large leak
P0455 EVAP control system EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
such as fuel filler cap fell off, EVAP control sys- K
tem does not operate properly. Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP
control system pressure sensor
Loose or disconnected rubber tube L
circuit
solenoid valve and the circuit M
ORVR system leaks
CAUTION:
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002EW
CAUTION:

[QR25DE]
NOTE:
If DTC P0455 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (EC-1687 .)
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
TESTING CONDITION:
Open engine hood before conducting the following procedures.
WITH CONSULT-II
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70C (32 - 158F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60C (32 - 140F)
with CONSULT-II.
PBIB0829E
NOTE:
If NG is displayed, select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode and
make sure that EVAP GROSS LEAK [P0455] is displayed. If it
is displayed, refer to EC-1549, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
P0442, EC-1515 .
SEC763C
WITH GST
NOTE:
1. Start engine.
3. Stop vehicle.

[QR25DE]
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. A
6. Start engine.
7. Drive vehicle again according to the Driving Pattern, EC-1270 . EC
8. Stop vehicle.
C
D
If P0455, P0441and P0442 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.

If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK. E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002EX

F
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. H
J
SEF915U

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

[QR25DE]
disconnection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

NOTE:
BBIA0114E
SEF916U


[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
EC
with CONSULT-II.
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph. C
NOTE:
D
sure in the system.
E
PEF917U
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. F
ING" .
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 11.
H
SEF200U
I

[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
end of test.)
BBIA0116E
then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
SEF200U
With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.
PBIB0828E

[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Stop engine.
C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13.
E
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-1237, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" . F
OK or NG
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 15. G
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE H

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with I
valve opening.
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
K
L
PBIB0828E

M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.

[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.

Check refueling EVAP vapor line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and
(ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.

>> INSPECTION END

[QR25DE]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002EY
If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister EC
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is opened to clear the line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve. The EVAP canister vent control valve will then be closed to shut the
EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is opened to depressurize the C
EVAP purge line using intake manifold vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve will be closed.
If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P0456 will be detected. D
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.
E
PBIB0838E

[QR25DE]
trol valve.
Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP control sys-
Evaporative emission EVAP system has a very small leak. tem pressure sensor
EVAP system does not operate prop- Loose or disconnected rubber tube
0456 small leak (negative
pressure check) erly. EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
ing or damaged
ORVR system leaks
CAUTION:
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002EZ
NOTE:
If DTC P0456 is displayed with P0442, first perform TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P0456.
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II

[QR25DE]
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32C (32 - 90F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35C (32 - 95F) A
EC
C
with CONSULT-II.
D
G
PBIB0837E

H
NOTE:
I
valve properly.
Overall Function Check UBS002F0
J
WITH GST
K
CAUTION:
Do not start engine. L
vice port. M
isfied. SEF916U

8. Disconnect GST.

[QR25DE]
NOTE:

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF915U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

[QR25DE]
NOTE: EC
C
D
BBIA0114E
SEF916U
H


J
With CONSULT-II
K
NOTE: L

sure in the system. M
PEF917U
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U

[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
end of test.)
BBIA0116E
NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 10.
SEF596U

[QR25DE]
OK or NG EC
NG >> GO TO 11. C

E
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION F
With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. G
2. Start engine.
H
2,000 rpm. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
J
NG >> GO TO 14.
PBIB0828E
K
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 14.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.

[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.

Refer to EC-1456, "FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.

>> GO TO 20.

(ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.

[QR25DE]
23. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24. EC

D
>> INSPECTION END

[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002F3
the ECM.
PBIB1218E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002F4
tion is detected.

0460 noise
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002F5
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF195Y
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002F6
EC
BBWA0227E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
level.
1. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

nector.
BBIA0132E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0632E

Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuel level sensor until and fuel pump

[QR25DE]
3. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. D

Harness for open or short between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump and body ground
F
5. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
G
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 87 and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 2,
ECM terminal 77 and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 5. H
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. J
NG >> GO TO 6.

K
Harness connectors M58, F26 L
M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END

[QR25DE]
Remove and Installation UBS002F8
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR


[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002F9
the ECM.
ing on the movement of the fuel mechanical float. C
PBIB1218E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002FA

This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has F
been driven.
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does not Harness or connectors G
change within the specified range even though
the vehicle has been driven a long distance. Fuel level sensor
H
Overall Function Check UBS002FB
DTC might not be confirmed. I
WARNING:
"FUEL TANK" . J
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II K
NOTE:
8 Imp gal) in advance. L
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit. M
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds then turn ON.
6. Select FUEL LEVEL SE in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
8. Select FUEL PUMP in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-
II.
9. Touch ON and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-
5/8 Imp gal) and stop it.
12. Check FUEL LEVEL SE output voltage and confirm whether
the voltage changes more than 0.03V during step 7 to 11.
If NG, check the fuel level sensor, refer to DI-26, "FUEL LEVEL SEF195Y
SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .

[QR25DE]
WITH GST
NOTE:
6. Set voltmeters probe between ECM terminal 87 (fuel level sen-
sor signal) and ground.
8. Check voltage between ECM terminal 87 and ground and note
it.
9. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel
tank using proper equipment.
11. Confirm that the voltage between ECM terminal 87 and ground
changes more than 0.03V during step 8 - 10. PBIB0858E
If NG, check component of fuel level sensor, refer to DI-26,

"FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .

[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002FC
the ECM.
ing on the movement of the fuel mechanical float. C
PBIB1218E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002FD
One is fuel level sensor power supply circuit, and the other is fuel level sensor ground circuit. F
This diagnosis indicates the former, to detect open or short circuit malfunction.
P0462 Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively low voltage is sent from the G
0462 low input sensor is sent to ECM.
P0463 Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively high voltage is sent from the
Fuel level sensor
0463 high input sensor is sent to ECM. H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002FE
NOTE: I
TESTING CONDITION:
J
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at ignition
switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II K
3. Wait at least 5 seconds. L
dure" .
M
SEF195Y
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002FF
BBWA0228E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Idle speed
87 G/R Fuel level sensor [Ignition switch ON] Output voltage varies with fuel D
level.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002FG

E
1. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness con- F
nector.
G
BBIA0132E
I
minal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. J
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
L
PBIB0632E
M
Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump

[QR25DE]
3. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 87 and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor.

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS002FH
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR


DTC P0500 VSS
[QR25DE]
A
Description UBS002FI
speed signal to the combination meter. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM. EC
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002FJ
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from (The vehicle speed sensor circuit is open or
P0500 shorted)
Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM D
0500
even when vehicle is being driven. Vehicle speed sensor
Combination meter
E
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002FK
CAUTION:
F
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: G
H
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Read VHCL SPEED SE in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-
II should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. I
3. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. J
onds. K

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70C (158F) L
M
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
dure" . SEF196Y
Overall Function Check UBS002FL
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.

DTC P0500 VSS
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002FM
BBWA0418E

DTC P0500 VSS
[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
63 Approximately 2.3V C
(With-
out
NVIS) [Engine is running]
R/W Vehicle speed sensor Lift up the vehicle D
81 Vehicle speed is 40 km/h (25MPH)
With
(NVIS)
PBIB0531E E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002FN F

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and combination meter harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 81 (Models with NVIS) or 63 (Models without NVIS) and
combination meter terminal 14. H
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. J
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART K

Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter L
M
3. CHECK SPEEDOMETER FUNCTION
Make sure that speedometer functions properly.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

DTC P0500 VSS
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK SPEEDOMETER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Joint connector-2
Harness for open or short between combination meter and vehicle speed sensor
Harness for open or short between vehicle speed sensor and ECM
Harness for open or short between vehicle speed sensor and TCM
OK or NG
OK >> Check combination meter and vehicle speed sensor. Refer to DI-3, "METERS AND GAUGES" .

>> INSPECTION END

[QR25DE]
A
Description UBS002FO
NOTE:
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC dis- EC
played.
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects C
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. D
operation, etc.).
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002FP
tem RPM lower than
expected
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002FQ
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and H
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" ,
before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. For the target idle speed, refer to the EC-1862, I
"SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)" .
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. J
WITH CONSULT-II K
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
5. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed. M
dure" .
SEF174Y
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002FR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2. REPLACE ECM
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace ECM.
3. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
>> INSPECTION END

[QR25DE]
A
Description UBS002FS
NOTE:
If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC dis- EC
played.
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects C
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. D
operation, etc.).
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002FT
expected PCV system G
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002FU
NOTE: H
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" , I
before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. For the target idle speed, refer to the EC-1862,
"SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)" .
TESTING CONDITION:
J
WITH CONSULT-II K
M
dure" .
SEF174Y
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002FV
1. CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. REPLACE ECM
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace ECM.
>> INSPECTION END

DTC P0605 ECM
[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002FW
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine. EC
SEF093X
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002FX

P0605
0605 G
FAIL-SAFE MODE H
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
I
Malfunction A degrees) by the return spring.
ECM deactivates ASCD operation.
J
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002FY
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNC- K
TION B, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
NOTE:
With CONSULT-II M
dure" .
SEF058Y
With GST

DTC P0605 ECM
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
turn ON.
dure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
With CONSULT-II
turn ON.
4. Repeat step 3 procedure, 32 times.
dure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002FZ
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
3. Touch ERASE.
See EC-1583 .
With GST
3. Touch ERASE.
See EC-1583 .
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.

DTC P0605 ECM
[QR25DE]
2. REPLACE ECM A
1. Replace ECM.
EC-1275, "NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System NATS)" . EC
5. Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . C
>> INSPECTION END

D

DTC P0650 MIL
[QR25DE]
DTC P0650 MIL PFP:24810
Component Description UBS002G0
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) is located on the instrument panel. When the ignition switch is turned ON
without engine running, MIL will light up. This is a bulb check. When the engine is started, MIL should go off. If
MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction.

An excessively high voltage is sent to ECM
through the MIL circuit under the condition
P0650 Malfunction indicator that calls for MIL light up.
(MIL circuit is open or shorted.)
0650 (MIL) control circuit An excessively low voltage is sent to ECM
MIL
through the MIL circuit under the condition
that calls for MIL not to light up.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when both DTC P0650 and another DTC, which calls for MIL to light up, are
detected at the same time.
MIL circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST

DTC P0650 MIL
[QR25DE]
EC
BBWA0230E

DTC P0650 MIL
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
18 OR/L MIL [Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Idle speed (11 - 14V)
1. CHECK MIL POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
4. Check voltage between combination meter terminal 41 and

ground with CONSULT-II or tester
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0936E

10A fuse
Harness for open or short between fuse and combination meter
3. CHECK MIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 18 and combination meter terminal 20.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

DTC P0650 MIL
[QR25DE]
Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter EC
C
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Disconnect combination meter harness connectors.
3. Check continuity under the following conditions.
E
PBIB0937E H
CONDITION Combination meter terminal No. (Polarity) Continuity

1 20 (+) - 41 () Should not exist. I
2 41 (+) - 20 () Should exist.
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace combination meter. Refer to DI-8, "Combination Meter" .

L
>> INSPECTION END

[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002G5
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
SEF093X
P1065 ECM power supply cir- ECM back-up RAM system does not function [ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is
1065 cuit properly. open or shorted.]
ECM
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
turn ON.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 four times.
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
EC
BBWA0419E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
(Buck-up) (11 - 14V)

SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0573E

15A fuse

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

[QR25DE]
4. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A
With CONSULT-II
EC
3. Touch ERASE.
C
See EC-1590 .
With GST D
3. Touch ERASE. E
See EC-1590 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again? F
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> INSPECTION END G
5. REPLACE ECM
H
1. Replace ECM.
I
5. Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . J
>> INSPECTION END

K

[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002GA
SEC266C
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002GB

MAS A/F SE-B1
No-load
Shift lever: N
CAL/LD VALUE
No-load
Shift lever: N
MASS AIRFLOW
No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002GC

Trouble diagnosis
name
Mass air flow sensor Harness or connectors

P1102 A voltage from the sensor is constantly (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit range/perfor-
1102 approx.1.0V when engine is running.
mance problem Mass air flow sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002GD
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II

[QR25DE]
3. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. A
EC
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
E

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002GE
BBWA0213E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
65 R Sensor's power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V C
[Engine is running]
Idle speed D
[Engine is running]
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm. E
[Engine is running]
ground F
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002GF

>> GO TO 2.
I
BBIA0008E K

[QR25DE]
BBIA0130E

Terminal Voltage
2 Approximately 5V
4 Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0076E


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. EC

D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS002GG
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR E

3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 72 (Mass air flow sensor F
signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
G
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.1 - 1.5
operating temperature.) H
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to nor-
1.6 - 2.0
mal operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm* 1.5 - 2.0 to Approx. 4.0 I
PBIB0537E
4,000 rpm.
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. J
c. Perform steps 2 and 3 again. K
L
Removal and Installation UBS002GH

Refer to EM-103, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" . M

[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002GI

The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
or stops oil flow.
position.
PBIB0195E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002GJ

Shift lever: N
INT/V SOL (B1)
No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002GK
Intake valve timing con- An improper voltage is sent to the ECM (Intake valve timing control solenoid
P1111
trol solenoid valve cir- through intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
1111
cuit valve.
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002GL
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002GM
EC
BBWA0232E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
Idle speed
Approximately 9V
Intake valve timing
107 G
control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0532E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002GN
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

connector.
BBIA0018E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0192E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTION PART

Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and ECM
Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and ECM relay

[QR25DE]
3. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A
OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 107 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve termi-
nal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. E
4. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. G

H
>> INSPECTION END I

Component Inspection UBS002GO

1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. J
valve terminals 1 and 2.
K
1 and 2 Approximately 8 at 20C (68F)
L
1 or 2 and ground
M
PBIB0193E
Removal and Installation UBS002GP


[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS0056D
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS0056E
Electric throttle control actuator does not func-
A) tion properly due to the return spring malfunc-
tion.
P1121 Electric throttle control Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is
B) Electric throttle control actuator
1121 actuator not in specified range.
ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.
C) This self-diagnosis has the one trip detec-
tion logic.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction A or B is detected in the two consecutive trips, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the
MIL lights up.
The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position.
Malfunction A
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction C
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS0056F
NOTE:
If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B, perform PROCE-
DURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition witch ON and wait at least 1 second.
turn ON.
dure" .
SEF058Y

[QR25DE]
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above. A

With CONSULT-II EC
3. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and C
4. Shift selector lever to N or P position.
5. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds. D
SEF058Y
With GST F
Diagnostic Procedure UBS0056G
G
1. Remove the intake air duct. H
and the housing.
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 2.
control actuator inside. J
K
BBIA0079E
2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR L

M
>> INSPECTION END

[QR25DE]
Description UBS006JN
NOTE:
P1126. Refer to EC-1604 or EC-1613 .
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006JO

P1122 Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not oper- (Throttle control motor circuit is open or
1122 performance problem ate properly. shorted)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006JP
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS006JQ
EC
BBWA0249E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
112 OR Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
0 - 14V
Engine stopped
(Open)
PBIB0533E
Throttle control motor [Engine is running]

ground Idle speed
0 - 14V
Engine stopped
(Close)
PBIB0534E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006JR

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E

[QR25DE]
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 115 and engine ground.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. D
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I

1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. E
following conditions with CONSULT-II or tester.
F
Battery voltage G
ON
(11 - 14V)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. H
4. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY I

2. Disconnect throttle control motor relay harness connector. J
BBIA0102E M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0575E

[QR25DE]
15A fuse
6. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

>> INSPECTION END

[QR25DE]
C
actuator terminal
114 Should not exist D
3
116 Should exist
114 Should exist BBIA0103E
6
116 Should not exist E

OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 11.
11. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY G

2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and H
the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. I
J
BBIA0079E K

L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. M
NG >> GO TO 14.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.

>> INSPECTION END

[QR25DE]
Component Inspection UBS006JS

Yes
terminals 1 and 2
PBIB0098E

step.
PBIB0095E
Remove and Installation UBS006JT


[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS006JU
Power supply for the Throttle Control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
C
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS006JV

D
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006JW

E
These self-diagnosis have the one trip detection logic.

P1124 Throttle control motor ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
1124 relay circuit short stuck ON. shorted) G
P1126 Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for (Throttle control motor relay circuit is H
1126 relay circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low. open)
I
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the DTC is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode J
spring.
K
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006JX
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: M
With CONSULT-II
SEF058Y

[QR25DE]
With GST
With CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
With GST

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS006JY
EC
BBWA0250E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
112 OR Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006JZ
1. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect throttle control motor relay harness connector.
BBIA0102E
3. Check voltage between throttle control motor relay terminal 2, 5

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0575E

Fuse and fusible link connector E23
15A fuse

[QR25DE]
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G

OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 6.

K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS006K0

M
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
PBIB0098E

[QR25DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006K2

FAIL-SAFE MODE
spring.
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS006K4
EC
BBWA0251E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 14V
Engine stopped
(Open)
PBIB0533E
0 - 14V
Engine stopped
(Close)
PBIB0534E

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E

[QR25DE]
C
actuator terminal
114 Should not exist D
3
116 Should exist
114 Should exist BBIA0103E
6
116 Should not exist E

OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
I
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
K
M
>> INSPECTION END

step.
PBIB0095E

[QR25DE]
Remove and Installation UBS006K7


DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002HF

D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002HG I

rpm
LEAN RICH K
rpm
ing 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002HH L

high and whether the lean output is sufficiently low. When both the M
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF300U
The maximum and minimum voltage from the Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P1143 Heated oxygen sensor
sensor are not reached to the specified volt- Fuel pressure
1143 1 lean shift monitoring
ages. Injectors
Intake air leaks

DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002HI
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
4. Touch START.
NOTE:
PBIB0546E

step 2.
Procedure" .
SEC769C
Overall Function Check UBS002HJ
WITH GST

DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
3. Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm A
constant under no load.
The minimum voltage is over 0.1V at least one time. EC
PBIB0543E
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002HK

>> GO TO 2.
G
BBIA0008E
I
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1. J
Tightening torque:
40 - 50 Nm (4.1 - 5.1 kg-m, 30 - 37 ft-lb)
K
>> GO TO 3.
L
BBIA0131E
M

DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
Yes or No
No >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END

DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
Component Inspection UBS002HL
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A

With CONSULT-II
2. Select MANU TRIG and adjust TRIGGER POINT to 100% in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT- EC
II.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow- C
ing steps.
D
SEF646Y
F
from RICH to LEAN to RICH 5 times in 10 seconds. G
HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes below 0.3V at least once. H

I
SEF217YA
SEF648Y M
CAUTION:
Without CONSULT-II

DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
CAUTION: PBIB0543E

use a new one.
Removal and Installation UBS002HM


DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002HN

D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002HO I

rpm
LEAN RICH K
rpm
ing 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002HP L

high. The lean output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are M
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF299U
P1144 Heated oxygen sensor The maximum and minimum voltages from the Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
1144 1 rich shift monitoring sensor are beyond the specified voltages. Fuel pressure
Injectors

DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002HQ
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
4. Touch START.
NOTE:
PBIB0548E

step 2.
Procedure" .
SEC772C
Overall Function Check UBS002HR
WITH GST

DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
3. Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm A
constant under no load.
The maximum voltage is below 0.8V at least one time.
The minimum voltage is below 0.35V at least one time. EC
PBIB0543E
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002HS

>> GO TO 2.
G
BBIA0008E
I
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1. J
K
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0131E
M

DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
Yes or No
No >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
BBIA0129E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. EC

D
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002HT E
With CONSULT-II
II.
3. Select HO2S1 (B1) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1). G
ing steps.
5. Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen. H
SEF646Y
J

HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode changes K
HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. L

M
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:

DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
CAUTION: PBIB0543E

use a new one.
Removal and Installation UBS002HU


DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002HV

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank. EC
tions.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002HW

between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm rpm quickly. G
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002HX

H
storage capacity before the three way catalyst causes the longer I
2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is suffi-
ciently low during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut. J
PBIB0554E
L
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted) M
Heated oxygen sensor
P1146 The minimum voltage from the sensor is not Heated oxygen sensor 2
2 minimum voltage
1146 reached to the specified voltage.
monitoring Fuel pressure
Injectors
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002HY
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
load.

DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
PBIB0818E

c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring COOLANTEMP/S indiction on CONSULT-II.
d. When COOLANTEMP/S indication reaches to 70C (158F), go to step3.
Overall Function Check UBS002HZ
CAUTION:
WITH GST
load.
at least 10 times.
procedure.
essary.
procedure.

DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002I0
EC
BBWA0415E

DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Engine after warming up
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002I1

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E

DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
EC
with CONSULT-II.
C
D
E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
G
nector.
H
I
J
Yes or No
K
No >> GO TO 3.

L
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and M
engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0129E

Joint connector-3

DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END


With CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
ture.
SEF174Y

SEF662Y

DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
A
EC
PBIB0817E D
CAUTION: E
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor F
Without CONSULT-II
load. H
I
at least 10 times.
procedure.
sary. K
procedure.
M
CAUTION:


DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002I4

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
tions.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002I5

between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm rpm quickly.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002I6

storage capacity before the three way catalyst causes the longer
2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is suf-
ficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
PBIB0820E
Heated oxygen sensor Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1147 The maximum voltage from the sensor is not
2 maximum voltage
1147 reached to the specified voltage. Fuel pressure
monitoring
Injectors
Intake air leaks
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002I7
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
For the best result, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30C (32 to 86F).
WITH CONSULT-II

DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
load. A
the instruction of CONSULT-II. EC
E
PBIB0819E

If NG is displayed, go to EC-1645, "Diagnostic Procedure" . F
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select COOLANTEMP/S in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. G
H
Overall Function Check UBS002I8
DTC might not be confirmed. I
CAUTION:
WITH GST J
K
load.
L
at least 10 times.
The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this M
procedure.
essary.
procedure.

DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002I9
BBWA0415E

DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Engine after warming up D
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002IA
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS F

2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws. G
>> GO TO 2.
H
BBIA0008E J

DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
Yes or No
No >> GO TO 3.

3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and
engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0129E

Joint connector-3
Harness for open or short between HO2S2 and engine ground

DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR25DE]

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 or HO2S2 terminal 1 and ground. C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. G
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H

I
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS002IB
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 J

With CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II. K
ture.
5. Let engine idle for one minutes. M
SEF174Y

SEF662Y

DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
PBIB0817E
CAUTION:
Without CONSULT-II
load.
at least 10 times.
procedure.
sary.
tion with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
procedure.
CAUTION:
Removal and Installation UBS002IC


[QR25DE]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002ID

EC
The heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit is
The closed loop control function does not oper- open or shorted.
ate even when vehicle is driving in the speci- C
1148 function Heated oxygen sensor 1
fied condition.
Heated oxygen sensor heater
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002IE D

CAUTION:
E
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. If the engine
speed limit is exceeded, retry the procedure from step 2.
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. G
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. H
3. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm and check one of the following.
HO2S1 (B1) voltage should go above 0.70V at least once. I
HO2S1 (B1) voltage should go below 0.21V at least once.
If the check result is NG, perform EC-1650, "Diagnostic Proce-

dure" . J
If the check result is OK, perform the following step.
4. Let engine idle at least 5 minutes.
5. Maintain the following condition at least 50 consecutive sec- K
onds. SEF682Y
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.8 msec or more

L
VHCL SPEED SE More than 70 km/h (43 MPH) M
During this test, P0134 may be displayed on CONSULT-II screen.

Overall Function Check UBS002IF
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the closed loop control. During this check, a DTC might not
be confirmed.
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
stant under no-load.
The voltage should go above 0.70V at least once.
The voltage should go below 0.21V at least once.
PBIB0543E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002IG
Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0133, EC-1416 .

[QR25DE]
A
System Description UBS002IH
COOLING FAN CONTROL

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC
Cooling fan C
control
D
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
E
OPERATION
M
PBIB0926E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002II

the engine ON
OFF
(201F) or less
COOLING FAN the engine between 95C (203F) and 104C LOW
HIGH
(221F) or more

[QR25DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002IJ

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction
is indicated.
(The cooling fan circuit is open or
shorted.)
Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- Cooling fan
heat). Radiator hose
P1217 Engine over tempera- Cooling fan system does not operate prop- Radiator
1217 ture (Overheat) erly (Overheat).
Radiator cap
Engine coolant was not added to the system
using the proper filling method. Water pump
Thermostat
For more information, refer toEC-1662,
CAUTION:
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-17, "Changing Engine Oil" .
Overall Function Check UBS002IK
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WARNING:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF621W

[QR25DE]
SULT-II. A
EC
SEF646X
D
WITH GST
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below E
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer F
3. Start engine. G
4. Turn air conditioner switch ON. SEF621W
5. Turn blower fan switch ON. H

If OK, go to the following step. I
9. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connec- J
tor.
10. Connect 150 resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor
harness connector. K
SEC163BA
11. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at L
12. If NG, go to EC-1655, "Diagnostic Procedure" . M
MEC475B

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002IL
BBWA0431E

[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002IM

Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 4.
C
With CONSULT-II D
E
G
BBIA0113E
3. Select COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CON- H

SULT-II and touch LOW on the CONSULT-II screen.
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 3.
J
SEF784Z
K
L
With CONSULT-II
M
SULT-II and touch HIGH on the CONSULT-II screen.
5. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at high speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
SEF785Z

[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
BBIA0113E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
SEC163BA

Without CONSULT-II
6. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 oper-
ate at high speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
MEC475B

[QR25DE]
6. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK A
Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the
pressure drops.
EC
CAUTION:
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. D
NG >> Check the following for leak. SLC754A
Hose
Radiator
E
Water pump
Refer to CO-26, "WATER PUMP" .
F
Apply pressure to cap with a tester. G
59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi)
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
I
SLC755A
J
8. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures. K
L
82C (180F) [standard]
Valve lift: M
More than 8 mm/95C (0.31 in/203F)
perature.
For details, refer to CO-28, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMO-
STAT HOUSING" . SLC343
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

[QR25DE]
10. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES
>> INSPECTION END

[QR25DE]
PROCEDURE A
A
2. Disconnect cooling fan relay-1. EC
ground with CONSULT-II or tester. C

OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
E
PBIB0951E
F
Check the following. G
10A fuse
40A fusible links H
I
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fusible links
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J
3. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 5 L
4 and body ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. M
4 and body ground.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END

[QR25DE]
PROCEDURE B
A
2. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3. EC
4. Check voltage between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 terminals 1,
3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. C

OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
E
PBIB0251E
F
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fusible links
H
3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT I

2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling J
3. Check harness continuity between the following;
K
L
5. Check harness continuity between the following; BBIA0112E M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

[QR25DE]
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 27 and cooling fan relay-2 terminal 2, cooling fan relay-3
terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2, -3 and ECM
6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS-2 AND -3

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace cooling fan relays.
7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END

Main 12 Causes of Overheating UBS002IN

Blocked condenser
Blocked bumper
2 Coolant mixture Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-14, "Anti-freeze
Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
ator filler neck
4 Radiator cap Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa See CO-34, "CHECKING
2 RADIATOR CAP" .
(0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm , 9 - 14
psi) (Limit)

[QR25DE]
A
ON*2 5 Coolant leaks Visual No leaks See CO-24, "CHECKING
COOLING SYSTEM FOR
LEAKS" .
ON*2 6 Thermostat Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-28, "THERMO- EC
STAT HOUSING" , and
CO-30, "RADIATOR" .
C
DTC P1217 (EC-1651 ).
OFF 8 Combustion gas leak Color checker chemical Negative D

gauge when driving
E
Coolant overflow to Visual No overflow during driving See MA-23, "Changing
reservoir tank and idling Engine Coolant" .
OFF*4 10 Coolant return from Visual Should be initial level in See CO-24, "CHECKING
F
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank RESERVOIR LEVEL" .
tor
OFF 11 Cylinder head Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-145, "CYLIN-
gauge mum distortion (warping) DER HEAD" . G
12 Cylinder block and pis- Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-145, "CYLIN-
tons walls or piston DER HEAD" .
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON. H
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time. I
Component Inspection UBS002IO
COOLING FAN RELAYS-1, -2 AND -3 J

K
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No current supply No L
M
SEF745U
COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2

check operation.
Terminals
Speed
(+) ()
Low 1 4
Cooling fan motor
High 1, 2 3, 4

SEF734W

DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002IX

PBIB0145E
tion.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002IY

problem
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002IZ
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST

DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]

the housing.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 2.
E
BBIA0079E

>> INSPECTION END H
Remove and Installation UBS002J1

I

DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002J2

PBIB0145E
tion.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002J3

problem
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST

DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]

the housing.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 2.
E
BBIA0079E

>> INSPECTION END H
Remove and Installation UBS002J6

I

[QR25DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002JF

Trouble diagnosis
name
(The TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is shorted.)
(MAF sensor circuit is shorted.)
is shorted.)
shorted.)
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM detects a voltage of power source for
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
(APP sensor 1)
MAF sensor
Refrigerant pressures sensor
ECM pin terminal
FAIL-SAFE MODE
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002JG
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002JH
EC
BBWA0239E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002JI

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

BBIA0103E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0082E

[QR25DE]
3. CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS FOR SHORT A
Harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals
EC
ECM terminal Sensor terminals Reference Wiring Diagram
Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-1765
APP sensor terminal 2 EC-1772 C
65 MAF sensor terminal 2 EC-1371
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 EC-1536
D
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1817
Joint connector-1
ECM pin terminal E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F
4. CHECK COMPONENTS
Accelerator pedal position sensor (Refer to EC-1775, "Component Inspection" .)
H
Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to MTC-19, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .)
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 7.
J
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
L
M
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

[QR25DE]
PFP:14920
Description UBS002JJ
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Engine speed
Throttle position sensor Throttle position EVAP canister EVAP canister purge vol-
purge flow control ume control solenoid valve
Fuel tank temperature sensor Fuel temperature in fuel tank
Vehicle speed
(CAN communication line)
SEF337U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002JK

Shift lever: N
PURG VOL C/V
No-load

[QR25DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002JL
A
EVAP canister purge volume control EC
solenoid valve
EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid EVAP canister vent control valve C
valve EVAP canister
completely closed.
Hoses
clogged.)
D
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002JM
NOTE: E
WITH CONSULT-II
H
CONSULT-II.
5. Touch START.
I
6. Start engine and let it idle until TESTING on CONSULT-II changes to COMPLETED. (It will take
approximately 10 seconds.)
J
PBIB0839E
M
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002JN
BBWA0224E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE C
(11 - 14V)
Idle speed
EVAP canister purge E

PBIB0050E
13 PU/W volume control sole-
noid valve
Approximately 10V
F
[Engine is running]
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More than 100
seconds after starting engine) G
PBIB0520E
H
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002JO
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR- I
CUIT
harness connector.
M
BBIA0115E

or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0148E

[QR25DE]
10A fuse
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HOSE

Check disconnection or improper connection of hose connected to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair it.

BBIA0116E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7. EC
C
With CONSULT-II
D
3. Start engine. E
valve opening.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8. G
H
PBIB0828E
8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE I

OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 9.
9. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING K

2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower. M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.

[QR25DE]
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 12.
No >> GO TO 14.
SEF596U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.


>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002JP

With CONSULT-II
(PURG VOL CONT/V value) B
100.0% Yes
0.0% No
PBIB0149E

[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control A
Condition EC
B
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
C
No supply No
PBIB0150E
D
Removal and Installation UBS002JQ
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE E


[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002JR
opened.
SEF381Z
BBIA0116E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002JS

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002JT
vent control valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002JU
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II

[QR25DE]
3. Start engine. A
4. Drive vehicle at a speed of approximately 80 km/h (50 MPH) for
a maximum of 15 minutes.
NOTE: EC
If a malfunction exists, NG result may be displayed quicker.
dure" . C
PBIB0164E
D
WITH GST
E

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002JV
BBWA0225E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
EVAP canister vent BATTERY VOLTAGE C
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002JW
D
2. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. E
H
BBIA0116E

I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. L

1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached. M
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> GO TO 6.
SEF596U

[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair it.

BBIA0116E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

>> INSPECTION END

[QR25DE]
Component Inspection UBS002JX
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE A

With CONSULT-II
2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being EC
rusted.
E
BBIA0308E

6. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. F

Condition
B
G
ON No
OFF Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second. H

7. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent I

J
Without CONSULT-II
2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being K
rusted.
BBIA0308E
Condition
B
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes

BBIA0309E

[QR25DE]

[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002JY
NOTE:
If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. EC
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized. C
emission control system components. D
opened.
E
SEF381Z
BBIA0116E I
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002JZ
Specification data are reference values. J

K
and the circuit M
P1448 EVAP canister vent con- EVAP canister vent control valve remains
Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
1448 trol valve open opened under specified driving conditions.
vent control valve
Vacuum cut valve
NOTE:
If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:

[QR25DE]
COOLAN TEMP/S 0 - 70C (32 - 158F)
INT/A TEMP SE 0 - 30C (32 - 86F)
with CONSULT-II.
PBIB0829E
If NG is displayed, go to the following step.
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve properly.
7. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds, then turn ON.
8. Disconnect hose from vehicle frame.
SEC763C
9. Select VENT CONTROL/V of ACTIVE TEST mode with

CONSULT-II.
10. Touch ON and OFF alternately.
PBIB0834E
11. Make sure the following.
VENT CONTROL/V B
ON No
OFF Yes
If the result is NG, go to EC-1691, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

If the result is OK, go to Diagnostic Procedure for DTC P0442,
EC-1515 .
BBIA0308E

[QR25DE]
Overall Function Check UBS002K2
A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP canister vent control valve circuit. During this
check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST EC
1. Disconnect hose from vehicle frame.
3. Verify the following. C
No D
terminals 1 and 2
No supply Yes
If the result is NG, go to EC-1691, "Diagnostic Procedure" . E

If the result is OK, go to Diagnostic Procedure for DTC P0442,
EC-1515 .
BBIA0309E F

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002K3
BBWA0225E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
EVAP canister vent BATTERY VOLTAGE C
D
2. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. E
H
BBIA0116E

I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. L
3. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace vacuum cut valve.

[QR25DE]
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> GO TO 7.
SEF596U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair it.

[QR25DE]
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR A
EC
BBIA0116E
2. Check connectors for water. E

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 9.
G
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
I
>> INSPECTION END

K

With CONSULT-II
L
rusted.
M
BBIA0308E

[QR25DE]
Condition
B
ON No
OFF Yes


Without CONSULT-II
rusted.
BBIA0308E
Condition
B
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes

BBIA0309E

[QR25DE]
A
control solenoid valve, using of vapor pressure in the fuel tank. EC
The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line. The vacuum cut valve bypass
valve will then be opened to clear the line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve. The EVAP control system pressure sensor can now monitor the pressure inside the fuel tank.
If pressure increases, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the vacuum cut valve and EVAP canis- C
ter purge volume control solenoid valve.
I
PBIB0838E

[QR25DE]
trol valve.
Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP control sys-
Evaporative emission EVAP system has a very small leak. tem pressure sensor
EVAP system does not operate prop- Loose or disconnected rubber tube
1456 small leak (positive
pressure check) erly. EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
ing or damaged
ORVR system leaks
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32C (32 - 90F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35C (32 - 95F)
[QR25DE]
If NG, turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle) or refilling/draining A
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. EC
with CONSULT-II. C
PBIB0837E
6. Make sure that OK is displayed. G

NOTE:
H
valve properly.
I
Overall Function Check UBS002K8
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st J
CAUTION:
Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system. K
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP ser- L
vice port.
M
isfied. SEF916U

8. Disconnect GST.

[QR25DE]
NOTE:

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF915U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

[QR25DE]
NOTE: EC
C
D
BBIA0114E
SEF916U
H


J
With CONSULT-II
K
NOTE: L

sure in the system. M
PEF917U
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U

[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
end of test.)
BBIA0116E
NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U

Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure, EC-1687 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 11.
SEF596U

[QR25DE]
OK or NG EC
NG >> GO TO 12. C

E
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION F
With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. G
2. Start engine.
H
2,000 rpm. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
J
NG >> GO TO 14.
PBIB0828E
K
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 14.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.

[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.

>> GO TO 20.

(ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.

[QR25DE]
23. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24. EC

D
>> INSPECTION END

[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002KB
the ECM.
PBIB1218E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002KC
ECM receives two signals from the fuel level sensor.

This diagnosis indicates the latter to detect open circuit malfunction.
P1464 Fuel level sensor circuit Harness or connectors
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
1464 ground signal (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002KD
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF195Y
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002KE
EC
BBWA0229E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
level.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002KF
1. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 77 and body ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

Harness for open and short between ECM and body ground
>> Replace open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS002KG
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR


DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
[QR25DE]
DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE PFP:17372
A
Description UBS002KH
The vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve are installed in parallel on the EVAP purge line EC
between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister.
The vacuum cut valve prevents the intake manifold vacuum from being applied to the fuel tank.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is a solenoid type valve and generally remains closed. It opens only for on
board diagnosis. C
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON (ground)
signal, the valve is opened. The vacuum cut valve is then bypassed to apply intake manifold vacuum to the
fuel tank. D
G
BBIA0116E
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM DIAGRAM

H
SEF323U K
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002KI
Specification data are reference values. L

VC/V BYPAS S/V Ignition switch: ON OFF
M
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002KJ
P1490 Vacuum cut valve An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM (The vacuum cut valve bypass valve cir-
1490 bypass valve circuit through vacuum cut valve bypass valve. cuit is open or shorted)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002KK
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle
speed.

[QR25DE]
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002KL
EC
BBWA0240E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002KM
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
2. Select VC/V BYPASS/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CON-
SULT-II.
4. Make sure that clicking sound is heard from the vacuum cut
valve bypass valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0840E

[QR25DE]
3. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALUE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
2. Disconnect vacuum cut valve bypass valve harness connector.
EC
BBIA0116E
E
4. Check voltage between vacuum cut valve bypass valve terminal
1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. F

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
H
PBIB0148E
I
Fuel block (J/B) connector M1
10A fuse K
Harness for open or short between vacuum cut valve bypass valve and fuse
L
5. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 8 and vacuum cut valve bypass valve terminal 2. Refer
to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

[QR25DE]
Harness for open or short between vacuum cut valve bypass valve and ECM
7. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace vacuum cut valve bypass valve.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002KN
VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE

With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect harness disconnected connectors.
3. Perform VC/V BYPASS/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
PBIB0840E
VC/V BYPASS/V B
ON Yes
OFF No

If NG, replace vacuum cut valve bypass valve.
PBIB0149E

[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the fol- A
lowing conditions.
Condition EC
B
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
C
No supply No

If NG, replace vacuum cut valve bypass valve. D
PBIB0150E

[QR25DE]
DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE PFP:17372
Description UBS002KO
The vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve are installed in parallel on the EVAP purge line
between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister.
The vacuum cut valve prevents the intake manifold vacuum from being applied to the fuel tank.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is a solenoid type valve and generally remains closed. It opens only for on
board diagnosis.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON (ground)
signal, the valve is opened. The vacuum cut valve is then bypassed to apply intake manifold vacuum to the
fuel tank.
BBIA0116E
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM DIAGRAM
SEF323U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002KP

VC/V BYPAS S/V Ignition switch: ON OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002KQ
Vacuum cut valve
Bypass hoses for clogging
EVAP control system pressure sensor and circuit
P1491 Vacuum cut valve Vacuum cut valve bypass valve does
1491 bypass valve not operate properly. Hose between fuel tank and vacuum cut valve
clogged
Hose between vacuum cut valve and EVAP canister
clogged
EVAP canister
EVAP purge port of fuel tank for clogging

[QR25DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002KR
A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5 to 30C (41 to 86F). C
WITH CONSULT-II
D
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds. E
5. Select VC CUT/V BP/V P1491 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with
CONSULT-II.
6. Touch START. F
ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,800 rpm G
H

I
PBIB0841E L
M
Overall Function Check UBS002KS
Use this procedure to check the overall function of vacuum cut valve bypass valve. During this check, the 1st
WITH GST
1. Remove vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve as an assembly.

[QR25DE]
2. Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from
port B .
3. Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from
port A .
4. Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out
of port A .
5. Supply battery voltage to the terminal.
6. Blow air in port A and check that air flows freely out of port B .
7. Blow air in port B and check that air flows freely out of port A .
SEF530Q

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002KT
EC
BBWA0240E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002KU
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE OPERATION

With CONSULT-II
3. Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from port B .
4. Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from port A .
5. Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out of port A .
7. Select VC/V BYPASS/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II and touch ON.
PBIB0842E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 7.

[QR25DE]
3. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE OPERATION A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
3. Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from port B .
4. Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from port A .
C
5. Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out of port A .
6. Disconnect vacuum cut valve bypass valve harness connector.
7. Supply battery voltage to the terminal. D
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 7.
F
G
PBIB0635E
4. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE H

Check EVAP purge line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging or disconnection.
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair it.
5. CHECK EVAP PURGE PORT J
Check EVAP purge port of fuel tank for clogging.

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Clean EVAP purge port.
L
1. Pinch the fresh air hose.
2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B . M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
PBIB0761E
7. CHECK BYPASS HOSE

Check bypass hoses for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses.
[QR25DE]
8. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace vacuum cut valve bypass valve.
9. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace vacuum cut valve.

2. Check disconnection or improper connection of hose connected to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.

[QR25DE]
Component Inspection UBS002KV
VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE C

With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect harness disconnected connectors.
3. Perform VC/V BYPASS/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
G
PBIB0840E
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the H
VC/V BYPASS/V B I
ON Yes
OFF No
J
PBIB0149E K
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the fol-
lowing conditions. L

Condition
B
M
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No

PBIB0150E

[QR25DE]
VACUUM CUT VALVE
Check vacuum cut valve as follows:
1. Plug port C and D with fingers.
2. Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from
port B .
3. Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from
port A .
4. Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out
of port A .
5. Open port C and D .
6. Blow air in port A check that air flows freely out of port C . SEF379Q
7. Blow air in port B check that air flows freely out of port D .
8. If NG, replace vacuum cut valve.

[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002KW

each button. ECM reads voltage variation of switch, and determines EC
C
BBIA0119E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002KX

G
CANCEL Ignition switch: ON
ACCEL/RES switch: H
ON
Depressed
ACCEL/RES switch:
OFF
Released
I
COAST/SET switch:
ON
Depressed
COAST/SET switch: J
OFF
Released
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002KY
K
NOTE:
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to L
EC-1583 .
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause M
Name
An excessively high voltage signal from the
ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM.
ECM detects that input signal from the (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
P1564 ASCD steering
ASCD steering switch is out of the specified
1564 switch ASCD steering switch
range.
ECM
ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch
is stuck ON.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002KZ
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II

[QR25DE]
4. Press CRUISE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it
and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Press ACCEL/RES switch for at least 10 seconds, then
release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Press COAST/SET switch for at least 10 seconds, then
release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it
and wait at least 10 seconds. SEF058Y

dure" .
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002L0
EC
BBWA0420E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Approximately 4.0V
Approximately 0V
89 G ASCD steering switch Approximately 1.0V
Approximately 2.0V
SET/COAST switch is ON.
Approximately 3.0V
ACCEL/RES switch is ON.

[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002L1
1. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT A
With CONSULT-II
2. Select MAIN SW, RESUME/ACC SW, SET SW and CAN-
CEL SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions. C

Pressed ON D
CUISE MAIN SW
Released OFF
Pressed ON
COAST/SET SET SW E
Released OFF
SEC006D
Pressed ON
Released OFF F
Pressed ON
CANCEL CANCEL SW
Released OFF
G
Without CONSULT-II
H
ing each button.
Switch Condition Voltage [V] I
Pressed Approx. 0.5
CRUISE
J
Pressed Approx. 2.0
COAST/SET
Pressed Approx. 3.0 K
ACCEL/RES PBIB0854E
Pressed Approx. 1.0
CANCEL L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. M
NG >> GO TO 2.
4. Check harness continuity between ASCD steering switch termi-
nal 1 and ECM terminal 58. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. BBIA0119E

[QR25DE]
Joint connector-2
Spiral cable
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

Spiral cable

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace ASCD steering switch.

Refer to EC-1606, "DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION" .
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002L2
ASCD STEERING SWITCH


[QR25DE]
4 with pushing each switch. A
Switch Condition Resistance []
CRUISE SW EC
Released Approx. 0
Pressed Approx. 660
COAST/SET SW
Released Approx. 0 C
Released Approx. 0
D
Pressed Approx. 250
CANCEL SW
Released Approx. 0
If NG, replace ASCD steering switch. E

[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002L3

BBIA0117E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002L4

Brake pedal: Fully released ON
BRAKE SW1
Ignition switch: ON Brake pedal: Slightly
(ASCD brake switch) OFF
depressed
BRAKE SW2
Ignition switch: ON Brake pedal: Slightly
(stop lamp switch) ON
depressed
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002L5

NOTE:
If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605 or P1805, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605
or P1805. Refer to EC-1583 or EC-1746 .
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
(The stop lamp switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
(The ASCD brake switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
ON signals from the stop lamp switch and the (The ASCD clutch switch circuit is open or
P1572 shorted.)
ASCD brake switch ASCD brake switch are sent to ECM at the
1572
same time. Stop lamp switch
ASCD brake switch
ASCD clutch switch
Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
ECM
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002L6
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:

[QR25DE]
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. A
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
VHCL SPEED SE More than 30 km/h (19 MPH) C
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1733, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D

E
Depress the brake pedal for more than F
the above-mentioned condition.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1733, "Diagnostic Procedure" . G
WITH GST
H

[QR25DE]
BBWA0421E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) F
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I G
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. H
SULT-II.
3. Check BRAKE SW1 indication under the following conditions. I
M/T models
J
A/T models K

L
Without CONSULT-II
M/T models
CONDITION VOLTAGE
A/T models
CONDITION VOLTAGE
When brake pedal is depressed Approximately 0V PBIB0855E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

[QR25DE]
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-II
When brake pedal is depressed ON
SEC013D
Without CONSULT-II
lowing conditions.
CONDITION VOLTAGE
PBIB0935E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 13.
3. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT

BBIA0118E

tester.
CONDITION VOLTAGE
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

[QR25DE]
4. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
BBIA0117E
E
F
OK or NG
OK (M/T models)>>GO TO 6. G
NG >> GO TO 5.
H
PBIB0857E

10A fuse
K
6. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

2. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 2 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 1. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

[QR25DE]
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.

[QR25DE]
13. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
EC
BBIA0105E
E
3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground
with CONSULT -II or tester.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15. G
NG >> GO TO 14.
H
PBIB1225E

10A fuse
K
15. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 40 and stop lamp switch terminal 2. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16.

Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch

[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.

>> INSPECTION END

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

3. Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2

SEC023D


SEC024D

[QR25DE]
STOP LAMP SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. A
under the following conditions. EC
When brake pedal is fully released. Should not exist. C

D
PBIB1226E
E

[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002LA
The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals. One is sent from combination meter, and the other is
from TCM (Transmission control module) via CAN communication line. The ECM uses these signals for ASCD
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002LB

NOTE:
If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
Refer to EC-1575, "DTC P0500 VSS" .
Refer to EC-1583, "DTC P0605 ECM" .
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
(The combination meter circuit is open or
P1574 ASCD vehicle speed ECM detects a difference between two vehicle
shorted.)
1574 sensor speed signals is out of the specified range.
TCM
Combination meter
ECM
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002LC
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
3. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25MPH).
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002LD
1. CHECK DTC WITH TCM A
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to AT-428, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION" .
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 2.
C
2. CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT
Refer to DI-26, "VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CHECK" .
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
E
Check combination meter function. F
>> INSPECTION END G

[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002LE
When the shift lever position is P (A/T models only) or N, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002LF

Shift lever:
P/N POSI SW Ignition switch: ON Neutral (M/T model)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002LG
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) [The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
1706 switch
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002LH
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select P/N POSI SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CON-
ing conditions.
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal
N and P position ON


onds.

dure" . SEF213Y

[QR25DE]
Overall Function Check UBS002LI
A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST EC
and body ground under the following conditions. C
Condition (Gear position) Voltage V (Known good data)
P (A/T models only) and N position Approx. 0
D
M/T: Approximately 5V
3. If NG, go to EC-1745, "Diagnostic Procedure" . E
PBIB0578E

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002LJ
BBWA0241E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
43 G/OR PNP switch A/T models D
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 5V E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002LK
1. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT F

G
3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and body ground.
Continuity should exist. H
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT J

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 43 and PNP switch terminal 1. K
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. M
3. CHECK PNP SWITCH

Refer to AT-491, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" (A/T models), MT-139, "POSITION
SWITCH" (6M/T models) or MT-78, "POSITION SWITCH" (5M/T models).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

>> INSPECTION END

[QR25DE]
Description UBS002LL
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002LM

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS002LN

P1805 A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for an (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or
Brake switch shorted.)
1805 extremely long time while the vehicle is driving.
Stop lamp switch
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Driving condition
When accelerating Poor acceleration
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS002LO
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-II.
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002LP
EC
BBWA0422E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002LQ
1. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT

2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

BBIA0105E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB1225E

[QR25DE]
10A fuse
Fuse block (J/B) connector M2 EC
Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and fuse
C
4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
3. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. E
lamp switch terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. H
BBIA0105E

I
Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch J
K
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
M
>> INSPECTION END

[QR25DE]
Component Inspection UBS002LR
STOP LAMP SWITCH

BBIA0105E

If NG, adjust brake pedal installation, refer to BR-11, "BRAKE

PEDAL AND BRACKET" , and perform step 2 again.
PBIB1226E

[QR25DE]
A

signals.
PBIB0146E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS006K9
F
G
ACCEL SEN1
Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON H

CLSD THL POS
(engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006KA

I
J
2122 sor 1 is sent to ECM. (The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
input
shorted.)
Accelerator pedal posi- K
input
L
FAIL-SAFE MODE
M
degrees.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006KB
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II

[QR25DE]
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS006KC
EC
BBWA0252E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
supply
Engine speed 0.41 - 0.71V
75 W
Engine speed More than 4.2V
76 R/B
Accelerator pedal
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006KD

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E

[QR25DE]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
connector.
D
BBIA0104E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB0811E H

Joint connector-1
J
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

Joint connector-2
Harness for open or short between TCM and accelerator pedal position sensor

[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

8. CHECK APP SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS006KE

lowing conditions.

PBIB0561E

Remove and Installation UBS006KF
ACCELERATOR PEDAL

[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS006KG

signals.
PBIB0146E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS006KH
F
G
Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON H

CLSD THL POS
: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006KI

J
2127 sor 2 is sent to ECM. (The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or K
input
shorted.)
2128 sor 2 is sent to ECM. L
input
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. M

degrees.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006KJ
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II

[QR25DE]
SEF058Y
WITH GST

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS006KK
EC
BBWA0253E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Accelerator pedal position
64 R/G [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 2.5V
sensor 2 power supply
75 W
76 R/B
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2 ground
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006KL

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E

[QR25DE]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
connector.
D
BBIA0104E

Voltage: Approximately 2.5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB0812E H

J
4. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K

2. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and engine ground. L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.


[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

8. CHECK APP SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS006KM

lowing conditions.

PBIB0561E

Remove and Installation UBS006KN
ACCELERATOR PEDAL

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS006KO

PBIB0145E
tion.
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS006KP

F
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN1 G
Shift lever:
THRTL SEN2
1st (M/T model)
H
: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006KQ
I
Harness or connector J
Throttle position sensor Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (The TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
P2135 shorted.)
circuit range/perfor- compared with the signals from TP sensor 1
2135
mance problem and TP sensor 2. Electric throttle control actuator K
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
L
M
degrees.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006KR
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
SEF058Y
WITH GST

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS006KS
EC
BBWA0238E

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI- WIRE
NAL NO. COLOR
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Engine speed
Engine speed
Engine speed
Engine speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS006KT

>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
EC
D
BBIA0103E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB0082E H

Joint connector-1
J
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K

M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

Joint connector-2

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS006KU

5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 73 (TP sensor 1), 74 (TP
sensor 2) and engine ground under the following conditions.


6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next

step. PBIB0559E


DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Remove and Installation UBS006KV
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR A

EC

[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS006KW

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
signals.
PBIB0146E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS006KX

ACCEL SEN1 Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.41 - 0.71V
Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS006KY

Accelerator pedal posi- (The APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
P2138 tion sensor circuit or shorted.)
compared with the signals from APP sensor 1
and APP sensor 2. Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and
problem
2
FAIL-SAFE MODE
degrees.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS006KZ
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II

[QR25DE]
EC
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
E

[QR25DE]
BBWA0254E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Idle speed
Accelerator pedal posi- D
supply
65 R Sensor's power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V E
Accelerator pedal posi- Accelerator pedal fully released F
75 W
Accelerator pedal fully depressed G
H
76 R/B
I
Accelerator pedal
J
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS K

L
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E

[QR25DE]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
connector.
BBIA0104E
3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminals 1, 2 and ground

APP sensor terminal Voltage (V)
1 Approximately 2.5
2 Approximately 5
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0782E

Joint connector-1

2. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 4, 5 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

[QR25DE]
Joint connector-2
C
Harness for open or short between TCM and accelerator pedal position sensor
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7. H

J
8. CHECK APP SENSOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. M

>> INSPECTION END



[QR25DE]
lowing conditions.

PBIB0561E

Remove and Installation UBS006L3
ACCELERATOR PEDAL

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002LS

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the EC
C
BBIA0106E
E

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002LT
BBWA0233E

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE C
12 R Counter current return [Ignition switch ON]
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V D
ECM relay OFF
20 W/G
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE E
switch OFF
111 R/G
(11 - 14V)
F

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
BBWA0234E

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 0.1V C
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition D
Idle speed
21 BR Ignition signal No. 1 PBIB0521E E

0 - 0.2V
Warm-up condition
G
PBIB0522E

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
BBWA0235E

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 0.1V C
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition D
Idle speed
23 L/R Ignition signal No. 3 PBIB0521E E

0 - 0.2V
Warm-up condition
G
PBIB0522E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002LU
1. CHECK ENGINE START I

Is engine running?
Yes or No J
No >> GO TO 4. K

L
With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
M
2. Make sure that all circuits do not produce a momentary engine
speed drop.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 8.
PBIB0133E

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Let engine idle.
shown below.
PBIB0521E
PBIB0579E
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Go to EC-1342, "POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR
ECM" .
PBIB0580E

Check voltage between ECM terminal 12 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Go to EC-1342, "POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR
ECM" .
PBIB0136E

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK CONDENSER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 12 and condenser terminal + , condenser terminal EC
and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. D
7. CHECK CONDENSER E
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V G

2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. H
I
K
BBIA0106E
5. Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 3 and ground with L

M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
PBIB0138E

Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
11. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace ignition coil with power transistor.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002LV

1 and 2 Except 0 or
1 and 3
Except 0
2 and 3
PBIB0847E
CONDENSER

IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as + and .
A
EC
PBIB0848E
D
Removal and Installation UBS002LW

Refer to EM-115, "IGNITION COIL" .
E

VIAS
[QR25DE]
VIAS PFP:14956
Description UBS002LX
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM
function
Accelerator pedal position sensor Closed throttle position
VIAS
Ignition switch Start signal VIAS control solenoid valve
control
Engine speed
PBIB0843E
When the engine is running at low or medium speed, the power valve is fully closed. Under this condition, the
effective suction port length is equivalent to the total length of the intake manifold collector's suction port
including the intake valve. This long suction port provides increased air intake which results in improved suc-
tion efficiency and higher torque generation.
The surge tank and one-way valve are provided. When engine is running at high speed, the ECM sends the
signal to the VIAS control solenoid valve. This signal introduces the intake manifold vacuum into the power
valve actuator and therefore opens the power valve to two suction passages together in the collector.
Under this condition, the effective port length is equivalent to the length of the suction port provided indepen-
dently for each cylinder. This shortened port length results in enhanced engine output with reduced suction
resistance under high speeds.
Power Valve
The power valve is installed in intake manifold collector and used to
control the suction passage of the variable induction air control sys-
tem. It is set in the fully closed or fully opened position by the power
valve actuator operated by the vacuum stored in the surge tank. The
vacuum in the surge tank is controlled by the VIAS control solenoid
valve.
BBIA0022E

VIAS
[QR25DE]
VIAS Control Solenoid Valve
The VIAS control solenoid valve cuts the intake manifold vacuum A
signal for power valve control. It responds to ON/OFF signals from
the ECM. When the solenoid is off, the vacuum signal from the
intake manifold is cut. When the ECM sends an ON signal the coil EC
pulls the plunger downward and feeds the vacuum signal to the
power valve actuator.
C
BBIA0022E
D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002LY
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION E

Idle OFF
VIAS S/V Engine: After warming up
More than 5,000 rpm ON
F

VIAS
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002LZ
BBWA0243E

VIAS
[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE C
VIAS control solenoid Idle speed (11 - 14V)
25 Y/G
valve [Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
Engine speed is above 5,000 rpm D

VIAS
[QR25DE]

With CONSULT-II
2. Perform VIAS SOL VALVE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CON-
SULT-II.
PBIB0844E
3. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve ON and OFF, and make

sure that power valve actuator rod moves.
BBIA0023E
Without CONSULT-II
2. Rev engine quickly up to above 5,000 rpm and make sure that
power valve actuator rod moves.
BBIA0023E
OK or NG
NG (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
NG (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3.

VIAS
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE A
With CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator.
EC
3. Perform VIAS SOL VALVE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CON-
SULT-II.
C
4. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve ON and OFF, and check
vacuum existence under the following conditions.
VIAS SOL VALVE Vacuum D
ON Should exist.
OFF Should not exist.
E
OK or NG
OK >> Repair or replace power valve actuator. PBIB0844E
NG >> GO TO 4.
F
3. CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE
Without CONSULT-II G
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator.
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Start engine and let it idle. H
4. Apply 12V of direct current between VIAS control solenoid valve
terminals 1 and 2.
5. Check vacuum existence under the following conditions. I
Condition Vacuum
12V direct current supply Should exist. J
No supply Should not exist.
OK or NG
K
OK >> Repair or replace power valve actuator.
4. CHECK VACUUM HOSE L
1. Stop engine.
2. Check hoses and tubes between intake manifold and power M
valve actuator for crack, clogging, improper connection or dis-
connection. Refer to EC-1237, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair hoses or tubes.
SEF109L
5. CHECK VACUUM TANK

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace vacuum tank.

VIAS
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector.
BBIA0022E
4. Check voltage between VIAS control solenoid valve terminal 1

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
PBIB0173E

10A fuse
Harness continuity between fuse and VIAS control solenoid valve
8. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 25 and VIAS control solenoid valve terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
9. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve.

VIAS
[QR25DE]
VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C

With CONSULT-II
3. Perform VIAS SOL VALVE in ACTIVE TEST mode.
following conditions. E
Condition Air passage continuity Air passage continuity
VIAS SOL VALVE between A and B between A and C
ON Yes No
F
OFF No Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second. G
PBIB0177E
H
With GST
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the fol-
lowing conditions.
I
Air passage continuity Air passage continuity
Condition
between A and B between A and C
Yes No
J
No supply No Yes
K
MEC488B
VACUUM TANK L
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to vacuum tank.
2. Connect a vacuum pump to the port A of vacuum pump.
3. Apply vacuum and make sure that vacuum exists at the port B . M
PBIB0846E
Removal and Installation UBS002M2
VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE


INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
INJECTOR CIRCUIT PFP:16600
Component Description UBS002M3
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM
SEF375Z

Shift lever: N
B/FUEL SCHDL
No-load
Shift lever: N
INJ PULSE-B1
No-load

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002M5
EC
BBWA0244E

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

PBIB0529E
102 R/W Injector No. 2
103 R/Y Injector No. 3 BATTERY VOLTAGE
104 R/L Injector No. 4
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0530E
1. INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
CONSULT-II.
speed drop. C
E
PBIB0133E
1. Start engine.
MEC703B
J
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 3.
K

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
BBIA0024E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0582E

10A fuse
5. CHECK INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

3. Check harness continuity between injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 101, 102, 103, 104.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
Harness for open or short between injector and ECM EC
C
7. CHECK INJECTOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace injector. E

>> INSPECTION END

G
INJECTOR
1. Disconnect injector harness connector. H
Resistance: 12.1 - 12.9 [at 20C (68F)]
I
K
PBIB0181E
Removal and Installation UBS002M8
INJECTOR L
Refer to EM-118, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .

START SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
START SIGNAL PFP:48750


START SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002MA
EC
BBWA0245E

START SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0V
41 B/Y Start signal
[Ignition switch START] 9 - 14V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002MB
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-II
2. Check START SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CON-
Condition START SIGNAL
Ignition switch ON OFF
Ignition switch START ON
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0182E

Without CONSULT-II
lowing conditions.
Condition Voltage
Ignition switch START Battery voltage
Other positions Approximately 0V
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0583E

Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it to START.
Does starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" .

START SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
5. CHECK FUSE A
2. Disconnect 10A fuse.
3. Check if 10A fuse is OK. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace 10A fuse. C
6. CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
2. Disconnect ignition switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 41 and fuse block (J/B), ignition switch and fuse block E
(J/B). Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. G
NG >> GO TO 7.

Fuse block (J/B) connectors M2, E103 I
Harness for open or short between ignition switch and fuse block (J/B)
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse block (J/B)
J

L
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT PFP:17042
Description UBS002MC
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM
Function
Engine speed Fuel pump
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel pump relay
control
startability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and cam-
shaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the
engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump
operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel
pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second.
Engine running and cranking Operates.
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
Except as shown above Stops.
PBIB1218E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002MD

For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY Engine running or cranking
Except above conditions OFF

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002ME
EC
BBWA0423E

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI- WIRE
NAL NO. COLOR

(Without For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.0V
NVIS) [Engine is running]
B/P Fuel pump relay
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(With More than 1 seconds after turning ignition switch (11 - 14V)
NVIS) ON.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002MF

2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel hose for 1
second after ignition switch is turned ON.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0110E
2. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

LEC363
4. Check voltage between fuel pump relay terminals 1, 5 and

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0657E

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
10A fuse EC
15A fuse
C
4. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D

2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness con- E
nector.
3. Check harness continuity between fuel pump relay terminal 3
and fuel pump terminal 1, fuel pump terminal 3 and body F
ground.
Continuity should exist. G
OK or NG
BBIA0132E
H
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT I

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 or 29 and fuel pump relay terminal 2. J
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. L
NG >> GO TO 6.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace fuel pump relay.

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
8. CHECK FUEL PUMP
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS002MG
FUEL PUMP RELAY

Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5 under the following con-
ditions.
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
PBIB0098E
FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
terminals 1 and 3.
Resistance: Approximately 1.0 [at 25C (77F)]
PBIB0928E
Removal and Installation UBS002MH
FUEL PUMP

POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH PFP:49761
A
Component Description UBS002MI
The power steering oil pressure switch is attached to the power steering high-pressure tube and detects a
power steering load. When a power steering load is detected, it signals the ECM. The ECM controls the elec- EC
tric throttle control actuator and adjusts the throttle valve opening angle to increase the engine speed and
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002MJ C
D
Steering wheel in neutral position
Engine: After warming up, idle the OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL (forward direction)
engine
The steering wheel is fully turned ON E

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002MK
BBWA0247E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0V
Power steering oil Steering wheel is being turned
46 G
pressure switch [Engine is running]
Approximately 5V
Steering wheel is not being turned D

[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002ML
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check PW/ST SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CON-
Steering in neutral position OFF
Steering is turned ON
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0646E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
Condition Voltage
When steering wheel is turned quickly Approximately 0V
Except above Approximately 5V
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF148X

3. Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and power steering oil pressure switch terminal + .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

[QR25DE]
Check the harness for open or short between ECM and power steering oil pressure switch.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. EC
6. CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. D
NG >> Replace power steering oil pressure switch.

>> INSPECTION END F
Component Inspection UBS002MM
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH G

2. Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connec-
tor.
H
3. Start engine.
4. Check continuity between power steering oil pressure switch ter-
minal + and body ground. I
Steering wheel is being turned Yes
J
Steering wheel is not being turned No
PBIB0853E
If NG, replace power steering oil pressure switch.
K
Removal and Installation UBS002MN

Refer to PS-21, "POWER STEERING OIL PUMP" . L

[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002MO

air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume
BBIA0133E
SEF099X

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002MP
EC
BBWA0424E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
83 L Refrigerant pressure sensor 1.0 - 4.0V
Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002MQ
1. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION

2. Turn A/C switch and blower switch ON.
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: 1.0 - 4.0V
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0659E

[QR25DE]
2. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Turn A/C switch and blower switch OFF.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector. EC
E
BBIA0133E

and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
H
SEF509Y
I
Joint connector-1
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor K

L
4. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and engine ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

[QR25DE]
Joint connector-2
Harness for open or short between TCM and refrigerant pressure sensor
6. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.


OK or NG
OK >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
Removal and Installation UBS002MR

Refer to MTC-82, "REFRIGERANT LINES" .

[QR25DE]
A
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002MS

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION EC
ON and/or lighting switch is in ON
LOAD SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON 2nd. C
OFF
OFF and lighting switch is OFF.
D

[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002MT
BBWA0428E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
53 R/W
Approximately 0V
Lighting switch is OFF D

[QR25DE]
BBWA0429E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0V
55 LG/B Heater fan switch
[Engine is running]
Approximately 5V
Heater fan switch OFF D

[QR25DE]
BBWA0430E

[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Electrical load signal Rear window defogger switch is ON (11 - 14V)
52 L/W (Rear window defogger
signal) [Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
Rear window defogger switch is OFF D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002MU
1. INSPECTION START E

Yes or No F
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-1 G
With CONSULT-II
I
Lighting switch ON at 2nd position ON
Lighting switch OFF OFF J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 8. K
PBIB0103E
3. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-1 L
Without CONSULT-II
Condition Voltage
Lighting switch ON at 2nd position BATTERY VOLTAGE
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 8.
PBIB0070E

[QR25DE]
4. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-2
With CONSULT-II
FAN control switch ON in any position ON
FAN control switch OFF OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 13.
PBIB0103E

Without CONSULT-II
Condition Voltage
FAN control switch ON in any position Approximately 0V
FAN control switch OFF Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 13.
PBIB0661E

With CONSULT-II
Rear window defogger switch ON ON
Rear window defogger switch OFF OFF
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END.
NG >> GO TO 16.
PBIB0103E

[QR25DE]
7. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-3 A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
Condition Voltage C
Rear window defogger switch ON BATTERY VOLTAGE
Rear window defogger switch OFF Approximately 0V
D
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END.
NG >> GO TO 16.
E
PBIB0660E
8. CHECK HEADLAMP FUNCTION

F
1. Start engine.
2. Turn the lighting switch ON at 2nd position.
3. Check that headlamps are illuminated. G
OK or NG
OK (Models for USA)>>GO TO 8.
OK (Models for Canada)>>GO TO 11. H
NG >> Refer to LT-6, "HEADLAMP (FOR USA)" or LT-10, "HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) DAYTIME
LIGHT SYSTEM " .
I
9. CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. J
3. Disconnect lighting switch harness connectors.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 53 and lighting switch terminal 9, 10 under the following
conditions. K
PBIB0929E
1 Should not exist
2 Should exist
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> GO TO 10.

[QR25DE]
Diode M55
11. CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect lighting switch harness connector E114.
Disconnect daytime light control unit harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 53 and lighting switch terminal 10, daytime light control
unit terminal 6 under the following conditions.
PBIB1227E
1 Should not exist
2 Should exist
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> GO TO 12.

Diode M55
Harness for open and short between ECM and daytime light control unit

[QR25DE]
13. CHECK HEATER FAN SWITCH FUNCTION A
1. Start engine.
2. Turn the heater fan switch ON in any position.
3. Check that heater fan turns properly. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Refer to MTC-19, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" C
14. CHECK HEATER FAN INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect air control connector. E
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 55 and air con-
trol terminal 8.

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 19.
H
Harness connectors M59, F27 I
Harness for open and short between ECM and air control
J
16. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER FUNCTION

K
1. Start engine.
2. Turn ON the rear window defogger switch.
3. Check the rear windshield. Is the rear windshield heated up? L
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 17.
No >> Refer to GW-17, "REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER" M
17. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect rear window defogger relay.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 52 and rear
window defogger terminal 5, 7.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.

[QR25DE]
Harness for open and short between ECM and rear window defogger relay.

>> INSPECTION END

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002MV
When depress on the brake pedal, ASCD brake switch is turned

OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of EC
C
BBIA0117E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002MW

BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal: Fully released ON
Ignition switch: ON
(ASCD brake switch) Brake pedal: Slightly OFF
G
BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
Ignition switch: ON
(Stop lamp switch) Brake pedal: Depressed ON
H

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002MX
BBWA0425E

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) F
Diagnostic Procedure UBS002MY
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I G
With CONSULT-II
SULT-II.
3. Check BRAKE SW1 indication under the following conditions. I
M/T models
J
A/T models K

L
Without CONSULT-II
M/T models
CONDITION VOLTAGE
A/T models
CONDITION VOLTAGE
When brake pedal is depressed Approximately 0V PBIB0855E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-II
When brake pedal is depressed ON
SEC013D
Without CONSULT-II
lowing conditions.
CONDITION VOLTAGE
PBIB0935E
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 13.
3. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT

BBIA0118E

tester.
CONDITION VOLTAGE
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
BBIA0117E
E
F
OK or NG
OK (M/T models)>>GO TO 6. G
NG >> GO TO 5.
H
PBIB0857E

10A fuse
K
6. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

2. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 2 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 1. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
13. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
EC
BBIA0105E
E
with CONSULT -II or tester.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15. G
NG >> GO TO 14.
H
PBIB1225E

10A fuse
K
15. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 40 and stop lamp switch terminal 1. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16.

Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.

>> INSPECTION END

ASCD INDICATOR
[QR25DE]
A
Component Description UBS002MZ
C
ting.
D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS002N0 E
F
CRUISE switch is depressed
CRUISE LAMP Ignition switch: ON ON OFF
at first time second time
G
between 40 km/h (25 MPH) ASCD control is canceled OFF
H

ASCD INDICATOR
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS002N1
BBWA0426E

ASCD INDICATOR
[QR25DE]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0V C
39 P/B ASCD CRUISE lamp CRUISE switch is depressed at first time
second time BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
SET switch is ON. Approximately 0V
47 Y/B ASCD SET lamp ASCD control is operating.
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE E
ASCD control is not operating. (11 - 14V)

F
G
ASCD INDICATOR CONDITION SPECIFICATION
CRUISE switch is depressed
CRUISE lamp Ignition switch: ON ON OFF
at first time second time H
SET lamp When vehicle speed is

between 40 km/h (25 MPH) ASCD control is canceled OFF I
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK COMBINATION METER OPERATION K

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3. L
3. CHECK ASCD INDICATOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M

2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal Combination meter terminal
39 22
47 7

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

ASCD INDICATOR
[QR25DE]
Harness for open and short between ECM and combination meter
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors

Check continuity under the following conditions.
CONDITION Combination meter terminal No. (Polarity) Continuity
7 (+) - 41 ()
1 Should not exist.
22 (+) - 41 ()
41 (+) - 7 ()
2 Should exist.
41 (+) - 22 ()
PBIB0940E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace combination meter. Refer to DI-8 .

>> INSPECTION END

DATA LINK CONNECTOR
[QR25DE]
A
Wiring Diagram EBS00KLH
EC
BBWA0427E

[QR25DE]
Description UBS002N4
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB1266E
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.

[QR25DE]
A
EC
PBIB1269E

[QR25DE]
BBIA0212E

[QR25DE]
Component Inspection UBS002N5
EVAP CANISTER A
1. Pinch the fresh air hose.
EC
2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B .
D
SEF428T
Tightening Torque E
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly between EVAP can-
ister and EVAP canister vent control valve.
F
H
BBIA0310E
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing. I
SEF445Y
L

M
Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa
(0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum: 6.0 to 3.4 kPa
(0.061 to 0.035 kg/cm2 , 0.87 to 0.48 psi)
CAUTION:
VACUUM CUT VALVE AND VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE

Refer to EC-1712 .
Refer to EC-1526 .
Refer to EC-1456 .

[QR25DE]
EVAP SERVICE PORT
Positive pressure is delivered to the EVAP system through the EVAP
SEF462UC
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage UBS002N6
CAUTION:
NOTE:
Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak.
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Also attach the pressure pump and hose to the EVAP service port adapter.
MODE with CONSULT-II.
PEF838U

pump.
PEF917U

[QR25DE]
8. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-1847, "EVAP-
ORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" . A
EC
SEF200U
D
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
vice port.
E
SEF462UC
H
3. Apply battery voltage to between the terminals of both EVAP canister vent control valve and vacuum cut
valve bypass valve to make a closed EVAP system.
I
BBIA0116E
L
4. To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to
2.76 kPa (0.014 to 0.028 kg/cm2 , 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
5. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump. M
6. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-1847, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .

[QR25DE]
System Description UBS002N7
PBIB1267E
inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve, RCV and refueling vapor line to the EVAP can-
ister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is released to the atmosphere.
during driving.
WARNING:
Put a CAUTION: INFLAMMABLE sign in workshop.
CAUTION:
Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-1257, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .

[QR25DE]

1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached. EC
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
D
E
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 5.
F
SEF596U
H
Replace EVAP canister with a new one. I
>> GO TO 4.
J
K

L
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 6.

OK or NG

[QR25DE]
WHILE REFUELING.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 5.
SEF596U

>> GO TO 4.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

Check signal line and recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
[QR25DE]
8. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. EC
9. CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE C

OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 10.
10. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I E

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 11.
G
11. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II
H
stick it should close. I
Do not drop any material into the tank.
OK or NG
NG >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve
with fuel tank.
K
SEF665U
Component Inspection UBS002N9 L

REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-7, "FUEL TANK" . M
a. Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer.
b. Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other
side to a fuel container.
c. Drain fuel using FUEL PUMP RELAY in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
the tank.
4. Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.

[QR25DE]
d. Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg)] with fuel
gauge retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
SEF246Y
With GST
a. Remove fuel gauge retainer.
b. Drain fuel from the tank using a hand pump into a fuel container.
the tank.
4. Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
d. Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg)] with fuel
gauge retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
SEF246Y

[QR25DE]
REFUELING CONTROL VALVE
1. Remove fuel filler cap. A
2. Check air continuity between hose ends A and B .
Blow air into the hose end B . Air should flow freely into the fuel tank.
3. Blow air into hose end A and check there is no leakage. EC
4. Apply pressure to both hose ends A and B [20 kPa (150 mmHg, 5.91 inHg)] using a pressure pump and
a suitable 3-way connector. Check that there is no leakage.
C
SEF246Y

[QR25DE]
Description UBS002NA
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB0492E
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.

manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the
PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of venti-
lating air. The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air
passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. Under full-throttle condition, the manifold
vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the hose connection
in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi-
tions.
SEF559A
Component Inspection UBS002NB

placed over valve inlet.
SEC137A

[QR25DE]
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE
EC
S-ET277
D

[QR25DE]
System Description UBS002NC

ASCD clutch switch (MT models) Clutch pedal operation
ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation Electric throttle control
ASCD vehicle speed control
actuator
Park/Neutral position (PNP)
Gear position
switch (AT models)
TCM Power train revolution
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM

h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH).
SET OPERATION
ACCEL OPERATION
CANCEL OPERATION
A/T selector lever is shifted to P or N position (A/T models)
COAST OPERATION
RESUME OPERATION
When the RESUME/ACCEL switch is depressed after cancel operation other than depressing MAIN switch is
Brake pedal is released.
A/T selector lever is in other than P and N positions (A/T models)
Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH)

[QR25DE]
Component Description UBS002ND
ASCD STEERING SWITCH A

Refer to EC-1723 .
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH EC
Refer to EC-1730 .
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-1730 . C
STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-1730 .
D
Refer to EC-1604
E
ASCD INDICATOR
Refer to EC-1841 .
F

[QR25DE]
Fuel Pressure UBS002NE
Fuel pressure at idle Approximately 350 kPa (3.57kg/cm2 , 51psi)
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing UBS002NF
Target idle speed No-load*1 (in P or N position) 70050 rpm

Air conditioner: ON In P or N position 800 rpm or more
Ignition timing In P or N position 155 BTDC
Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
Calculated Load Value UBS002NG
Calculated load value % (Using CONSULT-II or GST)

At idle 10 - 35
At 2,500 rpm 10 - 35
Mass Air Flow Sensor UBS002NH
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14V)

Output voltage at idle 1.1 - 1.5*V
1.0 - 4.0 gm/sec at idle*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-II or GST)
4.0 - 10.0 gm/sec at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no-load.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor UBS002NI

25 (77) 1.9 - 2.1
80 (176) 0.31 - 0.37
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor UBS002NJ

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater UBS002NK
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater UBS002NL
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) UBS002NM

Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) UBS002NN

Throttle Control Motor UBS002NO

[QR25DE]
Injector UBS002NP
A
Resistance [at 20C (68F)] 12.1 - 12.9
Fuel Pump UBS002NQ
EC
Resistance [at 25C (77F)] Approximately 1.0

[QR25DE]

Ec PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Ec PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

B ENGINE

Revision: May 2004 EC-1 2003 Sentra

Revision: May 2004 EC-2 2003 Sentra

Revision: May 2004 EC-3 2003 Sentra

Revision: May 2004 EC-4 2003 Sentra

Revision: May 2004 EC-5 2003 Sentra

Revision: May 2004 EC-6 2003 Sentra

Revision: May 2004 EC-7 2003 Sentra

Revision: May 2004 EC-8 2003 Sentra

Revision: May 2004 EC-9 2003 Sentra

Revision: May 2004 EC-10 2003 Sentra

Revision: May 2004 EC-11 2003 Sentra

Revision: May 2004 EC-12 2003 Sentra

Revision: May 2004 EC-13 2003 Sentra

Revision: May 2004 EC-14 2003 Sentra

Revision: May 2004 EC-15 2003 Sentra

Revision: May 2004 EC-16 2003 Sentra

Revision: May 2004 EC-17 2003 Sentra

Revision: May 2004 EC-18 2003 Sentra

Revision: May 2004 EC-19 2003 Sentra

Revision: May 2004 EC-20 2003 Sentra

BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 2 EC-497

Revision: May 2004 EC-21 2003 Sentra

Revision: May 2004 EC-22 2003 Sentra

VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500*5 0500 2 EC-361 L

DTC No. Index UBS001C2

Revision: May 2004 EC-23 2003 Sentra

U1000 1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 1 EC-145

Revision: May 2004 EC-24 2003 Sentra

P0720*5 0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT 2 AT-127 K

Revision: May 2004 EC-25 2003 Sentra

Revision: May 2004 EC-26 2003 Sentra

Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

Revision: May 2004 EC-27 2003 Sentra

When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it

When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

system malfunctions due to receiving external noise,

Revision: May 2004 EC-28 2003 Sentra

Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.

Revision: May 2004 EC-29 2003 Sentra

When installing C.B., ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure

When you read Wiring diagrams, refer to the following:

Revision: May 2004 EC-30 2003 Sentra

KV10114400 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sen- E

KV109E0080 Measuring the ECM signals with a circuit

Revision: May 2004 EC-31 2003 Sentra

Tool name Description

Oxygen sensor thread cleaner Reconditioning the exhaust system threads

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning

Revision: May 2004 EC-32 2003 Sentra

Revision: May 2004 EC-33 2003 Sentra

Refer to EC-33, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System.

Revision: May 2004 EC-34 2003 Sentra

Revision: May 2004 EC-35 2003 Sentra

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air

Revision: May 2004 EC-36 2003 Sentra

Revision: May 2004 EC-37 2003 Sentra

Two types of systems are used.

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air

Revision: May 2004 EC-38 2003 Sentra

DTC1 2 Test value/ Test C